Enbridge Line SB MP 608 Pipeline Release
Marshall, Michigan
Response Plan for Downstream Impacted Areas
August 2, 2010
(Revised August 17, 2010 per U.S. EPA August 17, 2010 letter)
-------
Enbridge Line 6B MP 608 Pipeline Release
Marshall, Michigan
Response Plan for Downstream Impacted Areas
August 2, 2010
{Revised August 17, 2010 per U.S. EPA August 17, 2010 letter)
Table of Contents
1,0 Site History - 1
2.0 Site Description and Location ,2
3,0 Emergency Response Actions Completed To Date 3
3.1 Objectives, Endpoints & Metrics 4
3.1.1 Riparian Zones and Stream Banks 4
3.1.2 Soil, Sand and Gravel 4
3.1.3 Man-made structures 4
3.2 Response Methods Overview 5
4.0 Evaluation of Potential Impact Areas and Select Response Actions 6
4.1 Sediments .6
4.1.1 Kalamazoo River .6
4.1.2 Morrow Lake 7
5.0 Kalamazoo River Response and Recovery 8
5.1 Goals and Objectives for the Kalamazoo River 8
5.2 Controls to Limit Additional Impacts Downstream 8
6.0 Treatment Recommendations 10
6.1 Response Methods 10
6.1.1 Free Oil Recovery 10
6.1.2 Manual Removal ..................... 11
6.1.3 Mechanical Removal 11
6.1.4 Vegetation Removal 11
6.1.5 Debris Removal 11
6.1.6 Interim Response Oiled Wildlife Processing Protocol 12
6.2 Resources and Equipment 12
7.0 Schedule 13
8.0 Response and Recovery 14
8.1 Stabilization and Re-vegetation 14
8.2 Post Response Assessment 14
8.3 Long-Term Remediation 15
8.4 Post Response 16
9,0 Contingency Planning .17
10,0 Plan Modifications 18
References 19
-------
List of Tables
Table 1 Summary of Agency, Workplans. Permits and Approvals
List of Figures
Figure 1 Site Location Map
Figure 2 Division Designation Map
Figure 3 Source Area - Spill Release Area
figure 4 Source Area/Downstream Division B Map
Figure 5 Downstream Impact Area - Division C with Sample Locations
Figure 6 Downstream Impact Area - Division D with Sample Locations
Figure 7 Downstream Impact Area - Dh ision E with sample Locations
Figure 8 Decision Tree - Planning Process for Removal Actions
Figure 9 Decision Tree - Evaluation of Potential Removal Action Options
List of Attachments
Attachment A Acronyms/Definitions
Attachment R Shoreline Cleanup Assessment Technique (SCAT) Team
Attachment C Phase 1 Shoreline Cleanup Methods
Attachment D U.S. EPA Comment Response Verification
-------
1.0 Site History
The Enbridge Energy, Limited Partnership (Compain ) reported a release of erode oil from its
petroleum pipeline Line 6B in the vicinity of Marshall, Michigan (Figure 1) on July 26, 2010. Two
main areas have been impacted by this release. The Source Area is defined as a lowland area with
marsh)' terrain located approximately 0.4-mile west of US-227 (17 Mile Road), and approximately
0.2 mile south of Division Drive, plus Talmadge Creek and all affected navigable waterways and
their shorelines/adjacent up to the confluence of Talmadge Creek with the Kalamazoo River (the
"Source Area"*). The Downstream Impacted Areas include downstream of the Source Area.
Specifically, this includes the Kalamazoo River downstream of the confluence of Talmadge Creek
with the Kalamazoo River and all subsequent downstream affected navigable waterways and their
shorelines/adjacent affected areas. This work plan titled "Response Plan for Downstream Impacted
Areas" (RPD1A) will address the bank and itt-river areas, and impacted wetlands, floodplain areas,
and marshes (the "Downstream Impacted Areas") in accordance with recommendations made for
each individual area by the Shoreline Cleanup Assessment Technique (SCAT) Team, A separate
work plan titled the "Source Area Response Plan" (SAR) will address the Source Area.
1
-------
2 J Site Description and Location
The Company's pipeline release site is located just west of pipeline mile post 608 iti Marshall,
Calhoun County, Michigan, (North !4 Section 2, T3S, R6W, Latitude: 42,2395273 Longitude:
-84.9662018) in an undeveloped area, south of town. Figure 1 shows the location of the site. The
release entered Talmadge Creek and then the Kalamazoo River. These waterways are considered to
be navigable waters. Currently, approximately 30 miles of the Kalamazoo River may have been
impacted. To date the impacted areas are described as:
• Division A - the Spill Release Area (to the constructed Flume where the release entered
Talmadge Creek);
• Division B - Talmadge Creek from the Flume site to the confluence with the Kalamazoo
River);
• Division C - The confluence of the Talmadge Creek and the Kalamazoo River to the Angell
Street Bridge;
• Division D - Angell Street to Kalamazoo Count) line; and
• Division E - Kalamazoo Count}' Line to Morrow Lake Dam.
Figure 2 shows the site division designations A through F. The Source Area is comprised of an
approximate 5-acre parcel adjacent to the pipeline release location (Spill Release Area) and the
portion of the Talmadge Creek extending from the release site to the confluence with the Kalamazoo
river (the Creek) (Figures 3 and 4). The majority of the Spill Release Area is within a wetland
between the release site and Talmadge Creek. Most of the surrounding area can be characterized as
rural, including undeveloped and agricultural areas. Vegetation in the source area consists of
herbaceous emergent wetland plants in low lying areas, as well as brush and trees in upland areas.
This RPD1A Plan addresses the downstream area from the Source Area, which encompasses
Divisions C through E (Figures 5 through 7).
2
-------
3.0 Emergency Response Actions
Completed To Date
As of the date of this report, the following key response actions have occurred:
• Plans: The Company has prepared and submitted plans for review and comment to be used to
control the work and reporting,
• Security: Signage at crossings and public notice has been provided to alert the public to the
hazards that may be associated with the spill.
• Oil and Water Containment and Recovery: Oil containment and recovery operations using
up to 1,000 Com pan)' and contractor staff, 70,000 feet of booms, 90.000 feet of absorbents,
and supporting vacuum trucks along the Kalamazoo River. The Planning Section tracks the
staff, equipment, and progress on a spreadsheet that is updated daily (See Figures 5 through 7
for boom location and other containment controls).
• Initial Receptor Survey: An initial receptor survey was implemented and will be updated
during post-response activities effectively identify potential migration pathways and potential
receptors along the Kalamazoo River. The receptor survey is conducted to identify the
presence and location of surface waters, water wells, and surface water intakes which could
be impacted by the crude oil release,
• Environmental Sampling and Exposure Reduction: The Company has performed
preliminary sampling of environmental media and potable wells as requested by concerned
citizens in order to be protective of human health. Concerned citizens have been provided
housing outside of the immediate impacted area.
• Federal and State Approvals: The Company has coordinated efforts with all Federal and
State level environmental stakeholders identified at the site including:
o U.S. EPA, U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service (USFWS)
o Michigan Department of Natural Resources and Environment (MDNRE)
o U.S. Coast Guard
o Michigan Department of Agriculture (MDA)
o Michigan Department of Community Health (MDCH)
o Calhoun County Public Health Department (CCPHD)
o Kalamazoo County Health and Community Services Department (KCUCSD)
The Company is obtaining environmental permits for the short-term oil removal in parallel with
ongoing response activities. Table i contains the permits/approvals obtained to date and submitted
3
-------
permit applications. The permit expiration dates and conditions are being tracked to maintain
compliance. New permits or permit extensions will be acquired as needed during the transition from
response to future long-term response actions.
Adaptive Management: Throughout this plan there are various forward looking statements or
content. As well, associated text may also indicate that specific details may need to be worked out
with relevant agencies as work unfolds. It is understood that the overall Federal On-Scene
Coordinator (FOSC) Structure will pro\ ide sufficient technical staff to facilitate supplementing or
changing parts of the response plan and strategies as such situations arise, and will work with The
Company to review and appro\ e alterations.
3.1 Objectives, Endpoints & Metrics
The primary objective of this Response Plan for Downstream Impacted Areas (RPDIA) Plan is to
remove and/or abate visible oil and or sheen that is either currently affecting navigable water ways
and/or poses the threat of release of a visible oil or sheen discharge to navigable waterways. This
objective w ill be accomplished by meeting the target endpoints for each shoreline type described
below. The endpoints are based on visual field screening for the presence of materials capable of
producing a release of oil or an oil sheen to na\ igable water. Visual screening does not include soil
that exhibits a petroleum odor and/or organic headspace. These residual impacts will be addressed as
part of the long-term assessment and remediation efforts for the site.
3.1.1 Riparian Zones and Stream Banks
1. Shorelines no longer release sheens that affect navigable waterways.
2. Oil no longer rubs off on contact.
3. Oil removal to the point where recoverv/re-colonization can occur without causing more
harm than leaving the oil in place. Heavy oil generally weathers to a dry coat within weeks.
3.1.2 Soil, Sand and Gravel
1. Oil is no longer visible on surface.
2. No oil layers in test pits dug by inspection teams.
3.1.3 Man-made structures
1. Structure no longer generates liquid oil or sheen.
2. Oil no longer rubs off on contact.
4
-------
3.2 Response Methods Overview
The Company will develop and coordinate selection of actual response methods in consultation with
the agencies and within the POSC. The response methods will be implemented through a daily
Incident Action Plan (IAP), The SCAT Team input will be the overarching mechanism to guide the
selection process.
Aggressive response activity measures (versus leaving small amounts of oil which will degrade
naturally over time) have the potential to cause greater long-term environmental harm and may deia>,
rather than accelerate, recover}' of impacted shoreline habitats. "1 he re fore, the Com pan)' will a\oid
the use of intrusive disturbance of the river banks unless absolutely necessary. The Companv
proposes intrusive disturbance of the river banks/beds, floodplains. and/or wetlands only when the
potential for adverse affects from the oil poses a greater threat than intrusive removal techniques.
If invashe response activities are required to remove oil-impacted soils/sediments, vegetation and/or
debris, best management practices will be employed to minimize adverse impacts to these and
surrounding natural resources and/or sensitive habitats. These include:
• Use of low-pressure flushing conducted in such a manner which minimizes erosion and does
not dislodge soil/sediment particles from unconsolidated banks leading to the possible
incorporation of oil into stream or river sediments. Prevent pushing or mixing oil deeper into
the sediment by not directing the stream of water directly into the oil; direct hoses to place
stream of water above or behind the surface oil to create a sheet of water to re-mobilize and
carry oil down the bank to a containment area for recovery.
• Minimizing the removal of clean soil underlying oiled surface layers being removed.
• Preventing trampling of wetland or upland \egetation by pedestrian or equipment traffic
within unoiled areas adjacent to response activity sites.
• Avoiding pedestrian or equipment traffic on soft substrates where oil could be pushed deeper
into the substrate.
• Minimizing the removal of clean vegetation when removing oiled \ egetation.
• Restrict flushing in marshes from boats or on shore above the high water mark to minimize
mixing oil into the sediments or mechanically damaging the marsh plants.
Please refer to Attachment B for further discussion of the Shoreline Cleanup Assessment Team
(SCAT) Process and additional information on selecting and recommending response techniques.
5
-------
4 J Evaluation of Potential Impact Areas and Select
Response Actions
Priority areas will be identified from the SCAT Assessment conducted on the Kalamazoo River (See
Attachment B attached for a more detailed description). The SCAT Assessments are compiled and
communicated by The Company to Operations to assist development of a da!1> IAP. Priority areas
will be those areas where observed impacts are high and in close proximity to a receptor, or could
have future impacts to downstream areas. Receptors may include people, plants, animals and other
ecosystem components. Anticipated priority areas ma\ include wetland areas adjacent to the river
that contains oil that could become mobilized in the River under different conditions such as a heavy
rain event resulting in high water levels. The United States Army Corp of Engineer's (USACR)
concrete channel project requirements will be re\ iewed as possible priority areas.
The need for responses in these defined priority areas will then be determined by balancing response
activities while minimizing impacts to other resources. The decision making process is outlined in
the decision tree shown as Figures 8 and 9.
Michigan Department of Agriculture (MDA) will be notified within one week if access to a response
area will occur through active farmland. Significant impacts from access will be assessed and
forwarded to the landowner and the MDA for evaluation of potential long-term impacts to a land that
would preclude continued enrollment of the land prior to its contract end.
4.1 Sediments
The presence of oil in the Kalamazoo River creates potential for sediment contamination through
several possible mechanisms: direct contact with oil. flushing of oil from banks, and entrainment of
sediment or other material which alone or in combination with weathering processes, causes oil to
no longer remain floating. Qualitative assessments will be conducted to characterize sediment oiling
conditions by means of visual observations in the Kalamazoo River and Morrow Lake.
4.1.1 Kalamazoo River
Initially, survey locations will be established at depositional areas that are most heavily oiled, as
these locations are most likely to contain oil. if present, based on fluvial geomorphic conditions.
Transects across the river will be established in areas where heavy oil is observed on both banks.
Along transects that span the width of the river, survey locations will be established every 10 to
15 feet.
6
-------
At each survey location, a dibble or shovel blade will be used to agitate the surficial sediment and/or
expose the subsurface sediments for inspection. The type (e.g.. free oil, tarballs. sheen) and amount
(e.g.. percent cover within 3 feet of the survey location) of any observed oil will be documented
along with the substrate type. Photographs and GPS coordinates will be taken at each survey location
to show the extent of oiling.
If oil is found, the survey procedure will be repeated at additional upstream and downstream
locations (not to exceed two locations/transects per rher mile).
4.1,2 Morrow Lake
If oil in the sediments is observed in depositional areas at the upstream end of Morrow Lake,
subsurface chain drags will be conducted along transects in the lake where deeper water levels are
not expected to be conducive to agitation with shovels. Transects will be established perpendicular to
the longitudinal axis at half-mile intervals starting at the eastern-most end of the lake.
The chain drag procedure consists of dragging a heavy steel chain and absorbent pompoms across the
bottom of the lake along the established transects. The chain drag apparatus is attached to the boat by
rope and consists of absorbent pompoms attached to a 10-foot-long steel chain. At each transect, the
apparatus will be deployed and dragged the entire length of the transect. At the end of the transect,
the apparatus will be retrieved and checked for presence of oil. If no oil is observed, the survey will
continue at the next transect with new clean snare. If oil is observed, die transect will be re-surveyed
with new clean snare and die apparatus will be retrieved at 500-foot intervals to inspect for the
presence of oil.
Each time the chain drag apparatus is retrieved, pictures will be collected and observations will be
recorded even if no oil is present. GPS coordinates will be collected and recorded at each retrieval
location. If oil is observed (determined by smell and/or appearance), the oiling level (e.g., very light,
light, moderate, and heavy) of individual snares will be assessed and recorded on field data sheets.
An\ oiled snare on the apparatus will be removed and replaced with new clean snares prior to
redeployment.
7
-------
5.0 Kalamazoo River Response and Recovery
The Kalamazoo River is an approximate!) 50-foot-w ide waterbody. During the release, water
elevations were high due to recent precipitation. As a result, oil was able to enter floodplain
wetlands. Further river shoreline assessment is needed, specifically at locations were wetlands are
present adjacent to the river. Wetland area assessments will be completed as part of the shoreline
review. As noted earlier, the SCAT Process will guide assessment, prioritization and selection of
response activity approaches and methodologies.
5.1 Goals and Objectives for the Kalamazoo River
• Remove remaining free oil.
• Effectively and efficiently remove residual oil on the banks and associated wetland and
floodplain areas along the Kalamazoo River to levels that do not produce oil or an oil sheen
to navigable waterways.
Conduct response actions in a manner that minimizes further impacts to natural resources and
ecosystems by evaluating trade-offs and weighing the benefits of additional response actions against
the environmental harm potentially caused by more aggressive techniques.
5.2 Controls to Limit Additional Impacts Downstream
• Maintain and monitor existing downstream control points throughout to protect dow nstream
areas as necessary.
• Utilize localized or "short-term" boom installations to further restrict work areas.
• Minimize foot traffic through oiled areas on non-solid substrates {e.g., sand, gravel, mud.
etc.) to reduce the likelihood that oil will be worked into the soil/sediment. Trampling of
unoiied wetland vegetation reduces habitat value and may lead to shoreline erosion.
Excessive foot traffic through oiled soft substrates potentially drives oil deeper in the
sediment potentially increasing the need for future removal or remediation and lengthening
the lime required for rcco\ery.
Baseline River Conditions: It is not expected that response activities on the Kalamazoo River will
cause substantial alterations to baseline fluvial geomorphology of the river. Nonetheless, baseline
conditions will be established via existing data as available on topographic conditions, flow channel
characteristics, base flow and so on available via the County Commissioner or other local or state
resources, as well as USGS or other sources. It will be supplemented as relevant with onsite data
collection; for example, to the extent response activities move forward into fluvial deposits or
X
-------
sediments (see Sediment section later in this report), localized survey data and other documentation
will be collected to document baseline conditions. Regarding potential alterations to ecological
habitats, baseline conditions are being evaluated and documented as part of the Natural Resource
Damage Assessment (NRDA} process currently ongoing with the Trustees. This will include
documentation of large woody debris, however. The Company and EPA also held discussions with
MDNRE Fisheries staff on this particular issue and also committed to GPS photo documentation of
such large woody debris (e.g., downfalls, etc.) prior to removal of oiled material.
The general response activities for the Kalamazoo River will consist of steps to remove free oil,
followed by methods to address and re nun e oih \egetation on the bank, as well as oily debris, bank
soils, and sediments in line with SCAT Team recommendations.
9
-------
8.0 Treatment Recommendations
A quantitative monitoring plan will be developed separately to make judgments on whether natural
recovery is occurring without unacceptable adverse effects and will be submitted to the FOSC for
approval prior to execution of such as plan.
6.1 Response Methods
Attachment C provides a matrix of approved shoreline clean-up methods developed in conjunction
with the U.S. EPA on August 10, 2010. It is expected these will evolve over time by the ongoing
SCAT Process and continued agency consultation.
When necessary to access or cross areas of soft substrates, plywood sheets or other appropriate
methods will be used to avoid compressing soils.
The outline below provides a brief overview of the anticipated methods of clean-up:
6.1.1 Free Oil Recovery
• Continue free oil recovery as necessary by one of the recommended methodologies identified
(which may include pads, skimmers at control points, vac truck).
• Minimally scrape areas (if required) to remove remaining liquid or heavy deposits of crude
oil and dispose of resulting material according to waste management plan.
• Low pressure water wash—The low pressure water wash will target oiled vegetation and
shoreline. Absorbent boom will be used to pro\ ide secondary containment. As shoreline
washing progresses, localized deployment of boom, sorbent booms and pads, as needed, will
occur to contain and recover oil in the immediate area. Throughout all washing or flushing
efforts, steps will be taken to avoid impact to un-oiled areas or vegetation. For example,
\\ashing will be performed in a manner to move oil down gradient to containment/collection
points, not up into clean areas. Such procedures will be communicated and reinforced as part
of a daily IAP.
• Torch residual crude oil smear/stain—Handheld propane torches will be used to remove
crude oil smear and stain on vegetation and soils along shoreline areas. Use of this method
will maintain plant root systems and will not result in any self-sustained fires. Prior to any
10
-------
such burning, it will be approved by the IAP Process. No other thermal treatment of
contamination is planned.
6.1.2 Manual Removal
Where practical manual techniques will be used to remove oil from the streambanks and affected
riparian areas. This may consist of shoveling, scraping, raking or digging oil and oil-impacted soils
using hand tools. Oily material will be bagged immediately. Removal of clean underlying soils will
be minimized. Efforts will be made to avoid destabilizing the streambanks. which could lead to
further erosion. Manual removal also applies to removal of oily debris from the streambanks or
within the stream channel. Workers will take care to avoid trampling non-oiled vegetation and
walking on soft substrates, wtiieh has the potential to push oil farther down into the sediments. When
necessary to access or cross areas of soft substrates, plyw ood sheets or other appropriate methods
will be used to a\oid compressing soils. Backfill of excavated areas will be with clean, weed-free top
soil immediately following excavation around tree roots in the riparian /.one as necessary to ensure
tree survhal.
6.1.3 Mechanical Removal
Mechanical removal of heavily oiled bank materials may be proposed, but would be coordinated
within the SCAT Process and presented to the agency for approval.
6.1.4 Vegetation Removal
Oiled vegetation will be removed as outlined in Attachment C. which includes shrubs, tree branches
and non-persistent grasses and forbs. The cuttings will be collected and disposed of according to
Section 2.4 of the Waste Management Plan, frees larger than 2-ineh diameter at breast height (DBH)
as outlined in Attachment C.
6.1.5 Debris Removal
Oiled debris will be removed as outlined in Attachment C from the river and banks and disposed of
in accordance with Section 2.5 of the Waste Management Plan. To the extent that large woody debris
is oiled, it is recognized such debris is an important component of the river habitat for a range of
species. Removal of oiled large woody debris has been discussed with EPA and MDNRE, with
concurrence that such debris will be inventoried via photo-documentation, and removed as necessary.
This will allow assessment and implementation of habitat restoration efforts as needed, and
coordinated as appropriate with N'RDA processes.
II
-------
8,1.6 Interim Response Oiled Wildlife Processing Protocol
During implementation of the previous!) described response activities. live oiled animals will be
collected, cleaned, rehabilitated, and released. Oiled wildlife carcasses identified by response staff,
regulatory staff, and the public will be called into The Company's Marshall Response 800 number
(800.306.6837). A member of the Wildlife Response Facility (WRF) team will be dispatched to
collect the carcass. The carcass will be photographed in place, and its location documented (to
include either actual lat/iong coordinates or coordinates from a nearby known landmark, if available).
If, during the course of the response, the appropriate regulator}' entity [USFWS (migratory birds) or
MDNRE (other species)] has demobilized from the WRF. the collection staff will notify them of the
discovery. A record regarding the disposition of wildlife carcasses will be maintained including
disposition date, dispositions status, federal band number (if applicable), and intake number.
8.2 Resources and Equipment
The equipment and manpower is dependent on the SCAT Process results. Based on initial
assessment, a base level of resources is as follows;
• Trained personnel as described in the earlier section entitled "Resources - Downstream
Impacted Areas Section"
• Boats and related water equipment
• Rakes, shoxcls and other hand tools
• Booms and skimmers as appropriate
• Mechanical excavation equipment (as required)
• Absorbent pads and absorbent booms
12
-------
7J Schedule
Various activities outlined in this work plan have been initiated and are being implemented. Subject
to the complications created by weather or other forces outside of the control of the Company, the
objectives outlined above will be completed by September 27. 2010. This work plan is being initiated
and will be implemented in its entirety upon receiving EPA approval.
13
-------
8.0 Response and Recovery
After SCAT Team Assessments are complete, and subsequent to mobilization to the site, the
following preparatory activities will take place prior to the initiation of response methods:
• Pi e-removal Survey: The removal contractor personnel will evaluate existing data from the
area and familiarize themselves with current site conditions by conducting their own on site
survey of the site to acquire site-specific data.
• Maintenance of Existing Boom and Skimmer Operations: Areas to be rinsed will have an
existing boom and skimmer system inspection to ensure that freed residual oil will be
captured.
8.1 Stabilization and Re-vegetation
Interim restoration activities will occur along the shoreline and other non-aquatic areas of the
Kalamazoo Ri\ er. Restoration activities will include application of a vegetative cover designed to
minimize erosion until long-term restoration can be completed. The vegetative co\er will include
native plant species and/or non-invasive temporary cover crops, such as rye. potentially applied as a
hydro-mulch material. Long-term restoration will include, but not be limited to, consideration of the
original controls of the site, use of the appropriate soil types, future erosion control, re-vegetation,
etc. Long-term monitoring plans with performance criteria including: erosion control, establishment
of vegetation, absence of invasive species, etc., will be included as part of the final site restoration
plan. The Company recognizes that earth disturbance is subject to Michigan's Permit-tay-Rule for
construction stornnvater; therefore, a detailed restoration plan will be prepared pursuant to Part 301.
8.2 Post Response Assessment
The effectiveness of the response methods will be assessed as the completion of areas progresses
downstream. Areas still showing evidence of impacts w ill be re-assessed, and subsequent
recommended response methods w ill be implemented by the Company. The effectiveness of the
response method or methods implemented will be determined by the federal and state SCA'I Team
members. For those areas, if necessary, continuing to show signs of impact after recommended
response methods have been implemented, further investigation, will include sampling and/'or
monitoring, will be conducted after appropriate site-specific sampling plans are developed by the
Company and approved by the assigned MDNRE Project Manager in accordance with applicable
MDNRE Part 201 guidelines.
14
-------
In accordance with the decision tree outlined on Figures 2 and 3, the Company will avoid intrusive
disturbance of the river banks unless absolutely necessary. The Company proposes intrusive
disturbance of the river banks and beds, only if that SCAT Assessment and the response evaluation
process indicate there will be an adverse affect that is more detrimental than intrusive remedial
techniques. If additional remedial measures are necessary, such as excavation, appropriate mitigative
measures will be employed.
8.3 Long-Term Remediation
Site restoration will be completed in accordance with the requirements of applicable permit
requirements including a Joint Permit Application to the MDNRE and US ACE for Part 303/301 and
Part 3 1 activities will be sought for the proposed construction. (Application was submitted August 2.
2010.)
Clean-up of the oil spill will require wetland, stream, and floodplain permitting. Pursuant to Part 303
of the Natural Resources and Environmental Protection Act, 1994 PA 45 1. as amended (NRFPA),
any project involving placing fill in a wetland, dredging or removing soil from a wetland,
constructing, operating or maintaining use or development in a wetland, or draining surface water
from a wetland requires a Part 303 permit from the MDNRE Land and Water Management Division.
Part 301, Inland Lakes and Streams of the Natural Resources and Environmental Protection Act,
1994 PA 451, as amended (NRHPA). involves any project concerning the natural resources and the
public trust waters of Michigan's inland lakes and streams including activities related to dredging,
filling, constructing or placing a structure on bottomlands, constructing or operating a marina,
interfering with natural How of water or connecting a ditch or canal to an inland lake or stream. The
State of Michigan Floodplain Regulatory Authority, found in Part 31. Water Resources Protection,
NRHPA requires that a permit be obtained prior to any alteration or occupation of the 100-year
floodplain of a river, stream or drain. The Floodplain Regulatory Authority deals with the floodplains
of rivers, streams, or drains which ha\e a drainage area that is two square miles or greater and
requires a permit from the MDNRE for alterations within such floodplains.
A Joint Permit Application to the MDNRE and USACE for Part 303/301 and Part 31 activities will
be sought for the proposed construction. In pursuing this permit we w ill demonstrate that they ha\ e
taken all reasonable actions to avoid impacts to waters, minimize impacts that cannot be avoided, and
provide compensatory mitigation for all remaining impacts. Restoration and proper seeding of
impacted wetlands, streams, and floodplain will be conducted in accordance with these MDNRE
regulations.
15
-------
A wctland/streani/floodplain restoration plan will be implemented with the goal of restoring the
wetland/stream/floodplain area to a condition as good as what previously existed, with a similar plant
community and similar hydrologic regime, at the same finished grade as pre-existing conditions.
Plantings will incorporate native plant species along with non-imasive temporary cover crops. Use
straw mulch in level areas and mulch blankets for slopes will be used. The MDNRE may require
monitoring of the restored w etland/steam/fioodplain areas annually in the fall of each \ear for three
years after the project is complete. For each monitoring visit documentation will be taken of the
establishing plant community, compared to seeding treatments, and an assessment of the results will
be conducted. An) observed wildlife use of the area will be reported in addition to hydrology, and
photos documentation of each area.
After river bank and sediment removal operations have been completed, the following river and bank
restoration activities will be implemented in accordance with the approved wetland/stream/floodplain
restoration plan in accordance with the Part 301/303 and Part 3 1 joint permit.
8.4 Post Response
If additional investigation/remedial action beyond those response methods recommended by the
SCAT Team is warranted, any necessary site-specific action plan or work plan will be developed and
submitted to U.S. EPA and MDNRE for review- and approval.
If additional intrusive response is required. Company will work with the MDNRE and appropriate
parties to determine location and frequency of soil and/or ground water samples to be collected and
analyzed. The samples will be collected and analyzed according to the Sampling and Analysis Plan.
16
-------
9.0 Contingency Planning
The current controls to limit downstream impacts consist of containment points located along the
Kalamazoo River from Talmadge creek downstream to Morrow Lake. The containment points consist
of deflection, collection and absorbent boom. The containment points arc monitored daily for boom
integrity, performance and absorbent saturation. Contingency operations at each containment point
are initiated by the Operations Lead. Contingency resources are mobilized as needed and may consist
of crew and or equipment to handle the contingency and inspect potential upstream source locations
if warranted.
The Company will maintain a program of inspection and mitigation to control and capture any visible
oil that threatens navigable waterways alter the initial oil removal actions are complete. In addition
to observations by the project team members involved in sampling and other surveys and the public,
the initial inspections will comprise weekly trips by boat by a SCAT Team who will assess the
conditions along the River. If river conditions preclude the use of a boat, the SCAT Team will
complete assessments from river access points. The SCAT Team inspection frequency will be
reduced by mutual agreement with the FOSC. Booms will remain in Ihe River until agreed-upon
endpoints have been reached and FOSC approval for their removal is obtained. It is considered that
booms at primary control points will remain in place after the initial removal as a precautionary
measure for as long as the weather permits in 2010. In the event visible oil re-emerges, booms and/or
absorbents will be rc-dcployed and maintained as needed until the endpoint is again attained.
17
-------
10.0 Plan Modifications
If the Company wishes to propose an action, revision or change that is not identified in this Plan, the
Company will request approval of the action, revision or change from the F08C. To initiate the
process, a written request will be submitted by the Company to the FOSC outlining the proposed
action, revision or change to be utilized and the benefits to be derived from its execution. FOSC will
then approve or disapprove in writing or discuss potential alternatives.
-------
References
ASTM F2534-06. Standard Guide for Visually Estimating Oil Spill Thickness on Water.
Guidebook of Best Management Practices for Michigan Watersheds, Reprinted October, 1998.
Michigan Department of Environmental Quality, Surface Water Quality Division.
Inland Oil Spills, Options for Minimizing Environmental Impacts of Freshwater Spill Response,
National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration. Hazardous Materials Response and
Assessment Division; American Petroleum Institute: June 1994.
Michael, J. & Benggio, B.: Guidelines for Selecting Appropriate Cleanup Endpoints at Oil Spills.
Shoreline Assessment Manual, Third Edition. Office of Response and Restoration. Hazardous
Materials Response Division. National Ocean Service. National Oceanic and Atmospheric
Administration. HAZM AT Report No. 2000-L August 2000.
19
-------
Tables
-------
Table 1
Summary of Agency, Workplans, Permits and Approvals
U.S. EPA Work Plans
Work Plan
Dated
Status
Pipeline Repair
7/29/10
Approved
Oil Recovery and Containment
8/2/10; rev, 8/5/10
Approved
Health and Safety Plan
8/4/10
Approved
Waste Treatment, Transportation, and Disposal
Supplement #1 - Frac Tank Secondary Containment Design
Supplement #2 - Frac Tank Secondary Containment Plan
8/2/10; rev. 8/8/10
8/6/10
8/11/10
Approved
Pending
Pending
Quality Assurance Project Plan
8/2/10
Pending
Sampling and Analysis
8/2/10
Pending
Source Area Remediation
8/2/10
Pending
Downstream Remediation
8/2/10
Pending
Additional Permits/Approvals
Permit/Approval
Dated
Status
DNRE/USACE Joint Permit Application
8/2/10
Pending
Dewatering Discharge Work Plan
(General Permit MIG080000)
8/4/10
Approved
Battle Creek POTW - Special Discharge Authorization
8/11/10
POTW - Approved
EPA - Pending
Wetland Impacts - Temporary Alterations (General Permit)
NA
In progress
-------
Figures
-------
LakelSuperiori
Wisconsin
Calhoun County
Kalamazoo County
Michigan
Enbridge Pipeline
Kalamazoo River
Release Location
Lake.StKCIaire
Illinois
Indiana
ENBRIDGE
Minnesota
IIIalreTOntariol
Iowa
Enbridge Energy, Limited Partnership
Enbridge Line 6B MP 608 - Marshall, Ml
Downstream Impact Area Response Plan
Figure 1: Site Location
DATE REVISED:
SCALE: 1:1,500,000
DRAWN BY: NMS/JPM
SERIES: 1 of 7
Pennsylvania
Ontario
DATE ISSUED: Aug 11, 2010
atural
ngineering Co.
715-395-5680
Miles
200
-------
(
0
1
2
3
4
ENBRIDGE
Eribridge Pipeline 6B
River Centerline
Major Road
Legend
Water Access
Division Boundary ^ Release Location
O Containment Site @ Downstream Milepost
Enbridge Energy, Limited Partnership
Enbridge Line 6B MP 608 - Marshall, Ml
Downstream Impact Area Response Plan
Figure 2: Division Designation Map
DATE ISSUED: Aug 11, 2010
DATE REVISED:
SCALE: 1:60,000
DRAWN BY: NMS/JPM
SERIES: 2 of 7
atural
sources
ngineering Co.
715-395-5680
-------
-------
pj&sMa
KalarriM
Division C
U'-*l
'ffrn6Va
'7.
Division^
1,000
2,000
3,000
IH Feet
4,000
ENBRIDGE
Eribridge Pipeline 6B
River Centerline
Major Road O
Legend
Division Boundary
Source Area
Release Location
@ Downstream Milepost
O Approximate
Extent Of Oil
Enbridge Energy, Limited Partnership
Enbridge Line 6B MP 608 - Marshall, Ml
Downstream Impact Area Response Plan
Figure 4: Division B Map
DATE ISSUED: Aug 11, 2010
DATE REVISED:
SCALE: 1:5,000
DRAWN BY: NMS/JPM
SERIES: 4 of 7
-------
ENBRIDGE
Legend
—- Enbridge Pipeline 6B
River Centerline
Major Road
Division Boundary
® Downstream Milepost
9 Potable Well
O Sediment Sample
O Containment Site (Boom) © Soil Sample
G Surface Water Sample 2 Water Access
Enbridge Energy, Limited Partnership
Enbridge Line 6B MP 608 - Marshall, Ml
Downstream Impact Area Response Plan
Figure 5: Division C Map With Sample Locations
DATE ISSUED: Aug 11, 2010
DATE REVISED:
SCALE: 1:25,000
m
sources
DRAWN BY: NMS/JPM
SERIES: 5 of 7
-------
DivisionlEj
DivisioniD;
.iSjon vC ^
Legend
——- Enbridge Pipeline 6B
River Cenlerline
- Major Road
£111^1 Division Boundary
Enbridge Energy, Limited Partnership
Enbridge Line 6B MP 608 - Marshall, Ml
Downstream Impact Area Response Plan
Figure 6: Division D Map With Sample Locations
Potable Well
Sediment Sample
Soil Sample
Water Access
Downstream Milepost
Containment Site (Boom)
Surface Water Sample
ENBRIDGE
DATE REVISED:
SCALE: 1:12,000
DRAWN BY: NMS/JPM
-------
Legend
=— Enbridge Pipeline 6B
9 Potable Well
O Sediment Sample
River Centerline @ Downstream Milepost
Major Road Q Containment Site (Boom) © Soil Sample
Division Boundary # Surface Water Sample S Water Access
0
LT^F
05
- r
1.5
" -*>2iJ
Enbridge Energy, Limited Partnership
Enbridge Line 6B MP 608 - Marshall, Ml
Downstream Impact Area Response Plan
Figure 7: Division E Map With Sample Locations
DATE ISSUED: Aug 11, 2010
DATE REVISED:
SCALE: 1:24,000
DRAWN BY: NMS/JPM
SERIES: 7 of 7
Iatural
sources
IF5"
Engineering
71 ^
-------
Attachments
-------
Attachment A
Acronyms and Definitions
-------
Attachment A
Acronyms and Definitions
Company - Enbridge Energs. Limited Partnership
DNAPL - Dense Non-Aqueous Phase Liquid - A with a Specific Gravity > 1.0
DBH - Diameter at Breast Height - a forestrj term for the measurement of trees
Low-Pressure Water Wash - Water cleaning by spray or flow that does not cause removal of live
foliage or erosion of soils. Ambient water is sprayed at low pressures (<50 psi), usually from hand-
held hoses to lift oil from the substrate and direct it to the water's edge for pickup.
Flood plain - The flat or nearly flat land along a river or stream or in a tidal area that is covered by
water in a flood.
POSC - Federal On-Scene Coordinator
IAP - Incident Action Plan - prepared by the Environment Unit and Planning Section daily and used
to support preparation of the shoreline response plan to be implemented by Operations.
LNAPL - Light Non-Aqueous Phase Liquid - A with a Specific Gravity <-1.0
MDA - Michi gan Department of Agriculture
MDNRE - Michigan Department of Natural Resources and Environment
Minimal Scraping - Minimal scraping is defined as manual removal of the oil and immediate
surface, but typically removal of less than 1" of surficial soil. No mechanized equipment will be used
for minimal scraping.
NCRS - National Resources Conservation Sendee
NO A A - National Oceanographic and Atmospheric Administration
NRDA - Natural Resources Damage Assessment
NREPA - Natural Resources and Environmental Protection Act
Operations - Personnel, both Company employees and contractors, under the purview of the
Company, that is engaged in the response activities.
Primary Oiled Area - The area with visible oil and/or sheen that is either currently affecting
navigable waterw ays and/or poses a threat of release of a visible oil or sheen discharge to navigable
waterways.
Priority Activity - A response activity performed in a priority area.
Priority Area - Area where observed impacts are high, that are in close proximity to a receptor, or
could have future impacts to downstream areas.
Response Actions - Those actions undertaken in the short term by the Compam to remove and/or
abate visible oil and/or sheen that is either currently affecting navigable waterways and/or poses the
threat of release of a visible oil or sheen discharge to navigable waterways.
A-l
-------
RPDIA - Response Plan for Downstream Impacted Area
Remediation - Those interim response actions undertaken to remove visible oil and petroleum
products from media affected by the spill and located downstream of the spill source area.
Specifically. this includes response actions to remove and/or abate visible oil and or sheen that is
currently affecting navigable waterways or poses the threat or release of a visible oil or sheen
discharge to navigable waterways.
Riparian - Areas adjacent to rivers and streams with a differing density, diversity, and productivity
of plant species relative to nearby uplands.
Ri\ er - The Kalamazoo River
SAP - Sampling and Analysis Plan
SCAT - Shoreline Cleanup Assessment Technique also known as SCAT Assessment or SCAT
Process - A systematic approach that uses standard terminology to collect data on impacted areas,
support decision-making for cleanup; reference IJAZMAT Report No, 2000-1: Office of Response
and Restoration. 1 lazardous Materials Response Division. National Ocean Service. National
Oceanic & Atmospheric Administration, Shoreline Assessment Manual - Third Edition, August
2000.
SC AT Team -A team of qualified individuals using SCAT, organized and reporting to the FOSC and
comprised of representatives from U.S. HP A (as the FOSC), MDNRF (as the SOSC and state NRDA
trustee), NOAA or USFWS (as federal NRDA trustees) and Compatn (both responsible party
Operations and NRDA) to assess impacted areas and recommend cleanup methods and priorities. At
least one member should have sufficient expertise in wetland and aquatic ecology to evaluate the
sensitivity of impacted areas.
SOSC - State On-Seene Coordinator
Trustees - Government officials who act on behalf of the public when there is injury to. destruction
of, loss of, or threat to natural resources as a result of a release of a hazardous substance or a
discharge of oil. Trustees include the U.S. Departments of Commerce. Interior. Defense, Agriculture,
and Energy; state agencies; and Native American tribes. NOAA is the lead federal trustee for coastal
and marine resources. MDNRE is the lead trustee for the State of Michigan.
USACE - United States Arniy Corps of Engineers
U.S. EPA — Unites States Environmental Protection Agency
U.S. FWS - United States Fish and Wildlife Service
A-2
-------
Attachment B
Shoreline Cleanup Assessment Technique (SCAT)Team
-------
Attachment B
Shoreline Cleanup Assessment Team
Downstream Impacted Areas will be assessed by the Shoreline Cleanup Assessment Team {"SCAT
Team") and then recommended, approved remedial responses will be implemented. Aerial
photography and visual surveys will be conducted on a regular basis during the product recovery
efforts to document impacted areas downstream of the Source Release Area.
The sequencing and scheduling of the recommended response methods, including bank and sediment
removal processes, if necessary, will be determined after the SCAT Team Assessment and SCAT
Team recommendations are completed. A summary of the SCAT Team Assessment for this spill is
described below.
SCAT Team Assessment
SCAT Teams will access downstream impacted areas, including river banks, wetlands, flood plains,
and marsh areas, and other areas as appropriate and make recommendations on clean-up methods to
be used, including priorities. In addition to the methods and techniques identified in Tables 17. 23.
and 25 in the "inland Oil Spills, Options for Minimizing Environmental Impacts of Freshwater Spill
Response" (June 1994), any available new technologies, best practices, and lessons learned from
completed or on-going SCAT Team recommended response methods w ill be assessed for specific
environments or habitats similar to those partial!) or completely remediated. It is anticipated that the
following techniques in conjunction with response methods recommended by the SCAT Teams will
be the main methods used: low pressure rinsing, vegetation removal, vegetation and soil removal,
and sediment removal.
The objective of the SCAT Team Assessment is to conduct a detailed assessment of dow nstream
areas and document downstream conditions to facilitate clean-up and identity response methods, and
efficiently and effectively deploy clean-up crews, evaluate and document shoreline conditions and
provide clean-up recommendations and priorities to Operations. The SCAT Team Assessment will
provide guidance to Operations to complete recommended response methods in an expedited manner
to minimize the time oil remains present on the land and water.
The primary objective of the SCAT Process is to provide operational support. The SCAT Process is a
systematic approach that uses standard terminology to collect data on Downstream Impacted Areas
and support decision-making for Downstream Impacted Area response activities. SCAT Team
sur\eys are also used for:
• Development of treatment or response activities recommendations;
B-1
-------
• Development of treatment or endpoint criteria;
• Net environmental benefit analysis;
• Post-treatment inspection and evaluation;
• Provision of long-term monitoring; and.
• Natural Resource Damage Assessment.
The SCAT Teams will provide information in accordance with recognized shoreline assessment
forms for the bank and in-river areas, wetlands, floodplain areas, and marshes. Information will
include, if applicable, but may not be limited to; development of response methods and endpoint
criteria. Data collected by SCAT Team will be used to develop downstream impacted area cleanup
plans intended to maximize the recov ery of impacted habitats and resources, while minimizing the
risk of injury from response efforts. Consideration will always be given to:
• Extent and duration of environmental impacts if the oil is not removed;
• Natural removal rates;
• Potential for remobilized oil to affect other sensitive resources; and
• Likelihood of response activities to cause greater harm than the oil alone.
As part of the process SCAT Teams shall consider state and federal threatened and endangered
species during oil removal response actions, as well as species and habitats of special concern or
management interest by MDNRF or the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service. SCAT Teams shall be alert
to new occurrences of species and habitats of special concern and shall immediately notify the U.S.
Fish and Wildlife Service upon discovery. U.S. FWS has sensitive environment G1S data available
for use to assist in the effort.
The SCAT Team assessment segments are expected to align with the existing boom deployment
segments currently used by Operations (Figures 3. 4. 5. 6. and 7). The area to be assessed extends
from the Source Release Area (Figure 3) to the entry of the Kalamazoo River into Morrow Lake
(Figure 7). The SCAT Team Assessment segments are expected to be aligned with the existing
segments as follows:
e-2
-------
Existing Segments
Segment Length in Miles
{Shoreline)
Division A - MP- 0
N/A
Division B - MP 0.0 -1.8
1.8 (3,6)
Division C - MP 1.8 - 16.8
14.8 (29.6)
Division D - MP 16.6 - 22.5
5.9 (11.8)
Division E - MP 22.5 - 38.5
16 (32)
Further assessments may be required
Based-011 the SCAT Team Assessments, along with the recovery phase aerial photo documentation
and visual inspections, those areas showing where free oil or sheen is evident will be prioritized
based on location and volume, and then addressed. The SCAT Team will recommend priority and
determine appropriateness of disturbance impact as a result of recommended response methods.
Phased Approach:
SCA T Team Assessment of Downstream Impacted Areas will be conducted to document extent of
impact and determine appropriate response activity and will follow a phased approach. Phase 1 will
target assessment of potentially impacted areas that are accessible b\ boat. Phase 2 will target
assessment of those areas such as floodplains where impacts cannot be fully delineated and
characterized through boat-based surveys alone.
The geographic extent of Phase 1 sun eys will include the river batiks and associated emergent
marshes and other wetlands along the Kalamazoo River from the confluence of Tallmadgc Creek
downstream to the head of Lake Morrow. If necessary, the extent of Phase 1 SCAT Team surveys
will be extended downstream until the maximum extent of shoreline impact has been delineated.
Specific methodology for conducting Phase 1 is detailed below.
During the conduct of Phase 1 surveys, floodplains. forested wetlands and other habitats for which
the inland extent of oiling cannot be completely ascertained from water-based surveys will be
identified for follow-up surveys conducted in Phase 2. Specific methods for Phase 2 floodplain
response activities assessment surveys are currently under development; however, it is anticipated
that Phase 2 surveys will be performed on foot.
Team Composition;
A SCAT Team Coordinator will be designated to manage SCAT Teams and coordinate synthesis of
field data and information flow for use by the Environmental Unit and Planning Section to support
the daily Incident Action Plan (IAP). The information and response recommendations generated will
be used by the Planning Section to develop one or more shoreline cleanup plans, which in turn will
be implemented b\ the Operations Section.
-------
Each shoreline assessment team will be comprised of representatives from U.S. EPA (as the FOSC),
MDK'RE (as the SOSC & state NRDA trustee). NOAA or USFWS (as federal NRDA trustees) and
Company (both responsible part\ Operations and NRDA). Every effort will be made to keep the
composition of each team consistent to insure continuity in descriptions of the extent and degree of
impacts and reporting.
The Company will be using ENTRIX. Inc. personnel as the company's representatives on SCAT
Teams. Qualifications of these individuals regarding wetland and aquatic expertise will be provided
to the U.S. EPA.
Number of Teams:
SCAT Team Assessments will initially be performed by two teams working opposite sides of the
rher. Each team will contain the representatives identified above. Due to the size of watercraft
dictated by river conditions, it is anticipated that each team will require two flat-bottom boats in the
12- to 16-foot range. Phase 1 SCAT Team Assessments will progress from upstream to downstream.
Personnel Resources;
Each primal*}' group (Company. U.S. EPA, MDNRE. NOAA and USFWS) will designate a SCAT
leader who will acquire and coordinate the necessary staff resources from their agency/group. In
addition, the SCAT leaders will meet daily with the SCAT Coordinator to identify the next day's
SCAT Team plan.
Schedule;
Phase 1 SCAT Team surveys began on Sunday. August I, 2010. An informal training and calibration
session will be conducted in the field prior to beginning actual sur\ evs. It is presently anticipated that
Phase 1 SCAT Team surveys will require 2-3 days for completion. Phase 2 surveys will be initiated
upon completion of Phase 1 and approval of a floodplain assessment plan.
Methodology;
Phase 1 SCAT Team surveys will be performed by boat. Each river bank will be assigned to one
team. As the shoreline is viewed from the boat, visual observations related to oiling will be recorded
on the shoreline assessment form as the teams work downstream. The forms are designed to record
oiling information by zone. For purposes of this assessment, a zone is defined by a visual change in
the degree or extent of oiling or habitat type, or the presence of a side channel or island (see below).
This approach will result in the delineation of unique combinations of habitat type and oiling
characteristics. Primary and secondary habitat types will be noted on the assessment form (using "P"
or "S", accordingly). Information collected on degree of oiling will apply to the entire primary
habitat area. Waypoints will be recorded at the beginning and end of each zone, and a track log will
B-4
-------
be continuously recorded. Horizontal distance of oiling measured perpendicular to the shoreline will
be recorded. If the horizontal distance of oiling from the shoreline is greater than can be visually
ascertained, the zone will be flagged for further investigation during Phase 2.
Islands and side channels will be treated as a separate zone. As such, waypoints will be recorded at
the beginning and end of a side channel, prior to and after circumnavigating an island, or at a change
in habitat type or degree of oiling.
In order to estimate the extent and degree of shoreline oiling the following informational components
will be collected:
A real extent of oiling. The aerial extent of shoreline will be estimated based on the polygon defined
by shoreline length of the zone (calculated from the shoreline length between the zone waypoints
collected in the field) and the field estimate of the distance (width) of horizontal oiling perpendicular
to the shoreline.
Degree of oiling - Degree of oiling will be determined by:
• visually estimating the percentage of the a real extent of shoreline that is covered with oil and
the thickness of that oil (film, stain, coat, or cover), and
• \ isually estimating the height of oiling on vegetation and the percentage of the area below
maximum height that is oiled.
In addition to this information on shoreline oiling, information will be collected on oil or sheens
observed on water, including the percentage of area covered within a zone and a characterization of
the oil or sheen {biological sheen, silver, rainbow, brown, black, tarballs).
Equipment:
Each team will be equipped with the following:
• Two flat-bottom jon boats (12- to 16-foot range) with outboard motors and operators
• Persona! protective equipment, including personal notation devices.
• SCAT Assessment forms and ink writing utensil
• GPS unit
• Digital camera with date and time stamp for photo documentation
• Opportunistic sampling equipment
o Wooden pole or stick
o Biota sampling jar or aluminum foil and plastic Ziploc bags
o Powder-free nitrile gloves
B-5
-------
o Cooler with wet or blue ice
o Paper towels
o Trash bag
o Teflon tape
o Permanent marker
Impacted Area Preparation
Those downstream mpacted areas found to be adverse!)' impacted may require a single method or a
combination of techniques and methods, as recommended by the SCAT Team, including but not
limited to, those identified in Tables 1 7. 22, 23, and/or 25 of the "inland Oil Spills, Options for
Minimizing Environmental Impacts of Freshwater Spill Response" (June 1994). SCAT Team
recommendations may include:
Response Method - Heavy Oils
Small Rivers &
Streams
Gravel
Habitats
Wetland
Habitats
Booming - Deflection/Exclusion
A
NA
Skimming
A
NA
Booming - Containment
A
NA
Vacuum
A
B
Sorbents
A
B
A
Barriers/Berms
A
NA
NA
Physical Herding
B
NA
NA
Natural Recovery
C
B
B
Debris Removal
B
A
B
Vegetation Removal *
B
NA
C
In-Situ Thermal Treatment **
B
B
B
Manual Oil Removal/Cleaning
B
A
C
Mechanical Oil Removal
C
C
D
Low-Pressure. Cold Water Flushing
B
B
A = May cause the least adverse habitat impact,
B = May cause some adverse habitat impact.
C = May cause significant habitat impact.
* Any vegetation removed will be managed as required by the approved Waste Treatment, Transportation,
and Disposal Plan.
** In-Situ Thermal Treatment is not intended to result in the burning or incineration of soils.
[Table modified from Table 17. "Relative environmental impact from response methods for SMALL RIVER
and STREAM environments."]
At this time no other response methods beyond those provided in the above table are anticipated, for
example, the use of dispersants and other chemical agents.
B-6
-------
Other resources will be consulted through the SCAT Process to best determine response and clean-up
strategies, for example, on options to treat wetland soils and vegetation. This will include the
doeument: NRCS Interim Conservation Practice Standard 772 Guidance "Organic Sorbents for the
Remediation of Oil-Contaminated Soils",
In addition to the methods and techniques identified in the table, any available new technologies, best
practices, and lessons learned from completed or on-going SCAT Team recommended response
methods will be assessed for specific environments or habitats similar to those partially or
completely cleaned-up.
The sequencing and scheduling of the bank and sediment removal process will be driven by decisions
made in the field based-on information to be available after SCAT Team Assessment and SCAT
Team recommendations, and existing site conditions as they are identified during the SCAT Team
assessment described in this work plan.
B-7
-------
Attachment C
Phase I Shoreline Cleanup Methods
-------
Attachment C
Phase I Shoreline Cleanup Methods
Kalamazoo River/The Company Spill
Phase 1 Shoreline Cleanup Methods
Date: August 10, 2010 (May be revised/updated, and new date provided)
The Company Contact: Joe McGaver (218-390-9254)
NOTE: This does not represent final clean up
Habitat Type or feature
Cleanup Recommendation;
Do not touch un-oiled vegetation
Phase 1 Cleanup Objective
Low hanging limbs extending over
and into the water
• Cut and bag branches 2" above oiling level
No oil observed on branches hanging over
or into the water
Vegetated Bank
• Remove oiled vegetation leaving roots intact up to
50' from waterline;
• Do not remove woody plants great than 2" diameter
(as measured one foot above ground surface)
Primary oil removal;
Grasses, reeds, cattails, wetlands
• Remove oiled vegetation leaving roots intact up to
50 feet from waterline;
• On soft surfaces, use pallets/plywood or other
methods to distribute weight and minimize number of
walk ways to reach oiled vegetation away from the
river's edge;
• Do not tear out roots
• Area should be boomed during removal process
• Use snares/pompoms for small pockets;
• Low pressure/high volume rinse to direct oil to boom
for collection
Primary oil removal;
• If free oil extends beyond 50' from
waterline contact SCAT Team for
guidance. Do not enter,
• SCAT Team will visit following removal
to assess next steps
C-l
-------
Habitat Type or feature
Cleanup Recommendation:
Do not touch un-oiled vegetation
Phase 1 Cleanup Objective
Oiled debris
• Mobilize oil and capture w. boom or sorbent material
before and during moving debris;
• Manual removal of oiled debris
• For large woody debris remove all visibly oiled
material
Primary oil removal
• Un-oiled large woody debris will remain
undisturbed
Oiled Manmade Structures
• Manual removal using scraping or wiping with
sorbents,
• High pressure cold water wash
Primary oil removal
Aquatic vegetation holding floating
oil [water lilies, grasses, etc.]
• Boom prior to cutting
• Cut vegetation below water's surface, leaving roots;
• Use snares to collect released oil;
• Bag vegetation
Primary oil removal
Oiled mixed sarid and gravel
• Boom prior to cutting
• Low pressure/high volume flushing
Primary oil removal
Definitions:
Primary oil removal: removal of pooled oil and major sources of sheening
Phase 2: Additional cleaning to remove sources of sheen
C-2
-------
Attachment D
U.S. EPA Comment Response Verification
(per U.S. EPA August 15, 2010 letter)
-------
Attachment 1)
U.S. EPA Comment Response Verification
En bridge Line 6 MP608
RPDIA
Marshall Michigan
(per II.S EPA August 15, 2010 letter)
RPDIA Plan-Specific Comments
1. Section 8,3 has been modified to include that planting will incorporate native plant species
along with non-invasive temporary cover crops.
2. Section 6.1.2 was revised to add "when necessan to access or cross areas of soft substrates,
plywood sheets or other appropriate methods will be used to avoid compressing soils".
3. Section 3.1.1 was renamed from "Marshes" to "Riparian Zones and Stream Banks", as
requested.
4. Section 6.0 has been revised to state that a quantitative monitoring plan will be submitted to
the FOSC for approval prior to execution of such a plan.
5. Section 6.1.2 was revised to slate that backfill of excavated areas will be with clean, weed-
free top soil immediately following excavation around tree roots in the riparian /.one.
6. Section 6.1.4 has been revised to state that trees larger than 2 inches diameter DBH will be
preserved.
7. Section 6.1.6 has been amended to include the collection, cleaning, rehabilitation and release
of live oiled animals.
8. The word "within" was removed from the first sentence of Section 8.1 as requested.
9. The definition of N RHP A has been corrected in Attachment A as requested.
10. The reference to Table 22 in the third paragraph of Attachment B. page B-6, has been
corrected to reference Table 23.
1 1. References to the Unified Command (UC) and/or Incident Commander (IC) in the RPDIA
have been changed to reference FOSC.
D-l
-------
Enbridge Line 8B MP 608 Pipeline Release
Marshall, Michigan
Source Area Response Plan
August 2, 2010
(Revised August 17, 2010 per U.S. EPA August 17, 2010 letter)
-------
Enbridge Line SB MP 608 Pipeline Release
Marshall, Michigan
Source Area Response Plan
August 2, 2010
(Revised August 17, 2010 per U.S. EPA August 17, 2010 letter)
Table of Contents
l.O Introduction I
LI Overview I
1.2 Site History .,,.1
1.3 Site Description and Location .2
1.4 General Site Geology/I lydrogeology and Baseline Conditions 2
1.5 Source Area Actions to Date 3
1.6 Interim Response Scope of Work 5
2.0 Response Action Plan 6
2.1 Interim Response - Spill Release Area,.... 6
2.1.1 Construction of Temporary Berois 6
2.1.2 Construction of Temporary Receptor/Collection Trenches 6
2.1.3 Site Clearing and Grubbing ?
2.1.4 Removal Staging. Transportation and Disposal of Oil Saturated Soil 7
2.2 Interim Response -Talmadge Creek ..8
2.2.1 Flume Installation 9
2.2.2 Site Clearing and Grubbing 9
2.2.3 Removal, Staging, Transportation and Disposal of Oil Saturated Soil 9
2.3 Interim Methods and Confirmatory Metrics 10
2.4 Interim Response Oiled Wildlife Processing Protocol 11
2.5 Source Area Access and Security 11
2.6 Storm Water Management and Erosion Control 12
2.7 Source Area Interim Restoration Activities 12
2.8 Initial Response Action Decontamination 13
2.8.1 Personnel Decontamination 13
2.8.2 Equipment Decontamination 13
2.8.3 Additional Decontamination Requirements 14
2.9 Contingency Plan ....14
3.0 Schedule And Resources 15
i
-------
Figure 1
Figure 2
Figure 3
F i mire 4
Figure 5
Figure 6
List of Figures
Site Location
Division Designation Map
Division A - Spill Release Location Map
Division B - Talmadgc Creek Map
Source Area Site Base Map
Source Area Air Monitoring Station Locations
List of Attachments
Attachment A U.S. F.PA Comment Response Verification {as requested per U.S. EPA August I
2010 letter to Enbridge Energy. Limited Partnership)
Attachment B Cleanup Plan for I'almadge Creek (Division B), August 6, 2010
Attachment C Joint Permit Application to MDNRE and USACE for Part 303/301 and Part 3 I
Attachment D Preliminary Threatened and Endangered Species Surve\
-------
List of Acronyms/Definitions
Calhoun County Drain Commissioner (CCDC)
Company - Enbridge Energy, Limited Partnership
RPDIA - Response Plan for Downstream Impacted Area
DNAPL - Dense Non-Aqueous Phase Liquid - A liquid with a Specific Gravity > 1.0
Drain -The word "drain" shall include the main stream or trunk and all tributaries or branches of any
creek or river, any watercourse or ditch, either open or closed, any covered drain, any sanitary or any
combined sanitary and storm sewer or storm sewer or conduit composed of tile, brick, concrete, or
other material any structures or mechanical devices, that will properly purify the flow of such drains,
any pumping equipment necessary to assist or relieve the flow of such drains and any levee, dike,
barrier, or a combination of any or all of the same constructed, or proposed to be constructed, for the
purpose of drainage or for the purification of the flow of such drains, but shall not include any dam
and flowagc rights used in connection therewith which is used for the generation of power by a
public utility subject to regulation by the public service commission,
FOSC - Federal On-Scene Coordinator
LNAPL - Light Non-Aqueous Phase Liquid - A liquid with a Specific Gravity < 1.0
MDNRE - Michigan Department of Natural Resources and Environment
NREPA - Natural Resources and Lnvironmental Protection Act
Oil Saturated Soil - Soils containing free-phase product capable of flowing or migrating as an oil
and/or a sheen, either of which is affecting or threatens to affect navigable waterways.
Remediation - Future long term corrective actions beyond those included as an initial response
Residual Impacts - Soils exhibiting oil staining, petroleum odor, and/or organic headspace, none of
which are affecting or threaten to affect navigable waterways.
Response - The initial response to remove oil affected-media and/or sheen affecting and/or posing a
risk to navigable water bodies
SAP - Sampling and Analysis Plan
SCAT - Shoreline Cleanup Assessment Technique also known as SCAT Assessment or SCAT
Process - A systematic approach that uses standard terminology to collect data on impacted areas,
support decision-making for cleanup; reference HAZMAT Report No. 2000-1; Office of Response
and Restoration. Hazardous Materials Response Division. National Ocean Service, National Oceanic
& Atmospheric Administration, Shoreline Assessment Manual - Third Edition, August 2000.
SCAT Team - A team of qualified individuals using SCAT, organized and reporting to the FOSC
and comprised of representatives front U.S. EPA as the (FOSC), MDNRE (as the SOSC and state
-------
NRDA trustee). NO A A or U.S. FWS (as federal NRDA trustees) and Company to assess impacted
areas and recommend cleanup methods and priorities. At least one member should have sufficient
expertise in wetland and aquatic eeologx to evaluate the sensitivity of impacted areas.
Source Area - The primary locations impacted by the crude oil release, includes Division A (i.e. the
wetland area impacted by the release due to overland flow of oil) referred to herein as the Spill
Release Area and. Division B (i.e.. the portion of Talmadge Creek impacted by the oil spill) referred
to herein as the Creek
SAR - Source Area Response Plan - A workplan describing interim response actions designed to
protect navigable waters from the crude oil release
Spill Release Area (Division A) - Area of primary spill release into wetland
Talmadge Creek (Division B) - Initial navigable water body impacted by release
USAGE - United States Army Corps of Engineers
U.S. EPA - Unites States Environmental Protection Agency
USFYVS - United States Fish and Wildlife Service
-------
1.0 introduction
1.1 Overview
The purpose of this Source Area Response Plan (SAR Plan) is to present initial response actions that
w ill be taken to address the Source Area for the Enbridge Energy, Limited Partnership (Company),
Marshall. Michigan, Line 6B M.P. 608 as a result of the crude oil release. The Plan is prepared in
response to the United States Environmental Protection Agency (U.S. EPA) Administrative Removal
Order (ARO) dated July 27. 2010,
1.2 Site History
On July 26, 20 It), a release of heavy crude from the Company's 30-inch pipeline (referred to as
"Line 6B") was discovered. The Company's pipeline release site is loeated just west of pipeline mile
post 608 in Marshall. Calhoun County. Michigan. (North ',4 Section 2, T3S, R6W, Latitude:
42.2395273 Longitude: -84.9662018) in an undeveloped area, south of town. Figure 1 shows the
location of the site. The release entered Talmadge Creek and then the Kalamazoo River. These
waterways are considered to be navigable waters. Currently, approximate!) 30 miles of the
Kalamazoo Rher may have been impacted. To date the impacted areas are described as:
• Division A - the Spill Release Area to the constructed Flume where the release entered
Talmadge Creek;
• Division B - Talmadge Creek from the Flume site to the confluence with the Kalamazoo
River;
• Division C -- The confluence of the Talmadge Creek and the Kalamazoo River to the Angell
Street Bridge;
• Division D - The Angell Street Bridge to Kalamazoo County line; and
• Division E - Kalamazoo County Line to Morrow Lake Dam.
Figure 2 shows the site division designations A through E. This SAR Plan addresses Division A,
referred to as the Spill Release Area, and Division B. referred to as the Creek.
Following the release, the U.S. EPA. issued a Removal Administrative Order (RAO) signed July 27.
2010. The RAO established actions and timeframes for responding to the release.
1
-------
Ill conjunction with the SAR plan, the following Work Plans were requested by the RAO and are
submitted as separate documents:
• Health and Safety Plan (HSP);
• Pipeline Repair Work Plan (PRWP);
• Sampling and Analysis Plan (SAP):
• Quality Assurance Project Plan (QAPP);
• Oil Recovery and Containment Plan (ORCP);
• Response Plan for Downstream Impacted Area (RPDIA) Plan: and.
• Waste Treatment. Transportation, and Disposal Plan (WTTDP).
Draft Work Plans requested in the RAO were submitted to the U.S. EPA on Jul}' 2l), 2010.
Comments on draft work plans were recehed on July 31. 2010 and are incorporated into this
revision. Additional comments on this SAR Plan were received on August 10. 2010 and are
addressed in this submittal. Attachment A pro\ ides a numerical tracking of the responses to the
specific comments provided by the U.S. EPA in their August 10, 2010 letter.
1.3 Site Description and Location
The Source Area is comprised of an approximate 5-aere parcel adjacent to the pipeline release
location (Spill Release Area) and the portion of the Talmadge creek extending from the release site to
the confluence with the Kalamazoo river (the Creek) (figures 3 and 4). The majority of the Spill
Release Area is within a wetland between the release site and Talmadge Creek. Most of the
surrounding area can be characterized as rural, including undeveloped and agricultural areas.
Vegetation in the source area consists of herbaceous emergent wetland plants in low lying areas, as
well as brush and trees in upland areas.
1.4 General Site Geology/Hydrogeology and Baseline Conditions
The surficial deposits in the area of the release site consist of glacial outwash sand and gravel and
post-glacial alluvium with occasional thin clay lenses overlain by surficial peal material. The glacial
deposits are generally underlain by the Mississippian Marshall Sandstone and Coldwater Shale in
Calhoun County and Coldwater Shale in Kalamazoo County. The bedrock surface mapped as 50 feet
2
-------
below ground surface (bgs) in much of Calhoun Count}' and up to 200 feet in Kalamazoo County
based on the State of Michigan Department of Conservation. Geological Survey Division. Drift
Thickness Map. 1938. Baseline conditions within the source area will be established and will include
fluvial geomorphology. baseline topographic conditions and fluid flow channel physical
dimensions/survey and ecological habitats. A wetland delineation establishing jurisdictional
boundaries and the t\pe and distribution of wetland communities will also be performed within the
Source Area.
It is our understanding that the Talmadge Creek is a legally established "drain"; therefore, the
Company will contact and consult with the Calhoun County Drain Commissioner fCCDC)
concerning work on the Creek, including interim and long-term restoration of the drain, and
hydraulic capacity and drainage function.
1.5 Source Area Actions to Date
As of the date of this report, the following key remedial actions ha\e occurred:
• Security: Access to the Source Area is restricted by fencing and twenty-four hour security.
Access to surface water is being limited by seeurit) control measures at crossings, signs, and
fencing at creek access points. These measures address unauthorized access to the source
areas.
• Temporary Access Road: An access road, primarily timber mats, was constructed to the
site from Division Drive. Safety turn-around areas were created and grading of the site has
been completed to allow for heavy equipment traffic related to response activities and
pipeline repair, limber mat access roads are also being constructed adjacent to Talmadge
Creek.
• Site Clearing and Grubbing: Clearing and grubbing of site trees and vegetation has been
performed as necessary to allow construction of access roads and removal of soils impacted
by the overland flow of oil. The trees and brush will be chipped and the materia! mixed with
excavated soil for of (site disposal.
• Shallow Soil Excavation: Shallow soil in the Spill Release Area (primarily peat) impacted
by the overland flow of crude oil is being excavated and staged for offsite disposal. The
objective associated with shallow' soil excavation is to prevent further migration of oil to
surface water. Spill Release Area excavation activities involve the use of a long reach
3
-------
backhoe staged oil the access road to remove the top 6-inches to 1-foot of impacted soil/peat
material. The material is direct loaded into off-road trucks and transported to the staging area
where it is allowed to dewater prior to disposal. Creek area excavation (i.e.. along the banks
of the Talmadge Creek) involve removal of primarily oil impacted vegetation and shallow
soil/root zone material as described in the Shoreline Cleanup Assessment Team (SCAT) Plan
for Talmadge Creek (Attachment B). At the time this document was prepared, approximately
80 percent of the Spill Release Area excavation has been completed and 25 percent of Creek
area has been mechanically cleaned.
• Staging Area Construction: An approximate 2.3 acre staging area was constructed at the
boundary of the exclusion zone to the north of the Spill Release Area. The staging area was
constructed using Class 5 gravel to allow heavy equipment access and minimize erosion. Sill
fencing and other stormwater control measures were implemented as needed. Material from
the Spill Release Area and the Creek is currently being transported to the main staging area
using off-road trucks.
• Herms: Three temporary soil berms have been constructed to remove the migration pathway
for crude oil from the Spill Release Area to Talmadge Creek, The basic design of the
temporary soil berms is an elongated earthen mound used to prevent the flow of water and
oil. Clean on-site soils and clean granular soils were used to construct the berms. The length
and height of the berms correspond with the volume of How and drainage area required to be
controlled in the Spill Release Area. All berm heights are less than five feet from the toe of
the berm to the upstream bottom elevation. This berm height will ensure that the berms are
not considered ""dams" under Part 3 15 Dam Safety, of the Natural Resources and
Environment Protection Act (NREPA), 1994 PA 451. as amended. As of July 30. 2010, flow
of crude oil to Talmadge Creek from the Spill Release Area has not been observed.
• Flumes: Numerous Humes (i.e. underflow weirs) were constructed downgradient of the Spill
Release Area to minimize further migration of crude oil. Hie basic design of a flume is a
pipe, or series of pipes, that extend through a temporary flow control structure such as a berm
or dam. For a crude oil release to surface water, the pipe intakes are submerged on the
upstream side of the berm to allow oil-free water to flow through the pipe. This prevents the
crude oil floating on top of the water from migrating further downstream. Crude oil pools on
the upstream side of the berm or dam and is captured and containerized using sorbent booms,
pads and vacuum trucks.
4
-------
• Oil and Water Containment and Recovery: Oil containment and recovery operations using
flumes, berms and vacuum trucks is operating in the Source Area.
• Initial Receptor Survey: An initial receptor survey was implemented and will be updated
during post response activities to effectively identify potential migration pathways and
potential receptors within the Source Area. The receptor survey is conducted to identify the
presence and location of surface waters, water wells and surface water intakes which could be
impacted by the crude oil release.
• Federal and State Approvals: Company has coordinated efforts with all Federal and State
level environmental stakeholders identified at the site including:
o U.S. EPA, U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service (USFWS)
o Michigan Department of Natural Resources and Environment {MDNRE)
o U.S. Coast Guard
o Michigan Department of Agriculture (MDA)
o Michigan Department of Community Health (MDC11)
o Calhoun County Public Health Department (CCP1 ID)
o Kalamazoo County Health and Community Services Department (KCHCSD)
A Joint Permit Application to MDNRE and USAGE for Part 303/301 and Part 3 1 has been submitted
for activities within the Source Area (Attachment C).
1.8 Interim Response Scope of Work
This SAR Plan addresses the ARO requirements for the Site. The response objectives under the SAR
Plan will consist of: I) removal of free phase crude oil and heavily impacted crude oil media (oil
saturated soil and vegetation) from the overall Source Area; and 2) removal and/or abate visible oil
and/or sheen that is currently affecting navigable water ways and/or poses a threat of a visible oil or
sheen discharge to navigable waterways. Heavily impacted soil will be excavated and staged prior to
transport for off-site disposal. Free phase oil and oil/water mixtures will be recovered for beneficial
re-use. The remaining contaminated water will be containerized for proper offsite disposal of in
accordance with applicable rules and regulations.
Post-SAR activities will be conducted in accordance with all applicable Parts of NREPA.
5
-------
2.0 Response Action Plan
2.1 Interim Response - Spill Release Area
Response actions within the Spill Release Area will include the following:
• Banning of the Spill Release Area to prevent flow of oil to the Creek;
• Installation of temporary collection trenches for the containment and recovery of erode oil;
• Site clearing and grubbing of trees and vegetation to allow completion of free phase crude oil
removal activities;
• Removal, staging, transportation and disposal of crude oil impacted soil; Stormwater
management and erosion control.
On-site personnel will follow their respective Health and Safety Plans. Odors and dost generated by
on-site activities will be controlled by wetting to acceptable conditions as provided by air
monitoring.
2.1.1 Construction of Temporary Berms
Temporary berms w ill be constructed, as necessary, to prevent the migration of oil to and within
Talniadge Creek. Figure 5 shows the location of the temporary berms.
Berms will be constructed of clean on-site and granular soil. Berms will be less than five-feet in
height to satisfy MDNRE requirements. Given the shallow nature of the temporary berms, significant
hydraulic head will not develop that could create subsurface water flow or channeling under the
berms. Groundwater flow patterns within the wetland system will be further evaluated as part of
long-term corrective remedial actions,
Berm removal will be conducted during future site restoration activities in accordance with an
approved site restoration plan. Additional information pertaining to berm construction is also
presented in the Oil Reco\ery and Containment Plan (Section 6,0) for the site.
2.1.2 Construction of Temporary Receptor/Collection Trenches
Temporary receptor/collection trenches will be constructed to enhance the recovery of oil within the
Spill Release Area. The location of currently installed trenches is shown on Figure 5. One to two
foot shallow- depressions will be excavated adjacent to berm areas to allow for recovery of crude via
6
-------
skimmer pumps and/or pump trucks. Trenches w ill be appropriately filled during final site
restoration activities. Recovered crude oil will be managed in accordance with Section 6.0 of the
Oil Recovery and Containment Plan.
2.1.3 Site Clearing and Grubbing
Site clearing and grubbing in the Spill Area will be accomplished using manual and mechanized
methods to gain access for site response activities. Prior to removal of mature trees, the U.S. Fish and
Wildlife Service (USFWS) will be consulted as to the potential to affect Indiana bats. Jack
Dingeldine of She USFWS will be contacted to determine if the trees affected b> the interim response
actions would provide adequate habitat for the bats. Trees and other vegetation removed for the
purpose of interim response activities will be shredded/chipped on-site and mixed with oil saturated
soil in the staging area as described in 2.1.4. Shredded vegetation and woodehips will not be piled
on-site to avoid adverse impacts on the local habitat.
Crude oil impacted vegetation will be cleared and handled in accordance with the Waste Treatment.
Transportation and Disposal Plan (Section 2.4). Mature trees will be preserved and used for future
restoration purposes if feasible and in accordance with a final restoration yet to be completed. Work
within wetland areas and streams will be conducted in accordance w ith the Joint Permit MDNRF, and
US ACE for Part 303/301 and Part 3 1. Timber matting will he used in wetlands for access and to
minimize soil erosion. Additional information regarding soil erosion control is provided in Section
2.6. USFWS and MDNRH will be consulted for compliance with Threatened and Endangered
(T&B) species regulation. A preliminary T&E survey has been conducted and is included as
Attachment 1). If additional information is collected, it will be provided at a later date.
2.1.4 Removal, Staging, Transportation and Disposal of Oil Saturated Soil
Soil containing free-phase product (oil saturated soil) within the Spill Release Area will be excavated
based on visual field screening. If visible oil is evident in the native soils, scraping of the soil will
continue until it is removed. Peat will be squeezed for any visible evidence of free-phase product
(oil). If oil is present, it will be excavated. Excavation activities will be conducted within wetland
areas using timber mats to allow< equipment access to the area and to minimize soil erosion. The
Company will balance the need to invasively remove oil while minimizing adverse impact to the
natural environment and/or sensitive habitats by limiting the horizontal and vertical extent of
excavation to only oil saturated material. For example, wooded habitats take longer to return to
baseline conditions than emergent marshes or grasslands, therefore, consideration will be given to the
use of alternate techniques, such as natural attenuation, to minimize impacts to the natural
7
-------
environment. The estimated areal extent of oil saturated soil requiring excavation is shown on
Figure 5.
future remedial activities will include SCAT Team recommendations that must be approved by
FOSC.
Impacted soil will be placed in a soil staging area and allowed to drain. The soil staging areas will be
constructed with a series of berms preventing storm water run-on and/or run-off. The hermed staging
areas will be lined with polyethylene sheeting to prevent infiltration and/or contact with native soils.
Soil staging will occur only within the constructed/lined slaging areas in order to contain and
recovery residual oil. Staged soil will be sampled and analyzed in accordance with Section 4.6 of the
Sample and Analysis Plan (SAP) and disposed of in accordance with Section 2.2. of the Waste
Treatment, Transportation and Disposal Plan (WTTDP). Soil pretreatment options may include the
addition of solidification enhancing material such as kiln dust, wood chips, sawdust, native soils, etc.
This will be conducted to support live loading of waste material directly to trucks for offsite
disposition, or to stabilize material prior to transport to a staging pile if needed.
Wastewater generated during soil excavation activities will be managed in accordance with the Waste
Treatment, Transportation and Disposal Plan (Section 2.1).
Air monitoring will be conducted during excavation activities in the Spill Release Area. Air
monitoring will include, a) on-site monitoring for worker safety and b) perimeter monitoring for the
protection of public health. Worker exposure is measured through real time monitoring of benzene,
carbon monoxide (CO), and hydrogen sulfide (1FS). On-site personnel monitoring will be conducted
in accordance with the approved Health and Safety Plan (Section 2.03). Field perimeter air
monitoring stations are located along Division Drive as shown on Figure 6. Additional locations may-
be added in consultation with FOSC as work progresses. Roving real time air monitoring occurs 24
hours per day, traveling along public roadways in and around the Spill Release Area. Air monitoring
and sampling will be conducted in accordance with the approved Air Sampling and Monitoring Plan
(Sections 2 and 3).
2.2 Interim Response - Talmadge Creek
Response action within Talmadge Creek will include;
• Installation of Humes to prevent flow of oil to Talmadge Creek
-------
• Site Clearing and Grubbing
• Removal. Staging, Transportation and Disposal of Oil Saturated Vegetation and Soil
2.2.1 Flume Installation
Temporary flumes will be installed within berms and other flow prevention structures to prevent
further downstream migration of crude oil in Talmadge Creek. Flumes will be constructed of steel or
corrugated pipe appropriately designed for water flow and load bearing requirements. The
constructed flume elevation will be designed to maintain appropriate flow of water concurrent with
the collection/separation of oil. The primary flume locations will be downgradient of the Spill
Release Area.
2.2.2 Site Clearing and Grubbing
Site clearing and grubbing in the Creek area will be accomplished using manual and mechanized
methods to gain access for site response actis ities. Crude oil impacted \egetation will be cleared and
handled in accordance with the Waste Treatment, Transportation and Disposal Plan (Section 2.4),
Mature trees, if removed, will be preserved for future restoration purposes if feasible and in
accordance with the final site restoration plan.
As previously described in Section 2.1.4, shredded trees and vegetation will not be piled on-site and
will be incorporated into oil saturated soil for off-site disposal.
USFWS will be consulted regarding the potential to affect the Indiana bat as previously described in
Section 2.1.4.
2.2.3 Removal, Staging, Transportation and Disposal of Oil Saturated Soil
Soil containing free-phase product (oil saturated soil) along the banks of Talmadge Creek will be
excavated based on visual field screening in accordance with the cleanup plan for Talmadge Creek
(Attachment B). E.\ca\ at ion activities will be conducted from timber mats placed parallel to the
Creek to allow equipment access to the area and to minimize soil erosion and wetland disturbance.
Excavation will invoh e primarih oil impacted vegetation and shallow soil/root zone material along
the banks of the Creek. The Company will balance the need to invasivelv remove oil while
minimizing adverse impacts to the natural environment and/or sensitive habitats by limiting the
horizontal and vertical extent of excavation to only oil saturated materials. As previously described
in Section 2.1.4, consideration will be given to the use of techniques other than excavation, such as
9
-------
natural attenuation, to minimize impacts to the natural environment. Oil saturated soil/vegetation
will be placed in a lined soil staging area as pre\ ioosly described in Section 2.1.4.
As described in Section 2.1.4. on-site air monitoring is performed for worker safety and for the
protection of public health. Fixed air monitoring sampling stations are located on each side of the
Creek and on 16-Mile Road north of the Creek (see Figure 6). Additional locations may be added in
consultation with FOSC as work progresses downstream towards the Kalamazoo River.
2.3 Interim Methods and Confirmatory Metrics
Methods to remove oil saturated soil (i.e. posing a risk of release to navigable water) were described
in Section 2.1 and 2.2 and are based on visible field screening. This does not necessarily include soil
exhibiting oil staining/sheen, petroleum odor, organic headspaee, etc.
Riparian Zones and Steam Banks
1. Shorelines no longer release sheens that affect navigable waterways.
2. Oil no longer rubs off on contact.
3. Oil removal to the point where recovery/re-colonization can occur without causing more
harm than leaving the oil in place. Heavy oil generally weathers to a dry coat within weeks.
Soil, Sand and Gravel
1. Oil is no longer visible on surface.
2. No oil layers in test pits dug b\ inspection teams.
Man-made structures
1. Structure no longer generates liquid oil or sheen.
2. Oil no longer rubs off on contact.
The horizontal extent of the Source Area impacts will be verified follow ing interim response actions
based on collection and analysis of soil samples. As described in the SAP. samples will be field
screened for the presence of petroleum impacts using odor, oil sheen test, and organic headspaee.
Samples will also be laboratory analyzed for total petroleum hydrocarbons (TPH), diesel range
organics (DRO) (with silica gel cleanup). TPH gasoline range organics (GRO) and benzene, toluene,
ethyl benzene, and xylenes (collectively as BTEX) as an indicator of clean soil conditions. A
positive laboratory detection will not necessarily indicate the need for additional interim corrective
action; however, these data will be evaluated as part of future assessment and remediation activities.
10
-------
Sampling locations and frequency for delineation of the horizontal extent will be further discussed
with FOSC prior to implementation.
The Talmadge Creek streambed consists primarily of rock and granular material. To date, no oil
impacts (i.e.. dense non-aqueous phase liquids (DNAPLs)) have been observed within this creek bed.
Given the age and conditions associated with the release, a DNAPL component is not anticipated to
exist in the streambed. However, during these Source Area interim response activities, a visual
inspection of the streambed will be completed to inspect for the presence of oil/DNAPL. As outlined
in the SAP, sediments will be disturbed at regular intervals (e.g., 50") from the Spill Release Area
through the affected waterways of Talmadge Creek using a rod, stick, or similar implement to
evaluate if a visible oil/sheen is present.
The post-response activities will be further evaluated as part of the long-term remedial actions for the
site. As part of the RPDIA Plan, submitted under a separate cover, the potential for DNAPL impacts
associated with the release will be evaluated with respect to product that max1 have sunk to the river
bottom of the Kalamazoo River or Morrow Lake.
2.4 Interim Response Oiled Wildlife Processing Protocol
During implementation of the previously described response activities, all live oiled animals will be
collected, cleaned, rehabilitated and released. Oiled wildlife carcasses identified by response staff,
regulator} staff, and the public shall be called into hnbridge's Marshall Response 800 number
(800.306.6837). A member of the Wildlife Response Facility (WRF) team will be dispatched to
collect the carcass. The carcass will be photographed in place, and its location documented (to
include either actual lat/long coordinates or coordinates from a nearby known landmark, if available).
If, during the course of the response, the appropriate regulatory emit)' [USFWS (migratory birds) or
MDNRE (other species)] has demobilized front the WRF, the collection staff shall notify them of the
discovery. A record regarding the disposition of wildlife carcasses will be maintained including
disposition date, dispositions status, federal band number (if applicable), and intake number.
2.5 Source Area Access and Security
During the removal action of the Source Area, access will be made via construction of a temporary
road off of Division Drive. Efforts will be made to limit heav\ trucks to minimize public
disturbance. Support facilities (e.g. field trailers, etc.) will be located to the north of the Source Area
and other appropriate locations near the site.
11
-------
Security guards will be posted at the entrance road to the site off of Division Drive, The site is
located on private property and in a rural setting. Air monitoring stations or regularly scheduled air
monitoring readings for fugitive emissions will be conducted as referenced in Section 2,1,4.
2.8 Storm Water Management and Erosion Control
Silt fencing, flow control structures and other engineered devices will be used in the Source Area for
stormwater management around construction areas consistent with Part 91 of NREPA. No erosion
control will be placed near the creek prior to removal of oily soil and vegetation.
Natural fiber erosion control materials, or equivalent, will be placed and staked at the water's edge
along the entire length of Talmadge Creek after the response action is implemented to protect the
creek.
Other actions will be conducted in compliance with the Joint Permit MDNRE and US ACE for Part
303/301 and Part 3 1 (application submitted) for the Source Area. As response activities are
completed, site drainage will be returned to pre-existing How patterns and/or those specified in the
approved final restoration plan.
2.7 Source Area Interim Restoration Activities
Source Area interim restoration activities will occur within the Spill Release Area and along the
shoreline and other non-aquatic areas of Talmadge Creek. Restoration activities will include
backfilling and application of a vegetative cover designed to minimize erosion until long term
restoration can be completed. Backfilling near the pipeline subsurface will include placement of
clean granular material and then surface organic soils to match the pre-existing conditions.
Backfilling in the creek, where necessary, will include placement of organic soils. Details of stream
and wetland restoration will be fully determined through consultation with all appropriate regulators
agencies. The vegetative cover will include native plant species and/or non-invasive temporary cover
crops, such as rye. potentially applied as a hydro-mulch material. Long term restoration will include,
but not be limited to, consideration of the original controls of the site, use of the appropriate soil
types, future erosion control, re-vegetation, etc. Long term monitoring plans with performance
criteria including: erosion control, establishment of vegetation, absence of invasive species, etc, will
be included as part of the final site restoration plan.
12
-------
The Company recognizes that earth disturbance is subject to Michigan's Pcrmit-by-Rule for
construction storrmvater: therefore, a detailed restoration plan will be prepared pursuant lo Pari
301 for both the Spill Release Area and the Creek.
2,8 Initial Response Action Decontamination
Personnel decontamination and equipment decontamination areas will be established on-site for the
duration of the initial response actions. The decontamination areas will be constructed to be
strategically near work areas for personnel and equipment.
2.8.1 Personnel Decontamination
Entrance and egress from the hot zones will require donning and doffing personnel protective
equipment. A decontamination station will be established nearby for areas where the potential for
personnel contamination exists. Such stations shall be set up to accommodate individuals entering
under their own power or in the event that the}' become disabled. Contaminated clothing will be
removed from the outermost layer and turned inside out while removing. Skin surfaces will be rinsed
with a mild detergent and rinsed thorough!). Gloves will be removed last. Contaminated clothing and
debris will be collected and bagged for proper disposal.
2.8.2 Equipment Decontamination
Decontamination units within the decontamination areas will be constructed to periodically clean
equipment during response actions and upon egress from the area. Cleaning systems for skimmers,
hand tools, and heavy machinery will be established for each decontamination area.
The equipment decontamination area will consist of a lined diked impoundment for cleaning
equipment and a frac tank for capture of any spilled material and storage of liquids.
The decontamination process will involve using hot-water pressure washing and a citrus based soap
with a water rinse. This process will be repeated until visible contamination is removed. Expendable
equipment (e. g., rope mops, brushes, tarps. etc.) will not be decontaminated but will be drummed
and disposed as w-aste.
A decontamination area and decontamination station will be established near the Source Area, along
the access road prior to departing the work area. A personnel decontamination area will be setup at
the boundary of the Source Area exclusion zone in accordance with Section 3.07 of the HSP,
13
-------
2.8,3 Additional Decontamination Requirements
In addition to work personnel and equipment decontamination, additional infrastructure such as
MDOT culvert Interstate 69. will be decontaminated as part of the interim response activities. The
proposed decontamination method will be consulted with and approved by the appropriate regulatory
agency or jurisdiction prior to implementation. Oil material resulting as part of the decontamination
process will be contained and collected for proper disposal.
2.9 Contingency Plan
If the Company wishes to propose an action, revision or change that is not identified in this Plan, the
Company shall request approval of the action, rev ision or change from the FOSC, To initiate the
process, a written request will be submitted by Company to the FOSC outlining the proposed action,
revision or change to be used and the benefits to be derived from its execution. FOSC shall then
approve or disapprove in writing or discuss potential alternatives.
In addition, the Company will continue to monitor site conditions daily for the presence of visible oil
on na\ igable water, or with the potential to threaten navigable waterways until the FOSC approves an
alternate monitoring plan. Should such oil be observed, the Company will re-initiate the appixned
Oil Recover) and Containment Plan (Section 6.1 and 6.2) which ma\ include the re-deployment of
absorbent boom material, etc, as necessary to contain I he observed oil. It is also the Company's
intention to maintain the berms and flumes after initial response actions arc complete to further limit
the potential of future oil migration prior to final site remediation and restoration. Water discharges
to the Creek during interim response actions are not anticipated to occur; however, if necessary, the
SAR Plan would be re-initiated as described abo\e.
The Company does not anticipate the need to pros ide a drainage contingency to adjacent landowners,
due to the fact that dams will not be constructed in the Creek and the flumes put in place to allow
underflow while capturing potential oil if present. In addition, no pumping or water diversion of the
Creek will be performed during oil removal activities; therefore, we do not anticipate needing to
meet a 50-year Hood design volume.
14
-------
3.0 Schedule And Resources
Various activities outlined in this SAR Plan have been implemented and are being implemented.
Subject to the complications created by weather or other forces outside of the control of the
Company, the objectives outlined above will be completed by August 27, 2010. This SAR Plan is
being implemented and will be implemented in its entirety upon receiving U.S. EPA approval. A
proposed schedule for SAR Plan tasks is provided below.
ID Task Name
S M
T W T 1 F
18/1/10
8/8/10
8/15/10
S S M T iW T F : S S M T W T F S S M T W T F S S M T W T F S
8/22/10
Bermlng of Source Area
2 Installation of Temporary Collection Trenches
3 Installation of Flumes
~
~
4 Clearing & Grubbing
5 Soil Excavation
Project Overall Plan - Proposed Sched
Date: Mon 8/2/10
Task
Split
Progress
External Tasks
External Milestone
As of August 1, 2010 over 800 trained personnel are engaged in recovery activities. The existing
complement of personnel and equipment will be adjusted to facilitate aggressive cleanup work at the
release site by the approved deadlines. Cleanup activities will include removal of product and
impacted material such as organics and vegetation. Any additional personnel required to facilitate
this activity will be determined in part by the completion of a cleanup assessment. Variables that can
impact resource loading are approval timelines, permitting and weather. The existing complement of
trained personnel will be adjusted based on actual needs and assessment. Any changes, especially
downsizing in resources, will be conducted only after discussions with and agreement by the FOSC.
Increases in resources can be conducted as needed with notification during or subsequent to the
change to the FOSC. This can be facilitated via coordination with the Operations Section Chief for
U.S. EPA.
The additional personnel required to facilitate cleanup will be determined in part by the completion
of shoreline assessments, specifically the completion of the SCAT and/or other assessment activity.
Other variables that can impact resource loading are approval timelines, permitting and weather. The
existing complement of trained personnel will be adjusted based on actual needs and assessment.
-------
The number of crews and personnel in each crew will be dependent on many variables and is subject
to areas that may impact the process, such as the final assessment process, the determination of
response standards for all areas, the comments of other agencies such as the MDNRR. the number of
crews that are acceptable to be on the river at one time, as examples. The plan will also require some
adjustment based on the effectiveness of the technique used and the potential flushing of petroleum
products into the river that will occur due to wave action and precipitation. The resourcing
component of the plan will require adjustments to reflect these variables while generally requiring
the appropriate number of crews and staff required to meet established deadlines.
Crews will consist of appropriately trained personnel, including supervision, clean up personnel,
safety personnel, supply and waste transport and ens ironmental monitors. The number of personnel
will also be dependent on the area being remediated, level of contamination, access to the water or
existing roads, denseness of vegetation, etc. and may require or limit total personnel in each area.
With the appropriateness of crew structure approved, the crew size and crew numbers will determine
total personnel required to complete this SAR Plan,
16
-------
Figures
-------
(
/
(
c
Michigan
Wisconsin
Calhoun County
UakeiMichiqarf
Kalamazoo County
Michigan
Enbridge Pipeline
Kalamazoo River
Rpipqpp i .ocation
LakexStHCIaire
Illinois
Indiana
Ontario
slZalteTOntarid
ENBRIDGE"
Miles
Enbridge Energy, Limited Partnership
Enbridge Line 6B MP 608 - Marshall, Ml
Source Area Response Plan
Figure 1: Site Location
DATE ISSUED: Aug 11, 2010
DATE REVISED:
SCALE: 1:1,500,000
DRAWN E3Y: NMS/JPM
SERIES: 1 of 6
atural
ngineering Co.
715-395-5680
Minnesota
Iowa
New York
Lake Erie.
Pennsylvania
-------
(
(
(
llteCDS7©aaHi®'
Division.D
Lugusta
'Fort Custer Park
.Galesburg Division-E
O oE
Morrow; Lake!
Legend
ENBRIDGE
Enbridge Pipeline 6B
River Centerline
Major Road
O
Division Boundary
Containment Site
S3 Water Access
-fe Release Location
O Downstream Milepost
Battle Creek
® Division C
Marshall
Divjsion B
Division A
DATE REVISED:
SCALE: 1:60,000
DRAWN BY: NMS/JPM
Enbridge Energy, Limited Partnership
Enbridge Line 6B MP 608 - Marshall, Ml
Source Area Response Plan
Figure 2: Division Designation Map
SERIES: 2 of 6
r
ngineering Co.
715-395-5680
-------
(
(
tWatural
|mesources
Engineering Co
715-395-5680
DivjsiMffllB
BiMision A
..
360
tr
ENBRIDGE
Legend
Enbridge Pipeline 6B tV Release Location
River Centerline Approximate q Containment Site
Extent Of Oil
Major Road ® Downstream Milepost
Enbridge Energy, Limited Partnership
Enbridge Line 6B MP 608 - Marshall, Ml
Source Area Response Plan
Figure 3: Spill Release Location
DATE ISSUED: Aug 11, 2010
DATE REVISED:
SCALE: 1:700
DRAWN BY: NMS/JPM
SERIES: 3 of 6
-------
ENBRIDGE
Enbridge Pipeline 6B
River Centerline
Legend
Division Boundary
~ Release Location
• Downstream Milepost
/—\ Approximate
Major Road O Containment Site v^) £Xtent Qf Oil
Enbridge Energy, Limited Partnership
Enbridge Line 6B MP 608 - Marshall, Ml
Source Area Response Plan
Figure 4: Talmadge Creek
DATE ISSUED: Aug 11, 2010
DATE REVISED:
SCALE: 1:5,000
DRAWN BY: NMS/JPM
SERIES: 4 of 6
atural
sources
ngineering Co.
715-395-5680
-------
ENBRIDGE
Legend
Enbridge Pipeline 6B
—= Berm
~
Release Location
v?\
Staging
River Centerline
Trench
.....
L.J
Work Zone
Decon
Access Road
Major Road
—-¦ ¦ - Ditch
u
Contamination
~
Mats
Fence
*——' Culvert
~
Contamination Scraped
m
Frac Tanks
Enbridge Energy, Limited Partnership
Enbridge Line 6B MP 608 - Marshall, Ml
Source Area Response Plan
Figure 5: Source Area Site Base Map
DATE ISSUED: Aug 11, 2010
DATE REVISED:
SCALE: 1:5,000
DRAWN BY: NMS/JPM
SERIES: 5 of 6
atural
sources
ngineering Co.
715-395-5680
-------
iKalarri
'Division C
Vr Si
Division B
>^:A
v'^cy
Division
'
2,000
3,000
Legend
Enbridge Pipeline 6B O Air Sample Location ^
River Centerline r™J Downstream Impact #
Area
Major Road O Containment Site o
DATE ISSUED: Aug 11, 2010
DATE REVISED
tflatural
Resources
Engineering Co
715-395-5680
Release Location
Downstream Miiepost
Approximate
Extent Of Oil
SCALE: 1:5,000
DRAWN BY: NMS/JPM
SERIES: 6 of 6
Enbridge Energy, Limited Partnership
Enbridge Line 6B MP 608 - Marshall, Ml
Source Area Response Plan
Figure 6: Source Area Air Monitoring Station Locations
1,000
FT
Zl Feet
4,000
-------
Attachments
-------
Attachment A
U.S. EPA Comment Response Verification
-------
Attachment A
U.S. EPA Comment Response Verification
Enbridge Line 6 MP 608
SAR
Marshall, Michigan
(per U.S EPA August 15. 2010 letter)
SAR Plan-Specific Comments
1. The acronym table has been revised as requested.
2. Detailed information regarding how different soil types will be evaluated has been added to
Section 2.1.4,
3. The sentence has been revised as requested in Section 2,3.
4. A proposed plan to investigate Talmadge Creek bottoms/sediments has been added to Section
2.3.
5. The frequency and duration for the proposed monitoring has been added (o Section 2,9,
6. Details regarding backfilling and/or regarding of impacted areas has been added to Section
2.7.
7. The SAR has been revised to state that proposed decontamination techniques of man-made
structures must be approved by the regulatory agency with the appropriate jurisdiction
(Section 2.8.3).
8. The reference to Section 2.1.5 has been corrected to read 2.1.4.
9. The phrase "Part 201 (Environmental Remediation) of..." has been replaced to say that the
work will be conducted in accordance with all applicable parts of the NREPA.
10. Results of the preliminary Threatened and Endangered species survey have been resubmitted.
I 1. Language has been added to state that the SCAT Team will include recommendations for
remediation that must be approved by FOSC.
12. Section 2.3 has been amended to include a reference that collection and analysts of samples
w ill conform to the SAP,
13. Section 2.4 has been amended to include the collection, cleaning rehabilitation and release of
live oiled animals.
14. In Section 2.6. the phrase "consistent w ith Part 91 of the NREPA"" has been added to the end
of the first sentence of the first paragraph. The second sentence has been clarified.
15. The SAR has been amended to include text regarding metrics from Sections 3.1, 3.1.1. 3.1.2
and 3.1.3 of the Response Plan for Downstream Impacted Areas.
16. All references from the Unified Command (UC) and/or Incident Commander (IC) in the SAR
have been changed to reference the FOSC.
-------
Attachment B
Cleanup Plan for Talmadge Creek
-------
Cleanup Plan for Talmadge Creek (Division B)
August 6, 2010
Cleanup within Division B (Talmadge Creek) will be conducted per the
recommendations of the shoreline cleanup assessment teams (SCAT). Initial
SCAT surveys of Talmadge Creek were performed on 6 August 2010 by a team
comprised of representatives of the Federal and state on-scene coordinators,
Federal and state NRDA Trustees, and the Responsible Party (Enbridge).
Accessible portions of the creek were surveyed on foot by walking along the
banks of the affected reaches and also from bridge crossing or other vantage
points.
In general, oiling conditions were found to be moderate to heavy within the areas
observed. Vegetation growing on the banks and/or overhanging the channel was
often heavily oiled and frequently contained varying amounts of free product
(e.g., mobile oil) stranded above the water line. Bank soils were heavily coated
or saturated with oil in many locations. Heavy sheen and floating free product
were present on the water's surface, especially in natural accumulation areas or
in association with in stream deposits of woody debris.
Cleanup will utilize a variety of techniques tailored to the conditions present at
specific locations with Division B. As a general rule, the least invasive cleanup
methods will be applied in order to accomplish the following objectives:
• Remove free product capable of being remobilized and contaminating
other areas,
• Preventing secondary oiling of wildlife, and
• Minimizing potential threats to human health or other nuisance conditions.
The benefits of cleanup actions relative to these objectives will be weighted
against the potential environmental impacts. It is recognized that there is a point
where the negative environmental consequences of further cleanup/more
aggressive methods outweigh the incremental benefits of removing additional oil
from the environment.
The following cleanup techniques will be applied as appropriate:
• Low-pressure, high-volume ambient water flushing. Ambient water
from Talmage Creek will be pumped to mobilize oil trapped in streambank
or overhanging vegetation back into the creek where it will be collected
with sorbents and/or skimmers. Adequate containment in the form of hard
boom or underflow (siphon) dams will be established within a reasonable
distance downstream of active work zones to facilitate collection and
recovery of remobilized oil and to prevent additional oiling of downstream
reaches. Flushing will not be conducted where the movement of water
causes erosion of unconsolidated bank sediments. Water streams shall
-------
be directed at low angles parallel to the slope to facilitate the
downgradient movement of oil, while minimizing incorporation of oil into
stream channel sediments. Use of a perforated header pipe or manifold at
the top of the bank to flush oil towards the creek may be used where
appropriate and feasible.
• Vegetation Cutting. Oiled herbaceous and shrub vegetation along the
streambanks and overhanging the channel will be removed by cutting.
Only oiled vegetation will be targeted for removal. Removal of unoiled
vegetation will be minimized. All cut oiled vegetation will be bagged
immediately and segregated from other types of oily wastes (e.g.,
sorbents, soil, etc.). Trees with oiled bark on their trunks will not be cut.
However, oil on tree bark may be removed by using sorbents and/or
flushing. Only the above-ground portion of vegetation will be removed;
efforts will be made to limit disturbance of the root systems of plants to
help maintain bank stabilization/erosion control functions to the greatest
degree possible. Removal of above-ground vegetation will also improve
the chances of natural recovery from the root stock next in subsequent
growing seasons.
• Manual Removal. Where practical, manual techniques will be used to
remove oil from the streambanks and affected riparian areas. This may
consist of shoveling, scraping, raking or digging oil and oil-impacted soils
using hand tools. Oily material will be bagged immediately. Removal of
clean underlying soils will be minimized. Efforts will be made to avoid
destabilizing the streambanks, which could lead to further erosion.
Manual removal also applies to removal of oily debris from the
streambanks or within the stream channel. Workers will take care to avoid
trampling non-oiled vegetation and walking on sift substrates, which has
the potential to push oil farther down into the sediments.
• Mechanical Removal. In areas where bank soils are saturated with oil
and manual removal is impractical or unsafe, mechanical removal will be
performed using heavy equipment. Removal of clean underlying soils will
be minimized. To the degree possible, channel morphology will be
maintained. Impacted soils will be loaded into lined roll-off containers for
proper disposal. Equipment shall be positioned in locations where it
causes the least harm to surrounding environments and risk to workers.
To the degree possible, equipment will not transit through oiled areas.
This plan may be adapted during the course of cleanup to use modified or
alternative approaches based on conditions encountered in the field and lessons
learned throughout implementation.
-------
Attachment C
Joint Permit Application to MDNRE and USAGE Part 303/301 and Part 31
-------
August 2, 2010
Mr. Kameron Jordan
Michigan Department of Natural Resources and Environment
Land & Water Management Division
Kalamazoo District Office
7953 Adobe Road
Kalamazoo, Mi 49009-5026
Re: Enbridge Pipelines, Inc. Talmadgc Creek Oil Spill
MDNRE/USAGE Joint Permit Application
Fredonia Township, Calhoun Comity, Michigan
Dear Mr. Kameron Jordan:
Please find enclosed a Joint Permil Application tor wetland, stream, and lloodplain impacts
associated with the I:abridge Line bB spill clean-up m Talmadge Creek in Fredonia Township.
Calhoun Countv, Michigan. The Line hB spill is located at T03S, S2. R06\X" within Calhoun Count
URS, on behalf of En bridge Pipelines, Inc. is seeking a (ieneral Pemiit lor Minor Activities in
Wetlands in the State ol Michigan under Category N, I: mergencv Spill Cleanup.
"['he proposed clean up is location in wetland, .stream and lloodplain areas where the initial Line hP>
oil .spill occurred. The area of wetland impacted is an emergent and lorested wetland where
contaminated soil anil wetland vegetation have been removed in clean up etlorts. The clean up will
impact approximately 2,84 acres of regulated wetland. Of the impacted wetland area 0.7f> acre is
emergent wetland and 2,CC) acres ol impact is lorested wetland. Additionally, the proposed
excavation will impact 2.hi acres ol lloodplain. Stream impacts are being cleaned up through the
use ol vacuum trucks and skimmers, however a complete stream assessment and survev is not
possible at this time due to health and satetv concerns. Further survev will be completed tor the
stream impacts below the OHWM.
Once the proposed clean-up is complete, die remaining wetland and floodplain in the project area
will be restored to its natural condition per the enclosed restoration plan following Best
Management Practices (BMP') from Enbridge *s Environmental Guidelines tor ( instruction and
MDNRE's Guidebook of Rest Management Practices lor Michigan Watersheds. Impacts to
wetlands, streams and floodplain haw been minimized as much as possible.
Lhic to satety concerns the wetland delineation ol approximate!)' fi.bl acres conducted by URS
Corporation on July 30, 2010, was limited as access to the impact area was restricted. Consequently
this delineated wetland line and impacts may vary at a later date and impact quantities are
approximate. A more detailed survey will be completed when conditions at the site improve.
Enclosed you will find the MDNRE joint permit application, a permit addendum, a site location
map, a site plan, plan/profile drawings, a wetla nd / s tre a m/1 loo dp 1 a in restoration plan, RMPs, a
photolog, an adjacent land owner reference map, table and mailing address Libels, a wetland
delineation report, and the credit card transaction authorization form. Please leel free to contact me,
Ms. ShetrvSloeum, at (h 16) ^(>0-5245 with any questions or il additional information is needed.
t'l- , Co,f:o'.iti
'".'.¦Si. P.i e Si
fiiaml Rapid,. Mi 4P54n
jt t r r "t i i £:"* t MM1* nfj! f !'!>' i
-------
URS
Air. Rattleron j« >rdan
Page 2 ot 2
Mi >NRF
August 2, 20IC
Sincerely,
>11111 1% uui
Manager, Ecological Services Group
ll»S >. .Vpl'dtl'"!
3950 Sparte Drive, SE
Grand Hapios Ml 49b h~>
Til eh 5" ¦ • rJ)> ,,nl '
Fax: 616.574,8542
-------
P71I US Army Corps of Engineers (USACE)
Michigan Department of Environmental Quality (MDEQ)
Previous USACE Permit or File Number
Land and Water Management Division, MDEQ File Number
>
USE
T3
O)
O
m
USACE File Number
"5
i
a>
a.
g
Pre-application Number or Marina Operating Permit Number
z
o
-<
r~
AGE!
District Office
D
Fee received S
tt>
m
Read Instructions pages i - iii. All of the following boxes below must be checked and information provided for the application to be processed:
~ All items in Sections 1 through 9 are completed ~ Date project was staked
~ Items in Sections 10 through 21 that apply to the project are completed ~ Application fee is attached
~ Dimensions, volumes and calculations are provided ~ All requested supplementary attachments (<+) are included
~ Reproducible location map, site plan(s), cross sections and photographs are provided, one set must be black and white on 8 % by 11 inch paper.
~ List any additional attachments, tables, etc.:
Q PROJECT LOCATION INFORMATION
Refer to your property's legal description for the Township, Range, and Section information, and your properly tax 1
for your Property Tax Identification Number(s),
Site location Address (road, if no street address)
division and Old US 27
Zip Code
49068
Township Name(s)
Fredonia Township
Township(s)
035
Range(s)
06 W
Section(s)
2
City/Village
City of Marshall
County(ies)
Calhoun County
Property Tax Identification Number(s)
Name of
Waterbody
Talmadge Creek
Project Name or
Job Number Enbridge Pipelines,
Inc. Talmadge Creek OH
Spill
Subdivision/Plat
Lot Number
Project types 0 private ~ public/government
(check all that apply) ~ building addition ~ new building or structure C
~ project is receiving federal transportation funds
~ commercial
~ river restoration
Private
Claim
LJ multi-family
~ single-family
industrial
building renovation or restoration
other (explain)
~ a legally established County Drain (date established) (M/D/Y) / /
~ a Great Lake or Section 10 Waters ~ a natural river ~ a new marina
~ a designated high risk erosion area ~ a dam ~ a structure removal
~ a designated critical dune area 0 a wetland ~ a utility crossing
~ a designated environmental area ~ 500 feet of an existing waterbody
The proposed project is on, within, or involves (check all that apply)
S a stream ~ a pond (less than 5 acres)
~ a river ~ a channel/canal
1—1 "> ditch or drain D an inland lake (5 acres or more)
. floodway area ^ a 100-year floodplain
Q DESCRIBE PROPOSED PROJECT AND ASSOCIATED ACTIVITIES, AND THE CONSTRUCTION SEQUENCE AND METHODS (attached additional sheets)
Written Summary of All Proposed Activities. See Addendum
Construction Sequence and Methods. See Addendum
Q APPLICANT, AGENT/CONTRACTOR, AND PROPERTY OWNER INFORMATION
Owner/Applicant
(individual or corporate name) Endbridge Pipelines, Inc.- Tom Fridel
Agent/Contractor
(firm name and contact person) URS Corporation - Sherry Slocum
Mailing Address 1500 Main St
Address 3950 Sparks Drive, SE
City Griffith State IN Zip Code 46319-2662
City Grand Rapids State MI Zip Code 49546
Daytime Phone Number with Area Code Cell Phone Number
219-922-3133
Daytime Phone Number with Area Code Cell Phone Number
616-560-5245 616-560-5245
Fax E-mail
Fax 616-574-8542 E-mail
Sherry_Slocum@URSCorp. com
13 No ~ Yes Is the applicant the sole owner of all property on which this project is to be constructed and all property involved or impacted by this project?
# If no, attach letter(s) of authorization from all owners. A letter signed by each property owner authorizing the agent/contractor/other owner to act on his or her behalf or a
copy of easements or right-of-ways must be provided. If multiple property owners, also attach a list of all owners along with their names, mailing addresses, and telephone
numbers. If the applicant is a corporation, a corporate officer must provide written document authorizing any agent/contractor listed above to act on its behalf.
A letter of authorization must be provided from an owner receiving dredge spoils on their property, or where access through their property is required..
Property Owner's Name
(If different from applicant) See Addendum
Mailing Address
me Phone Number with Area Code Cell Phone Number
City State Zip Code
E3 No ~ Yes Is there a MDEQ conservation easement or other easement, deed restriction, lease, or other encumbrance upon the property in the project area?
# If yes, attach a copy.
Joint Permit Application
Page 1 of 7
EQP 2731 Revised 6/2008
-------
US Army Corps of Engineers (USAGE)
Michigan Department of Environmental Quality (MDEQ) JJgljl
P" >^OP(^D PROJECfPURPOSE. INTENDEO USE,~AND ALTERNATIVES CONSIDERED (Attach addition shea's i^ce^y)
Purpose/Intended Use: The purpose must include any new development or expansion of an existed land use.
Alternatives: bclucie 3 descrption c! alternates considei ed to avoid at minimize resource impacts, Inc'ude factors Such as, but not limited to, alternative constructor!
rec' ig.es: altemu'rve pioject lavou and design, and alternative locations Foi utility crossings include ooth alternate 'outes and alternative cons'ruction methods
0| LOCATING YOUR PROJECT StTE
• ^Attach a black and white, legible copy of a ma^jhatcj early shows the site location and toad from the nearest major intersection, and includes a north arrow
Is there an access road to the project? I i No (ij Yes (If Yes, type of road, check all that apply) I J private tfj public [ 1 improved [.) unimproved
Name of roads at closest main intersection Oivmon Road and iHd I'5 2? S
Directions fiom mam intersection Frmi Old t'S ?? S twt fitly north, turn west on iWision Road The site >s located nithm fin
tnhrHioi <°tps:title riyftl of-rniy to the south
Style of house o< other holding on site ( ] ranch 11 2-story f 1 cape cod f ) Di-ievel I 1 cottage'cabin [ | pole barn [ 1 none ( 1 otner (describe) N/a
Color Color of ad;aee-it property house and'or buildings House numbei Stieet name
Fire lane numoer Lot numbe! Addiess is visible on I I house I J garage U mailbox L ! sign (" I othe'(describe!
How can vou« site bp idt'itilied if theie is ro visile address? f-alfiwmy '"a/modys tVvvA ft spiff hi-atfofiy iw the public
' Provide directions to the project site, v.itn distances from the best and nearest visih.o landmark waterbody Tafm&dge t "reek _ _ _____
Does the project cioss the boundaiies of two or more political jurisdictions^ iCdy'Township Townsnip'Township, County'Counlv, etc)
I „ 1 No [\] Yos *• If Yes, list jurisdictions: _
¦
List all other fetiwal, interstate, stale, or locai agency authorizations required for the proposed activity, including all approvals oi debate leeeived.
Agency
Calhoun Counry Rtntd
Commission
/IT ""?f
Type approval
SCSt"
7rtf Ctemmtce
Identification number
Date applied Data approved I denied
If dented, reason for denial
| If a permit if issued, date activtv will commence tWt'DA'i ?/,¦??'/£0J0
Has any construction, activity commenced or been completed rn a regulated area'1\ J No I/' Nes
j •* If Yes, identify the portion(s) underway or completed on drawings or
[ attach project specifications and give completion date(s) / /Sec Addendum
Proposed completion date (M.'D/Y>
Were the regulated activities conducted under a MDEQ
| permit? KlNo [J Yes
iji Yes, list the MDfQ permit num.be; _
Are you aware ot any unresolved violations of environmental law or litigation involving the p'ooery? If} No [J Yes i" Yes, explain)
0 ADJACENT/RIPArTan~ANO IMPACTED OWNERS (Attach additions: s^er'rfnKess^ " ' 1 * ~~
1 • Complete information tor air adjacent and impacted property owners and the lake association or established lake board, including the contact person's name
If.you own the adjacent lot, provide the requested information for the first adjacent parcel thatjs ncrt owned by you.
Property Owner's Name Mailing Address _City
St_ate_ Zip Code_
See Attached for Adjacent Landowner list, map. and labels
Name of { ! Established Lake Board [J or Lake Association
and the Contact Person's name oh one number, and mailing address
CANT'S CERTIFICATION READ CAREFULLY BEFORE SIGNING ^ "
I am applying for a pernios, to outhorce the activties described herein I certify that I am familiar with ihe information contained m this apoi-cation, tr.ar >; is true and
I accurate, and, to tne best of my knowledge. mat it >s in compliance with the State Coastal Zone Management Program I understand that there are penalties for submitting
| false information and mat an^ permit .ssued oursuant to this application may be revoked if information on this application is untiue I celity mat > have the authority to
undertake ttie aclases proposed m this application. By signing this application, I agree to aliow representarves of the MDEQ, USAGE, and o1 their agents or contractors to
; enter upon said property ,n order io inspect the proposed activity site and the completed pwet I understand that I must ootatn a'l othe» necessary local county, state or
¦ federal permits and that ;he granting of ether permits by locai, counry state, or federal agencies does not release me from fne roqu:iemc*n;? of ootammg me permit
I rer "ed herein before conimcwlng the activity. I understand that the payment of the application jee does nqt_ guarantee the issuance oi a permit ^
0 AgSontectl). Pnnted Name Spatu^
D Coiporation/Piiblic Agency- i , [/ /)
Date (MiO/Y)
Title (hrfittti't'Au
Shram
v>erru
m///o j i)
Joint Permit Apoticntion
Pap 2 of?
£OP I'7,il Revsad 6.2008
-------
US Army Corps of Engineers (USACE)
Michigan Department of Environmental Quality (MDEQ) pg@_
0 PROJECTS IMPACTING WETLANDS OR FLOODPLAINS OR LOCATED ON AN INLAND LAKE OR STREAM OR A GREAT LAKE
Check boxes A through M that may be applicable to your project and provide all the requested information.
If your project may affect wetlands, also complete Section 12, If your project may impact regulated floodplains, also complete Section 13.
To calculate volume in cubic yards (cu yd), multiply the average length in feet (ft) times the average width (ft) times the average depth (ft) and divide by 27.
Some projects on the Great Lakes require an application for conveyance prior to Joint Permit Application completeness.
Provide a cross-section and overall site plan showing existing lakes, streams, wetlands, and other water features; existing structures; and the location of all proposed
structures, land change activities and soil erosion and sedimentation control measures. Review Appendix B and EZ Guides for completing site-specific drawings.
Provide tables for multiple impact areas or multiple activities and provide fill and excavation/dredge calculations
Water Level Elevation
On a Great Lake use IGLD 85 ~ surveyed ~ converted from observed still water elevation. On inland waters, ~ NGVD 29 [X] NAVD 88 ~ other
Observed water elevation (ft) date of observation (M/D/Y)
~ A. PROJECTS REQUIRING FILL (See All Sample Drawings)
» Attach both overall siie plan and cross-section views to scale showing maximum and average fill dimensions.
(Check all that apply) ~ floodplain fill ~ wetland fill ~ riprap
~ boat launch ~ off-shore swim area ~ beach sanding ~ boatwell
ci
seawall, bulkhead, or revetment
~ crib dock
~ bridge or culvert
~ other
Fill dimensions (ft)
length width maximum depth
Type of clean fill ~ pea stone ~ sand ~ gravel ~ wood chips
~ other
Total fill volume (cu yd)
Maximum water
depth in fill area (ft)
Will filter fabric be used under proposed fill?
~ No ~ Yes (If Yes, type)
Source of clean fill ~ on-site, *» If on-site, show location on site plan. ~ commercial ~ other, ¦> If other, attach description of location.
Fill will extend
feet into the water from the shoreline and upland
feet out of the water.
Fill volume below OHWM (cu yd)
3 B. PROJECTS REQUIRING DREDGING OR EXCAVATION (For dredging projects see Sample Drawing 7, for excavation see other applicable Sample Drawings)
• Attach both overall site plan and cross-section views to scale showing maximum and average dredge or excavation dimensions and dredge disposal location.
• Refer to www.michigan.QOv/iointpermit for disposal requirements and authorization.
(Check all that apply)
~ navigation
[X] floodplain excavation
~ boat well
I3 wetland dredge or draining
~ boat launch
~ seawall, bulkhead, or revetment
~ other
Total dredge/excavation
volume (cu yd) See Addendum
Dimensions
length - width - depth
Dredge/excavation volume below
OHWM (cu yd) -
Method and equipment for dredging
See Addendum
Has proposed dredge material been tested for contaminants?
S No ~ Yes
If Yes, provide test results with a map of sampling locations.
ii i cOj pi vjviuc icoi icouiio win i q 11igy ui oai iipm ivj luuauui io. i iuviuc
,ias this same area been previously dredged? [X] No ~ Yes If Yes, date and permit number: /
If Yes, are you proposing to enlarge the previously dredged area? ~ No D Yes
Dredged or excavated spoils will be placed ~ on-siteS off-site.
# Provide detailed disposal area site plan and location map.
Provide letter of authorization from owner, if disposing of spoils off site.
/
/
Is long-term maintenance dredging planned? O No D Yes If Yes, when and how much?
~ C. PROJECTS REQUIRING RIPRAP (See Sample Drawings 2, 3, 8,12,14,17, 22, and 23. Others may apply)
Riprap waterward of theD shoreline OR ~ ordinary high water mark
Dimensions (ft) length
width
depth
Volume(cu yd)
Riprap landward of the ~ shoreline OR ~ ordinary high water mark
Dimensions (ft) length
width
Type of riprap ~ field stone ~ angular rock ~ other
depth
Volume(cu yd)
Will filter fabric be used under proposed riprap? ~ No ~ Yes
(If Yes, type)
Z] D- SHORE PROTECTION PROJECTS (See Sample Drawings 2, 3, and 17) Complete Sections 10A, B, and/or C above, as applicable.
(check all that apply)
~ riprap - length (ft)
~ seawall/bulkhead - length (ft)
~ revetment - length (ft)
Distances of project
from both property lines (ft)
~ E. DOCK • PIER - MOORING PILINGS - ROOFS (See Sample Drawing 10)
~ open pile ~ filled ~ crib
~ No ~ Yes
Dock Type
Seasonal support structure?
Permanent Roof? ~ No ~ Yes Mounted on
Maximum Dimensions: length width
height
Proposed structure dimensions (ft) length
width
Dimensions of nearest adjacent structures (ft) length
width
~ F. BOAT WELL (See EZ Guides)
Type of sidewall stabilization ~ wood ~ steel ~ concrete ~ vinyl ~ riprap ~
other
Boat well dimensions (ft)
length width
Number of boats
depth
Volume of backfill behind sidewall stabilization (cu yd)
Distances of boat well from adjacent property lines (
public ~ private ~ commercial ~ replacement
H G. BOAT LAUNCH (See EZ Guide) (check all that apply) ~ newD existing [I
Proposed overall boat launch dimensions (ft) length
depth
width
Type of material ~ concrete ~ wood Q stone ~ other
Existing overall boat launch dimensions (
gth width
depth
Boat launch dimensions (ft) below ordinary high water mark
length width depth
Distances of launch
from both property lines I
Number of adjacent
Skid piers
Skid pier
dimensions (ft) length width
J H. BOAT HOIST (See EZ Guide)
(Check all that apply) ~ seasonal ~ permanent ~ cradle ~ side lifter ~ other
located on ~ seawall ~ dock ~ bottomlands
Joint Permit Application
Page 4 of 7
EQP 2731 Revised 6/2008
-------
m
US Army Corps of Engineers (USACE)
Michigan Department of Environmental Quality (MDEQ) [)£0
Id Continued - PROJECTS IMPACTING WETLANDS OR FLOODPLAINS OR LOCATED ON AN INLAND LAKE OR STREAM OR A GREAT LAKE
I. BOARDWALKS AND DECKS IN f
WETLANDS - OR - ~ FLOODPLAINS (See Sample Drawings 5 and 6. Provide table if necessary)
" ^ardwalk ~ on pilings ~ on fill
Dimensions (ft)
length width
Deck ~ on pilings ~ on fill
Dimensions (ft)
length width
Q_ INTAKE PIPES (See Sample Drawing 16) ~ OUTLET PIPES (See Sample Drawing 22)
Type ~ headwall
~ other
~ end section ~ pipe
outlet pipe, discharge is to ~ wetland ~ inland lake
~ stream, drain, or river ~ Great Lake ~ other
Dimensions of headwall
OR end section (ft) length
width
depth
Number of pipes
Pipe diameters and invert
elevations
~
K. MOORING AND NAVIGATION BUOYS (See EZ Guide for Sample Drawing)
~ Provide an overall site plan showing the distances between each buoy, distances from the shore to each buoy, and depth of water at each buoy in feet.
> Provide cross-section drawing(s) showing anchoring system(s) and dimensions.
Purpose of buoy ~ mooring ~ navigation ~
swimming
Number of buoys
Boat Lengths
Type of anchor system
Dimensions of buoys (ft)
width height
swing radius
chain length
Do you own the property along the shoreline? ~ No ~ Yes
»Attach Authorization Letter from the property owner(s), if No above.
~ L. FENCES IN WETLANDS, STREAMS, OR FLOODPLAINS (No Sample Drawing available)
• Provide an overall site plan showing the proposed fencing through wetlands, streams, or floodplains,
• Provide drawing of fence profile showing the design, dimension, post spacing, board spacing, and distance from ground to bottom of fence
(check all that apply)
~ wetlands ~ streams ~ floodplains
Total length (ft) of fence through
wetlands streams floodplains
Fence height (ft)
Fence type and material
~ M. OTHER - e.g., structure removal or construction, breakwater, aerator, fish shelter, and structural foundations in wetlands or floodplains
EXPANSION OF AN EXISTING OR CONSTRUCTION OF A NEW LAKE OR POND (See Sample Drawings 4 and 15)
Which best describes your proposed waterbody use (check all that apply)
~ wildlife ~ stormwater retention basin ~ recreation
~ wastewater basin
~ other
Water source for lake/pond
~ groundwater ~ natural springs
~ Inland Lake or Stream
~ stormwater runoff
~ wetland
~ pump ~ sewage ~ other
Location of the lake/basin/pond
~ floodplain
~ upland
Maximum dimensions (ft)
1th width depth
„ximum Area:
~ acres ~ sq ft
Spoils will be placed ~ onsite ~ offsite outside of wetland and floodplain D other
* Provide a Detailed Disposal Area Site Plan with location map, address and disposal dimensions
* Provide a Letter of Authorization from off site disposal site owner
¦* Provide elevations and cross sections for outlets and/or emergency. Complete Section 10J,
Will project involve construction of a dam, dike, outlet control structure, or spillway? ~ No ~ Yes (If Yes, complete Section 17)
0 ACTIVITIES THAT MAY IMPACT WETLANDS (See Sample Drawings 8 & 9, and complete sections 10 A and 10 B for dredge or excavation as applicable)
For information on the MDEQ's Wetland Identification Program (WIP) visit www.michiqan.gov/deqwetlands or call 517-373-1170.
Complete the wetland dredge and wetland fill dimension information below for each impacted wetland area. # Attach tables for multiple impact areas or activities
Label the impacted wetland areas on a site plan, drawn to scale or with dimensions. 4 Attach at least one cross-section for each wetland dredge and/or fill area.
If dredge/excavation material will be disposed of on site, show the location on site plan and include soil erosion and sedimentation control measures.
(check all that apply) ~ fill (Section 10A) 0 dredge or excavation (Section 10B) ~ boardwalk or deck (Section 101) ~ dewatering ~ fences (Section 10L)
~ bridges and culverts (Section 14) ~ draining surface water ~ stormwater discharge ~ restoration ~ other
wetland dredge/excavation
dimensions
maximum length (ft)
156.0
maximum width I
794.0
dredge/excavation area
acres ~ sq ft 2.84
average depth (ft)
2.0
dredge volume
(cuyd)9173.17
wetland fill dimensions
N/A
maximum length (ft)
N/A
maximum width (ft)
N/A
fill area
~ acres ~ sq ft N/A
average depth |
N/A
fill volume (cu yd)
N/A
Total wetland dredge/excavation area
El acres ~ sq ft 2.84
The proposed project will be serviced by: ~ public sewer
~ private septic system * Show system on plans
Total wetland dredge/excavation
volume (cuyd) 9173.17
Total wetland fill area
~ acres ~ sq ft N/A
Total wetland
fill volume (cu yd) N/A
If septic system, has an application for a permit been made
to the County Health Department? ~ No PYes
If Yes, has a permit been issued?
~ No ~ Yes ¦» Provide a copy.
Has a professional wetland delineation been conducted for this parcel? ~ No El Yes
Provide a copy of the delineation. * Supply data sheets.
Applicant purchased property
~ before OR ~ after October 1,1980.
Is there a recorded MDEQ easement on the property? E3 No DYes If Yes, provide the easement number)
Has the MDEQ conducted a wetland assessment for this parcel? [El No ~ Yes ¦» If Yes, provide a copy of assessment or WIP number:
Describe the wetland impacts, the proposed use or development, and any alternatives considered: See Addendum
Does the project impact more than 1/3 acre of wetland? ~ No ~ Yes
# l( Yes, submit a Mitigation Plan that includes the type and amount of mitigation proposed. For more information go to www.michiqan.gov/deqwetlands
:ribe how impacts to waters of the United States will be avoided and minimized: See Addensum
Describe how impact to waters of the United States will be compensated. OR Explain why compensatory mitigation should not be required for the proposed impacts.
See Addendum
Is any grading or mechanized land clearing proposed? ~ No ^ Yes
¦» Show locations on submitted site plan.
Has any of the proposed grading or mechanized land clearing been
completed? ~ No Yes * Show labeled locations on site plan.
Joint Permit Application
Page 5 of 7
EQP 2731 Revised 6/2008
-------
US Army Corps of Engineers (USACE)
Michigan Department of Environmental Quality (MDEQ) ©£0.
0 FLOODPLAIN ACTIVITIES (See Sample Drawing 5. Others may apply.) For more information go to www.michiqan.gov/deqfloodplainmanaciemeni
• Complete Sections 10 A and 10 B and other Sections, as applicable.
• A hydraulic analysis or hydrologic analysis may be required to fully assess floodplain impacts. * Attach hydraulic calculations.
¦» Attach additional sheets or tables with the requested information when multiple floodplain activities are included in this application.
;k all that apply) ~ fill E excavation ~ other
Site is 1.0 feet above ~ ordinary high water mark (OHWM) OR E3 observed water level. Date of observation (M/D/Y) 7/30/2010
Fill volume below the 100-year
Compensating cut volume below the
floodplain elevation (cu yd) 0
100-year floodplain elevation (cu yd) 8,428.78
D BRIDGES AND CULVERTS (Including Foot and Cart Bridges) (See Sample Drawings 5,14A, 14B, 14C, 14D, and EZ Guides)
• Provide detailed site-specific drawings of existing and proposed Plan and Elevation View, (Sample Drawing 14A), Elevation View (Sample Drawing 14B), Stream and
Floodplain Cross-Section (Sample Drawing 14C), Stream Profile (Sample Drawing 14D) and Floodplain Fill (Sample Drawing 5) at a scale adequate for detailed review.
• Provide the requested information that applies to your project. If there is not an existing structure, leave the "Existing" column blank.
• If you choose to have a Licensed Professional Engineer "certify" that your project will not cause a "harmful interference" for a range of flood discharges up to and
including the 100-year flood discharge, then you must use the "Required Certification Language." You may request a copy by phone, email, or mail. A hydraulic
report supporting this certification may also be required. Is Certification Language attached? ~ No ~ Yes
^ Attach additional sheets and table with the requested information for multiple crossings. Include hydraulic calculations.
Existing
Proposed
Existing
Proposed
Culvert type (box, circular, arch) and material
(corruqated metal, timber, concrete, etc.)
Bridge span (length perpendicular to stream)
OR culvert D width D diameter (ft)
Bridge type (concrete box beam, timber,
concrete I-beam, etc.)
Bridge width (parallel to stream)
OR culvert length (ft)
Entrance design
(projecting, mitered, wingwalls, etc.)
Bridge rise (from bottom of beam to streambed) OR
Culvert rise (fill from top of culvert to streambed) (ft)
Total structure waterway opening
above streambed (sq ft)
Approach slope fill from existing grade to
culvert or bridge
~ elevation of culvert crown
~ bottom of bridge beam (ft)
Upstream
Higher elevation of ~ culvert invert OR
Upstream
Downstream
~ streambed within culvert (ft)
Downstream
Elevation of road grade at structure (ft)
Distance from low point of road
to mid-point of bridge crossing (ft)
" ition of low point in road (ft)
Cross-sectional area of primary channel (sq ft)
(See Sample Drawing 14C)
Average stream width at OHWM Upstream
outside the influence of the structure (ft) Downstream
Reference datum used (show on plans with description) ~ NGVD 29 ~ NAVD 88 ~ IGLD 85 (Great Lakes coastal areas) ~ other
High water elevation - describe reference point and highest known water level above or below reference point and date of observation.
0 STREAM, RIVER, OR DRAIN CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES (No sample drawing available)
• Complete Section 10A for fill, Section 10B for dredge or excavation, and Sectionl OC for riprap activities.
• If side casting or other proposed activities will impact wetlands or floodplains, complete Sections 12 and 13, respectively.
• Provide an overall site plan showing existing lakes, streams, wetlands, and other water features; existing structures; and the location of all proposed structures and land
change activities.
"~Provide cross-section (elevation) drawings necessary to clearly show existing and proposed conditions. Be sure to indicate drawing scales.
*For activities on legally established county drains, provide original design and proposed dimensions and elevations.
(check all that apply) ~ maintenance ~ improvement ~ relocation ~ enclosure ~ new drain ~ wetlands ~ other
Dimensions (ft) of existing stream/drain channel to be worked on. length width depth
Dimensions (ft) of new, relocated, or enclosed stream/drain channel,
length width depth
Volume of dredge/
excavation (cu yds)
Existing channel average water depth in a normal year (ft)
Proposed side slopes (vertical / horizontal)
How will slopes and bottom be stabilized?
Will old/enclosed stream channel be backfilled to top of bank grade? ~ No ~ Yes
Length of channel
to be abandoned (ft)
Volume of fill (cu yds)
If =>n enclosed structure is proposed, check type ~ concrete ~ corrugated metal
nsions of the structure; diameter length volume of fill
~ plastic
~ other
Will spoils be disposed of on site? ~ No Q Yes # Show location of spoils on site plan if spoils disposed of on an upland area.)
Water elevation Reference datum used ~ NGVD 29 ~ NAVD 88 ~ IGLD 85 (Great Lakes coastal areas) ~ other
*Show elevation on plans with description.
Joint Permit Application
Page 6 of 7
EQP2731 Revised 6/2008
-------
Addendum to Joint Permit Application
Enbridge Pipelines, Inc. - Applicant
IIRS Corporation - Agent
Emergency Spill Clean Up
August 2010
2. Describe Proposed Project and Associated Activities, and the Construction
Sequence and Methods
Written Summary of All proposed Activities - Project activities occurred within wetland
and floodplain areas where Enbridge Line 6B oil spill occurred. Excavators and vacuum
trucks were used within the impact area. Additionally stream, wetland, and floodplain
surveys will be conducted at a later date once health and safety issues are improved. This
will allow for a more accurate wetland line and impacts to stream.
Construction Sequence and Methods - 1. Excavation and vaecuumiitg of contaminated
soils within wetland and lloodplain areas. 2. Skimming and vaccuuin trucks removing
contamanents within stream, 3.Removal of soils and contaminated vegetation off-site, 4.
Regrade and remediate wetland, and floodplain areas
3. Applicant, Agent/Contactor, and Property Owner Information
Property owner information other than adjacent landowners is not provided here.
Property owners in the area of the spill have been evacuated and have not been contacted
lo date by URS Corporation in association with this submittal due to the nature of this
permit as an emergency clean up general permit.
7. Compliance - Emergency clean up commenced soon after the initial spill on July 27,
2010. The impact area of the spill is detailed on attached site plans.
10B. Projects Requiring Dredging or Excavation - Excavation for this project will be
occurring within the 100 year floodplain and wetland area.
Total dredge/excavation volume:
Floodplain - 8,428.78 cu yd
Wetland - *^,173.17
Dimensions:
Floodplain Excavation Dimensions
Length 162.0 ft Width 702.0 ft
Wetland Dredging Dimensions
Length 156.0 ft Width 7t>4.0 ft
Dredge/excavation volume below OIIW.M (cu yd):
Due to safety concerns a stream survey was not possible. The volume of dredging within
the floodplain is approximately 8,428.78 and the volume of dredging within the wetland
Depth 2.0 ft
Depth 2.0 ft
-------
is approximately 9.173.17, A complete survey of the impact area will be conducted al a
later date. To date vacuum trucks and skimmers have been working to clean and contain
stream contamination further survey w ill be needed to determine any stream impacts
below the OHWM.
Method and Equipment for dredging - Excavators, vacuum trucks, and skimmers were
used in wetland, stream, and lloodplain areas to remove contaminated soils, oil sheen,
and vegetation.
12. Activities that may impact wetlands
Describe the wetland impacts, the proposed use or development, and any
alternatives considered; Wetland was impacted in order to conduct emergency spill
clean up from the Enbridge Line 6B oil spill. The impacted wetland was excavated to
remove contaminated soil and vegetation that was effected by the spill. The wetland
excavation impacted approximately 2.84 acres of wetland. The impact to emergent
wetland is 0.76 acre and 2.09 acres impact to forested wetland.
Due to safety concerns the wetland delineation conducted by URS Corporation was
limited as access to the impact area was restricted. Consequently, the delineated wetland
line and impacts may vary at a later date. Additionally, a detailed plant list was difficult
to compile do to the amount of oil covering much of the vegetation in the impact area. At
the point of pipe failure excavation accured to respond to the emergency situation, at this
location there is not an existing plan and profile drawing of the ditch where the actual
pipe failure happened, therefore that depth of impact lo the wetland area for the pipe has
not been taken into account. Due to the nature of this emergency situation this general
permit is limited to the initial spill location and remediation.
Describe how impacts lo waters of the United Stales will be avoided and minimized:
Wetland impacts have been minimi/.ed as much as possible by placing control structures
along the wetland boundaries as well as damming structures within the stream to prevent
further impacts.
Explain why compensatory mitigation should not be required for the proposed
impacts: The wetland impacts associated with the clean up are approximately 2.84
acres. The wetland impacts to emergent wetland (REM) are approximately 0,76 acre and
impacts to forested wetland (PFOt are approximately 2.09 acres. Due to safety concerns
the wetland delineation of 6.61 acres conducted by URS Corporation on July 30, 2010,
was limited as access to the impact area was restricted. Consequently, this delineated
wetland line and impacts may vary at a later date and impact quantities are approximate.
A more detailed survey will be completed when conditions at the site improve. Once the
clean up is complete, Enbridge Pipelines. Inc. will restore the wetland area to its original
condition according to the included wetland restoration plan. Wetland mitigation may be
required by the MDNRE and a wetland mitigation plan will be provided by URS
Corporation at a later date to mitigate for wetland impacts.
-------
Approximate
Site Location
Moors
¦,oaiXL
•Watat Tank
| V30-'
;Pu(nping
Calhouri County, Michigan
Fredonia Township
Site Location Map
Enbridqe Inc.Jalmadge Creek Oil Spill, Fredonia Township, Michigan
Township 03S Range 06W Section 2 0 ^^ ^0F0eet URS
Crealed for: Enbridge Created by: JPB. URS Corp. Project , August 1, 2010
Data Source: http://www.mcgi.state.mi.us/mgdiy, http://datagateway.nrcs.usda.gov/
-------
-------
c
Zetland "A" Impact Plan _ Talmadge Creek
Enbridge Inc. Jalmadge Creek Oil Spill, Fredonia Township, Michigan
Township 03S
Range 06W Section 2
I Feet
800
URS
0 200 400
Created for: Enbridge Created by: JPB. URS Corp. Project , August 1, 2010
Data Source: http://www.mcgi.state.mi.us/mgdl/, http://datagateway.nrcs.usda.gov/
-------
A
existing
upland
950—
existing
wetland
A'
existing
upland
940—
930—,
920—
upland cut
wetland cut
•e
0
>
JCO
co
3
cr
-------
c
adjoining Property Map ^ SpillArea
Enbridge Inc. Jalmadge Creek Oil Spill,
Township 03S
Range 06W Section 2
URS
0 200 400
Created for: Enbridge Created by: JPB, URS Corp. Project , August 1, 2010
Data Source: http://www.mcgi.state.mi.us/mgdl/, http://datagateway.nrcs.usda.gov/
-------
Adjacent Landowner to Enbrklge Line l)R Spill
Map Id Parcel Number
1 53-003-053-00
2 11-102-003-00
i 11- 102-03'L00
4 11-102-0-4^-00
5 53-003-02>00
53-003-150-00
Contact
Quakeklnc
I laman, Joue Ruth
/inn, D & Sch.iticr. B
Simmons, Martin I). Living Trust
City of Mai shall
C 'itv ot Mars hall-Laffem' Pn ip
Street Address
1611 Blooks Dr
I l'x.l ilk! U< 0™ South
1^2-1: Division 1 >r
W>2 I Monroe 13th
523 \V. Michigan Ave.
11301 Old US 27 S
(3it\
State
Zip
Marshall
MI
•190( >8
Marshall
MI
4li0hS
Marshall
MI
4lO>K-')5fi5
Battle Creek
MI
41'014-7544
Marshall
Ml
4901)8
Marshall
MI
4c,CbS
-------
|oveer Rurh Human
11661 Old L's 2? South
Marshall, MI 49068
Zinn, D & Schafter B
16240 Division I)r
Marshall, MI 491)68
Qualtek Inc.
1611 Brooks Drive
Marshall MI 49068
City of Marshall
323 \\". Michigan Ave
Marshall, MI 49068
Martin D. Simmons Living Trust
1621 Monroe Beach
Battle Creek, MI 49014-7544
City of Marshall Lafferrv Property
H3tM Old US 2? S
Marshall MI 4lH>68
-------
Enbridge Pipelines, Inc. Talmadge Creek Oil spill
URS Corporation
Enbridge Pipelines, Inc. Talmadge Creek Oil Spill
Line 8B Spill Clean Up. Fredonia Township. Calhoun County, Michigan
WETLAND RESTORATION PLANTING PLANS
INTRODUCTION
The following table presents proposed restoration plans for wetland impacts due to the safety area expansion.
RESTORATION OBJECTIVES
The goal of this plan is to restore the wetland, stream, and floodplain area to a condition as good as what previously existed, with a
similar plant community and similar hydrologic regime, at the same finished grade as pre-existing conditions. Planting will
incorporate species existing prior to disturbance. Due to the nature of the clean up effort topsoil will not be segregated; instead
topsoil will be removed and hauled off site. New topsoil will be placed and spread prior to planting. Use straw mulch in level areas
and mulch blankets for slopes.
PROPOSED MONITORING
The MDNRE may require monitoring of the restored wetland, stream and floodplain areas annually in the fall of each year for three
years after the project is complete (2010 to 2013). For each monitoring visit, we will document the establishing plant community,
compare to seeding treatments, and assess the results. Observe and report any wildlife use of the area. Observe and report on
hydrology, and provide photos of each area. Submit by Dec. 31 of each year.
SEED MIX, TREE AND SHRUB RECOMMENDATIONS
Seed mix and shrub recommendations are based on plant inventories of pre-existing communities created during the site
assessment phase. The wetland area is emergent and forested wetland. The suggested seed mix for the emergent area is an
Emergent Wetland Seed Mix with additional shrub plugs. The Emergent mix is suitable for saturated soils and shallow standing
water. It includes a mix of rushes, sedges, bulrushes, and wetland grasses, as well as oats for rapid temporary stabilization. Similar
seed mixes are available from local or regional producers and may be used if species mix is substantially the same as outlined.
Preference is for seed grown in or near Michigan for regional genotype. Recommended shrub species are silky dogwood - Cornus
-1 -
-------
Enbridge Pipelines, Inc. Talmadge Creek Oil Spiil
URS Corporation
amomum, red osier dogwood - Cornus stolonifera and sandbar willow - Salix exigua because they are suitable for seasonal shallow
standing water and saturated soils.
The suggested seed mix for the forested wetland area is a Wooded Wetland Establishment Seed mix. This mix is suitable in
saturated, newly reforested areas to reduce weed competition and provide soil stabilization. As the reforested land becomes more
shaded, some of the species in this seed mix will establish a permanent herbaceous understory layer and help fill out the maturing
wooded wetland. This mix includes grass and sedge species as well as native tree, forb and shrub species. Similar seed mixes are
available from local or regional producers and may be used if species mix is substantially the same as outlined. Preference is for
seed grown in or near Michigan for regional genotype.
SEED/SHRUB PLANTING INSTALLATION RECOMMENDATIONS
Optimum seeding time is October 1 to June 15. It can be done outside of this window but establishment may take longer. Mid-
summer seeding is not recommended. With regards to planting plugs, detailed instructions should be obtained with the nursery
where the plants are purchased. However, important points to remember in planting in wetland areas include the following:
• Plant emergent plants in the spring after water levels have lowered in order to establish a root system strong enough to
overwinter.
• Summer planting of live plants will be successful if regularly watered.
• Label a few plants to prevent accidental weeding and assist in monitoring.
• Gently pry apart from roots in the bottom half of the root ball to stimulate root growth.
• Avoid burying plants either too deep or too shallow. Plant so that the surface of the root ball exactly matches the existing soil
surface.
• Mulch the top surface of the root ball with lightly covered mulch layer.
Other erosion controls (silt fences, mulch blankets, straws etc.) should be installed prior to seeding.
Scarify soil surface by raking or shallow tilling. Press seed into soil using a roller or similar equipment. Light raking may also be
used, but do not cover seed more than %" deep.
-2-
-------
Enbridge Pipelines, Inc. Talmadge Creek Oil Spill
URS Corporation
Summary of Wetland Restoration Planting Plans
Wetland ID
and Type Impacted
Pre-Disturbance Dominant Plant Species
Planting Recommendations
and Notes
Soil Treatment
A
Emergent Wetland
Typha angstifolia, narrow leaved cattail
Comus foemina, gray dogwood
Phalaris arvndinacea, reed canary grass
Onociea sensibilis, sensitive fern
Eupatoriadelphus maculates, spotted joe-pye-weed
Theiypteris thelypteroides , Marsh fern
Cicuta maculate, Water hemlock
Parthenocissus quinquefolia, Virginia creeper
Eupatorium perfoliatum, boneset
Emergent Wetland Seed Mix
New topsoil
A
Forested Wetland
Onociea sensibilis, senstitive fern
Phalaris arundinacea, reed canary grass
Comus foemina, gray dogwood
Comus amomum, silky dogwood
Fraxinus pennsytvanica , Green ash
Parthenocissus quinquefolia , Virginia Creeper
Ulmus Americana, American Elm
Populus deltoids, Eastern Cottonwood
Wooded Wetland Establishment Seed
Mix
Wetland Shrubs - Planted just above
waterline. Recommend: silky dogwood
(Comus amomum), red osier dogwood
(Comas siolonifera), sandbar willow
(Safe exigua), American Elm (Ulmus
Americana), Eastern Cottonwood
(,Populus deltoids)
New topsoil
- Detailed Seed Mixes on Following Pages -
-3-
-------
Enb ridge Pipelines, Inc. Talmadge Creek Oil Spill
Line 6B Spill Clean Up, Fredonia Township, Calhoun County, Michigan
Suggested Plant list for Wetland Restoration
For the emergent wetland areas the following plants will be used:
Scientific Name
Common Name
Oz/Acre
Permanent Grasses/Sedges/Rushes
Carex comosci
bristly sedge
2.50
Car ex laatslris
common lake sedge
0.25
Carex htrida
botllebush sedge
4.00
Carex vulpinoitlea
brown fox sedge
6.00
Eleocharis ovata
blunt spike rush
1.00
Juncus effuses
common rush
1.00
Leersia orvzoidcs
rice cut grass
3.00
Seirpus aciitns
hard-stemmed
bulrush
2.50
Scirpiis pungens
chairmaker's rush
4.00
Seirpus validus
great bulrush
6.00
Temporary Cover
Avenci saliva
common oat
360.00
Loliiuu midiijlomm
annual rye
104.00
Forbs
Acorns calamus
sweet flag
1.00
Alisinui sp.
water plantain
2.00
Asclepias incamata
swamp milkweed
50
C ephakmih us occidental is
button bush
1.00
Dccodon verticillatus
swamp loosestrife
1.25
Eupatorium macuiatmn
spotted Joe-pye
weed
0.50
Hibiscus sp.
rose mallow
3.00
Iris virginica
blue flag
6.00
Lobelia cardinalis
cardinal flower
0.25
Lobelia siphilitica
great blue lobelia
1.50
Ludwigia altemifolia
seedbox
0.25
Mimitlus ringens
monkey flower
1.00
Peltandra virginica
arrow arum
16.00
Poniederia cordata
pickerel weed
10.00
Sagittaria latifolia
common arrowhead
2.00
Spargauiwn americamim
American bur reed
2.00
Sparganium eurycarpttm
common bur reed
4.00
Verbena hastata
blue vervain
1.00
-------
For the wetland edge areas that will not be inundated the following seed mix should
be used;
Scientific Name
Common Name
Oz/Acre
Permanent Grasses/Sedges/Rushes
Carex eomosu
bristly sedge
1.00
Carex crisi at el la
crested oval sedge
2.00
Carex frankii
bristly cattail sedge
4.00
Carex Inrida
bottlcbush sedge
4.00
Carex vtilpinoidea
brown fox sedge
3.00
Eieocharis puhistris
great spike rush
0.50
Elyiims virginiais
Virginia wild rye
12.00
Glycerin si rial a
fowl manna grass
1.00
_
Leeisiti oix:oiiles
rice cut grass
Scirpus inn>vireus
dark green rush
1.00
Scirpus cvpemius
wool grass
0.75
Scirpus punqens
ehairmaker's rush
1.00
Scirpus valiilns
great bulrush
6.00
Spar^aniuin eiirycarpiiin
common bur reed
4.00
Temporary Cm or
Arena saliva
common oat
).00
Lolittm HUiItij'htnmi
annual rve
100
Korhs
Acorns calamus
sweet f
1.00
Alisinia sp.
water plantain
2.00
Asclcpias incarnala
amp milkweed
1.
Aster pttniccns
bristlv aster
1.00
Bitlt'iis \j>.
Biclens
L 2,10
Decodon verlicillattis
swamp loosestrife
LOO
Enpatoritini perfoliatum
common boneset
1.00
Helen in in autmnnale
sneezew eed
2.00 1
Hibiscus sp.
rose mallow
3.00
Iris vir^inica
blue flag
2.50
Lobelia siphilitica
great blue lobelia
1.00
Ludui^ia alfernifolia
seedbox
0.25
Mimuhts ringens
monkey flower
1.50
Peltandra virginii'a
arrow arum
4.00
Rudheckia laciniata
wild golden glow
0.75
Sagitiaria latifolia
common arrowhead
2.00
Senna hehecurpu
wild senna
2.00
Thalictrwn dasxcurpum
purple meadow rue
1.50
Verbena Itashita
blue vervain
1.20
Verbesina altemifolia
w mgstem
0.75
Vernonia sp.
iron weed
2.00
-------
For the forested wetland areas the following seed mix should be used;
Scientific Name j Common Name
Ox/Acre
Permanent Grasses/Sedges/Rushes
Calamagrostis eaiuuleitsis
Grass
Bltiejoint
1.00
Carex crinita
Fringed Sedge
2,00
Carex lupuliua
Common Hop
Sedge
4,00
Carex lurida
Bottlebrush Sedge
1.50
Carex frankii
Bristly Cattail
Sedge
3,00
Carex syuarrosa
Narrow -leaved
Cattail Sedge
1.00
Carex typhina
Common Cattail
Sedge
1.00
Carex vitlpinoiclea
Brown Fox Sedge
4.00
Elvtmts rir^inictts
Virginia Wild Rye
20,00
Glycerin striata
Fowl Manna Grass
2.00
Lcersia orvzoiihw
Rice Cut Grass
2.00
Seirpus atrovireits
Dark Green Rush
2,00
Stuuiiiui peciMJic
Prairie Cord Grass
1.00
Temporary Cover
Arena saliva
common oat
),00
Lolium muhifhmtm
annualrve
>.oo
Forbs/Shrubs
AHsma spp
Water Plantain Mix
3.00
Angelica atropurpitrea
Great angeliea
1.00
Aster puniceus
Bristl) aster
0.75
Aster unihellatus
Flat-Top aster
0.25
Biiiens eerntia
Nodding Bui-
Marigold
2.50
Campanula americaita
Tall Bellflower
0.25
Cephaianthus oecitlentalis
Buttonbush
0.50
Helenium aittitmiutlc
Sneezeweed
;
Heraclewn hmatum
Cow Parsnip
0.75
Hibiscus moscheutos
Swamp Rose
Mallow
2,00
Lobelia siphilitii -a
Great Blue lobelia
1.50
Lycopas auteris-anus
Common Water
Itorehound
0.25
Mimuhts rinqens
Monkev Flower
1.25
Penthorum sedonlcs
Ditch Stonecrop
0.50
Polygonum spp.
Smart weed Mix
0.50
Rudbeckia laciniata
Wild Golden Glow
0.75
Verbesina allemifolia
Wingstem
2.00
-------
Plugs planting: Planted just above the wafer line.
11 us / Trees
Scientific Name
Common Name
Price Per Plant
Comas umomwn
Silky dogwood
$0.90
C 'ornus stolon if era
Reel Osier dogwood
$0.90
Saii.x exigna
Sandbar Willow
$1.35
Ulnnis Americana
American Elm
i> 1.45
Popiiltts dehoidi's
Eastern Cottonwood
$0.90
-------
Environmental Guidelines
for
Construction
December 2003
-------
ENBRIDGE Environmental Guidelines for Construction
TABLE Of CONTENTS
Table of Contents
List of Figures
Introduction
Glossary
Tab 01 Pre-Construction
Overview of Preconstruction 01-1
Planning and Preparation 01-2
Project Scheduling 01-3
Selecting Facility Sites.,.,.,.,,. 01-4
Selecting Routes 01-5
Determining Workspace..... 01-6
Determining Area for Soil Storage 01-7
Tab 02 Construction
Overview of Construction 02-1
General Mitigation Measures 02-2
Rigbt-Of-Way Survey 02-3
Clearing and Grubbing 02-4
Topsoil Stripping and Segregation .....02-5
Temporary Erosion and Sedimentation Control 02-8
Grading...... 02-7
Trenching 02-8
Fences and Temporary Gates 02-9
Inspection and Monitoring ..02-10
Watercourses and Wetlands.. 02-11
Equipment Crossings 02-12
Slope Breakers........ .......02-13
Temporary Sediment Barriers 02-14
Trench Breakers..... 02-15
Wet/Thawing Soils 02-18
Dewatering .....02-17
Hydrostatic Testing. ...............02-18
Tab 03 Restoration
Overview of Restoration........... ...03-1
Backfilling 03-2
Cleanup 03-3
Revegetation 03-4
Permanent Erosion and Sedimentation Control 03-5
Installing Rock Riprap ......03-6
Installing Willow Cuttings 03-7
Installing Cribwall 03-8
Installing Berms and Ditches 03-9
December 1, 2003
Page 1 of 1
-------
ENBRIDGE Environmental Guidelines for Construction
WATERCOURSES and WETLANDS ; 02-TlJ
Purpose Watercourses are a major environmental concern associated with
pipeline construction. Poor construction schedules or inadequate
environmental mitigation measures can damage fish habitat, harm
aquatic life and interfere with downstream water users. Pipeline
construction also may alter stream substrates, cause physical or
chemical changes in water quality or block fish movement.
Although many environmental impacts are relatively short-term
(i.e., the impact stops soon after the crossing is completed), long-
term impacts may result if the watercourse is not properly
restored.
Due to the unstable nature of some wetland soils; construction
activities may differ from typical pipeline construction. As such,
construction activities may be minimized in wetlands and/or
special construction techniques required to minimize disturbance
to plants and soils, and to protect wetland hydrology.
Requirements Project Scheduling
Carry out instream activities during periods of low flow unless
government agencies request an alternate schedule.
Postpone construction in watercourses if excessive flows or flood
conditions exist or are anticipated, and construction methods
cannot be modified to cope with the increased flow.
To minimize the duration and severity of disturbance, complete all
instream activity within 48 hrs. unless site-specific conditions
make this impractical.
NOTE: For more information on scheduling construction activities,
see 01-3, Project Scheduling.
Permits/Licenses/Approvals
Where instream activities are required, obtain approval from fish
and wildlife authorities, including federal authorities if required.
Any alternatives or modifications to the wetland crossing
requirements specified in permits must be approved by the
company before construction begins.
Before starting work, the contractor must provide the company
with a tentative watercourse construction plan and schedule, and
confirm the schedule (a) 14 days before and (b) 2 days before
starting crossing construction.
December 1, 2003 02-11 Page 1 of 7
-------
Watercourses and Wetlands
Environmental Guidelines for Construction
NOTE: For more information on activities that require
environmental permits and/or regulatory approvals, see 01-2,
Planning and Preparation.
Clearing and Grading
Restrict clearing and grading to the minimum necessary to safely
complete the job (see 02-4, Clearing and Grubbing, and 02-7,
Grading).
Trenching
When practical, salvage upper stream bed material and replace
last during stream bed restoration.
For information on trenching in watercourses and wetlands, see
02-8, Trenching.
Fish Habitats
When sport fish are concentrated in a watercourse area that
requires blasting, use blast reflectors or absorbers, time delay
charges and the smallest charges practical. If practical, remove
fish and block their access to the area.
Erosion Control
Install temporary erosion control measures within 24 hrs of
backfilling the crossing (see 02-13, Slope Breakers and 02-14,
Temporary Sediment Barriers. For information on backfilling, see
03-2, Backfilling).
Select an appropriate watercourse construction method based on
geotechnical, biological and hydraulic considerations, and
discussions with government agencies. Use Table 1, Watercourse
Construction Methods as a guide to selecting an appropriate
watercourse crossing construction method.
NOTE: If contaminated stream substrate is suspected, e.g., by
industrial pollution, use a construction method that minimizes
disturbance of the substrate (e.g., drill, bore).
Guidelines
Construction Methods
Page 2 of 7
02-11
December 1,2003
-------
Environmental Guidelines for Construction
Watercourses and Wetlands
Table 1
Watercourse Construction Methods
Construction
Small Watercourse
Medium
Large Watercourse
Method
less than 10 m
Watercourse
greater than 20 m
(33 ft)
10 to 20 m
(33 to 65 ft)
(65 ft)
L
III
H
L
M
H
L
M
H
Wet Trench
• hoe
4
4
7
4
4
7
4
4
7
• dragline
$
7
7
$
7
7
4
7
7
• dredging
s
1
$
$
$
$
4
4
4
Dry Trench
• flume
4
4
4
4
4
4
— — —
• dam and pump
4
4
4
4
4
4
— — —
• high volume pump
4.
4
4
4
4
— — —•
ichless
• boring
$
4
$
4
— — —
• directional drilling
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
4
4 •
lal
• bridge attachment
$
$
4
$
4
A
*t
$
4
4
NOTES
L = Low sensitivity
• no downstream water users
• no fish habitat impacted by
construction
• no (low
4
$
7
M = Medium sensitivity
• downstream water users
• no significant impact on fish
habitat by construction
• low probability of downstream
habitat impacted by sediment
H = High sensitivity
• downstream water users cannot
tolerate sediment load
• fish habitat directly impacted
by sedimentation
environmentally acceptable
environmentally acceptable, however, may not be practical due to high construction cost
not environmentally acceptable
not usually possible from an engineering or construction standpoint
Wet Trench
Use a wet trench construction method on narrow and/or warm
water streams and rivers that will not be flumed, dammed and
pumped, or directionafly drilled (see Figure 1, Typical Waterbody
Crossing Wet Trench Method)
NOTE: For dry intermittent streams and agricultural drainage
ditches, use standard construction procedures (i.e., involving
stringing, welding, excavating the trench with backhoes, installing
the pipe in the trench and backfilling the trench with native
material).
Where sedimentation is not a major concern, use the wet open cut
method (see Figure 2, Water Crossing-Wet Open Cut of Large
Rivers and Figure 3, Wet Open Cut of Small Rivers),
December 1, 2003 02-11 page 3 of 7
-------
Watercourses arid Wetlands
Environmental Guidelines for Construction
Dry Trench
Use a dry instream construction method where sedimentation is a
concern, and where required by permits.
Dam and Pump/High Volume Pump
Use the dam and pump method on narrow watercourses with low
stream flow (see Figure 4, Typical Waterbody Crossing Dam and
Pump). On watercourses with moderate stream flow, use the high
volume pump method (see Figure 5, Water Crossing-High Volume
Pump).
NOTE: Have two pumps on hand, each sized with the pumping
capacity of the anticipated stream flow, to ensure standby
function.
If fish passage is a concern, do not use either the dam and pump
or high volume pump construction method.
The dam and pump method involves damming the stream before
excavating:
• Construct upstream and downstream dams of sandbags,
steel plates, Aquadams™ or clean gravel with a plastic liner.
• Prevent interrupting downstream flow by pumping the water
simultaneously with dam construction.
• Pump water across the construction area through a hose
and onto an energy dissipation device back into the dry
stream bed downstream (see Figure 4, Typical Waterbody
Crossing, Dam and Pump Method).
• Continuously monitor dams for proper seal.
• Adjust the dams as necessary to prevent large volumes of
water from seeping around the dams and into the
construction work area,
NOTE: For more information on dewatering, see 02-17,
Dewatering,
Place the pump in an impermeable, bermed area on the upstream
side of the construction site to prevent any spilled fuel from
entering the watercourse.
NOTE: Electric submersible pumps are the best option and should
eliminate concerns with fuel spills.
Monitor the pumping operation at all times, and adjust the pump
as necessary to maintain an even flow of water across the work
Page 4 of 7
02-11
-------
Environmental Guidelines for Construction Watercourses and Wetlands
area and near-normal water levels upstream and downstream
from the crossing.
A backup pump of equal or greater capacity must be onsite at all
times in case the primary pump fails.
Pump standing water that is isolated in the construction area by
the dams, or any stream water that leaks around the dams or
seeps from the ground into the trench into a filter bag or a
dewatering structure (see 02-17, Dewatering).
Plume
Use the flume method to cross sensitive, relatively narrow streams
that have straight channels and that are relatively free of large
rocks and bedrock at the point of crossing.
NOTE; The diameter of conduit (flume) must be large enough to
accommodate the maximum stream flow.
The flume method involves placing a conduit in the stream bed to
direct stream flow across the construction area without introducing
sediment into the water (see Figure 6, Typical Waterbody
Crossing, Flume Method):
• Install the flume(s), typically at least 12-18 m (40-60 ft)
long, before trenching,
• Align the flumes such that water is not impounded upstream
of the flume(s).
• Construct dams of sandbags, metal plate, water dam, plastic
sheeting or clean rock {or equivalent) around the upstream
and downstream ends of the flume(s).
NOTE; Construct the upstream dam first, to funnel stream flow
into the flume(s). The downstream dam prevents backwash of
water into the trench and construction work area, and keeps water
in the excavation from moving downstream if flooding occurs.
Continuously monitor dams to ensure a watertight seal.
Adjust the dams as necessary to prevent large volumes of water
from seeping around the dams and into the trench and
construction work area.
Pump standing water that is isolated in the construction area by
the dams, or any stream water that leaks around the dams or
seeps from the ground into the trench:
• if clean, into the watercourse downstream of the crossing
December 1, 2003 02-11 Page 5 of ?
-------
Watercourses arid Wetlands
Environmental Guidelines for Construction
• if dirty, into a filter bag or a dewatering structure (see 02-17,
Deviate ring)
NOTE: Salvage any stranded fish and relocate upstream
After backfilling a high sensitivity watercourse with a gravel bed,
consider washing the gravel before removing the flume to
minimize sediment washing downstream from the construction
zone.
Remove the flume(s) after the pipeline is installed and stream
banks have been restored.
Directional Drilling
Use directional drilling for large watercourses that are
environmentally sensitive to instream or streambank activity, or
where conventional methods are not feasible due to engineering
or navigational constraints (see Figure 7, Typical Waterbody
Crossing Directional Drill Method).
Directional drilling may be economically feasible for large deep
rivers that require considerable extra cover, expensive
reclamation work, or where slope stability is a concern or bank
disturbance must be avoided.
NOTE: Obtain geotechnical data before drilling. Drilling may not
be feasible in streambed materials such as unconsolidated gravel.
Set up drilling equipment a minimum of 16 m (50 ft) from the edge
of the watercourse. Do not clear or grade this 16 m buffer area.
Use water from an approved source (typically the river) in
accordance with applicable permits to mix drilling mud. The mud
mix must be appropriate for aquatic life in the stream, e.g., pure
bentonite clay with no unapproved additives.
During drilling operations, prevent mud and slurry from flowing into
the stream or adjacent wetlands by storing it well back from the
river bank, contained by an earthen berm sediment control
structure, tanks or other methods.
Minimize mud pump pressure during entry and exit of the bore to
prevent frac-ouf, i.e., borehole fracture and escape of mud,
NOTE: For more information on temporary erosion and
sedimentation control, see 02-14, Temporary Sedimentation
Control.
After the pipe is in place, spread excess drilling mud and slurry
over an upland area if approved by the company, or haul excess
offsite to an approved location.
Page 8 of 7 02-11 December 1, 2003
-------
Environmental Guidelines for Construction Watercourses and Wetlands
Boring
Use the boring (or punching) method to cross irrigation canals and
where practical, to cross natural watercourses (see Figure 8,
Water Crossing Bored or Punched). This method may not be
possible if there is excessive groundwater, sand or gravel,
cobbles, large boulders or bedrock.
Obtain geotechnical data before boring or punching.
Push/Pull Method
For large wetlands with standing water and saturated soils,
assemble the pipeline in an upland area, and position the pipe in
the trench using the push-pull and/or float techniques:
• excavate the trench using a backhoe supported on timber
mats
• push-pull the prefabricated section of pipe into position or float
the pipe across the wetland
• when the pipeline is in position, remove floats, if used
• backfill the trench
NOTE; The push-pull and float techniques usually requires
additional temporary workspace next to the ROW (for more
information, see 01-6, Determining Workspace.
December 1, 2003 02-11 Page 7 of 7
-------
UMIT OF_C2N§TRUCTiON_ _ROW
¦ ' ¦ ¦ ' , '
¦ > ¦Mr'mL I
¦ ' \
jrpose^>nly^
Place sediment barriers
ACROSS WORKING SIDE OF ROW
Ar THE END OF EACH DAY
limit of Construction ROW
I' 'i* -r;
Extra
W ORK.SPACE
[.. »].' »[«¦ ,.j« ¦
5 ILT FENCE . DOUBLE
STAKED STRAW
BALES , OR BOTH AS
NECCESSARY WITH
FLOWING WATER
T 1
\\ I
| proposed Trench
\
T EMPORAKY & RIDGE
(IF NEEDED )
£#
wt
1#
$
H
if
Extra
§
W ORKSPACE
s
i
:!"l" -;Pl
ENBRIDGE
Figure 1
Typical Waterbody Crossing
Wet Trench Method
K:\575\20030207\WETTRE NCH.VSD
-------
r
-PIPE WELDED,
PRETESTED,
COATED AND
WEIGHTED
WATERCOURSE
FLOW
I
HARD PLUG
IN PLACE
8ACKH0E ON
STREAM BED,
MATS OR BARGE
ADDITIONAL
WORKSPACE
STANDARD
R/W WIDTH
7
a
SPOIL -
PILE
/
LEFT CLEAR FOR
STREAM FLOW
DISCRETE PILES
OF SPOIL
PROFILE
NOTES:
1. USE THIS TECHNIQUE ON LARGE WATERCOURSES WHEN A BACKHOE CANNOT REACH AT LEAST HALFWAY
INTO THE CHANNEL.
2. SCHEDULE INSTREAM ACTIVITY FOR LOW FLOW PERIODS AND FOR THE APPROPRIATE TIMING WINDOW.
OBTAIN ALL GOVERNMENT APPROVALS PRIOR TO INSTREAM CONSTRUCTION.
3. OBTAIN ADDITIONAL TEMPORARY WORK SPACE TO ALLOW INSTREAM SPOIL TO BE STORED ON BANKS WHERE
POSSIBLE.
1. RESTRICT ROOT GRUBBING. DO NOT GRUB WITHIN 10m OF WATERCOURSE EXCEPT ALONG TRENCH LINE
AND SPOIL PILE AREA WHEN ABSOLUTELY NECESSARY.
5. LEAVE HARD PLUGS AT BANK.
6. WELD, COAT, PRETEST AND WEIGHT PIPE PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF INSTREAM CONSTRUCTION.
7. SERVICE OR REFUEL MOBILE CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT A MINIMUM OF 100m AWAY FROM WATERCOURSE.
8. TRENCH THROUGH WATERCOURSE RETAINING HARD PLUGS AT EACH BANK UNTIL JUST PRIOR TO PIPE
INSTALLATION. STOCKPILE AS MUCH SPOIL ON BANKS AS POSSIBLE. PLACE INSTREAM STORAGE IN
DISCRETE PILES AVOIDING AREAS OF HIGHEST WATER VELOCITY. DO NOT WINDROW SPOIL ACROSS THE
CHANNEL OR BLOCK MORE THAN 2/3 OF THE CHANNEL. IF NECESSARY TO CONTROL WATER FLOW AND
TRENCH SLOUGHING, INSTALL TEMPORARY SOFT PLUGS AND DEWATER TRENCH ON TO STABLE VEGETATED
LAND, NOT DIRECTLY TO WATERCOURSE. MAINTAIN STREAMFLOW, IF PRESENT, THROUGHOUT CROSSING
CONSTRUCTION. LOWER IN AND BACKFILL IMMEDIATELY. RESTORE STREAM CHANNEL TO APPROXIMATE
PRECONSTRUCTION PROFILE AND SUBSTRATE. ATTEMPT TO COMPLETE ALL STREAM ACTIVITY WITHIN 24
HOURS.
9. RESTORE AND STABILIZE WATERCOURSE BANKS AND APPROACHES TO AS CLOSE TO ORIGINAL GRADES AS
POSSIBLE (TO A MAXIMUM 3:1). INSTALL BANK PROTECTION WHERE APPROPRIATE.
10. SEED AND FERTILIZE BANKS IMMEDIATELY.
For environmental review purposes only.
Figure 2
EWBRIBGE
Water Crossing -
Wet Open Cut of Large Rivers
A-1.02-5747-0-0
-------
(WHERE REQUIRED)
NOTES: PLAN VIEW
1. USE THE WET CROSSING METHOD WHEN CONTROL OF SEDIMENTATION IS NOT A MAJOR CONCERN.
2. SCHEDULE INSTREAM ACTIVITY FOR LOW FLOW PERIODS AND FOR THE APPROPRIATE TIMING WINDOW.
OBTAIN ALL GOVERNMENT APPROVALS PRIOR TO INSTREAM CONSTRUCTION.
3. OBTAIN ADDITIONAL TEMPORARY WORK SPACE TO ALLOW INSTREAM SPOIL TO BE STORED ON 8ANKS.
ALL SPOIL SHOULD BE STOREO ON BANKS OF ANY WATERCOURSES LESS THAN 20m WIDE.
4. INSTALL VEHICLE CROSSING IF REQUIRED.
5. RESTRICT ROOT GRUBBING. DO NOT GRUB WITHIN 10m OF WATERCOURSE EXCEPT ALONG TRENCH LINE
AND SPOIL PILE AREA WHEN ABSOLUTELY NECESSARY.
6. WELD, COAT, PRETEST IFREGUIRED AND WEIGHT PIPE PROIR TO COMMENCEMENT OF INSTREAM CONSTRUCTION.
7. SERVICE OR REFUEL MOBILE CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT A MIN. OF 100m AWAY FROM WATERCOURSE.
8. TRENCH THROUGH WATERCOURSE RETAINING HARD PLUGS AT EACH BANK UNTIL JUST PRIOR TO PIPE
INSTALLATION. STOCKPILE ALL INSTREAM SPOIL ON BANKS IF POSSIBLE. ON LARGER WATERCOURSES
STOCKPILE AS MUCH SPOIL ON BANKS AS POSSIBLE. IF INSTREAM STORAGE IS REQUIRED; PLACE IN
DISCRETE PILES AVOIDING AREAS OF HIGHEST WATER VELOCITY. DO NOT WINDROW SPOIL ACROSS THE
CHANNEL OR BLOCK MORE THAN 2/3 OF CHANNEL. IF NECESSARY TO CONTROL WATER FLOW AND
TRENCH SLOUGHING, INSTALL TEMPORARY SOFT PLUGS AND DEWATER TRENCH ON TO STABLE VEGETATED
LAND, NOT DIRECTLY TO WATERCOURSE. MAINTAIN STREAMFLOW, IF PRESENT, THROUGHOUT CROSSING
CONSTRUCTION. INSPECT, REPAIR OR REPLACE PIPE AND BACKFILL IMMEDIATELY. RESTORE STREAM
CHANNEL TO APPROXIMATE PRECONSTRUCTION PROFILE AND SUBSTRATE. ATTEMPT TO COMPLETE ALL
STREAM ACTIVITY WITHIN 24 HOURS.
9. RESTORE AND STABILIZE WATERCOURSE BANKS AND APPROACHES TO AS CLOSE TO ORIGINAL GRADE AS
POSSIBLE (TO A MAXIMUM 3:1). INSTALL BANK PROTECTION WHERE APPROPRIATE.
10. SEED AND FERTILIZE BANKS IMMEDIATELY.
For environments review purposes only.
' v /
Figure 3
ENBRIDGB
Water Crossing -
Wet Open Cut of Small Rivers
A-1.02-5098 4 0
-------
-------
ADDITIONAL TEMPORARY
TOP OF BANK-
TOP OF BANK'
¦BOULDER OR SHEETING
ENERGY OISSIPATOR
¦PIPE WELDED, PRETESTED,
COATED AND WEIGHTED
R/W
BDY.
NOTES:
PLAN VIEW
1. USE HIGH VOLUME PUMP METHOD ON WATERCOURSES WITH MODERATE STREAMFLOW TO PREVENT
SEDIMENTATION AND INTERRUPTION OF STREAMFLOW DURING INSTREAM WORK. THIS METHOD IS NOT
APPROPRIATE IF FISH PASSAGE IS A CONCERN.
2. SCHEDULE CONSTRUCTION DURING LOW FLOW ON LARGE WATERCOURSES.
3. INSTALL TEMPORARY VEHICLE CROSSING
4. ENSURE ADEQUATE ELECTRIC POWER SUPPLY AND ADEQUATELY SIZED PUMPS.
HAVE STANDBY PUMP(S) ON SITE.
5. INSTALL PUMP IN POOL LOCATED UPSTREAM OF THE EXCAVATION. DIG TEMPORARY SUMP
UPSTREAM IF NO NATURAL POOL EXISTS. ADD ADDITIONAL PUMPING CAPACITY IF REQUIRED.
DISCHARGE WATER THROUGH OR INTO AN ENERGY DISSIPATOR INTO THE RIVER CHANNEL SUFFICIENTLY
DOWNSTREAM OF THE TRENCH TO PREVENT WATER FLOWING BACK INTO THE EXCAVATION.
6. IMMEDIATELY INITIATE FISH SALVAGE FROM ISOLATED POOLS. ENSURE FISH SALVAGE PERMIT(S)
ARE ACQUIRED PRIOR TO INSTALLING PUMP.
7. DIG A SMALL SUMP DOWNSTREAM OF CROSSING TO COLLECT SILT LADEN WATERS. INSTALL SMALL
PUMPS IN SUMP AND TRENCH TO DISCHARGE SILT-LADEN WATER ON TO WELL VEGETATED SOILS
AWAY FROM THE WATERCOURSE.
8. EXCAVATE TRENCH, COMPLETE REPAIR WORK AND BACKFILL TRENCH. MOVE HOSE AS REQUIRED TO
MAINTAIN STREAMFLOW.
9. WASH BACKFILLED TRENCH AREA INTO SUMP. PUMP SILT-LADEN WATER FROM TRENCH ONTO A WELL
VEGETATED AREA OFF RIGHT OF WAY. ALSO COMPLETE THIS STEP IN THE EVENING PRIOR TO
SHUTTING OFF UPSTREAM PUMP IF INSTREAM WORK IS TO OCCUR ON SUCCESSIVE DAYS.
For environmental review purposes only.
Figure 5
ENBMDG
Water Crossing -
High Volume Pump
A* 1.02-5730-0-0 17.5
-------
-------
<
CQ
IN
V 5 v • '/ .> •'<. >
• ' ¦ '»'' • V"
.. > •' -, .« •'«, .«
¦ ¦ • - . • ' t . • • 4 . \
•* • V •
* '' ' ' :' • ' '
"; i ¦ '
For environmental review purposes only.
Figure 7
Typical Waterbody Crossing
Directional Drill Method
K:\575\20030207\DI RDRILL VSD
-------
-RlirfER 'ON! f; UiO NOT CHAR OR GPAIH )
.--SPOIL
PLAN VIEW
/BUFFER ZONES
/ \
¦BOR [Mil MACHINE
PROFILE
OTE!
HOK'I (OR PlJNt;H .« WA 11 RLVUJK' .L CROSS I Ni; in PREVFN I M'MTMEN Ffl I I OK Of W A T [" R('iUIRS E , INI! H-
'.Mi'lMN Ot -i 1 K1 AM F L 0 k', ANL ,U FFPAI 1 UN OF SFRF AH '^IBtTPATC . 1'HIS MF7 mUH IS APt-'RUPB I A1 L
I M", r.:iOSS3N!i- ; M? i CA ! j ON .\MwU c' AMD 0«:CA:iiiNALL\ . ! OR rRi>e,;(\|(, ^A7 ORAL k'A ! FRCOURf1 '•.
i !i Hi1 \ r K , n !!'*' MO > 3C Ul F IF IHiRt IS fVl'VIVF GfiLJi IN-U-. A rrR , fi!,' A ITRMhA&f E i.i.
SU3STft A 11 HE GRAVM , CUB2LES, i AWE BOULULRS Oh BLP^O! K , LIB IAIN OLD 1 ECHN UvAl
DA:A PRIOR 1U COMHf NC1NK BUR TNG (OR PUNOHTNP).
AUUIKL AND MAI-1)- AlliJI1IONAI. !CHPORAK'Y WORK SPACE.
rn°>rAti vnncii crossing.
[ \\ AVA1F BFMHOIF, SI OR! SPOIL ON OPPOSITE SIDE OF RIGHT OF MAY.
•:OHPLUL BON! N'; AND Fit JN 10 MAINL [ME.
bfiLK-i > y»* f vFFi'sur. becomes a problem,
Bnir'ilLi ANFI nip,PACT, I F AVF A CROWN 1U ALLOW TOR GlI&SIOCFs1^ .
P I (• U A NU I !.klll IZE AS APPROPRIATE .
For environmental rerviow purposes only
Figure 8
Water Crossing -
Bored or Punched
A 1 0?-bM2OO
-------
ENBRIDGE Environmental Guidelines for Construction
OVERVIEW of RESTORATION | 03-1
Purpose Once pipe laying is complete, the company is required to clean
up, restore and maintain the project site and right-of-way (ROW)
in a condition that is acceptable to both landowners and regulatory
agencies. Poor clean up arid restoration may result in reduced
agricultural, recreational and other land use capabilities, and may
cause long-term impacts to fish populations and wildlife habitats.
In addition, public relations with landowners and government
agencies may be adversely affected.
The standards and procedures in this tab ensure the effectiveness
of ongoing long-term environmental protection. Where
environmental impacts are suspected, a post-activities inspection
and monitoring program must be established as required by
government agencies.
atjon Canada
*1 CAN National Energy Board (NEB);
• Onshore Pipeline Regulations, latest edition
Land Use Regulations
1 USA United States
Department of transportation (DOT), Pipeline Safety Regulations:
• Part 195, Transportation of Hazardous Liquids by Pipeline
Area contingency plan/regional contingency plan
Clean Air Act
Clean Water Act
Comprehensive Environmental Response Cleanup and Liability
Act (CERCLA)
Emergency Planning and Community Right to Know Act (EPCRA)
Federal, state and local environmental agency regulations
National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA)
Oil Pollution Act (OPA)
Safe Drinking Water Act
December 1, 2003 03-1 Page 1 of 1
-------
r smBKKDGE Environmental Guidelines for Construction
BACKFILLING : 03-2 :
Purpose Backfilling generally involves replacing the material excavated
from the trench and is the first stage in restoring the right-of-way
(ROW). In areas where topsoil has been segregated, the subsoil
is replaced and the topsoil spread uniformly over the area where it
was removed. An earth crown is left over the trench line (except in
wetlands) to allow backfill material to settle.
Improper backfilling can affect the quality of final restoration on the
project. Poorly compacted backfill material or an excessive crown
can cause drainage problems and inconvenience to landowners,
livestock and wildlife. In addition, mixing topsoil with subsoil during
backfilling may reduce soil capability.
Guidelines Before backfilling, inspect the trench for small mammals and
reptiles, skids, refuse, welding rods and other debris, and remove
if present. Inspect the backfill material to ensure it is free of debris
or other material that could damage the pipeline.
Backfill as soon as practicable after lowering-in the pipe to the
desired depth. During winter construction, ensure backfill is
completed by nightfall.
Confine backfill activities to the ROW. To prevent damage off the
ROW, use a Mormon board, backhoe or specialized excavator
(e.g., Gradall) where there is insufficient working space for
bulldozers.
Use a backfill auger (e.g.. Brown Bear), power dozer or suitable
equipment to break up clods or frozen soils if required.
Avoid mixing snow with spoil.
Pad the pipe if backfill is frozen or stony, or if bedrock must be
replaced. Dispose of surplus rocks at sites approved by the
landowner or government agency.
On cultivated lands, leave the top 0.5 m (20 in.) of trench free from
rocks to prevent interference with farm equipment. The average
spacing and size of rocks left on the ROW should be no more than
on adjacent lands.
On pasture lands and woodlands, avoid scalping the sod layer
when replacing the topsoil and spoil. To prevent scalping, mount a
urethane "prairie protector" attachment to backfill equipment, or
use modified street sweepers to protect the sod layer.
December 1, 2003 03-2 Page 1 of 5
-------
Backfilling
Environmental Guidelines for Construction
On sandy soils and dunes, replaced graded fill to less than the
natural angle of repose so that continual sloughing does riot
become a problem.
Trench Breakers
Before backfilling on steep slopes, install any necessary trench
breakers to force groundwater along the pipe to the surface (see
02-15, Trench Breakers).
Subdrains
Before backfilling, install any necessary subdrains to divert
shallow groundwater flow from the ROW and to improve slope
stability (see Figure 1, Subdrains).
Drain Tiles
Before backfilling, determine whether any drain tiles crossed
during trenching were damaged during construction. Use a sewer
rod or pipe snake to probe open ends of tiles (see Figure 2,
Drainage Tile Restoration).
Repair any damaged tiles by inserting a competent support (e.g.,
length of solid pipe) around the tile to prevent settling. If damage
is extensive, remove broken tile and replace with new tile.
Drain tiles damaged during construction must be repaired to their
preconstruction condition or better.
Backfill around drain tiles in lifts. Compact each lift.
Compaction
Backfill the trench with soil to a height approximately 300 mm (1 ft)
above the level of the surrounding ground, except at potential
drainage courses.
To compact backfilled spoil, run a grader along the trench once it
has been filled just below the level of the surrounding ground.
NOTE: Compaction with a grader is essential to avoid ditch
subsidence. Although the degree of compaction is limited by
factors such as soil type, frost and moisture content, depth of
cover, pipe strength and insulation, compaction is typically
achieved by a few passes with a grader.
Page 2 of 5 03-2 December 1, 2003
-------
Environmental Guidelines for Construction
Backfilling
CAUTION; Do not run a grader over foreign lines. To compact
backfill near foreign lines, use manually operated compaction
equipment or another approved method.
On irrigated fields and open cut road crossings, 100% percent
compaction is desirable. Use appropriate-sized compaction
equipment and compact in multiple lifts.
To minimize subsidence on irrigated fields, compact backfill in a
series of 15 cm (6 in.) lifts, or as indicated in project specifications.
Avoid the formation of a trench crown or other obstacles that may
impede the movement of sprinkler systems.
Compact the trench crown where pivot irrigation wheels pass. If
compaction is not adequate at pivot wheel crossings, install a
steel plate until compaction is achieved.
NOTE: Inspect and monitor the trench before and during the first
irrigation season to determine the success of the trenchline
compaction and leveling.
Take extra care to avoid using saturated, wet spoil when
compacting the trench at the banks of watercourses.
If trench spoil is frozen, postpone compaction until cleanup in mid
to late spring.
Watercourses
Backfill stream beds to their original contour with original stream
bed material unless permits specify otherwise.
When backfilling stream banks, pump the ditch dry, then use dry
soil in compacted lifts to prevent stream bank sloughing.
At watercourses where sport fish spawn, replace the upper layer
of streambed material with previously salvaged materials (see
02-11, Watercourses and Wetlands), or backfill the upper layer of
the trench with material equal to, or better than, original stream
bed material.
Wetlands
When backfilling wetlands, replace subsoil material removed from
the trench during construction so that no crown remains, unless
soils are frozen. If a crown is left over the trench in wetlands to
account for settling of frozen backfill, leave periodic breaks to
prevent damming, and restore the original contours during
cleanup the following spring or summer.
December 1, 2003 03-2 Page 3 of 5
-------
Backfilling
Environmental Guidelines for Construction
Do not use segregated topsoil as padding. Return segregated
topsoii to its original horizon over the backfilled trench.
Crowning
Crown the trench with remaining spoil to allow for settlement. The
height of the crown depends on:
• land use
• degree of compaction desired
• swell coefficient of backfill (see Table, Swell Coefficient of
Backfill)
• soil temperature
Ensure the crown is centered over the ditchline.
On forested lands, a higher crown is acceptable provided drainage
and wildlife are unaffected.
Frozen soils require higher crowns than unfrozen soils.
On agricultural lands with unfrozen soils, the crown should be low
and wide to facilitate replacing topsoil.
Feather excess spoil over the stripped portions of the ROW to
create a smooth mound. If more room is needed for excess spoil,
strip one blade width (approximately 3-4 m [10-13 ft]) of topsoil
from the spoil or work areas of the crown to facilitate feathering
out excess trench spoil without mixing subsoil with topsoil.
Leave breaks in the trench crown:
• in obvious drainage runs
• whenever seepage occurs
• at regular intervals where sidehill is encountered
Compact backfill where breaks in the trench crown are left.
NOTE: The breaks may require maintenance the following year to
fill in settled areas.
Table 1 shows the swell coefficient of various soil types. To
calculate the height of a crown, use the formula:
R = s x D
Where:
R = height of crown
s = swell coefficient
D = depth of trench
Page 4 of 5 03-2 December 1. 2003
-------
Environmental Guidelines for Construction
Backfilling
Table 1
Swell Coefficient of Backfill
Type of Backfill
Swell Coefficient
blasted rock
o
0
1
o
cn
sand and gravel
.05-. 10
sand
.08-. 15
silty sand
.10-15
silt
.10-20
clay
.10-. 25
organic (muskeg)
.50-1.00
NOTE: The higher numbers in the range represent the worst case (i.e.,
frozen or clods).
December 1, 2003 03-2 Page 5 of 5
-------
PROFILE
NOTES:
1. INSTALL A SUBDRAIN TO DIVERT SHALLOW GROUNDWATER FLOW AWAY FROM THE PIPELINE, TO
IMPROVE SLOPE STABILITY. CLEAN GRAVEL, WRAPPED IN FILTER CLOTH, PERMITS DRAINAGE AIDING
IN RETENTION OF BACKFILL. IN CERTAIN CIRCUMSTANCES, A PARALLEL DRAIN MAY BE INSTALLED
LENGTHWISE DOWN THE SLOPE UNDERNEATH THE PIPELINE. A GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEER CAN AOVISE
IN WHICH METHOD IS MOST APPROPRIATE.
2. DETERMINE THE LOCATION OF DRAIN BY ON-SITE INVESTIGATION CONSIDERING SUCH FACTORS AS
GROUNDWATER CONDITIONS IN TRENCH, SOIL TYPES, LOCAL TOPOGRAPHY, AND DRAINAGE PATTERNS.
3. SKEW CROSS DRAIN WITH DOWNHILL GRADING AT 5° TO ENSURE SUFFICIENT DRAINAGE.
4. INSTALL TRENCH BREAKER DOWNSLOPE OF DRAIN, WHERE DRAINS CROSS PIPELINE TRENCH, TO
PREVENT DRAIN WATER FLOWING DOWN PIPE TRENCH
For environmental review purposes only.
i .
Figure 1
ENBRIDGE
Subdrain
A-1.02-5239-2-0
PERFORATED GALVANIZED METAL PIPE
(TYPICALLY 200mm DIAMETER WITH
PERFORATIONS AT 4 AND 8 O'CLOCK)
CLEAN GRAVEL
CROWN CENTRED
ON TRENCHLINE
15cm
APPROX. 50cm
COMPACTED NATIVE
BACKFILL OVER GRAVEL
1. 0m
APPROX.
FILTER CLOTH
-------
TQPSOIt
PROFILE
f CK0i;.' SECTION OF TRENCH i
i. ii riLt ini ruRh wains are cur during i pinching, hark i ocai ions, ap drain'.; io ppevi ni
PLOGGJN'' u'lli! Uif." OR rib'MIjS, AN!' fNfTSL: A ItHPOWARv R.UMT. ?H M A ] N I A1 M LIRA [ MAM: ,
2, I'ROIR US IDPSOll REPLAC'LI-tENI , RLPl. ACE DRAINS U11H A t ENG1H Ul SOLID PIPE IO PRfVCN I
sFTTt TNC. F ni'-UURBANPi IS EXTENSIVE, RFP[ ACE W M H NEW DRAIN TUB INC, OR PI PL ORATION
SOLID PI PL ON A COMPACU E> P.tO.
3. INSERT A SEWER ROD OR PIPE SNAKE INTO OPEN DRAIN ENDS FAR ENOUGH TO ENSURE THAT RIGHT OF
WAY TRAFFIC HAS NOT DAMAGED OR DISPLACED DRAINS
4. REPAIR km DAMAGED I ILLS BY INSER1ING A COMPETENT SUPPORT (E.G. LENGTH OF SOLID PIPE)
AROUND THE TILE TO PREVENT SETTLING.
5. IF DAMAGE IS EXTENSIVE, REMOVE BROKEN TILE AND REPLACE WITH NEW TILE.
6, REPLACE ORATM III IIS fORMtP GRADIENT AND ALIGNMENT .
?, BACK I- 11 I AND PitHP/UT SUB >iilL IN LIFTS BENfATh AND AROUND PIPE.
For environmental review purposes ority.
Figure 2
Drainage Tile Restoration
A 1 02-5096-20
-------
-------
ENBRIDGE Environmental Guidelines for Construction
CLEANUP G&4J
Purpose Cleanup typically involves removing construction refuse and
debris from the right-of-way (ROW), grading to restore disturbed
areas to original contours, installing or repairing erosion control
structures, and replacing topsoil and fences removed during
construction. The quality of work done during cleanup often
directly affects future relations with landowners and government
agencies.
Guidelines Scheduling
Summer/Pall
Clean up summer/fall projects as soon as possible after
backfilling, and before freezeup, if possible.
Postpone cleanup on wet ground until soils dry out.
Winter/Spring (Rough)
Begin rough cleanup of winter projects as soon as possible after
backfilling (frozen conditions) and before spring breakup.
Winter/Spring (Final)
Begin final cleanup of projects not completed before freezeup and
cleanup of winter projects as soon as possible after spring
breakup.
Schedule cleanup to minimize interference with agricultural
operations, migratory birds and fish spawning as much as
possible.
For damaged soils, postpone cleanup until soils dry out.
Before final cleanup, consult with the landowner to ensure any
special concerns can be addressed before completing restoration.
Waste
Collect and dispose of all construction-related garbage, debris,
wastes and hazardous materials from the ROW in designated
containers or at approved facilities.
NOTE: For appropriate waste management practices, see the
Waste Management Plan.
December 1, 2003 03-3 Page 1 of 5
-------
Cleanup
Environmental Guidelines for Construction
Do not leave waste on or along the ROW, or buried in an
excavation,
Remove stones to achieve equivalence with the surrounding
subsoil/topsoil, as well as stones from the upper 30 cm (1 ft) of
soil that will interfere with topsoil replacement or cultivation, i.e.,
stones larger than 10 cm (4 in.) in diameter. Dispose of stones at
locations approved by landowners or government agencies.
Dispose of excess rock displaced from the trench or ROW by
blasting as directed by landowners or government agencies.
Topsoil Replacement
Replace topsoil as evenly as possible over stripped areas of the
ROW.
Postpone replacing topsoil during wet weather or high winds to
prevent damaging soil structure or erosion of topsoil.
Immediately before replacing topsoil, cut a clean edge with a
grader. Distribute edge cut material evenly over the prepared
subsoil surface.
Regrading
Regrade areas with vehicle ruts, erosion gullies, settled trenches
or where the trench crown is misaligned.
Regrade stream banks and approaches to a maximum of 1:3 (rise
over run), unless otherwise directed by a geotechnical engineer.
Recontouring
Recontour the right-of-way (ROW) to restore surface drainage and
the approximate preconstruction profile. When replacing sidehills
or other graded areas is not practical due to the risk of slope
failure or ovalling the pipe, recontour slopes to grades not
exceeding 1:3 (rise over run) or as advised by a geotechnical
engineer.
If fill is frozen, postpone recontouring until spring.
On flood irrigated lands, recontour the ROW to preconstruction
profile.
Page 2 of 5 03-3 December 1, 2003
-------
Environmental Guidelines for Construction
Cleanup
Wetlands
Restore the original contours of wetlands, and remove any excess
backfill to an upland area approved by the environmental
department.
Damaged Soils
Rip compacted subsoils, temporary access trails and soils
damaged during wet weather with a multishank ripper to a depth
of 30 cm (12 in).
Use a disk plow or cultivator on ripped subsoils to break up lumps
and to smooth the surface,
NOTE: To minimize further compaction, limit disking to what is
necessary to break up clods.
Till or cultivate fields and any severely compacted or rutted areas
with a deep tillage device or chisel plow to loosen compacted
soils.
Corduroy
Remove corduroy from locations where drainage disruptions are
likely, where requested by landowners or government agencies,
and from mineral soils.
Remove and return clay or sand caps overlying corduroy to the
original location, unless otherwise requested by landowners or
government agencies.
Ensure adequate culverts or other cross drainage is provided in
any capped corduroy that is left in place.
Dispose of corduroy, slash and any remaining leaning trees in the
same manner as the original clearing (see 02-4, Clearing).
Cultivation
Cultivate the ROW where it crosses fields, bush or woodlands to a
depth adequate to alleviate surface compaction and in a manner
acceptable to the landowner. Do not pulverize soil.
If seeding immediately after topsoil is replaced, harrow the ROW.
Cultivate hay and pasture land if the sod layer is broken or badly
compacted.
December 1,2003
03-3
Page 3 of 5
-------
Cleanup
Environmental Guidelines for Construction
With the approval of the landowner at problem sites, add manure
or plant legumes to increase organic matter.
Equipment Crossings
Where possible, remove equipment crossing structures before
freeze up (summer/fall projects) or before spring breakup (winter
projects).
If equipment crossings are needed for access during final seeding,
they can be replaced after spring breakup.
Temporary Erosion Control
Use temporary erosion control measures, e.g., sandbags, logs or
straw bales, during rough cleanup on undisturbed pasture or well-
sodded right-of-way (ROW).
Install temporary stream bank protection during rough cleanup if
erosion is evident at water crossings (see 02-13, Slope Breakers
and 02-14, Temporary Sediment Barriers).
To minimize drifting soils and loss of topsoil in areas prone to wind
erosion:
• spread wood chips or straw crimping
• sow a fast growing ground cover
• walk down tree and shrub debris over exposed soils
If winter conditions preclude final cleanup, stabilize the area (e.g.,
flatten topsoil piles, partially fill grade cuts) and keep temporary
erosion control measures in place until permanent erosion control
measures can be installed.
Temporary Slope Breakers/Sediment Barriers
During frozen conditions, install temporary slope breakers and
sediment barriers during rough cleanup if final cleanup is riot
completed until the following spring (see 02-13, Slope Breakers
and 02-14, Temporary Sediment Barriers).
Mulch
Mulch slopes greater than 5%, Apply mulch after the last grading
operation of winter construction.
NOTE; Mulch can be applied to snow-covered ground.
Do not apply mulch by hand or apply more than 2 tons per acre,
as it may be removed the following spring before seeding. _
Page 4 of 5 03-3 December 1, 2003
-------
Environmental Guidelines for Construction
Cleanup
Wetlands
Restore the original contours of wetlands, and remove any excess
backfill to an upland area approved by the environmental
department.
Damaged Soils
Rip compacted subsoils, temporary access trails and soils
damaged during wet weather with a multishank ripper to a depth
of 30 cm (12 in).
Use a disk plow or cultivator on ripped subsoils to break up lumps
and to smooth the surface.
NOTE; To minimize further compaction, limit disking to what is
necessary to break up clods.
Till or cultivate fields and any severely compacted or rutted areas
with a deep tillage device or chisel plow to loosen compacted
soils.
Corduroy
Remove corduroy from locations where drainage disruptions are
likely, where requested by landowners or government agencies,
and from mineral soils.
Remove and return clay or sand caps overlying corduroy to the
original location, unless otherwise requested by landowners or
government agencies.
Ensure adequate culverts or other cross drainage is provided in
any capped corduroy that is left in place.
Dispose of corduroy, slash and any remaining leaning trees in the
same manner as the original clearing (see 02-4, Clearing).
Cultivation
Cultivate the ROW where it crosses fields, bush or woodlands to a
depth adequate to alleviate surface compaction and in a manner
acceptable to the landowner. Do not pulverize soil.
If seeding immediately after topsoil is replaced, harrow the ROW.
Cultivate hay and pasture land if the sod layer is broken or badly
compacted.
December 1, 2003 03-3 Page 3 of 5
-------
BRACE BRACE
PROFILE
NOTES:
1. INSTALL POST AND WIRE FENCES TO REPLACE TEMPORARY GATES INSTALLED FOR PIPELINE
CONSTRUCTION.
2. FOLLOWING PIPELINE CONSTRUCTION, REMOVE TEMPORARY GATE AND REPLACE WITH NEW FENCE
USING MATERIAL OF EQUAL OR BETTER QUALITY THAN THE ORIGINAL FENCE. RETAIN BRACES AS
PERMANENT PART OF FENCE STRUCTURE. IF GROUND IS FROZEN, USE METAL POSTS AND
REPLACE WITH WOOD POSTS WHEN SOIL HAS THAWEO. WHERE APPROPRIATE, MAINTAIN A MINIMUM
BOTTOM WIRE ELEVATION OF 0.4m TO ACCOMMODATE SMALL WILDLIFE SPECIES.
3. INSPECT FENCE FOR 100m IN BOTH DIRECTIONS FOR SLACK WHEN TENSIONING THE WIRES.
M. REMOVE ALL EXCESS WOOD, WIRE, STAPLES, AND OTHER WASTE.
For environmental review purposes
jig
Figure 1
ENBRKDGE
Post and Wire Fence
A-1.02-5089-4-0
-------
BNBRIDGE Environmental Guidelines for Construction
REVEGETATION
ins§
Purpose
Permanent revegetation involves preparing the seed bed and
seeding disturbed areas to establish a permanent groundcover.
Guidelines
Seed and fertilize disturbed areas of the right-of-way (ROW) as
requested by landowners or government agencies as soon as
possible after final cleanup, weather and soil conditions permitting.
When re-establishing cover, consider seasonal factors including:
• seed dormancy
• hot, dry conditions
• access during spring breakup
Mix and sow specific seed mixes as recommended in the project
specifications or in consultation with the environment department
for the following:
steep slopes
stream banks
native pasture/prairie
critical wildlife areas
sandy soils or sand dunes
highly erodible soils and locations
areas with high visual impact
contaminated soils
wetland, muskeg, slough and marsh areas
urban areas, lawns, etc. (sod as required)
Where problems may be expected in establishing vegetation (e.g.,
on sandy soils and dunes) consider using any or a combination of
the following:
• install wind barriers such as slat fences, straw bales, brush
grid, cover crops or straw crimping
• apply manure, green feed, peat or material rich in organic
content to amend the soil
• prepare the surface to enhance seed germination by tilling or
by creating gouges, furrows or impressions with specialized
equipment, such as chisel plows or land imprinters
December 1, 2003
03-4
Page 1 of 4
-------
Revegetation
Environmental Guidelines for Construction
• install diversion berms and ditches on slopes
• apply slash rollback or mulches. Import slash as required
• seed drought resistant grasses arid legumes, arid a cover crop
of annual rye or barley
• transplant container-grown native shrubs and herbaceous
species
• apply fertilizer as per soil analysis and as identified in the
construction specifications
Ensure straw mulch and seed mix used to revegetate the ROW
are free of noxious weed seed. Use certified seed and retain the
analysis certificate in case a dispute arises concerning weeds.
Restrict public vehicle access over newly grassed areas.
Agricultural Land
Seed and fertilize cultivated land on the ROW as part of normal
farming operations where possible.
On those portions of the ROW where the landowner is not planting
a crop during the next growing season;
• Purchase seed in accordance with Pure Live Seed (PLS)
analysis for the seed mix, i.e., compare seed cost based on
purity percentage multiplied by germination percentage (PLS).
• Use seed within 12 months of germination testing.
• Treat legume seed with an inoculant specific to the species.
When hydroseeding, use four times the manufacturer's
recommended rate of inoculant Do not hold inoculated seed in
a slurry without fertilizer for more than 1 hr.
• Fence the ROW if practical until seedlings are well established
and to prevent damage from livestock.
Wetlands
Wetlands generally revegetate naturally. Revegetate disturbed
wetland areas with annual ryegrass planted at a rate of 40 lb/acre,
unless there is standing water or unless permanent planting or
seeding with native wetland vegetation is required.
Do not apply fertilizer, lime or mulch in wetlands.
Page 2 of 4 03-4 December 1, 2003
-------
Environmental Guidelines for Construction
Revegetation
During frozen conditions, apply annual ryegrass as a dormant
seeding. If dormant seeding is not feasible, seed annual ryegrass
during the next growing season in wetlands that are sufficiently
dry to support appropriate equipment.
Watercourses
On steep approaches to watercourses where the slope was
extensively graded, transplant native shrubs, willow cuttings or
use other bioengtneering techniques, e.g., vegetative geogrid (see
Figure 1, Vegetated Geogrid, and 03-7, Installing Willow Cuttings).
Revegetate watercourse banks and approach slopes with a
standard mix plus an annual cover crop, i.e., barley or annual rye,
applied at twice the standard rate. After seeding, apply erosion
control blanket, e.g., high velocity curlex, or mulch.
Swales
Seed and mulch swales with straw for the width of the ROW.
Mulch
Mulch stabilizes the soil surface and limits soil movement and the
availability of soil to enter runoff. Typical mulch materials include
straw or hay, or erosion control fabrics, such as high and low
velocity curlex or jute blanket.
Do not apply mulch to cropland unless specifically requested by
the landowner.
After seeding, mulch slopes greater than 5% or sandy areas with
2 tons of straw or hay per acre, or as specified by the company
(see Figure 2, Typical Low Relief Drainage Way Stabilization-
Seed & Straw Mulch).
Mulch all areas of dormant seeding with 2 tons per acre of hay or
straw, or as specified by the company to cover >75% of the
ground surface.
Anchor mulch to minimize loss by wind and water. If soil
conditions allow, use a mulch anchoring tool or farm disc set in the
straight position to crimp the mulch 2-3 in. deep.
NOTE: Liquid tackifiers may be used after obtaining written
approval from the company.
December 1,2003
03-4
Page 3 of 4
-------
Revegetation
Environmental Guidelines for Construction
If final cleanup is delayed longer than 10 days, or if construction is
interrupted for extended periods, apply mulch before seeding. To
provide temporary vegetative cover for extended periods, seed
upland areas with annua! rye.
Do not apply mulch in wetlands.
Seed and Fertilizing Methods
To promote seed germination on dry or wind exposed sites:
• use straw crimping
• apply manure (with landowner approval)
• use or import small diameter slash (uncultivated areas)
• thinly spread wood chips (uncultivated areas)
Where terrain and soil conditions allow, apply seed using a seed
drill equipped with packing wheels.
NOTE: Ensure the depth control on the drill is set correctly.
Broadcast or aerial seed and fertilize wet soils to minimize surface
disturbance.
Broadcast seed and fertilizer on berms and other erosion control
structures to ensure immediate revegetation or soil stability.
Use hydroseeders, mulches, tackifiers, seed impregnated netting
or other suitable methods on steep or erosion-prone slopes.
Broadcast seed but do not fertilize next to watercourses. Harrow
or hand rake to incorporate seed.
When broadcast seeding, firm the seed bed with a harrow-packer
or roller after seeding.
Apply fertilizer and pH modifying agents, e.g., lime, as specified by
the company and in consultation with landowners and government
agencies.
NOTE: If spring cleanup extends to many weeks, a weed control
program may be required.
Page 4 of 4 03-4 December 1, 2003
-------
Stapled as per
Manufacturer's
PROFILE
(Not To Scale)
NOTES:
1. Install vegetated geogrid on steep approach slopes to watercourses
where extensive grading of the slope was required.
2. Install coir erosion control matting shown above during nonfrozen
conditions. Only matting that meets or exceeds the requirements noted
in the construction specifications or is approved by the environmental
department shall be installed. All materials used in the coir matting
shall be biodegradable.
3. Ensure willow cuttings are fresh with a minimum 1cm (Min.) diameter at
their base. Install willow cuttings at frequency of 25 (Approx.) per
1inear metre.
4. Compact, to the extent practical, each lift of backfill separately.
5. Hand broadcast seed prior to installation of the coir matting, if
practical, or on the surface of the coir matting.
For environmental review purposes only.
Figure 1
ENBRIDGE
Vegetated Geogrid
A-1.02-5091-2-0
Coir Erosion Control
Matting (5ee Note 2)
Native bank
Material
Backebpc at
Willow Cuttings
2m (Approx.) Long
(See Note 3)
Native ftank
Material
Watercourse
.(Approx.).
Recommendations
-------
For environmental review purposes only.
Figure 2
ENBR1DGE
Typical Low Relief Drainage Way Stabilization
Seed and Straw Mulch k:\575\construct\
FINSTRMSTAB.VSD
-------
EN8RIDGE Environmental Guidelines for Construction
PERMANENT EROSION and SEDIMENTATION CONTROL
Purpose Permanent soil erosion and sedimentation control begins as soon
as possible upon completion of backfilling. Erosion control is
necessary to prevent pipe exposure and the subsequent cost to
restore the site to previous conditions. Erosion control is also
required to minimize siltation in watercourses.
Guidelines Slopes
After final grading, stabilize disturbed steep slopes in areas other
than cropland with permanent erosion control structures (see
Figure 1, Permanent Slope Breakers-Perspective View),
especially if heavy runoff, spring breakup or heavy storms are
likely and there is a risk of significant soil erosion. Consider any of
the following:
• install cross ditches and diversion berms
• walk down tree and shrub debris over exposed soils
• armor berms and ditches with logs, polyethylene or sandbags
• install netting or filter cloth
• apply tackifier
• install and stake sod
• hydromulch
• hydroseed, spread straw and crimp
• seed an annual crop of barley, fall rye or oats
• plant native shrubs or willow cuttings
Install permanent slope breakers according to the same design
and spacing used for temporary slope breakers (see 02-13, Slope
Breakers).
On slopes over 30%, install erosion control blanket, e.g., curlex,
jute, or equivalent (see Figure 2, Erosion Control Blanket-Steep
Slopes > 30%).
Stream Banks
Since most water crossings have individually designed crossing
plans, obtain the special instructions from a company
representative before working next to watercourses, tf there are
no special conditions, use a company standard design to ensure
appropriate erosion control measures are in place.
December 1,2003 • 03-5 Page 1 of 2
-------
Permanent Erosion and Sedimentation Control
Environmental Guidelines for Construction
NOTE; For information on installing stream bank protection, see
the procedures in this tab.
Install berms or other sediment filter devices at the base of sloped
approaches to streams greater than 50% (for information on
berms, see 02-13, Slope Breakers}.
Immediately after stream banks are restored to their original
contours, or to a 3:1 slope, whichever is less steep, install bank
protection according to site and permit requirements:
• place riprap and geotextile fabric (see Figure 3, Typical
Stream Bank Stabilization Riprap & Erosion Control Blanket)
and prepare soil for seeding upslope
• if not riprapped with rock, seed with the specified seed mix and
cover with an erosion control blanket (see Figure 4, Typical
Streambank Stabilization Erosion Control Blanket - Seed and
Straw Mulch).
NOTE; For more information, see 03-6, Installing Riprap.
Watercourses
Permanently restore and stabilize drainage ditches and
intermittent streams with erosion control blanket, permanent
seeding or other appropriate measures.
Page 2 of 2 03-5 December 1, 2003
-------
(NOT TO SCALE )
K
For environmental review purposes only.
Figure 1
£NBRtDGE
Permanent Slope Breakers - Perspective View
K:\575\20030207\SLOPE8R.VSD
-------
din = mi = mi =
^4|i{_= llll_= lip
= nil — mi t=v<
'iXIIII = IIIL
^iii 11=^---:
v Erosion Control Blanket
ejllpilp'^ ^
s Normal Right-of-Way Continues -
NOTES
1. INSTALL EROSION CONTROL BLANKET A5 PER MANUFACTURER 'S SPECIFICATIONS
X
For environmental review purposes only.
Figure 2
Erosion Control Blanket - Steep Slopes (>30%)
K:\575\20030207\ECTRLBL.VSD
-------
NOTE: PLACE JUTE BLANKET A
MINIMUM OF ONE (1) FOOT
UNDER RIP RAP EXTEND
JUTE BLANKET FROM MEAN
HIGH WATER LEVEL TO
SEVERAL FEET BEHIND HIGH
BANK.
For environmental review purposes only.
ENBRIDCE
Figure 3
Typical Stream Bank Stabilization
Riprap & Erosion Control Blanket
K:\575\20030207\RIPRAPBLVSD
-------
EXTEND JUTE
BLANKET FROM MEAN
HIGH WATER LEVEL
TO SEVERAL FEET
BEHIND HIGH BANK
I (iiM
1 m *
For environmental review purposes only.
J
Figure 4
EISS BRIDGE
Typical Stream Bank Stabilization
Erosion Control Blanket, Seed and Straw Mulch
1 K:\575\CONSTRUCT\
FINSTRMSTAB.VSD
-------
ENBRIDGE Environmental Guidelines for Construction
INSTALLING ROCK RIPRAP ' '
mmimmmIIW" "r '¦ liwumwmMm tip-" «¦»-¦. ¦
Purpose Rock riprap is installed immediately after streambank restoration
or as required to stabilize erosion-sensitive watercourse banks at
locations where pre-construction banks did not overhang or
provide shade to provide significant fish habitat.
Guidelines Use rock riprap on watercourse banks where flow conditions are
likely to preclude vegetative stabilization.
Rock riprap should be dense, durable, roughly equal in dimension
(not flat and thin), angular and clean.
Size of riprap depends on stream bank slope and water velocity.
Recommended rock sizes for various flow rates are shown below.
The size distribution of the riprap should ensure 50% of the
mixture is larger than the median specified.
Geotextile is usually unnecessary under riprap and may inhibit
vegetative growth.
Flow velocity (m/s)
Median Size of Riprap for Maximum Flow Rates
Procedure NOTE: Refer to Figure 1, Streambank Protection - Riprap
Armour.
1, Remove all stumps, organic matter and work material.
2, Regrade watercourse banks to a 1.5:1 maximum slope.
December 1, 2003 03-8 Page 1 of 2
-------
Installing Rock Riprap
Environmental Guidelines for Construction
3. Construct a toe trench to tie in the bottom of armor protection.
4. Install filter cloth if watercourse bank erosion could result
between large rocks.
5. Place riprap on the slope to be protected.
8. Install riprap to a depth approximately two times the diameter
of the riprap.
7. Construct riprap boundaries in a manner that riprap will not be
undermined from the side.
8. Place riprap with flat surface up to resist movement by ice and
water, minimize void space and ensure no rocks protrude
more than 30 cm (1 ft) above design lines and grades.
Page 2 of 2 - 03-8 December 1,2003
-------
FILTER CLOTH
OR GRAVEL LAYER
( SEE NOTE 4 )
EXTEND BELOW DEPTH OF SCOUR
AND ABOVE DESIGN FLOOD LEVEL
-CL PIPELINE (UNDER WATERCOURSE BANK)
>y/>y/>y/>:
PROFILE
For environmental review purposes only.
Figure 1
EMBMDGE
Streambank Protection -
RIPRAP Armour
A-1.02-5099-2-0
-------
SHiBMBGS Environmental Guidelines for Construction
INSTALLING WILLOW CUTTINGS
I 03-7
Purpose
Live willow cuttings are installed when reconstructing watercourse
banks to improve stability arid to re-establish cover and habitat for
fish-bearing streams.
Guidelines
Transplant willow cuttings as quickly as possible, preferably within
2 to 4 hrs of collecting, to prevent them from drying out
NOTE: If necessary, cuttings may be stored instream for several
days without ill effects.
Select cuttings from bottom branches approximately 12 to 25 mm
('/? to 1 in.} in diameter and 0.3 to 0.6 m (1 to 2 ft) in length.
In hard soils, use a steel rod of equal diameter to the cuttings to
make a pilot hole for the cuttings.
In soft soil, use a neoprene-lined post hole pounder or rubber
mallet to minimize damage when driving willow cuttings into
streambanks.
Plant cuttings in a random pattern, approximately 1 m (3 ft) apart.
If desired, transplant small clumps of willow bushes to the stream
bank area.
Procedure
1. Make willow cuttings from nearby indigenous brush using
sharp pruning shears, hand saw or knife to make clean cuts.
2. Mark the basal ends to ensure correct installation, i.e., cut top
ends at 90° and bottom ends at 45° to form a point.
3. Ensure there are two lateral buds above the surface.
4. Trim side shoots close to the main stock.
5. Insert the cuttings into the soil at an angle by hand,
approximately 15 m (5 ft) back from watercourse banks for the
entire right-of-way (ROW) width,
6. If soil is compacted or extremely dry, use a frost pin to make a
pilot hole.
?. Once installed, firm soil around cuttings and place mulch *1 in.
deep around the cuttings to preserve moisture.
December 1, 2003
03-7
Page 1 of 1
-------
SNBRIDGE Environmental Guidelines for Construction
INSTALL •
Purpose
Cribwails are installed during restoration to provide erosion control
and fish habitat.
NOTE; To avoid sedimentation of the stream, cribwails should be
installed as part of crossing activities—otherwise, it may be
necessary to isolate the crossing a second time.
Guidelines
Procedure
Install an overhanging cribwall where the original contour of
stream banks was an overhang.
Install a vertical cribwall where the original contour of stream
banks was vertical.
Constructing cribwall is a permit-specific activity; review permits
before proceeding,
Overhanging Cribwall
NOTE; Refer to Figure 1, Streambank Protection - Cribwall.
1. Install a log overhang if the vertical distance (A-B) is greater
than 30 cm (1 ft).
2, Use native timber to build the structure (coniferous where
possible).
3, Ensure the maximum distance (depth) from the streambed to
ground level (A1-B1) is not less than the original distance
(A-B).
4. Ensure the width of the stream channel (C1 D1) is not greater
than the original width (C-D).
5, Backfill with coarse, nonerodible material,
6. Replace subsoil and topsoil.
7. Transplant native vegetation.
8, Sow an appropriate seed mix.
December 1,2003
03-8
Page 1 of 2
-------
Installing Cribwall
Environmental Guidelines for Construction
Vertical Cribwall
NOTE: Refer to Figure 1, Streambank Protection - Cribwall
1. Install pressure-treated (if allowed) vertical posts three times
the length of the exposed height.
2. Use native timber or lumber for the horizontal structure,
3. Ensure the maximum distance (depth) from the streambed to
ground level (A1-B1) is not less than the original distance
(A-B).
4. Ensure the width of the stream channel (C1-D1) is not greater
than the original width (C-D).
5. Anchor posts to a horizontal structure as required.
6. Backfill with coarse, nonerodible material.
7. Replace subsoil and topsoil.
8. Transplant native vegetation.
9. Sow an appropriate seed mix.
Page 2 of 2 03-8 December 1, 2003
-------
I. OVERHANGING CRIBWALL II. VERTICAL CRI8WALL
CD I C D I 00 ' C 0 I
For environmental review purposes only.
Figure 1
BNBRIDGE
Streambank Protection -
Crib Wall
A-1.02-5726-0-0
-------
-------
Guidebook of Best
Management Practices
for
Michigan Watersheds
Reprinted October, 1998
Prepared by
Amy Peterson
Ralph Reznick
Sally Hedin
Martin Hendges
Dennis Dunlap
Michigan Department of Environmental Quality,
Surface Water Quality Division
Russell J. Harding. Director
John Engler. Governor
-------
-------
Riprap
I'pdaitAl September. I'>>97
Definition
Riprap is a permanent cover of rock used to stabilize streambanks, provide in-stream channel
stability, and provide a stabilized outlet below concentrated flows.
This BMP addresses using riprap to stabilize streambanks, line channels and provide stable out-
lets. For purposes of this BMP, "rock" can be used interchangeably with "stone". For information on
designing various types of stream liners (including vegetation and riprap), see the Stormwater
Conveyance Channel BMP.
All work conducted below the ordinary high water mark of a lake or stream, or in a floodplain or
wetland will require permits from the Michigan Department of Environmental Quality, Land and
Water Management Division. This includes the placement of riprap. (See Exhibit 1 for a definition
of ordinary high water mark).
Other Terms Used to Describe
Armoring
Energy Dissipator
Pollutants Controlled and Impacts
The use of riprap in channels and below concentrated flows protects stream banks and discharge
channels from higher erosive flow velocities. This reduces downcutting and lateral cutting, which
in turn decreases sediment input to a watercourse.
A&RJicatipn
All land uses.
Soil/Topoaraphy/Glimate
The rock to be used as riprap must be capable of withstanding freezing and thawing and the flow
or wave action of the water where it is used. The soil texture on the site and whether seepage is
occurring are factors in determining the need and thickness of filters beneath the riprap.
When to Apply
Riprap used at outlets should be in place before the outlet is discharging. Streambank grading
should be done when it is most feasible to bring stone to the site. Riprap should be placed as soon
after grading as possible.
Where to Apply
Riprap is most often used in streambanks, on slopes, and at outlets.
Relationship With Other BMPs
Riprap is often used in making Stabilized Outlets, in Streambank Stabilization (including bioengi-
neering techniques), and Slope/Shoreline Protection. Filters should be used underneath riprap to
RIP-1
-------
help stabilize the soils.
Specifications
General Considerations:
Riprap structures should be designed by licensed professional engineers or other persons quali-
fied in the design of such structures.
Stone Type
The material used for riprap should be fieldstone or rough unhewn quarry stone. Stone should be
hard, angular, and of such quality that it will not disintegrate on exposure to water or weathering. It
should also be chemically stable, capable of withstanding freezing and thawing, and suitable in all
other respects for the intended use.
Because it is not as aesthetically pleasing as rock, broken concrete is a less favorable riprap
alternative. If concrete is used, it should be clean and otherwise meet design criteria. Asphalt
should not be used as riprap.
SiBimSize
Riprap comes in a variety of sizes. The appropriate size to use primarily depends on the intended
use of the structure. For example, the size of riprap used to stabilize streambanks depends on the
velocity of the water.
Structural design is usually based on the diameter of stone in the mixture for which a percentage,
by weight, will be smaller. For example, D50 indicates a mixture of stories in which 50 percent of the
stone by size would be larger than the diameter specified, and 50% would be smaller than the
stone size specified. In other words, the design is based on the average size of stone in the mix-
tyre.
Table 1 lists some typical riprap by weight, spherical diameter and corresponding rectangular
dimensions. These stone sizes are based on an assumed specific weight of 165 lbs./ft3.
Table 1
Size of Typical Riprap Stones
Mean Spherical Typical Rectangular Shape
Weiaht
Diameter
Lenath
Width, Height
(lbs)
(in)
(in)
(in)
50
10
18
8
100
13
21
7
150
14
24
8
300
18
30
10
500
22
36
12
1000
27
45
15
1800
31
52
17
2000
34
57
19
4000
43
72
24
6000
49
83
28
8000
54
90
30
Source:
USPA Soil Conservation Service
RIP-2
-------
Gradation
Riprap should be composed of a well-graded mixture down to the one-inch size particle such that
50 percent of the mixture by weight is larger than the D50 size as determined from the design
procedure. For the purposes of this BMP, a well-graded mixture is defined as a mixture composed
primarily of the larger stone sizes but with a sufficient mixture of other sizes to fill the progressively
smaller voids between the stones. The diameter of the largest stone size in such a mixture should
not be more than 1,5 times the Dso stone size.
After determining the riprap size that will be stable under the flow conditions, the designer should
consider that size to be a minimum size and then, based on riprap gradations actually available in
the area, select the size or sizes that equal or exceed the minimum size.
Riprap structures for streambank stabilization should be designed to be stable for bank-full flows
in the reach of the channel being stabilized.
Thickness
For both streambank stabilization and outlets, the minimum thickness of the riprap layer should be
1,5 times the Dsn diameter, or 6 inches, whichever is greater. A geotextile or stone filter must be
placed under the riprap to prevent water from removing the underlying soil material through
the voids in the riprap, (Removal of the soil material leaves cavities behind the riprap and failure
of the riprap may result). The filter may consist of smaller sized stone (usually 2"), a geotextile
material, or a combination of both. Stone filters should be a minimum of 6 inches thick, and
greater if the area has high seepage pressures. Follow the specifications below.
Granular (Stone) Filter Blanket For dumped riprap, a filter ratio of 5 or less between successive
layers will result in a stable condition. The filter ratio is defined as the ratio of D15 size of the
coarser layer to the D8S size of the finer layer. An additional requirement for stability is that the
ratio of the D15 size of the coarse material to the D1S size of the fine material should exceed 5 and
be less than 40. A further requirement is that the ratio of the D50 size of the coarse material to the
D50 size of the fine material not exceed 40. These requirements can be stated as follows:
P.. (coarser layer) < 5 < 0^ (coarser layer) < 40
D85 (finer layer) D~5 (finer layer)
D^XQQarserJayer) <40
D50 (finer layer)
If a single layer of filter material will not satisfy the filter requirements, one or more additional layers
of filter material must be used. In addition to the filter requirements, the grain size curves for the
various layers should be approximately parallel to minimize the infiltration of the fine material into
the coarser material. Not more than 5 percent of the filter material should pass the No. 200 sieve.
The minimum thickness of each layer of granular filter material shall be 6 inches, or 3 times the D
size of the filter, whichever is greater. 50
Synthetic (Geotextile) Filter Fabric. The Filters BMP includes information on geotextile materials
which may be used may be used in place of or in conjunction with granular filters. Always check
manufacturer's specifications to ensure that the filter fabric selected meets the tensile strength and
The filter requirements apply between
the bank material and the filter blan-
ket, between successive layers of filter
blanket material if more than one layer
is used, and between the filter blanket
and the stone cover.
RIP-3
-------
durability requirements for the determined rock size. Some guidance in selecting filter fabric is
given below.
The following particle size relationships must exist:
For filter fabric adjacent to granular materials containing 50 percent or less (by weight) of
fine particles (less than 0.075 mm):
a) D~ base (mm) > 1
EOS* filter fabric (mm)
b) Total open area of filter fabric is less than 36 percent.
For filter fabric adjacent to all other soils:
a) EOS less than U.S. Standard Sieve No. 70.
b) Total open area of filter is less than 10 percent.
No filter fabric should be used with less than 4 percent open area or an EOS smaller than
U.S. Standard Sieve No. 100,
Stream Bank Protection and Channel Lining
See Exhibit 1 for applications.
General Planning Considerations:
1. Slopes on which riprap is used to stabilize streambanks should be no steeper than 1.5:1.
2. All bare soil on the slope above the riprap should be stabilized with seed and mulch, or sod.
See the Vegetative BMPs.
3. When riprap is used in conjunction with other vegetative practices or bioengineering, the
riprap should extend 1 foot above the ordinary high water mark. When only riprap is being
used for bank stabilization, the top of the riprap should extend 3 feet above the ordinary
high water mark. See Exhibit 1 for an explanation of the ordinary high water mark.
4. Determine a means of accessing the site before designing any riprap structure.
5. Determine how the riprap will be placed on the site. If the rock is to be dumped, it must be
done in a manner which will not cause separation of the small and large stones. If rock is to
be dumped over a bank and placed by hand, it must be done so that it does not create
more erosion. Consider using aluminum or wooden shutes to roll rock down a bank to the
waters' edge.
6. If riprap placement requires re-configuring banks or slopes, the filter should be placed as
soon after the banks are prepared as possible. Placement of riprap should follow immedi-
ately after the placement of the filter.
?» The finished surface should not have pockets of finer materials which would flush out and
^Equivalent Open-
ing, Size to a US
Standard Steve Size
KIP 4
-------
weaken the structure. Some hand placing should be done to provide a stable surface.
8. Riprap used both at the outlet of storm sewers and to protect an eroding bank, should be
designed to accommodate both uses. Riprap used as outlet protection should be con-
structed before the pipe or channel begins to operate.
Design;
Stone Size Selection for Streambank Stabilization:
The design method described below is adapted from Design of Stable Channels with Flexible
Linings, Hydraulic Engineering Circular No. 15 of the Federal Highway Administration. It is appli-
cable to both straight and curved sections of channel where the flow is not perpendicular to the
bank of the channel.
A. Straight Sections of Channel.
This design method determines a stable rock size for straight and curved sections of chan-
nels. It is assumed that the shape, depth of flow, and slope of the channel are known. A
stone size is chosen for the maximum depth of flow. If the sides of the channel are steeper
than 3:1, the stone size must be increased accordingly. The final design size will be stable
on both sides of the channel and the bottom.
1. Enter Exhibit 3 with the maximum depth of flow (feet) and channel slope (feet/foot).
Where the two lines intersect, choose the dtj0 size of stone.
2. If channel side slopes (z) are steeper than 3:1, continue with step 3, if not, the proce-
dure is complete.
3. Enter Exhibit 4, with the side slope and the base width to maximum depth ratio (B/d).
Where the two lines intersect, move horizontally left to K1. Record K1.
4. Determine from Exhibit 5, the angle of repose (Ar) for the dso size of stone. The
angle of repose is the angle in which the rocks will lay in relation to the bank. Banks
should be designed so that the natural angle of repose of the stone mixture is
greater than the slope of the bank being stabilized. {Use Ar=42° for d50 greater than
1.0 ft. Do not use riprap on slopes steeper than the angle of repose for the size of
stone.)
5. Enter Exhibit 6, with the side slope (z) of the channel and the angle of repose (Ar) for
the d50 size of stone. Where the two lines intersect, move vertically down to read K2.
Record K2.
i. Compute d'go = d50 x K1/K2, where d'50 is to determine the correct size stone for the
bottom and side slopes of straight sections of channel.
B. Curved Sections of Channel
1. Compute the radius of the curve (Ro), measured at the outside edge of the bottom.
2. Compute the ratio of the top width of the water surface (Bs) to the radius of the curve
(Ro), Bs/Ro.
3. Enter Exhibit 7, with the ratio Bs/Ro. Move vertically until the curve is intersected.
KIP-3
-------
Move horizontally left to read K3.
4. Compute d50c= d'50 x K3. where d50c is the correct size stone for bottom and side
slopes of curved sections of channel.
Design Example Problems;
Problem #1
Given: A trapezoidal channel 3 feet deep (d), with an 8-foot bottom (B), 2:1 side slopes (z),
and a 2 percent slope. Calculate: A stable riprap size for the bottom (B) and side slopes
(z) of the channel.
Solution:
1. From Exhibit 3, for a 3-foot deep channel on a 2 percent grade: d50 = 0.75 feet or 9
inches.
2. Since the side slopes (z) are steeper than 3:1, continue with Step 3.
3. From Exhibit 4 for B/d = 2.67 and z = 2: K1 - 0.8
4. From Exhibit 5 for d50 = 9 inches; Ar = 41 °
5. From Exhibit 6for z = 2 and Ar = 41°; K2 - 0.75
6. d'so = d50 x K1/K2 = 0.75 x 0.8/0.75 = 0.8 feet
0.8 ft x 12 inches = 9.6 inches
Use d'50 = 10 inches
Problem #2
Given: The preceding channel in Problem #1 has a curved section with a radius of 50 feet
at the outside edge of the bottom. Calculate: A stable riprap size for the bottom and side
slopes of the curved section of channel.
Solution:
1. Radius of curvature, Ro = 50 feet
2. Top width at water surface,
Bs = 8 +(2 x 3 x 2) = 20 feet
Bs/Ro = 20/50=0.40
RIP-6
-------
3. From Exhibit 7 for Bs/Ro = 0,40; K3 = 1.1
4. d50c = d'50 x K3 = 0.84 x 1.1 = 0.92 feet
Use d50c = 1.0 ft = 12 inches
Lej^thghjcMessMeight of Strem^ank_Aj:eMo^
Refer back to pago RIP-3 for spscifications on th© propsr thicknass.
Length: The appropriate length of channel in which rock should be placed should be at least the
entire eroded section that is being protected, plus a minimum of 10 feet upstream and downstream
of the eroded area. Be sure that the stone on the upstream and downstream ends are trenched in
to prevent dislodging.
Where riprap is used only for slope or bank protection and does not extend across the bottom at
the channel, riprap should be "keyed in" as shown in Exhibit 2.
Height: Install riprap to a height of three feet above the ordinary high water mark, or 1 foot above
the ordinary high water mark if used in conjunction with bioegineering techniques. All exposed soil
above the riprap should be stabilized according to the vegetative BMPs.
Design Example Problem:
A streambank has an ordinary high water mark of 3 feet, an 8 foot bottom width, 2:1 side slopes
and a two percent slope. There is a 75 foot long curved bank that is eroding. Determine the
proper rock size, appropriate stone gradation, and dimensions of the riprap.
1, Refer to example Problems #2 to solve for the proper stone size. Use a D50 stone size of
12 inches.
2. This riprap will be placed to a height of 6 feet (3 feet above the ordinary high water mark).
The depth will be 24 inches: [1.5 x (stone size of 12 inches) = 18 inches + 0.5 foot granular
stone = total of 24 inches],
3. The length of area covered with riprap will be the eroded area (75 feet) +10 feet upstream
and downstream = 95 feet
4, A geotextile fabric will be installed beneath the riprap.
Construction:
1. Where grading is required, grade the site according to the grading plan. Grade only when
stone is ready to be placed.
2. Compact gravel subgrades according to design. Any fill that is used should be compacted
to a density approximating that of the surrounding undisturbed area.
3. Install geotextile filter fabrics according to the manufacturer's specification. Always bury
both the upper-most and toe of the geotextile fabric to prevent unravelling. (Basic installa-
RIP-7
-------
tion techniques are discussed in the Filters BMP. Spread granular filters in uniform layers
according to the design.
4. Install riprap. If riprap is dumped, hand place any rocks that need to be moved to fit the
design.
Inspections should be made of all sites immediately after the first rainfall following installation of
riprap. This is particularly important in areas where riprap that is displaced during the storm would
impact culverts. Thereafter, riprapped sites should be checked following large storms, especially
those which are near or exceed the storm frequency used in the design. Displaced riprap should
be removed from its downstream location and new riprap placed according to the specifications
above.
General Considerations for Outlets
1. How and when to use a riprapped outlet should be made based on criteria given in the
Stabilized Outlets BMP.
2 The outlet structure should be designed in conjunction with the conveyance system (i.e.
pipe, outlet of a Sediment Basin, etc.) from which the water is outletted. There should be no
overfall from the end of the pipe/outlet to the outlet structure (i.e. the pipe/outlet should not
be suspended above the outlet structure).
3. The outlet structure should be in place before water is released from the conveyance sys-
tem.
4. Additional protection may be required on the opposite bank or downstream to prevent in-
stream erosion.
5. There should be no overfall from the end of the apron to the receiving channel streambed.
Stone Size Selection for Outlets
1. The median stone diameter, d50, in feet, shall be determined from the formula:
Maintenance of Riprap on Stream Banks
Outlets
overfall
no overfall
d50 = ao2 a/'3
TW Do
Where TW is tailwater depth above the invert of the culvert in feet
RIP-8
-------
Q is the pipe discharge in cfs for the conduit design storm, or the 25-year storm,
whichever is greater, and
D„ is the maximum inside culvert width in feet.
2, Fifty percent by size of the riprap mixture should be larger than the median size stone
designated as dso and 50% should be smaller. The largest stone size in the mixture should
be 1.5 times the d50 size. The riprap should be reasonably well-graded.
Outlet Dimensions
Refer to Exhibit 8.
1. Length; The length of the apron, L, should be determined using the following formula:
L = 1.7 Q + 8D for culverts flowing up to 1/2 full.
8 D 3,2 0
L = 3.0 Q for culverts flowing at or above 1/2 full
a Q 3/2
o
Where Q and D are as described above,
o
2. Width: Where there is a well-defined channel downstream of the apron, the bottom width of
the apron should be at least equal to the bottom width of the channel. The structural lining
should extend at least one foot above the tailwater elevation, but no lower than two-thirds of
the vertical conduit dimension above the conduit invert.
Where there is no well-defined channel immediately downstream of the apron (i.e. as may
apply to Sediment Basins) width, W, of the outlet end of the apron should be as follows:
For tailwater elevation greater than or equal to the elevation of the center of the pipe:
W = 3D + 0.4L
o a
For tailwater elevation less than the elevation of the center of the pipe:
W = 3D +L
o a
Where la is the length of the apron determined from the formula above and Do is the
culvert width.
The width of the apron at the culvert outlet should be at least three times the culvert width.
3. The side slopes should be 2:1 or flatter.
4. The bottom grade should be level (0.0%).
5. There should be no overfall from the end of the apron to the receiving channel streambed.
RIP-9
-------
6. There should be no overfall at the end of the apron or at the end of the culvert.
7, There should be no bends or curves at the intersection of the conduit and apron.
Stone Size and Gradation
1. The median stone diameter, D50, in feet shall be determined from the formula,
D50 = 0J32 jQ 4/3
TW D
o
Where Q and Do are as defined under apron dimensions and TW is tailwater depth above the
invert of culvert in feet,
2. The largest stone size in the mixture shall be 1.5 times the D50 size. The riprap shall be
reasonably well graded.
3. Gabions or precast cellular blocks may be substituted for riprap if the D50 size calculated
above is less than or equal to the thickness of the gabions or concrete revetment blocks.
See the Shoreline/Slope Stabilization BMP.
Design Example Problem:
Given: a maximum inside culvert width, D0 of 1.5 ft, a flow (Q) of 14/5 cfs, and a taiiwater elevation,
TW, of 0.7 feet, determine the appropriate design dimensions of the apron (ha and W), and the D50
stone size.
Solution:
Using L = t7Q + 8Do
a D3/2
0
= 1.7 (14.5) + 8(1.5)
(1.5)3/2
La = 25.4 feet, rounded up = 26 feet
Since TW < 0.5 Dn, use W - 3D + L
o ' o a
= 3(1.5)+ 28
W = 30.5 feet, rounded up = 31 feet
Using D50 = M2 Q 4,3
TW D
0
= 0.02 14.5 ®
0.7 1.5
Dso = 0.58 feet, converted and rounded = 7 inches
RIP-10
-------
Maintenance
Inspections should be made of all sites immediately after the first rainfall following installation of
riprap. This is particularly important in areas where riprap that is displaced during the storm would
impact culverts. Thereafter, riprapped sites should be checked following large storms, especially
those which are near or exceed the storm frequency used in the design. Displaced riprap should
be removed from its downstream location arid new riprap placed according to the specifications
above.
Exhibits
Formulas included in this BMP were taken from the Rhode Island Soil Erosion and Sediment
Control Handbook, Rhode Island Dept. of Env. Mgt., 1989.
Exhibit 1: Streambank stabilization using Riprap. MDNR Construction Project Evaluation
Manual, 1987, and Rhode Island Soil Erosion and Sediment Control Handbook, as
adopted from Connecticut Guidelines for Soil Erosion and Sediment Control, Con-
necticut Council on Soil and Water Conservation, 1985.
Exhibit 2: Length and Height of Riprap. MDEQ, Surface Water Quality Division.
Exhibit 3: Maximum depth of Flow for Riprap-lined Channels. "Design of Stable Channels with
Flexible Linings", Hydraulic Engineering Circular No. 15, Federal Highway Adminis-
tration, 1975.
Exhibit 4: Distribution of Boundary Shear Around Wetted Perimeter of Trapezoid Channels.
"Design of Stable Channels with Flexible Linings", Hydraulic Engineering Circular
No. 15, Federal Highway Administration, 1975.
Exhibit 5: Angle of Repose for Riprap Stone. Virginia Erosion and Sediment Control Hand-
book, Virginia Soil and Wafer Conservation Commission, 1980,
Exhibit 6: Ratio of Critical Shear on Sides to Critical Shears on Bottom. "Design of Stable
Channels with Flexible Linings", Hydraulic Engineering Circular No. 15, Federal
Highway Administration, 1975.
Exhibit 7: Ratio of Maximum Boundary Shear in Bends to Maximum Bottom Shear in Straight
Reaches. Virginia Erosion and sediment Control Handbook, Virginia Soil and Water
Conservation Commission, 1980.
Exhibit 8: Configuration of Conduit Outlet Protection where there is no well defined channel
downstream. Standards for Soil Erosion and Sediment Control in New Jersey, New
Jersey Soil Conservation Committee, 1980.
RIP-11
-------
Exhibit 1
Ordinary High Water Mark
All raw soil above permanent
riprap should be covered with
riprap, sod or seeded and
mulched.
HWL - High Water Level
OHWM - Ordinary High Water Mark
LWL - Low Water Mark
The ordinary high water mark is the
normal water level, which on a river is
where the grass stops and the bare soil
starts.
All raw soil above permanent
riprap should be covered with
riprap, sod or seeded and
mulched.
V\u,W wfltEe icveL
¦3'
J,
CTpsNN/ipy' H'&W WATER
No stream banks should
be unprotected for 5
days or more
Low w«rEft L-evEL
s
-------
Exhibit 2
Riprap Placement: Length, Thickness, Height
10 feet
minimum
10 ft. min.
Length to stabilize:
cut bank, plus a
minimum of 10
feet on both sides.
Height to stabilize: usually three
feet above the Ordinary High
Water Mark; can be less on
hydrologically stable streams.
"Keying in"
diameter, but no less than 6 inches
Z = Side Slope
Sources: Top: Construction Project Evaluation Manual. Michigan Department of Environmental
Quality, Land and Water Mangement Division. Redrawn 1997. Bottom: Rhode Island Soil Erosion
and Sediment Control Handbook, as adopted from the Connecticut Guidelines for Soil Erosion and
Sediment Control, Connecticut Council of Soil and Water Conservation, 1985. Redrawn 1997 by
MDEQ.
RIP-13
-------
Exhibit 3
Maximum Depth of Flow for Riprap-lined Channels
20.0
15.0
3
o
o
.E
a,
&
E
3
E
"5
-------
Exhibit 4
Distribution of Boundary Sheer Around Wetted Perimeter
of Trapezoidal Channels
Source: Design of Stable Channels with Flexible Linings, Hydraulic Engineering Circular No. 15,
Federal Highway Administration, 1975, as copied from the Rhode Island Soil Erosion and Sediment
Control Handbook.
Source: Virginia Erosion and Sediment Control Handbook, Virginia Soil and Water Conservation
Commission, 1980, as copied from the Rhode Island Soil Erosion and Sediment Control Handbook.
Exhibit 5
Angle of Repose for Riprap Stones
0.1 1.0 10.0
Mean Stone Size, d-50 (Inches)
V)
$
5?
Q
0)
(/)
o
Q.
a>
DC
H—
o
aj
a>
c
<
45
40
35
30
25
0,
RIP-15
-------
Exhibit 6
Ratio of Critical Shear on Sides to Critical Shear on Bottom
K2
Source; Design of St a We Channels with Flexible Linings, Hydraulic Engineering Circular No. 15,
federal Highway Administration, 1975, as copied from the Rhode Island Soil Erosion and Sediment
Control Handbook.
Exhibit 7
Ratio of Maximum Boundary Shear in Bends
to Maximum Bottom Shear ill Straight Reaches
I
Bs = Surface Width
Ro = Radius of Curve
/
'
0 0,2 0.4 0.6 0,8 1.0
Bs/Ro
Source; Virginia Erosion and Sediment Control Handbook, Virginia Soil and Water Conservation
Commission, 1980, as copied from the Rhode Island Soil Erosion and Sediment Control Handbook.
RIP-16
-------
Exhibit 8
Configuration of Conduit Outlet Protection Where There is no
Weil-Defined Channel Downstream
( Tailwater > 0.5 D0 )
Source: Standards for Soil Erosion and Sediment Control in New Jersey, New Jersey Soil Conservation
Committee, 1980, as copied from the Rhode Island Soil Erosion and Sediment Control Handbook.
RIP-17
-------
Design Considerations:
Stabilized outlets should be designed by registered professional engineers.
The specific type of outlet needed depends on the velocity of the water being discharged, the
pollutants in the water and the type of soil. The following is a brief discussion of several types of
outlets, most of which are BMPs.
Conveyance Outlets:
1. Grassed Waterway or swale. Used most often in rural areas where flows arc 6 cfs or less and
water is not laden with sediment or other pollutants.
2. Stone Filters. Used at the outlets of small Sediment Basins and other areas where Hows are
maintained at low velocities.
3. Stormwater Conveyance Channels. Used in both urban and rural areas to contain Hows at
non-erosive velocities.
Water Storage Outlets:
1. Sediment Basins are used on construction sites where water is laden with sediment. They can
serve as outlets for Diversions and areas of bare soils and concentrated runoff.
2. Infiltration Basins are used in areas where the water is such that it would not contaminate
groundwater, and where .soils are such that water will infiltrate into the ground. They should
be used as one of the final stops in a "treatment train."
3. Detention/Retention Basins arc used on many development sites, as well as in-stream, to
obtain an in-stream hydrology thai is similar to the pre-eonstruction conditions.
4. Oil/Grit Separators are used in urban areas and industrial sites where oil and grit is contained
in the runoff.
5. Wet ponds and wetlands. Like infiltration basins, these are used as the "final treatment" in a
series of BMPs, where water up-slope/up-strcam has been treated with other BMPs.
Conduits:
Outlets from stormwater basins, sediment basins and any other conduit structures which release
water to watercourses, should be designed as part of the structural BMP. Conduits which release
water into watercourses should be stabilized with riprap to three feet above the ordinary high water
mark. Follow specifications in the Riprap BMP.
Outlet Protection;
The maximum allowable velocity at the outlet should be determined using Table I, below. When
the velocity at the outlet exceeds the allowable velocity given in Table 1, riprap outlet protection
should be used to dissipate energy. Follow specifications in the Riprap BMP.
Maintenance
All of the BMPs cited in the section above require regular maintenance. Follow the maintenance
SO-2
-------
Buffer/Filter Strips >»•?
Description
A buffer/filter strip is a vegetated area adjacent to a waterbody (i.e. river, stream, wetland, lake).
The buffer/filter area may be natural, undeveloped land where the existing vegetation is left intact,
or it may be land planted with vegetation. Its purpose is to protect streams and lakes from pollut-
ants such as sediment, nutrients and organic matter, prevent erosion, provide shade, leaf litter, and
woody debris. Buffer/filter strips often provide several benefits to wildlife, such as travel corridors,
nesting sites and food sources.
For the purposes of this BMP, a buffer/filter strip is a combination of 1) a buffer of vegetation be-
tween human land use and a stream, and 2) a filter, to trap sediment and absorb sheet flow. The
buffer is usually comprised of trees, the buffer provides shade, leaf litter, woody debris, erosion
protection, and often serves as wildlife habitat. The filter strip is an area of dense grass at least 20
feet wide designed specifically to remove pollutants from stormwater runoff from sheet flow off
adjacent land, through filtering and infiltration. Although vegetative filters designed as specified in
this BMP can be expected to provide significant pollutant removal, overall water quality will not be
protected if a filter stirp is not used in conjunciton with a buffer along the stream corridor.
To protect water quality, a buffer/filter at least 100 feet wide should be preserved or created around
all waterbodies and wetlands, with strip widths increasing with increasing slope. Research shows
that when the buffer is less than 100 feet, stream quality begins to diminish. If a 100-foot buffer/
filter strip is not feasible, or if wildlife habitat is of interest, refer to the specifications section of this
BMP for additional information.
Special Considerations: Natural or Wild and Scenic Rivers may have special buffer/filter strip
restrictions, depending on their designation (see Exhibit 1). Contact the MDNR, Forest Manage-
ment Division, Natural Rivers Program staff for further information.
Other Terms Used to Describe
Vegetative Filter
Pollutants Controlled arid Impacts
Several researchers have measured >90% reductions in sediment and nitrate concentrations;
buffer/filter strips do a reasonably good job of removing phosphorus attached to sediment, but are
relatively ineffective in removing dissolved phosphorus (Gilliam, 1994).
Application
Applicable to all land uses adjacent to waterbodies.
Soil/Topography/Climate
This practice is especially important on and adjacent to steep slopes. Natural buffer strips are
essential in maintaining the shade and stream temperatures of coldwater streams.
BFS-1
-------
When to Apply
Natural buffer/filter strips should be identified and protected before any development occurs on a
site. At the watershed level, buffer/filter strips could be identified during community land use plan-
ning (i.e. during master plan development, development of parks, or greenways, etc.) or as part of
efforts to identify and protect specific land uses, such as prime farm land. At the site level, buffer/
filter strips should be incorporated into the overall plan for the site, and protected during construc-
tion.
Where to Apply
Adjacent to al! watercourses and wetlands.
Relationship With Other BMPs
Natural buffer/filter strips should be identified prior to any Land Clearing operations.
BMPs may be needed upslope of a buffer/filter strip if: 1) runoff directed to the buffer/filter cannot
enter as sheet flow, or 2) protection of the buffer from excess sediment is needed to maintain the
integrity of the buffer.
specifications
Planning Considerations to Preserve Buffer/Filter Strips:
Buffer/filter strips which are able to remain as undisturbed native vegetation should be delineated
on preliminary and final site plans. To protect water quality, preserve natural buffer areas a total
minimum width of 100 feet along all water courses arid wetlands, with widths increasing with in-
creasing slope. This is recommended to maintain shade, uptake pollutants arid absorb sheet flow
(i.e. stormwater that is not concentrated at a single point and causes erosion). While the 100-foot
width is consistent with stream research studies (see Exhibit 6) and is the policy of most forest
managers as a means to protect water quality, if wildlife habitat is of particular interest, see the
Exhibit 1 for information on buffer/filters which protect water quality and wildlife habitat.
Management of the Buffer: The Three-Buffer Zone System
Scheuler (1995) promotes the use of a buffer/filter system made up of three zones, each of which
has a different width, function and management scheme. The total minimum width of the three
zones is 100 feet and includes the floodplain.
• The streamside zone is usually made up of mature trees which provide shade, leaf litter, and
woody debris to the stream, as well as erosion protection. The minimum width of this zone is
25 feet. Land uses allowed in this zone are limited to footpaths, and well-designed watercourse
crossings (for utilities, roads, etc.). See the Watercourse Crossings BMP to help in designing
sound watercourse crossings.
• The middle zone extends from the outer edge of the streamside zone and protects the stream's
ecosystem by providing a larger protective area between the stream and upland development.
Ideally, this zone will also be made of mature trees and will be a minimum of 50 feet, with widths
increasing to ensure the 100-year floodplain, adjacent steep slopes and protected wetlands are
included. The width of this zone may also increase as the stream order increases. Uses
allowed in this zone include bike paths and other low-impact recreational uses and stormwater
BMPs.
• The outer zone is the zone between the middle zone and the nearest permanent structure (e.g.
house or building). This is the filter part of the buffer/filter system. In residential areas, this
BFS-2
-------
zone is usually a grassy backyard. The zone is a minimum of 20 feet in width, with widths
increasing with increasing slopes and with the amount of sediment and/or nutrients the filter is
expected to treat. Septic systems and permanent structures are restricted in this zone. In
urban areas or areas directly adjacent to pavement, this area should be a managed filter strip
to maximize pollutant removal. . •
Incorporating Stormwater BMPs in the Buffer/Filter;
Buffer/filter strips are not capable of treating all stormwater generated in a watershed. (Schueter
states that a buffer/filter system can treat runoff from less than 10% of the contributing watershed).
Therefore, stormwater BMPs must be used to protect the streamside buffer zone and the stream
itself.
The designer should evaluate all the possible paths of flow into the buffer/filter strip. If any flow
paths are expected to exceed sheetflow or otherwise cause erosion, then BMPs are needed
upslope. ff land is limited, the BMPs may need to be installed in the upper or middle zones.
Example problem; A designer determined that stormwater would enter the buffer/filter strip from a
new development at three points; 1) a parking lot curb cut draining half of a parking lot, 2) parking
lot overland flow draining the other half of a parking lot; and 3) building roof drains. The designer
determined that the water leaving the parking lot would do so as sheet flow and cause no erosion
in the buffer/filter strip.
Example Solution: Since the parking lot curb cut would cause concentrated flow into the buffer/
filter strip, the designer added two more curb cuts to the design to break up the flow. He designed
the parking lot so that the buffer/filter would be located 3 to 6 inches lower than the pavement to
prevent sediment deposits from blocking inflow to the filter strip. He also included installing a layer
of stone at the outlets of the curb cuts to slow the water. To address the concentrated flow from the
building roof drains, he included a rock-lined splash apron below the drains, and below it, some
dense vegetation. Due to limitations in the land available, these BMPs were installed in the outer
zone of the buffer/filter strip.
Planning Considerations for Creating Buffer/Filter Strips:
Re-establishment of buffer/filter strips is possible if urban land is being reclaimed, if sites of envi-
ronmental contamination are being cleaned up, or if greenways are being established as part of a
greenways program or recreation enhancement program. Under these and other re-establishment
conditions:
1. Conduct a site evaluation to determine:
the drainage characteristics. Depending on drainage, it may be necessary to use
other BMPs. Note that concentrated flows can be minimized by limiting the drainage
area to less than 5 acres,
percentage slope and length of slope.
type of soil and soil stability. Sloughing soils, will require additional BMPs to ensure
stability of the slope.
2. Determine all of the possible uses of the newly developed buffer strip and incorporate those
uses into the design. For wildlife considerations, see Exhibit 1.
i. Select vegetation based on the site characteristics determined uses and the three-zone
BFS-3
-------
concept, For vegetative mixtures for the outer zone, see Exhibit 2.
4, Buffer/filter strips are not effective methods for treating concentrated flow. Determine
flow patterns onto the buffer/filter strip and incorporate BMPs to ensure stormwater enters
the buffer/filter strip as sheet flow.
Installing Buffer/Filter Strips:
1. Install any BMPs needed upland,
2. Prepare the site. If it is necessary to clear and grade land, follow specifications in the Land
Clearing and Grading Practices BMPs. Never grade to the edge of a watercourse without
using filter fencing or other BMPs to protect the watercourse. Any use of soil amendments
such as fertilizer should be based on soil tests and follow the Soil Management specifica-
tions,
3. Refer to the Seeding. Sodding, Mulching arid Trees. Shrubs and Ground Covers BMPs, as
appropriate to the vegetation selected.
4. Maintain any temporary upland BMPs until vegetation "takes." Grass should be a minimum
height of 4 inches and 90 percent ground cover before temporary upland BMPs are re-
moved (i.e. the site should be stable).
5. Consider using mulch between trees and shrubs to keep soil on site.
6 Avoid spraying the buffer strip with pesticides; consider alternatives in the Integrated Pest
Management BMP.
7. Protect the buffer/filter from damage by equipment and traffic. Do not use the buffer/filter
strip as a roadway.
Maintenance
Ail Zones:
Periodic inspections should be done to ensure that concentrated flows have not developed, and to
make sure the vegetative cover is maintaining its effectiveness. If the integrity of the buffer/filter
strip is jeopardized by upland erosion, or if concentrated flows are creating rills or gullies up-slope
of the strip, additional BMPs may need to be installed. If the buffer strip is being jeopardized by
stream bank erosion, then the cause of the bank erosion needs to be investigated and actions
taken to address the causes. Damaged strips should he repaired as soon as possible. Strips
damaged due to construction upslope of the buffer/filter should be replanted, as necessary, after
the cause of the damage is assessed and any other BMPs needed are implemented.
In buffer/filter strips used by wildlife—but especially in the streamside zone—avoid using herbicides
to control weeds. Refer to the Pesticide Management BMP for other options.
Streamside Zone and Middle Zone:
Natural woody buffer/filter strips should be left undisturbed, except for the uses listed in the man-
agement section of this BMP {pages 2 and 3). Do not use heavy equipment in this area.
To replace or repair damaged trees, refer to the Tree Protection and Trees. Shrubs and Ground
Covers BMP.
BFS-4
-------
The Outer Zone:
• If sediment enters the filter strip in amounts which cannot be removed by hand, or in amounts
which damage the filter strip, additional upland BMPs will likely need to be installed.
• Remove sediment in this zone when sediment begins to build up. Reseed if necessary,
• If the filter was designed for nutrient removal, remove any harvested vegetation (grass clip-
pings, leaves, etc.) and dispose of outside the buffer/filter strip.
• If grass fails to grow in newly established filter strips, determine the reasons for failure before
reseeding. The Lawn Maintenance BMP includes information on unhealthy turf. Spot seed
applications when only small areas are affected. If insects are damaging the filter strip, explore
integrated pest management techniques in the Pesticide Management BMP to protect any
wildlife using the filter strip.
• Mowing should be done to help control weed growth, prevent the growth of woody plants, and
help the filter maintain its effectiveness. Mow no lower than six inches to allow vegetation to
provide filtering of sediment, organic matter, nutrients, and pesticides. If the strips are used by
nesting birds, do not mow until after July 15. To maintain winter cover for wildlife, do not mow
after September 1.
• During the establishment year, clip to control undesirable plants such as Canadian thistle and
milkweed. Clip high (8 inches) to prevent damage to the permanent seeding. Clip between
July 15 and August 15. If needed, clip twice during the summer. Use chemical controls only
after all non-chemical methods have been considered.
• After the establishment year, only spot clipping (or spot chemical treatment, if necessary)
should be done, rather than clipping or otherwise treating the entire strip. If noxious weeds
develop, clip in the spring to prevent weed seeds from dispersing. Otherwise, clip between July
15 and August 15 to protect any nesting wildlife.
Exhibits
1997 Literature Review of Buffer/Filter Strips for Wildlife and Water Quality. MDEQ,
Surface Water Quality Division,
Vegetative Widths for the Outer Zone. USDA Soil Conservation Service Technical
Guide.
Vegetative Mixtures for the Outer Zone. USDA Soil Conservation Service Technical
Guide.
1993 Literature Review on Buffer/Filter Strip Widths. MDEQ, Surface Water Quality
Division.
References used in developing the BMP.
Michigan's Natural Rivers System. List of rivers designated or proposed under the
Natural Rivers program.
BFS-5
Exhibit 1:
Exhibit 2:
Exhibit 3:
Exhibit 4:
Exhibit 5:
Exhibit 6:
-------
Exhibit 1
For Wildlife Corridors That Also Protect Water Quality
For wildlife corridors that also protect water quality, consider the following:
• Rudolf and Dickenson (1990) found that reptiles and amphibians were more abundant in
buffers 99-313 feet than 0-82 feet.
• Dicken and Huntly (1987) found abundant signs of squirrels in buffers greater than 165 feet,
but virtually none in zones narrow than 99 feet,
• Dicken and William (1988) found small mammals to be more abundant in narrower streamside
areas with well developed herbaceous vegetation compared to wider zones with sparse veg-
etation.
• Burk et al (1990) found that turkeys were significantly less when buffers were less than 150
feet.
• Premo (1995) found that a 50-foot zone of intact vegetation is too narrow to support most
breeding species of birds. He also found that in hardwood riparian buffers/filters, mammal use
was heaviest closest to the river and decreased out to 400 feet and leveled off; in conifer
riparian buffer/filters, mammal use was fairly high near the river but peaked at 400 feet, and
therefore, sections of 400-foot buffer/filter may be needed in coniferous riparian zones to opti-
mize use by mammals.
BFS-6
-------
of
Slop
100
200
300
400
500
600
700
800
900
1000
1100
1200
1300
1400
1500
1600
1700
2000
8<
The Outer Zone:
Exhibit 2
Grass/Sod Filler Widths
Percent Slope
0,2 0.3 0.4 0,5 1.0 2,0 3.0 4.0 5,0 6,0 8.0 10,0 12.0 14.0 16.0 18,0
Width - Feet
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
30
40
50
50
50
60
60
60
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
30
40
40
50
50
60
60
60
60
20
20
20
20
20
20
30
40
40
50
50
60
60
60
60
60
20
20
20
20
20
20
30
40
50
50
50
60
60
60
60
60
20
20
20
20
20
20
30
40
50
50
60
60
60
60
60
60
20
20
20
20
20
20
30
40
50
50
60
60
60
60
60
60
20
20
20
20
20
20
30
40
50
50
60
60
60
60
60
60
20
20
20
20
20
20
30
40
50
50
60
60
60
SO
60
60
20
20
20
20
20
20
30
40
50
50
60
60
60
60
60 -
60
20
20
20
20
20
20
30
40
50
60
60
80
60
60
60
60
20
20
20
20
20
30
30
40
50
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
20
20
20
20
20
30
40
40
50
80
60
60
60
60
60
60
20
20
20
20
20
30
40
50
50
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
20
20
20
20
20
30
40
50
50
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
20
20
20
20
20
30
40
50
50
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
20
20
20
20
20
30
40
50
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
20
20
20
20
20
30
40
50
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
20
20
20 .
20
20
30
40
50
60
60
80
60
60
60
60
60
USDA Soil Conservation Service Technical Guide, #326.
BFS-7
-------
Exhibit 3
Vegetative Mixtures for the Outer Zone
Soils: Well and moderately well drained sand and loamy sand (coarse textured soils)
Seeding Mixtures
Rates
LbsiAcre
Suitability
Sediment Filter
Wind Water
Red Fescue
Ryegrass
20
5
X
Smooth Brome
15
X
Switchgrass
8
X
Switchgrass
Tall or Intermediate Wheatgrass
4
8
X
Tali or Intermediate Wheatgrass
15
X
Soils: Well and moderately well drained, moderately coarse to moderately fine textured soils (sandy
loam, loam, silt loam, and clay loam)
Seeding Mixtures
Rates
LbsiAcre
Suitability
Sediment Filter
Wind Water
Reed Canarygrass
6
Reed Canarygrass
Tall Fescue
4
8
Y
A
Smooth Brome
15
X X
Smooth Brome
Tall Fescue
8
12
X X
Switchgrass
8
X
Switchgrass
Tall or Intermediate Wheatgrass
4
8
X
Tall Fescue
20
X X
Tall or Intermediate Wheatgrass
i O
X
1/ Double seeding rates.
BFS-8
(continued)
-------
LxliiNI 3 (Continued)
Vegetative Mixtures for the Outer Zone
Soils - Well and moderately well drained clay and silty clay (fine textured soils)
Seeding Mixtures
Rales
LbsJAcre
liability
Sediment Filter
Wind Water
Reed Canarygrass
6
Y
A
X
Reed Canarygrass
Tall Fescue
4
8
X
X
Smooth Brome
15
X
X
Smooth Brome
Tall Fescue
8
12
X
Switch Grass
8
X
Tall Fescue
20
v
A
A
Tail or Intermediate
/heatgrass
15
X
X
Soils - Somewhat poorly drained or poorly drained soils without artificial drainage.
Seeding Mixtures
Rates
LbsJAcre
Suitability
Sediment Filler
Wind Water
Reed Canarygrass
8
X
Y
A
Switchgrass 2/
8
X
Tall Fescue
20
X
X
The following legumes may be added to the grass mixtures:
6#-8# alfalfa or 3#-4# of birdsfoot trefoil and/or 2# of sweet cover.
1/ Double seeding rates.
9J Use species tolerant of wetter soils.
Source; USDA Soil Conservation Service Technical Guide #393
BFS-9
-------
Exhibit 4
1993 Literature Review of Buffer/Filter Widths
SOURCE
FACTORS
IE VIEWED
FINDINGS/RECOMMENDATIONS
Aubertm
West Virginia
turbidity, nutrients
Used 10-20M {32.8 feet - 05.8 feet) buffers in study.
Both turbidity & nutrients increased during and after logging.
Brazier
Oregon
temperature
80' Buffer was necessary to maintain temperature and 55' was necessary for 90% of that
temperature or angular canopy density
Erman
California
stream invertebrates
Streams with a buffer strip less than 3QM (98.4*) showed same response as stream
logged without buffers. Changes were caused by decreased canopy density, increased
primary production, increased stream flows, increased temperature and increased
sediment.
Graynoth
New Zealand
stream invertebrates
Streams with buffer strip less than 30M showed same response as stream logged without
buffers. Changes were caused by decreased canopy density, increased primary
production, increased stream flows, increased temperature and increased sediment.
Corbet!
Pennsylvania
turbidity, sedimentation
1978 Report recommended 23-30M (75 4'-98 4') Buffers
1981 Report recommended 30M (98.4*) Buffers
1990 Report recommended 100 feet or 1 1/2 times the average tree length
Farrish
Louisiana
soil erosion
Buffers did not stop gully erosion that was initiated upsiope of buffer.
All 1,584 sites reviewed had developed gullies.
Verry 1986
Minnesota
stream flow
Ciearcutting hardwoods increased annual stream flow 9 to 20 cm (a 30 to 80 percent
increase). It took 12 to 15 years to return to preharvest levels
Verry 1992
Minnesota
large woody debris, temperature, water
depth, cover, stream flow
Recommend 2 tree lengths, typically 150 feet, as a leave zone beginning at the top of
bank. Cut only 25% of basal area in second tree length,
Oklahoma
State University
Habitat
-Rudolph &
Dickenson, 1990
reptiles/amphibians
More abundant in buffer 99 - 313' than 0-82 feet.
-Dtcken & William
1988
smalt mammals
More abundant in narrower streamside areas with well developed herbaceous vegetation
compared to wider zones with spare vegetation
-Dicken & Huntty 1087
-Burket, al. 1990
squirrels
turkeys
Abundant signs of squirrel in buffers wider than 165' but virtually none in zone narrower
than 99'
Turkeys were significantly less when buffers were less than 150'
Hesser
Pennsylvania
trout production, sedimentation,
temperature
A recommendation of one and one-half chains {100') on both sides of river was made
from a literature review. Increased zones may be necessary for sensitive areas.
8
-------
Exhibit 5
References
Aubertin, G.M. and J.C Patrick, 1974. Water Quality after Clearcutting a Small Watershed in West
Virginia. J. Environ. Quality. Vol 3 (3): 243-761.
Brazier, J.R. and G. W. Brown, 1973. Buffer strips for stream temperature control. Research
Paper 15, Forest Research Laboratory, School of Forestry, Oregon State University, Corvailis, OR:
pp.1-9.
Erman, D.C., J.D. Newboid, and K.B. Roby. 1977. Evaluation of streamside bufferstrips for pro-
tecting aquatic organisms. California Water Resources Center, Contribution No. 165, Davis, CA:
pp. 1-48.
Farrish, K.W., J.C. Adams, and C.V. Thompson. 1993. Soil Conservation Practices on Clearcut
Forestlands in Louisiana. J. Soil and Water Conservation 48 (2): 138-139.
Gilliam, J.W., Reparian Wetlands and Water Quality. J. Envionrmental Quality. 23:896-900 (1994).
Graynoth, E. 1979. Effects of logging on stream environments and faunas in Nelson, New
Zealand. Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research 13: 79-100.
Hesser, Robert, R. Hoopes, C. Weirich, J. Selcher, B. Hollender and R. Snyder. Clear Cutting in
Pennsylvania, The Aquatic Biota, Chapter 2, pp. 9-20,
i_ynch, J. A. and E.S. Corbett. 1981. Effectiveness of Best Management Practices in Controlling
Nonpoint Pollution from Commercial Clearcuts. Reprinted from: Nonpoint Pollution - Tools and
Techniques for the Future, Interstate Commission on the Potomac River Basin: 213-224.
National Council of the Paper Industry for Air & Stream Improvement, Inc., (NCASI), 1992. Effec-
tiveness of Buffer Strips for Ameliorating offsite Transport of Sediment, Nutrients, and Pesticides
from Silvicultural Operations, Technical Bulletin No. 631, pp. 1-48.
Oklahoma State University, 1993. Riparian Forest Buffers, OSU Extension Facts, Water Quality
series, pp. 1-6.
Premo, Dean, 1995. The Proceedings of Five Regional Citizen Education Workshops on Lake
Management. USEPA, Region 5, citizen education grant. Pages, 47-50.
Schueler, Tom, 1995. The Architecture of Urban Stream Buffers. Watershed Protection Tech-
niques, Vol. 1, No.4.
Verry, Elon S., 1986. Forest Harvesting & Water: The Lake States Experience. Water Resources
Bulletin, Vol. 22, No. 6.
Verry, Elon S., 1992. Riparian Systems and Management. Forest Practices and Water Quality
Workshop, Green Bay, Wisconsin, B1 - B24.
BFS-11
-------
Exhibit (¦>
Michigan's Natural Rivers
l««N
TWO HCAMW
lilH
•OMMAH
HtWOM
km mmmitti
rut
RlfU
LOWM KAUKAZOO
rite ON
m suit
tm
t=j CONGRESSIONAL STUDY
©PBESQUE ISLE
)ONTONAGON
® PAINT
)STURGEON
) BRULE.
(J) STURGEON
tWHITEFKH
TIHOUAMEMON
@CAftP
©LITTLE MANISTEE
# WHITE
uie inc wre» mmmKMJ msm
BEPMIMEHT or mruRJL RESOURCES
P.O, 80K K»i8
LAN5HC. «*«« «50S
Mt BIFi 3TJ-IT0
Moiti »u *svt*s mum 5<*e
or m mwtAMS
tm, mi
— L
BFS-12
DIS'I RIBUTI D BY HIT MICHIUAN I'NITED f ONSCUYATION CLUBS
-------
Dec. I, 1992
Construction Barriers
Description
Construction barriers arc fences, signs and other means used on a construction site to:
-confine equipment and personnel to the immediate construction area, thus minimizing the
destruction of vegetation and reducing the potential for erosion and compaction.
-protect trees and their root /ones against abrasion and soil compaction. It takes 20-30 years
for newly planted trees to provide the benefits of mature trees.
-prevent unnecessary access to structural BMPs
-protect sensitive areas, such as water bodies and newly seeded areas
-restrict access of unauthorized persons and vehicles.
Other Terms Used to Describe
Fencing
Pollutants Controlled and Impacts
Confining construction activities fo a specific site will limit the amount of soil exposed to wind ami
rain. Effective confinement may also eliminate unnecessary or excessive regrading or revegctation
of slopes or raw areas.
Application
Land Use
Use at all construction areas where earth changes arc taking place. Land uses include transportation
(highway work), urban (drain work, private, commercial and industrial developments), and golf
courses.
Soil/Topography/Climate
This practice can be used anywhere, but is particularly important on erodible soils and steep slopes.
When to Apply
Apply this practice prior to the start of construction and as needed throughout the duration of the
project. Some barriers, such as vehicle deterrent barriers, may remain in place after project
completion.
Where to Apply
Apply anywhere confinement or protection of persons, property or natural resources is needed.
CoB-1
-------
Relationship With Other SBMPs
Construction barriers are used to protect critical erosion areas (sec Critical Area Stabilization) and to
prevent unwanted access by vehicles, equipment and people. It is a component BMP used with
many other soil erosion control practices.
Specifications
Planning Considerations:
1, Barriers used to separate the construction area from pedestrian thoroughfares, or used to alert
personnel about the existence of hazardous conditions, should be stable and easily
discernible.
Keep barriers outside the drip line of any trees which will remain intact during and after the
construction project. {The drip line is the area from the trunk outward to the a point at which
there is no longer any overhanging vegetation). Pounding barriers into the ground within the
drip line of trees may cause root damage and weaken the tree. Follow specifications in the
Tree Protection BMP.
3. Signs should not be nailed or otherwise posted on trees.
4. In large open areas susceptible to wind, consider protecting sprigged or seeded areas with
fencing,
5. Barriers are particularly important around detention, retention, and Sediment Basins, and
dams (including cofferdams). At a minimum, barriers in these areas should include signs
which warn people of potential dangers. Fencing may also be needed, depending upon the
slope steepness, outlet flows, depth of water, etc.
Select appropriate structures for the intended use:
Temporary structures;
Temporary fences can be made out of snow fence or the orange plastic fencing which is
commonly used in construction areas. Silt fences can also be used as temporary barriers
where safety is not a consideration. {See the Filters BMP).
Permanent structures:
Permanent fences may be constructed of wood, plastic, synthetic fabric, plastic or any other
appropriate material
Cyclone-type fences with secure gates and locks should be used around dangerous areas such
deep basins.
Snow fences can be used to prevent pedestrian access and to control wind erosion.
Construction Considerations:
1. Signs should be constructed out of durable materials and printed legibly.
C'oB-2
-------
2, Construct the fence following specifications for the type offence being installed. Be sure all
posts arc sturdy, and all material is suitable for the intended use. One source of
specifications for standard wire, suspension, electric and permanent power fences is the Soil
Conservation Service Technical Guide, specifications for Fencing (#382).
3. All fences used as filters should be implemented following spceiftcations in the Filters BMP.
After Construction:
1. Remove all temporary construction barriers. Before leaving the site, inspect all permanent
barriers to ensure they are in good working order, and repair where necessary.
2. When removing tree protection barriers, check to make sure the tree is still in good health.
Trees which are severely damaged should be removed and replaeed. See the Tree Protection
BMP for information on replacing trees, and techniques on how to properly repair damaged
roots and linibs.
Maintenance
Burners should be inspected and maintained on a regular basis. Damaged signs and 1'enees should be
repaired or replaeed immediate!},'.
CoB-3
-------
Dec. I, !W
Grading Practices
Description
Grading is reshaping the ground surface to planned grades determined by engineering survey
evaluation and layout. This BMP includes basic grading concepts, as well as specific types of
grading practices that can be used to reduce erosion. Grading plans are discussed in the BMP
Guidebook.
Other Terms Used to Describe
Rough Grading
Contour Grading
Special Grading Practices
Land Smoothing
Pollutants Controlled and Impacts
Proper grading practices help to improve surface drainage and reduce the amount of soil which
erodes from a site.
Application
Land Use
Construction sites
Soil/Topoiiraphv/C'limate
Grading should compliment the natural configuration of the landscape. Where possible, the depth of
grading should be controlled to prevent exposing extensive amounts of subsoil. Topsoil should be
removed, stockpiled and re-spread over the graded area.
When to Apply
Apply whenever earth moving or construction activities produce grades which may increase erosive
velocities or off-site sedimentation.
Where to Apply
This practice applies on any areas which require grading.
Relationship With Other BMPs
Diversions should be considered to prevent runoff from causing erosion on the exposed soil. To
prevent off-site sedimentation, control measures such as Filters (filter fences), Grade Stabilization
Structures and Sediment Basins may need to be installed at the lower perimeter of the site. Staging
should be done to reduce the size of the area being exposed. (See the Staging and Scheduling BMP).
GP-I
-------
Specifications
The following is modified from the "North Carolina Erosion and Sediment Control Planning and
Design Manual,"
Planning Considerations:
1. Develop a grading plan to help establish drainage areas, direct drainage patterns, and
decrease runoff velocities. The grading plan should follow the guidance in the BMP
Guidebook, including coordinating the grading plan with the soil erosion/sedimentation
control plan and the stormwater plan.
2. Slopes which will be mowed should not be steeper than 3:1.
3. Grading should be done in stages according to the implementation schedule. See the Staging
and Scheduling BMP.
4. Protect spoil piles following specifications in the Spoil Piles BMP.
5. To ensure even settling, any fill to be used should he free of objectionable material such as
logs, rocks and stumps. Do not use frozen or muekv material for 1111.
6. Do not place fill adjacent to a channel bank where it can create bank failure or result in
deposition of sediment downstream.
7. The exposed area should be stabilized with vegetation, crashed stone, riprap or other ground
cover as soon as grading is completed or when work is interrupted for 30 working days or
more. Use mulch (sec Mulching BMP) to stabilize areas temporarily where final grading
must be delayed. Slopes in excess of 2:1 should be stabilized following the specifications in
the Critical Area Stabilization BMP.
During Grading:
1. Following the grading plan, construct ail erosion and sedimentation control practices.
2. Remove vegetative matter in accordance with Land Clearing specifications. Remove topsoil
and store in temporary Spoil Piles until final grading. Temporary spoil piles adjacent to
wetlands or streams should be protected to prevent erosion.
3. Do not grade to the edge of watercourses. If a natural Buffer/Filter Strip cannot be left,
construct a berm or place filter fencing adjacent to the watercourse/wetland. (See Filters
BMP).
4. Divert runoff to stabilized areas, according to the grading plan.
Where possible, contour the grade to follow the natural contour of the land.
6. Finish grade and compact according to the intended use of the area. See the appropriate
BMP for additional information on the finish grading procedures and the degree of
compaction needed.
GP-2
-------
7. Except on roadway side slopes, use one of the surface roughening techniques described
below to retain water, increase infiltration and facilitate vegetative growth. See Exhibit 1.
Stair-step grading. This method should be done on slopes steeper than 3:1 which have
material soft enough to be bulldozed and which wilt not be mowed. The vertical cut should
be less than the horizontal distance and should not exceed 2 feet in soft material and 3 feet in
rocky material. The horizontal position of the "step" should be sloped toward the vertical up-
hill wall
Grooving. This method can be done on any area which can safely aeeommodate disks,
tillers, spring harrow, or the teeth of a front-end loader bueker. In areas which will not be
mowed, use equipment to create grooves perpendicular to the slope. Grooves should not be
less than 3 inches deep, nor more than 15 inches apart. In cuts, Jills, and areas that will be
mowed, grooves should be less than 10 inches apart and not less than I inch deep.
Tracking. This method is done by running tracked machinery (such as bulldozers) up and
down slopes to leave horizontal depressions in the soil. To avoid undue compaction of the
soil this method should only be done on sandy soils. Back-blading should not be done
during the final grading operation.
8, Use proper Tree Protection techniques to maintain the health and integrity of the trees.
Excavate as far away from the drip line as possible.
When raising the grade around an existing tree:
1. A well can be created around the tree(s) just outside the drip line to retain the natural
soil in the area of the feeder roots
2. A dry well can be constructed around the trunk with space to allow the trunk to grow.
The well should be designed to allow drainage within the well and around the root
system inside the drip line. See exhibit 2.
When lowering the grade:
Protect trees by constructing a tree wall made of large stones, brick, building tile, or concrete
block or cinder block. The wall should be designed to provide for drainage through the wall.
See exhibit 3.
See the Tree Protection BMP for specifications on how to repair damaged tree roots and
limbs.
After Construction;
Stabilize all areas with vegetation (See vegetative BMPs) or Slope/Shoreline Stabilization structures,
where appropriate.
GP-3
-------
Maintenance
Desired gradients will have to be maintained until the proposed laud use is established with a
structure, pavement, or vegetation. In addition, maintenance should be done on any BMl's installed
in association with the grading.
Exhibits
Exhibit 1: Surface Roughening Techniques. Includes two diagrams from the Michigan Soil
Erosion and Sedimentation Control Guidebook. Also, grooving, as modified from
the Virginia SWC'C (copied from the North Carolina Erosion and Sedimentation
Control Planning and Design Manual).
Exhibit 2: Tree Well. Adapted from (he Virginia Erosion and Sediment Control Handbook.
Copied from Connecticut Guidelines for Soil Erosion and Sediment Control.
Exhibit 3: Tree Wall Originally from the Virginia Erosion and Sediment Control Handbook.
Copied from Connecticut Guidelines for Soil Erosion and Sediment Control.
GP-4
-------
Exhibit 1
Surface Roughening Techniques
vrutotvbM mca
awM of track.
Auctiww
HEAVY &?UlfM£KT W 06 USED TO
MEOVSNICALLY 56^1 FY 5LCTE5
Source: Michigan Soil Erosion and Sedimentation Control Guidebook
J K VEGETATED 6U>P£S SHOULD BE TEMR?RAKIL-T
S^IFIED TO MINIMIZE fSjWOFF VEU>6fTl&S
Ptvwzien
do ten bind*
Z~u*U- armvtb
pznpiuAijaitf 0
flfpL dirjC'tOK
Grooving slop** (modified from Va SWCC)
Groove by cutting furrows
along the contour. Irregularities
in the soil surface catch rainwater
and retain lime, fertilizer, and seed.
Source: North Carolina Erosion & Sediment Control Planning & Design Manual
GP-5
-------
Exhibit 2
Tree Well
Original
Grade
Retaining
Wall
Drip Line
Finished
Grade
¦•(v» " — 1' ¦ — in— t i/f rZJf/ * 1 ^ ^
m ~n';= Tiles' rus"fa?i,t = tn « "i -x.'
Drip Line
Original
Grade
Fill Soil
Straw or
Filter Fabric
rj^y—Small Stone
Large Stone
¦Tar Paper
Tile Drain
Adapted from Virginia Erosion and Sediment Control Handbook 1980.
Source: Connecticut Guidelines for Soil Erosion and Sediment Control
GP-6
-------
Exhibit 3
Tree Wall
Drip Line
Retaining
Wall
'-v.vri
r1gfnal
Grade
line of Minimum
Excavation for
Wall Construction
(Orip Line)
r-Topsoi1 Backfill
Gravel Fill if
Wall is More
Than 2' High
Taper Wall
17ft.
,-Tile Drain
TREE WALL DETAIL
Roots Penetrating Beyond the Wal
Location Should Be Bridged
Source: Virginia Erosion and Sediment Control Handbook, as copied from Connecticut Guidelines
for Soil Erosion & Sediment Control.
GP-7
-------
Dec. I, IW
Tree Protection
Description
Protecting trees during construction activities is done to preserve their health and ensure their vitality
after construction.
Other Terms Used to Describe
Tree Preservation
Pollutants Controlled and. Impacts
Trees should be considered for preservation because:
-They stabilize the soil and prevent erosion
-They reduce stormwater runoff by intercepting rainfall and promoting infiltration
-They moderate temperature changes, promote shade, and reduce the force of wind
-They provide buffers and screens against noise and visual disturbance, and pro\ ide some
privacy
-They filter pollutants from the air and produce oxygen
-They provide a habitat for animals and birds
-They increase property values and improve site aesthetics
Application
Land Use
This practice is used most often on construction sites.
Soil/Topograpfay/Cliroate
This practice is especially important in areas subject to windthrow, where trees removed in the
upland area may cause a domino effect in the lower area. It is also important on highly erodible
soils, where tree roots help stabilize soils and prevent erosion.
When to Apply
Apply during site evaluation before any construction is done on the site. During site evaluation, note
where valuable trees are located and incorporate them into the overall construction design.
Where to Apply
Apply anywhere trees are in need of protection.
Relationship With Other BMPs
Tree protection should be done before any Land Clearing or Grading Practices are done.
Construction Barriers are often used in conjunction with tree protection.
TP-1
-------
Specifications
Note that much of the information below was derived from the North Carolina Erosion and Sediment
Control Planning and Design Manual.
Planning Considerations:
When selecting trees to be protected, consider:
1. Tree vigor. Preserve healthy trees. Sick trees or (hose damaged beyond repair can be left for
wildlife, or removed. Trees lacking vigor include those with dead branches, small annual
twig growth, stunted leaf size, sparse foliage, and pale foliage color. Trees with hollow or
rotten trunks also should be removed.
2. Tree age. Older trees are usually more aesthetically pleasing, but often require more
maintenance than younger trees.
3. Tree species. Protect trees which are most suitable for the site development.
4. Tree aesthetics. Protect trees which are aesthetically pleasing,
5. Wildlife benefits. Protect trees which are preferred by wildlife for food, cover or nesting,
livergreens are important for cover during the winter months. 1 lardwoods are more valued
for food. A mix of evergreens and hardwoods is usually most beneficial.
Design Considerations:
When designing a construction site in wooded areas, consider:
1. Leaving critical areas (such as floodplains. steep slopes and wetlands) with as many desirable
trees as possible in their natural condition.
2. Locating roadways, storage areas and parking areas away from valuable trees.
3. Selecting trees to be preserved before siting roads, buildings, or other structures.
4. Minimizing trenching in areas with trees. Multiple utilities should be placed in the same
trench.
5. Equipment, structural materials, topsoil and fill dirt should riever be stored in the drip line of
the tree.
6. When the construction plan calls for lowering or raising the grade around trees, see the
specifications for tree wells and tree walls in the Grading Practices BMP.
Implementation:
See Exhibit 1 for examples of several types of tree protection methods.
1. Never excavate, traverse, or fill closer than the drip line of trees to be saved.
TP-2
-------
2. Trees which will be preserved should be marked with a bright color paint or surveyor's
ribbon applied in a band circling the tree at a height visible to equipment operators.
3, (Construction) Barriers for tree protection should never be placed within the drip line of the
tree.
4. Don't cut roots in the drip line.
5, Never nail boards or wire to the trees, as this will make them more susceptible to disease,
insect damage and decay. As a last resort, a tree trunk can be armored with burlap wrapping
and 2-inch studs wired vertically no more than two inches apart to a height of five feet
encircling the trunk.
After Construction:
Once construction is complete, you can remove all temporary tree protection devices. Inspect all
trees to ensure they are in good health. Repair all damaged roots and branches:
1. Repair roots by cutting off the damaged areas and painting them with tree paint. Spread peat
moss or moist topsoil over exposed roots.
2. Repair damaged bark by trimming around the damaged area (as shown in Exhibit 2). Taper
the cut to provide drainage. Paint with tree paint.
3. Cut off all damaged tree limbs above the tree collar at the trunk or main branch. Use three
separate cuts to prevent bark from peeling off healthy areas of the tree. (See Exhibit 2).
4. Trees which are severely damaged should be removed and replaced with similar species,
with trunk diameters at least 2 inches.
5. Soil over the root zone which has become compacted should be aerated by punching holes in
it with suitable equipment.
Exhibits
Exhibit 1: Tree Protection, General Methods, Detail TP-L Construction Project Evaluation
Manual MDNR, Land and Water Management Division.
Exhibit 2: Repairing Damaged Tree Limbs. North Carolina Erosion and Sediment Control
Planning and Design Manual,
TP-3
-------
Exhibit 1
tree PROTECTION
G cnckai. Methods
net root* arc wwrtc.no
Instill at drip line of tree brioche*
K
-------
Dec. 1, ilW2
Critical Area Stabilization
Description
Critical area stabilization is stabilizing areas which are highly susceptible to erosion by
implementing one or more vegetative or structural BMPs, For the purposes of this BMP. critical
areas include areas with highly credible soils, long or steep slopes, droughty soils, excessively wet
soils, soils that arc very acidic or alkaline, slopes immediately adjacent to waterbodies or wetlands,
fill areas and areas subject to concentrated (lows.
Other Terms Used to Describe
High-Risk Erosion Areas
Critical Area Seeding
Pollutants Controlled and impacts
Protecting critical areas is one of the most effective means of preventing sediment from entering
surface waters. Properly established vegetation used to protect critical areas will also help absorb
nutrients and reduce flows from steep slopes.
Application
Land Use
Applicable to all land uses.
Soil- T onography/CI imatc
This practice is particularly important on soils that are excessively wet, droughty, or which are
subject to erosion even during a light to moderate rainfall.
When to Apply
Critical erosion areas should be identified during the planning stages of the project or proposed earth
change activity. All possible measures should be taken not to disturb these areas. If it is necessary
to disturb these areas, attention should be given to protecting them immediately.
Where to Apply
Apply on any area which is difficult to stabilize.
Relationship With Other BMPs
See the "Specifications" section, below.
CAS-1
-------
Exhibit 2
Repairing Damaged Tree Limbs
Trim bark wounds with a
tapered cut, then apply
tree paint.
Prune damaged branches
with three cuts to avoid
peeling bark from the
tree trunk when limb falls.
Incorrect
Tree wound
Trim and taper
Correct
Source: North Carolina Erosion and Sediment Control Planning and Design Manual
TP-5
-------
For structural practices;
Follow the procedures in the selected BMP.
Design and Implementation:
The proper design and implementation of all RMPs used to stabilize critical areas should be done
according to the specifications in the selected BMPs.
Maintenance
For vegetative practices:
Periodic inspections should be scheduled to ensure the vegetation is maturing correctly and staying
in place.
Once the vegetation is well established;
1. Consideration should be given to removing Construction Barriers. In some areas, it may be
beneficial to leave the barriers in place.
2. Vegetation should continue to be watered, when appropriate, to a depth of 1 inch into the sod
bed. Water uniformly. See the Lawn Maintenance BMP.
3. Vegetation should be mowed according to its intended use. Follow the mowing
specifications in the Lawn Maintenance BMP.
4. Soil testing should be done periodically to determine if the soil requires additional fertilizer
or lime. Follow specifications in the Soil Management BMP.
i Pesticides should only be used following specifications in the Pesticide Management BMP.
6. Spot Seeding should be done as needed on small damaged areas.
For structural practices:
Follow maintenance procedures in the "Maintenance" section of each structural BMP.
CAS-3
-------
Specifications
Planning Considerations:
For vegetative practices:
1. All critical areas should he protected from pedestrian aeecss using Construction Barriers.
2, If possible, divert concentrated Hows away from critical areas, at least until the vegetation is
established. Follow specifications in the Diversions BMP.
Select and apply seed and legumes according to specifications in the Seeding BMP. Be sure
to select plant species which are tolerant to the site condition.
4. Mulching should be done on seeded areas according to specifications in the Mulchinu BMP.
5. Sodding should be done according to the Sodding BMP to stabilize areas quickly. Rows of
sod can be alternated with rows of seeded areas to stabilize the area more quickly.
6. Dune/sand areas should be stabilized following specifications in the Dune/Sand Siabili/ation
BMP.
7. Tt •ees, shrubs and ground covers should be selected and planted based on the Trees, Shrubs
and Ground Covers BMP. Note that Soil Conservation Service soil surveys include species
of trees, shrubs and ground covers that work well in each soil texture.
For structural practices:
1. Consider using Grade Stabilization Structures to take concentrated Hows from one elevation
to the other.
2. Consider using Riprap on slopes adjacent to watercourses and wetlands, and Slope/Shoreline
Stabilization on steep slopes and slopes adjacent to cut and fill slopes. The Slope/Shoreline
Stabilization BMP includes information on seawalls'retaiiiing walls, revetments, and
gabions.
3. Consider using terraces or benches to slow runoff velocities.
4. Consider using Buffer/Filter Strips to control erosion resulting from sheet flow.
5. Subsurface Drains may be needed where water movement may cause seeps or soil slippage.
Grassed Waterways may need to be tiled to ensure the vegetation is established.
Site Preparation:
For vegetative practices:
1. Soil tests should be done to determine the nutrient and pH content of the soil. Depending on
the results of soil tests, Soil Management may be necessary to adjust the soil pH to between
6.5 and 7.0 (for most conditions). All soil deficiencies should be addressed following the
Soil Management specifications.
2. Follow the site preparation sections in the BMPs being used for vegetative establishment.
CAS-2
-------
Stream Bank Stabilization
Description
This BMP discusses the thought process that should be used when eroding stream banks are deemed
in need of stabilization. Emphasis is placed on stabilization at the watershed level first, then indi-
vidual sites. Several systems of BMPs are discussed, with reference to specific BMPs. Emphasis is
given to "softer", less rigid structures.
In all aspects of stream bank erosion—from source and cause identification to design and implemen-
tation of BMPs—people are encouraged to work with Department of Environmental Quality (DEQ)
Nonpoint Source staff in Surface Water Quality Division, or with other stream bank experts.
Note that all stream bank stabilization activities will require permits from the Department of Environ-
mental Quality, Land and Water Management Division. For a discussion on the use of gabions,
seawalls and retaining walls, groins, shoreline revetments, and breakwalls, see the Slope/Shoreline
Stabilization BMP.
Other Terms Used to Describe
Armoring
Revetments
Riprapping (Note that Riprap is a separate BMP)
Soil Bioengineering/Bioengineering
Stream Bank Protection
Pollutants Controlled and Impacts
stream banks cam
Prevent the loss of land or damage to utilities, roads, buildings or other facilities adja-
cent to a watercourse, and prevent the loss of stream bank vegetation,
Reduce sediment loads to streams,
Maintain the capacity of the stream channel,
Improve the stream for recreational use or as habitat for fish and wildlife, and
Control unwanted meander of a river or stream.
Application
Land Use
This practice is applicable to all land uses.
Soil/Topoqraphy/Climate
The site-specific stream bank practices used will be partially dependent upon the types of soils present,
the slope of the bank, gradient of the river, flow, and uses of the watercourse.
When to Apply
The appropriate time to apply stream bank erosion controls is dependent upon the method used,
Some seasonal limitations are included in the specifications of referenced BMPs.
Stabilizing
*•
*
*
*
*
SBS-1
-------
Where to Apply
Apply this practice in areas where stream banks are eroding.
Relationship With Other BMPs
Geolextile materials (Filters) are often used underneath Riprap,
Specifications
Since each reach of a watercourse is unique, stream bank protection techniques must be selected
on a site-by-site basis; the specifications for each technique differ. The following is guidance which
can be used to determine appropriate stream bank erosion control practices.
Planning Considerations:
It is important to remember that streams are dynamic. Even without human influence streams may
meander, arid in the process, cause banks to erode. Therefore, not all eroding banks are "bad" and
in need of repair. In fact, the wrong system of BMPs installed in the wrong place may cause more
damage downstream (and therefore to the entire stream, system) than leaving the stream in its natu-
ral state. For example, "hard structures" like large riprap or gabions, placed on one eroding bank,
can displace the stream's energy downstream to a previously stable bank, causing the downstream
bank to erode, if this downstream bank is also stabilized with a hard structure, the stream's energy
may be moved further downstream to another previously stable bank, and so on.
So before stabilizing stream banks, consider the cause of the stream bank erosion. If the banks are
eroding due to a natural meander, then it may be best to leave the bank alone. If the banks are
eroding due to fluctuations in hydrology, the hydrologic fluctuations should be addressed before the
banks are stabilized.
Once the cause of erosion is addressed, determine the goal in stabilizing the stream banks. Some
banks are stabilized to protect buildings and land. Others are stabilized to keep soil from entering the
stream and to allow angler access to the stream. The purpose for stabilizing the banks and the users
of the stream will help determine the type of structures needed.
Once the above concerns have been addressed, then it is important to work with agencies with
expertise in stream bank erosion techniques to address stream bank erosion at the watershed level.
Looking at the entire watershed will help prioritize bank stabilization efforts. If you are only interested
in site-specific alternatives, please turn to "Methods" on page 5.
1) compile land use data on the watershed to determine if there is a direct link between land use
and soil erosion. For example, land in livestock production can be a source of sediment if the live-
stock have direct access to the stream. If land uses are being converted from agriculture to urban,
the increased impervious areas may cause increased flows to the stream, which may scour stream
banks and cause erosion. Put simply, land uses can help pinpoint potential sources of erosion.
The DEQ, Land and Water Management Division's Michigan Resource Information System (MIRIS)
database contains information on the soils, land uses, streams, roads and other features in water-
sheds throughout the state. Keep in mind that as of the date of this printing, MIRIS data was based
mostly on 1978 land use data. Many Soil Conservation District offices also have land use data (often
based in part on the MIRIS). Several universities have sophisticated land use decision-making ca-
SBS-2
-------
pabilities (which may include MIR IS data), as well as the capabilities to determine future land uses
based on current trends.
Other important sources of land use information include topographic maps of the area, soil maps (if
available), arid aerial photos. These will show the pattern of the river as it meanders through the
watershed, Comparing recent aerial photos to historic photos will also help determine if the river is
widening, meandering or otherwise in a state of change.
2) Field verify the data. Because land uses change, it is important to field verify land use data in
order to ensure decisions are made based on current and accurate information. This is particularly
important in rapidly developing areas. Field verify data by walking or canoeing the entire river, or, if
granted permission by property owners, by walking the stream banks. If you're not familiar with the
river or stream, contact the DEQ, Surface Water Quality Division or Land arid Water Management
Division, or DNR, Fisheries Division to find out if the stream is wadable. In National Forest Service
lands, contact the US Forest Service. These and other agencies will likely have some information on
the stream you're interested in.
When you go out in the field, take a measuring tape, clipboard, pencil or waterproof pen, and multiple
copies of the attached worksheet (Exhibit 1). A camera is also important when discussing site-
specific conditions with other people. On wadable streams, take hip boots or waders. Use the
attached worksheet while noting the specific areas of stream bank erosion. Note soil type and any
log jams, construction activities, eroding road crossings, and improper stream access (e.g. cows in
the water, areas where people have accessed the river for recreational opportunities, etc.). Where
possible, measure the length and height of the eroded stream banks.
Back in the office, incorporate your visual observations with the land use data. Ideally, this will be
done by incorporating your notes into the land use database.
3) Estimate the magnitude of the erosion and all potential sources of erosion. Sources of
sediment to the stream may include angler access, livestock access, or poorly maintained or improp-
erly designed road crossings. The magnitude of the erosion can be determined by ranking each site
as severe, moderate or minor, using the attached field sheet (Exhibit 1). Use of the Universal Soil
Loss Equation is discussed in an appendix of the Guidebook of BMPs.
4) Rank the sites. At its simplest, ranking sites can be based on addressing the most severe sites
first and working from upstream to downstream, including tributaries. Another alternative is to rank
sites based on four criteria: 1) degree of impact (severe, moderate, minor); 2) the cost of installing
the system of BMPs needed; 3) landowner willingness to cooperate; and 4) "demonstration-ability."
(i.e. amount of public visibility). "Demonstration-ability" is important if you plan to solicit volunteers or
funding for stabilization efforts. This site ranking method was used in the Bear Creek watershed,
Kent County.
5) Determine appropriate options for the high priority sites. Use the information gathered on
land use and from visual observations (including photos) to evaluate stream bank stabilization alter-
natives. The BMPs selected should also help to achieve the overall goals for the watershed (such as
improving fish habitat or providing greater recreational access). Review the scenarios below, the
various Methods on page 5, and then contact stream bank experts to discuss site-specific options.
SBS-3
-------
Stream Bank Stabilization Scenarios:
The following hypothetical scenarios illustrate various alternatives for stream bank stabilization:
Scenario 1: Visual observations show several minor stream bank erosion sites. Erosion was deter-
mined to be caused by stream flow. The amount of human influence on flow is low (i.e. it is naturally
"flashy" versus flashiness caused by increased flow from urbanization). The decision in this case is
to leave the eroding banks alone.
Scenario 2; Comparing aerial photos from 1938 and 1990 shows that the stream hasn't meandered
much, yet there are hundreds of banks along the stream that are bare, mostly due to angler and
canoeist access. The stream is a high quality trout stream and local people hold the river in high
esteem. Since sediment is detrimental to trout habitat, the decision was made to stabilize stream
banks in this watershed, providing access via stairways and canoe landings, and restricting access
via practices such as fencing and brush mulch. Since the greatest reduction in sediment load will be
gained by stabilizing severe sites, the most severe banks will be stabilized first, going from upstream
areas, downstream. If more money becomes available, then moderate sites would be stabilized,
again, starting upstream.
Scenario 3: The predominant land use is urban. Severe erosion is observed downstream of the
urban area. In this hydrologicaily unstable area a stormwater management plan will be developed in
conjunction with or prior to stream bank stabilization to reduce extreme hydrologic fluctuation and
velocities. In this example, the decision was also made to work on an ordinance which would ad-
dress stormwater practices to prevent additional flows to the stream.
Scenario 4: The predominant land use is agricultural. Moderate and severe bank erosion is occur-
ring at several livestock access areas. In this example, cattle exclusion systems, including fencing
and alternative watering areas, were designed and implemented in conjunction with stream bank
stabilization techniques.
Scenario 5: Visual observations and historical aerial photographs show the stream to be relatively
stable. Most of the adjoining land is rural/agricultural but is expected to experience 35% growth in the
next 15 years: therefore, additional flows to the stream are expected. Two new road crossings are
causing severe erosion downstream of the crossings. The decision was made to stabilize the banks
downstream of the new crossings with structures which help absorb some of the energy from stream
flow (see soil bioengineering structures, below). The decision was also made to work with the road
commission so that future road designs would be done such that downstream areas are not im-
pacted. An ordinance to provide on-site detention/retention of stormwater from the newly constructed
area was also proposed.
Other Things to Consider
In selecting site-specific options to stabilize eroding stream banks, consult the Michigan Department
of Environmental Quality (Surface Water Quality Division or Land and Water Management Division),
local Conservation District, or other agencies or consultants experienced in stream bank erosion
control. Also, be sure to check Exhibit 2 to see if your river is included on the list of Natural or Wild
and Scenic Rivers. These rivers have special restrictions, depending on their designation. Contact
the MDEQ, Natural Rivers Program staff for further information on the types of stream bank practices
that can be used in Natural Rivers.
SBS-4
-------
it is also important to get input from the people who may use the watercourse at the specific site in need of
stabilization, (i.e. river boat guides, anglers, canoeists, etc.). Consider working through a local watershed
steering committee, if available. These committees include representatives from a variety of backgrounds
and interests.
NOTE: While considering BMP options, remember that no removal of sediment bars, snags,
stumps, debris drifts, trees, brush or similar material should be done unless absolutely nec-
essary, and upon approval by the MDEQ, Land and Water Management Division. This in-stream
cover is necessary for channel diversity and aquatic habitat.
Methods:
There are numerous methods available to stabilize stream banks. Rather than discuss all of them or
any of them in detail, below is a discussion of the most common practices.
Riprap:
Riprap is one of the more commonly used stream bank stabilization techniques. It is a permanent
cover of rock used to stabilize stream banks, provide in-stream channel stability, and provide a stabi-
lized outlet below concentrated flows. It is generally used on stream banks at the toe (bottom) of the
slope, with other structures placed up-slope to prevent soil movement. It is often a component of
many soil bioengineering techniques. Specifications for riprap used in stream bank stabilization is
discussed in the Riprap BMR
Picture 1, above: The bank was stabilized with rock riprap from the toe (bottom) of the bank to the top of
bank. This may be needed on streams with unstable hydrology (i.e. "flashy" streams), and where banks have
groundwater seeps. Source: North Branch Chippewa River Nonpoint Source Project.
I
SBS-5
-------
The Department sup-
ports the use of natural
fieldstone for riprap; only
natural fieldstone is al-
lowed in rivers desig-
nated under the Natural
Rivers program. The
use of vegetation in con-
junction with riprap is en-
couraged to "soften"
stream bank structures.
Picture 2, right: Riprap
was placed to 3 feet
above the ordinary high
water mark and a portion
back-filled with soil. Log
terraces were placed on
the bank and the bank
was seeded. This approach can be used on top of fish lunker structures and on banks where stream flows
are relatively stable. Also note the fence and stairway to direct recreationist access. Source: Boardman
River Nonpoint Source Project.
Soil Bioengineering:
Soil bioengineering is a method of using vegetation to stabi-
lize a site with or without structural controls. Some refer to
bioengineering as softening the traditional rock-the-bank ap-
proach because non-invasive vegetation is used to blend the
site into its surrounding landscape. Bioengineering techniques
may be as simple as using stop-logs to form terraces, then
seeding exposed soil to help prevent soil movement. Tech-
niques also include using fascines (long bundles of willow or
dogwood), with layers of brush, along with individual plantings.
Picture 3, left, shows a fascine, brush layering and live stakes.
Picture 4, below, shows new growth from a live stake. Source:
Whetstone Creek Nonpoint Source Watershed Project.
fascine
live stake
brush layering
SBS-6
-------
Chapter 18 of the USDA Soil Conservation Service (now Natural Resource Conservation Service
(NRCS)) Engineering Field Handbook is one of the most comprehensive sources of information on
soil bioengineering. Chapter 18 describes soil bioengineering as a combination of biological and
ecological concepts to arrest and prevent shallow slope failures and erosion. Rather than dupli-
cate NRCS' efforts to describe soil bioengineering techniques here, people interested in exploring
soil bioengineering are encouraged to work with the NRCS, MDEQ, and other agency staff familiar
with bioengineering practices.
As another example of a system of practices used to stabilize a bank, refer to Picture 2. In addition
to riprap, seed and log terraces, the system of BMPs on the bank in Picture 2 included fencing to
direct foot traffict, and a set of stairs.
A maintenance plan should be included with ail site plans. The maintenance plan should indicate
when inspections of the site will be made and who will be responsible for needed maintenance. Site
inspections, conducted to ensure the stream bank structures are staying in place, are particularly
important within the first few months of installation, and following storm events which result in bank-
full streams. More specific maintenance procedures can be found in the referenced BMPs,
Exhibits
Exhibit 1; Field Data-Entry Form which can be used in the stream bank erosion inventory,
Northwest RC&D Council. (This type of approach has been used to identify and
rank eroding sites on the Muskegon, Au Sable, Pine and Betsie Rivers).
Exhibit 2: Michigan's Natural Rivers System. List of rivers designated or proposed under
the Natural Rivers program.
SBS-7
-------
Exhibit 1
field Data-En Irv Form for Stream Bank Erosion Inventory
This form is intended to be used to compare the severity of eroding stream banks within a watershed.
Results can be used to help prioritize stream bank stabilization efforts. Fill in all known information.
Where provided, fill in the appropriate number per each category, then total the ^points" on the last page.
Date:
County:
Stream:
Observer:
SITE LOCATION:
Township Name: _____ No. Range _ Sec.
Bank (right or left, looking downstream):
Property Owners:
Other info re: location:
Accessibility for machinery/materials (good/bad)
Access Problems:
SITE NUMBER: _____
MEAN WIDTH OF RIVER:
(no points)
CONDITION OF BANK:
5
Toe and upper bank eroding
3
Toe undercutting
1
Toe stable, upper bank eroding
K
%J
Length of eroding bank > 50 ft.
3
Length of eroding bank 20-50 ft.
1
Length of eroding bank < 20 ft.
c
Side slope vertical 1:1
3
Side slope 2:1, 3:1
1
Side slope 4:1 or flatter
PROBLEM TREND
5 Increasing
1 Decreasing or stable
(continued, next page)
SBS-8
-------
Cxhibil i (continued)
DEPTH OF RIVER
1 >3 feet
2 < 3 feet
VEGETATIVE COVER
5 Vegetative cover 0-50%
3 Vegetative cover 50-80%
___ 1 Vegetative cover 80-100%
MEAN HEIGHT OF BANK
5 Mean height of bank > 20 ft
3 Mean height of bank 10-20 ft.
___ 1 Mean height of bank < 10 ft
SOIL TYPE OR TEXTURE
3 Sand
2 Gravel
2 Stratified
_____ 1 Clay or loam
APPARENT CAUSE OF EROSION
1-Light access traffic
1-Obstruction in river
1-Bank seepage
1-Gullying by side channels
2-Bend in river
3-Road-stream crossing, grade/shoulder runoff
3-Moderate access traffic
5-Heavy access (foot, horse, etc.) traffic
_____ 5-Construction site erosion
TOTAL POINTS: more than 36 — severe
30-36 — moderate
less than 30 — minor
RECOMMENDED TREATMENT
Describe a potential system of BMPs for the site:
NOTE: Sketch location on a separate sheet, showing any unusual circumstances. Also, provide
black-and-white or color photograph, if possible.
Source: Modified from the inventory sheet used In (he Upper Manistee Stream Bank Erosion Inven-
tory.
SBS-9
-------
Kxhibit 2
Michigan's Natural Rivers
»iO»»
MTili
IMN
TWO HCAITID
WffitC
MAJtMAN
IWMH
MM MfMStTTI
flAT
lOWM KALAMAZOO
M«0N
AU IJIILI
fOX
C3 CONGRESSIONAL STUOT
© PRESQUE isle
© ONTONAGON
) PAINT
)STURGEON
© BRULE
)STURGEON
©WHITEFISH
®TAHOUAMENON
©CAR P
@ LITTLE MANISTEE
tjfc WHITE
luc m urm immgocnt »«
-------
WETLAND ASSESSMENT
REPORT
ENBRIDGE PIPELINES, INC.
TALMADGE CREEK OIL SPILL
PROJECT
FREDONIA TOWNSHIP
CALHOUN COUNTY, MICHIGAN
Prepared for:
Enbridge Pipelines, Inc.
August 2010
URS
URS Corporation
3950 Sparks Drive SE
Grand Rapids, Michigan 49546
URS Project No. 12942585
C
-------
Tim if cinans
SECTION 1 INTRODUCTION .......1-1
SECTION 2 METHODOLOGY................................................................................... .....................2-1
2.1 Map Resource Investigation 2-1
2.2 Criteria for Wetland Investigation 2-1
2.2.1 Hydi'ophytic Vegetation 2-1
2.2.2 Hydric Soils 1.... 2-2
2.2.3 Hydrologic Indicators 2-2
SECTION 3 RESULTS AMD CONCLUSIONS.............................................. 3-1
3.1 Map Resource Investigation 3-1
3.2 Field Investigation 3-2
3.2.1 Description of Wetlands 3-2
3.3 Conclusions 3-2
SECTION 4 REFERENCES 4-1
SECTION 5 CORPORATE AND PROFESSIONAL QUALIFICATIONS 5-1
List of Figures
figure 1 Site Location and USGS Topographic Map
Figure 2 Release Area Site Base Map
List of Tables
List of Appendices
Appendix A Photographs
Appendix B Field Data Sheets
URS
-------
Wetland Assessment Report
En bridge Pipeline, Inc. Tatmudge Creek Oil Spill
SECTIONONE introduction
A wetland delineation was performed by URS Corporation staff on behalf of Enbridge, Ine in
support of the excavation of contaminated soils associated with the Talmadge Creek oil spill.
Approximately 2.84 acres of proposed excavation area located in Fredonia Township, Calhoun
County, Michigan was delineated for the proposed excavation of contaminated soils. The
proposed excavation area is located in Fredonia Township within Calhoun County, Michigan.
See Figure 1 for a Site Location Map,
On July 30, 2010, Mr. Brendan Earl, Environmental Scientist for URS Corporation, conducted a
wetland delineation of approximately 6.6! acres of proposed excavation area. The wetlands
were overlaid onto available maps of the proposed project area. Figure 3 is included as the
Wetland Delineation Map.
The wetland delineation was completed using guidance manuals and procedures set forth by the
Michigan Department of Natural Resources and Environment i'MDNRli) and the United Stales
Army Corps of Engineers (USACE). Methods and procedures used for this delineation are in
accordance with Part 303, Wetlands Protection, of Act 451 Natural Resources and
Environmental Protection Act (NRJEPA), as amended (IW4), A permit is required for any
dredging, draining, filling, or maintained use or development activities within regulated wetlands
as defined by Pari 303.
URS
1-1
-------
Wetland Assessment Report
Eiilirltlge Pipeline, Inc. Talmadge Creek Oil Spill
SllfillTWO
Methodology
2.1 MAP RESOURCE INVESTIGATION
Soil surveys, aerial photographs, topographic maps, MDNRE's Wetland Inventory maps, and
National Wetlands Inventory (NWI) maps were reviewed prior to conducting the field work for
indications of surface water, wetlands, physical features, and hydtie soils within the study areas.
The wetland investigation was performed in accordance with the US ACE Wetlands Delineation
Manual (1987), the IIS ACE Draft Interim Regional Supplement 1o the Corps of Engineers
Wetland Delineation Manual: Northcentral and Northeast Region (2008), and the MDNRE
Michigan Wetland Identification Manual (2001). The US ACE Manual follows a three-parameter
approach to making wetland determinations and generally requires that one positive wetland
indicator from each parameter (vegetation, soil, and hydrology) he found on the site to make a
wetland determination. The MDNRE Manual generally requires positive indicators for
hydrophytie vegetation and wetland hydrology. Evidence of wetland hydrology can he
supported by observed hydric soils in the wetland. A summary of the vegetation, soils, and
hydrology within the study area are discussed in the following paragraphs.
Methods and procedures used for this delineation are in accordance with Pari 303, Wetlands
Protection, of Act 451 the Natural Resources and Environmental Protection Act (NREPAh as
amended (1 994). Wetlands were classified in accordance with the U.S. Fish and Wildlife
Service based on Cowardin ct al.'s Classification of Wetlands and Deepwater Habitats of the
United Slates (1979). Although procedures for making wetland determinations in the field are
standardized, wetlands are often transitional areas between aquatic and upland habitats. Wetland
delineations were made using the parameters as defined in the USAGE Manual and MDNRE
Manual and the best professional judgment of the field personnel at the time of the delineation.
The wetland boundaries may be subject to final field delineation and verification by the
MDNRE.
2,2,1 Hydrophytie Vegetation
Dominant plant species observed in the wetlands within the study area were identified and the
wetland indicator status for each species was determined from the National List of Plant Species
that Occur in Wetlands: North Central-Region 3 (USFWS. 1988). The indicator status
2.2 CRITERIA FOR WETLAND INVESTIGATION
URS
2-1
-------
Wetland Assessment Report
Enbrldge Pipeline, Inc. Talmadge Creek Oil Spill
SICTIONTWO
Methodology
designates the probability of a given plant species to occur in regional wetlands. According to
the USACH Manual, an area has hydrophytic vegetation when more than 50 percent of the
dominant plant species present have a wetland indicator status of OBI., FACW+, FACW,
FACW-, FAC+. or FAC.
A hydric soil is a soil that is saturated, flooded, or ponded long enough during the growing
season to develop anaerobic conditions that favor the growth and regeneration of hydrophytic
vegetation. A hydric soil may either be drained or undratned, although a drained hydric soil may
not continue to support hydrophytic vegetation. According to the MDNRF Manual, when a
hydric soil supports hydrophytic vegetation and the area has indicators of wetland hydrology, the
soil is referred to as a wetland soil, Hydric soils are typically determined by soil colors at
diagnostic depths. Soil pits are excavated to a depth of approximately 16 inches with a
sharpshooter shovel. Soils are then visually analyzed using the Mnnsell"'' Soil Color Charts
(2000). Munsell chroma values of two or less with mottles or inclusions and/or gleyed colors
commonly indicate the presence of hydric soils. Other field indicators of hydric soils are aqnic
moisture regime, organic streaking in sand, histic epipedons, reducing soil conditions, and iron
and manganese concretions,
2,2.3 Hydrologic Indicators
Indicators of wetland hydrology are usually present in areas that are periodically inundated or
have soils saturated to the surface at some time during the growing season. Areas that are
inundated or saturated for sufficient duration tend to develop hydric soils and support vegetation
typically adapted for life in anaerobic conditions. These indicators of wetland hydrology include
drainage patterns, drift lines, sediment deposits, water marks, and visual observation of saturated
soils, surface water, or inundation. Water supply to the wetlands in the study area depends on
precipitation, runoff, and groundwater recharge. Hydrologic indicators observed in the study
area were noted during the field investigation.
2.2.2 Hydric Soils
URS
2-2
-------
Wetland Assessment Report
Enbriclgc Pipeline, Inc. Talmadge Creek Oil Spill
S1GT1I1THREE Results and Conclusions
On July 30, 2010, Mr. Brendan Earl Environmental Scientist for URS Corporation, conducted a
wetland delineation of approximately 6.61 acres of the proposed excavation area. One regulated
wetland was identified within the project area. Approximately 2.84 acres of Wetland A will he
impacted by the excavation activities. Figure I is a Site Location Map and Figure 3 is a map of
the Wetland Delineation boundaries. Photographs of the wetlands are included in Appendix A.
Additional details of the vegetation, hydrology, and soils within the study area are available in
the attached Field Data Sheets Appendix B.
3.1 MAP RESOURCE INVESTIGATION
According to the Calhoun, Michigan 7.5-minute United States Geological Survey (USGS)
quadrangle (1985), elevations in the proposed excavation are, as identified on U.S. Geological
Survey tl'SGS) topographic maps, range from 920 to t)30 feet above sea level. Topography in
the excavation area ranges from mostly flat to slightly sloping. The slope ranges from 0 to h
percent. The topographic map is included as Figure 1.
NW1 maps were reviewed for the presence of wetlands within the proposed project area. The
NWI map includes four wetland complexes of which one is composed of bottomland forest
(PR)), one is a scrub/shrub habitat (PSS), and two are emergent wetlands (PEM). However, the
wetland complexes located on the NWI map that were field verified were the emergent and
forested wetland habitats within the project area. The NWI map is included as Figure 4.
Floodplains within the project area arc located along Talmadge Creek. The Floodplain map is
included as Figure 5.
Soil survey data, as described in the Weh Soil Survey of Calhoun County, Michigan (USDA,
2009), was reviewed for the presence of hydric soils within the study areas. A summary of the
soil types located within the proposed project area is included in Table 1. There are ten soil
types mapped to the project area and three of those soils are listed on the Hydric Soils List from
the Soil Survey Geographic (SSURGO) database for Calhoun County, Michigan,
3.2 FIELD INVESTIGATION
One wetland was delineated within the project area. Wetland A is an emergent and forested
wetland along Talmadge Creek, Wetland A will be impacted with approximately 2.84 acre of
URS
3-1
-------
Wetland Assessment Report
Enliriclge Pipeline, Inc. Talinadge Creek Oil Spill
SICTIONTHREE lesulsail Conclislois
impact by excavation activities. The delineated wetland area and its associated positive wetland
indicators are described in the following paragraphs. Additional details regarding the wetland
are available in the Field Data Sheet (Appendix B). The location, area and type of wetland are
depicted in Figure 2.
3,2.1 Description of Wetlands
Wetland A is located along the north bank of Taltnadge Creek and into the forest upstream of the
spill area. Wetland A includes a marginal emergent (PliM) wetland complex located along the
north bank of Talinadge Creek downstream of the spill area and a forested wetland fringe (PFO)
located upstream of the spill area.
Vegetation within the PEM area includes reed canary grass (Phalanx arunduuHx>a, FACW+k
narrow leaf cattail (Typha iin^ustifoUa, OBL ), spotted joe-pye-weed {Enputoriadiipims
tnaailanix, OBL), sensitive fern (Qnoclca sensibilis, FACW), marsh fern (Thelyptetis
thelyplcroidex, PACW+), water hemlock (Cicuta tnucuhdiu OBL). gray dogwood (Comas
raceinosa, FAC), Virginia creeper {Parthenon',sxus quinquefoUa. FAC-k and boneset
(Eupatorinm pcrfoiiatum. FACW+). Hydrology indicators include drainage patterns ami
saturated soils. Soils in the PEM wetland were highly contaminated due to the oil spill,
therefore, no samples were collected however, soil appeared to be a clay loam from 0-16 inches.
Vegetation within the PFO area includes sensitive fern (Onoclea xensihilis, FACW). reed canary
grass (Phalanx anmdinacea, FACW+), gray dogwood (Conms ruccmosa, FAC), silky dogwood
(Comtlx amomutn FACW+k green ash (Fraximis pennxylvanica, FACW), and Virginia creeper
(Parthenocisxux qainquefoihi, FAC-). Hydrology indicators include approximately 4-inehes of
inundation, saturated soils, and drainage patterns. Soils in the PFO wetland area were highly
contaminated due to the oil spill, therefore no samples were collected, however, soil appeared to
be a loam from 0 to 16 inches.
3.3 CONCLUSIONS
On Inly 30. 2010, Mr. Brendan Earl, Environmental Scientist for IIRS Corporation, conducted a
wetland delineation of approximately 6.61 acres of the proposed excavation area. One regulated
wetland was delineated within the project area.
URS
3-2
-------
Wetland Assessment Report
Enbridge Pipeline, Inc. Talmadgc Creek Oil Spill
SiOTIONTHREE _ Results and Coiclusions
Approximately 2.X4 acres of Wetland A will be impacted by the excavation activities. This
wetland was an emergent and forested wetland associated with Talmadge Creek, Please he
advised that the physical characteristics of" the project area can change and are dependent on
factors such as weather, drainage alterations, and the time of the year the wetland delineation
was performed. Additionally, due to health and safely concerns and site accessibility issues
present at the time of the delineation the extent of the wetland impacts may change.
URS
3-3
-------
Wetland Assessment Report
Enbricigc Pipeline, Inc. Talmadge Creek Oil Spill
SECTION IOIR Beterences
Barnes. Builon V.. and Wagner, Warren H. Jr.. Michigan Trees - A Guide to the Trees of the
Great Lakes Region, The University of Michigan Press, Ann Arbor, MI, 2004.
Chadde, Sieve W., A Great Lakes Wethuul Flora, Second Edition. PoeketFlora Press, Laurium,
MI, 2002.
Cowardin, L., V. Carter, F.Golct, and C. La Roc., Classification of Wetlands and Deepwater
Habitats of the United States. United States Fish and Wildlife Service, Washington, DC.
197C).
Environmental Laboratory, ll)87 Corps of Engineers Wetlands Delineation Manual. Technical
Report Y-87-1, United States Army Engineer Waterways Experiment Station, Vicksburg,
MS, 1987.
National Resources Conservation Service (NRCS), Hydrie Sails of Michigan January 2010.
Newcomb, Lawrence, Newcomh's Wildflower Guide, Little, Brown, & Company. Canada. 1977.
Smith, Norman F., Trees of Michigan and the Upper Great Lakes, Thunder Bay Press, Lansing,
Ml, W5.
US Fish and Wildlife Service (USFWS), National Ust of Plant Species that Occur in
Wetlands: North Central (Region 3), Biological Report 88(23.6). May 1988.
US National Fish and Wildlife Service (USFWS), National Wetlands inventory Map, 2006.
US Department of Agriculture. Soil Survey of Calhoun, Michigan. Issued W2.
US Department of Agriculture, Munselt" Soil Color Charts, Revised 2000.
US Geological Survey (USGS). 7,5-minute quadrangle Calhoun County, Michigan, 1985.
URS
4-1
-------
Wetland Assessment Report
Enbridge Pipeline, Inc. Talinaclge Creek Oil Spill
SICTIONFIVE
Corporate and Professional Qualifications
URS has been a worldwide provider of comprehensive environmental and other specialized
consulting and engineering services for more than 100 years. The Corporate Headquarters for
URS is in San Francisco, California. The company has more than 200 offices in 20 countries,
and is staffed by over 30,000 professional and support personnel.
Mr. Brendan Earl, Environmental Scientist for URS performed the wetland delineation, data
acquisition ami reporting. Mr. Brendan Earl is a qualified environmental professional with
extensive cm ironniental experience and training from the URS office located in Grand Rapids,
Michigan.
Sincerely,
URS Corporation Great Lakes
Sherry Slocum
Manager. Ecological Services Group
Brendan Earl
Environmental Scientist
5-1
-------
Wetland Assessment Report
Knbridge Pipeline, Inc. Talmadge Creek Oil Spill
figures
-------
(
(
Approximate
Site Location
IIughAa ll
Set. '.J
•Wat« Tank
vvaiON I " \C
i**: j
iiPumping
» SOUTH
^§f*7
Fredonia Township
Figure 1. Site Location and USGS Topographic Map V
Enbridge Inc. Jalmadge Creek Oil Spill, Fredonia Township, Michigan A
Township 03S Range 06W Section 2 0 ^^ ^0F0eet URS
Created for: Enbridge Created by: JPB. URS Corp. Project , August 1, 2010
Data Source: http://Www.mcgi.state.mi.us/mgdl/. http://datagateway.nrcs.usda.gov/
Calhoun County, Michigan
-------
¦r
t ' '
t < . ,v
'f,* . i . ¦ -« *;-¦
k- ¦ ¦ • <
L- * > ^
MSTrr4
egend
• Skimmer
* Culvert
Hot Zone Perimeter
— Hot Zone
Gravel Pad
Laydown Area Perimeter
Staging Pad
Gravel Pad
0 Booms (E4)
Roads
— Division Location Lines
J Release_Area_1st_Draft_Shape
¦ ¦ Kalamazoo Centerline_JPM
— Line_6B_Calibrated_GPS Route Cal Val Pts 07131(f!
ENBRIDGE
~ Miles
Enbridge Energy, Limited Partnership
MP 608-Marshall, Ml
Release Area Site Base Map
DATE ISSUED: July 31,2010
DATE REVISED:
SCALE: 1:1,000
DRAWN BY: NMS/JPM
SERIES:
-------
Wetland "A"
Approximate Spill
Location
( k
-
. - t;v. ,¦
Figure 3.
Wetland Delineation Map Taimadge creek
Enbridge Inc. Jalmadge Creek Oil Spill, Fredonia Township, Michigan
Township 03S
Range 06W Section 2
L
I Feet
800
URS
0 200 400
Created for: Enbridge Created by: JPB, URS Corp. Project , August 1,2010
Data Source: http://www.mcgi.state.mi.us/mgdl/. http://datagateway.nrcs.usda.gov/
-------
(
Talmadge Creek
Figure 4.
National Wetland Inventory (NWI) Map
Enbridge Inc. Jalmadqe Creek Oil Spill. Fredonia Township, Michigan
Township 03S
Range 06W Section 2
Emergent Forested Scrub-Shrub ^
Spill Area
URS
0 200 400
Created for: Enbridge Created by: JPB, URS Corp. Project , August 1,2010
Data Source: http://www.mcgi.state.mi.us/mgdl/, http://datagateway.nrcs.usda.90v/
-------
Figure 5.
FEMA FIRM Floodplain Map
Enbridge lnc.rTalmadae Creek Oil Soill. Fredonia Township. Michigan
Township 03S
Range 06W Section 2
I Feet
800
URS
0 200 400
Created for: Enbridge Created by: JPB. URS Corp. Project , August 1, 2010
Data Source: http://www.nxgi.state.mi.us/rngdl/. http://datagateway.nrcs.usda.gov/
-------
(
(
Figure 6. Soil Survey Map Talmadge Creek Hydric Soils KOM0 Spin Area
Enbridge Inc. Jalmadge Creek Oil Spill, Fredonia Township, Michigan
Township 03S . URS
Range 06W Section 2 Created for: Enbrkjge Created by: JPB, URS Corp. Project . August 1, 2010
Data Source: http://www.mcgi.state.mi.us/mgdt\ http://datagateway.nrcs.usda.gov/
-------
Wetland Assessment Report
Km bridge Pipeiiiie, Inc. Talniaclge Creek Oil Spill
faliis
-------
IWol.K I
SOILS MAPPED TO THE PROPOSED PROJECT AREA
I'nbridge Pipelines, Inc. Talmadgc Creek Oil Spill
Soil
S\ mhul
Soil I nit
44A
\ok"
Houghton Muck
4
13 B
14B
! oB
1 (>C
25 A
25 R
45 B
\diiai! Muck
Spmks loaim sand
Bronson sandv loutu
Oshtemo sands' loam
(Oshtemo sand\ loam
Kalamazoo loam
Kalama/oo loam
I5i andv sand\ loam
Mat heron loam
Brief Description of Soil I n if
This soil has ft to 2 percent slopes. I his soil is very poorh
drained and lias no frequency of Hooding and frequent
ponding.
This soil lias ft to 2 percetil slopes and is very poorly drained.
There is no frequency of" flooding and frequent ponding and
modenm h high uater capacity.
This soil has 0 to o percent slopes and is well drained. The soil is
not Hooded or ponded and has high a\ailable water capacity.
This soil lias o to (> percent slopes and is moderately well drained.
This soil has no frequency of Hooding or ponding and high
a\ ailahle w ater capacity.
This soil has o to o percent slopes and well drained. This soils is
not flooded or ponded^and has high available water capacity.
This soil liars o to 1 2 percent slopes and is well drained. The soils
is not Hooded or ponded and has high a\ ailahle w ater capacity.
This soil has 0 to 2 percent slopes. This soil is well drained, is not
Hooded or ponded, and has high a\ ailable water capacity.
This soil h as 2 to 0 percent slopes. This soil is well drained, is not
flooded or ponded, and has high a\ ailahle water cap_aeih\
This soil has 1 to 4 percent slopes and is somewhat poorh
drained. 1 his soil has high ;n ailable w ater capaeilx and no
frequency lor Hooding or ponding.
This soil lias 0 (o 3 percent slopes and is somewhat poorly
drained. This soil is not flooded or ponded, and lias high
available w ater capacity.
Soil Sunboi. Noil t ml. .iiul Soil Descnption as obtained iroiii the I't /> \ni S;;; s, ; ,ii i w:t\ , \lu !>n'nn
I hdnc soils as listed on 1 Iwli k Soils lisi ftoin i!n - So;/ S::rw\ ii, nvt aph'L • VV( Hi if )> J, ,•/,//>. a. jm Hun m> ( "uum\, f:fmnis.
Hydric?
(Y/N)
\
TT
x
N
N
N
N
Page 1 of 1
-------
Wei land Assessment Report
Enbridge Pipeline, Inc. Talmadge Creek Oil Spill
APPENDIXA
Photographs
-------
URS
PHOTOGRAPHIC LOG
Client Name:
Enbridge, Inc.
Site Location:
Photo No.
1
Date:
7/30/10
Direction Photo
Taken:
North
Description:
Wetland A - PEM wetland
associated with Talmadge
Creek
URS Project No.
Direction Photo
Taken:
Northwest
Photo No.
2
Date:
7/30/10
Description:
Wetland A - PEM wetland
associated with Talmadge
Creek
Talmadge Creek Oil Spill, Fredonia Township,
Michigan
-------
-------
URS
PHOTOGRAPHIC LOG
Client Name:
Enbridge, Inc.
Photo No.
5
Date:
7/30/10
Direction Photo
Taken:
Northwest
Description:
Wetland A - PEM wetland
associated with Talmadge
Creek
Emergent Wetland
vegetation.
Photo No.
6
Date:
7/30/10
Direction Photo
Taken:
Southwest
Description:
Wetland A - PEM wetland
associated with Talmadge
Creek
Site Location:
Talmadge Creek Oil Spill, Fredonia Township,
Michic
URS Project No.
12942585
-------
PHOTOGRAPHIC LOG
Client Name:
Enbridge, Inc.
Direction Photo
Taken:
West
Description:
Wetland A - PEM wetland
associated with Talmadge
Creek
Site Location:
Talmadge Creek Oil Spill, Fredonia Township,
Michigan
URS Project No.
12942585
Photo No.
7
Date:
7/30/10
Photo No.
8
Date:
7/30/10
Direction Photo
Taken:
South
Description:
Wetland A - PEM wetland
associated with Talmadge
Creek
-------
PHOTOGRAPHIC LOG
URS
Client Name:
Enbridge, Inc.
Photo No.
9
Date:
7/30/10
Direction Photo
Taken:
Northeast
Description:
Wetland A - PEM wetland
associated with Talmadge
Creek
Photo No.
10
Date:
7/30/10
Direction Photo
Taken:
East
Description:
Wetland A - PEM wetland
associated with Talmadge
Creek
Site Location:
Talmadge Creek Oil Spill, Fredonia Township
Michigan
URS Project No.
12942585
-------
URS
PHOTOGRAPHIC LOG
Client Name:
Enbridge, Inc.
Photo No.
11
Date:
7/30/10
Direction Photo
Taken:
West
Description:
Wetland A - PEM wetland
associated with Talmadge
Creek
Photo No.
12
Date:
7/30/10
Direction Photo
Taken:
Northeast
Description:
Wetland A - PEM wetland
associated with Talmadge
Creek
Site Location:
Talmadge Creek Oil Spill, Fredonia Township,
URS Project No.
12942585
-------
-------
-------
URS
PHOTOGRAPHIC LOG
Client Name:
Enbridge, Inc.
Photo No.
17
Date:
7/30/10
Direction Photo
Taken:
East
Description:
Wetland A - PFO wetland
Site Location:
Talmadge Creek Oil Spill, Fredonia Township,
Michiqan
in
URS Project No.
12942585
W
Photo No.
18
Date:
7/30/10
Direction Photo
Taken:
Southeast
Description:
Wetland A - PFO wetland
-------
-------
WETLAND DETERMINATION DATA FOR* - Northcentrai and Northeast Region
Project 'Site _____
¦pficant/Ovvner: v-
Investigator(s)'
'i ( t "i •
Land form (hillslope. ten ace, etc.).
Slope {%) _____ Lat:
Soil Map Unit Name. .? : ft7'
City/County:.
Sampling Date. „
State-
IL
Sampling Point. _
Section Township. Range:.
Local relief (concave, cortex none)
Long-.
Datum.
NWI classification: /I-• \
Are climatic / hydroiogic conditions on the site typical lor this time of year? Yes.
Are Vegetation,
Are Vegetation.
Soil.
.Soil
or Hydrology.
. significantly disturbed?
ft &
, or Hydrology i 'I1 naturally problematic?
No (If no, explain in Remarks.)
Are "Normal Circumstances" present? Yes _
(If needed, explain any answers in Remarks.)
No ,
SUMMARY OF FINDINGS - Attach site map showing sampling point locations, transects, important features, etc.
Hvdrophvtic Veaetation Present? Yes , ' No
Hvdric Soil Present''* Yes No
Is the Sampled Area
within a Wetland? Yes _
' , No
Wetland Hvdrolooy Present? Yes ' •" No
If yes. optional Wetland Site ID: " I
'! ¦
Remarks: (Explain alternative procedures here or in a separate report.)
/. «'V '• \»'t' " ' . ! 1 '• j 1 < ' ' , '
otmwcI" atneo. oi\d ipeetl cii'isH
\>.,i * <. v. : i t .. t a ' i,,
ii*l "\t¥"io€ci-
HYDROLOGY
Secondacv.lnd!catofs (fflWmumMl^jeayjrea
Surface Soil Cracks (B6)
X Drainage Patterns (B10)
Moss Trim Lines <" Saturation (A3)
Water Marks (B1)
Sediment Deposits (B2)
Drift Deposits (B3)
Algal Wat or Crust (B4)
Iron Deposits (B5)
Inundation Visible on Aerial Imagery (B?) Other (Explain in Remarks)
Sparsely Vegetated Concave Surface (B8)
Water-Stained Leaves (B9)
Aquatic Fauna (B13)
Marl Deposits (B15)
Hydrogen Sulfide Odor (C1)
Oxidized Rhizospheres on Living Roots (C3i
Presence of Reduced Iron (C4)
Recent iron Reduction in Tilled Soils (C6)
Thin Muck Surface (C7)
Field Observations:
Surface Water Present?
Yes X
No
Depth (inches):
Water Table Present?
Yes
No
Depth (inches):
Saturation Present?
Yes X
No
Depth (inches):
Wetland Hvdroloqv Present? Yes X No
(includes capillary fringe)
Describe Recorded Data (stream gauge, monitoring well, aerial photos, previous inspections), if available:
Remarks:
US Army Corps of Engineers
Northcentrai and Northeast Region - Interim Version
-------
VEGETATION - Use scientific names of plants.
/
Sat notna Point ,
1 Tree Stratum fPiot size. - " < . >
Absolute
% Cover
Dominant Indicator
Species? Status
Dominance Test worksheet:
" •; *.
to£L
' 1 •„ :•
Number of Dominant Species
That Are OBL. FACW. or FAC: —. (At
2
Total Number of Dominant
Species Across All Strata: C"' IB1
3.
4.
Percent of Dominant Species
That Are OBI, FACW. or FAC: ~ (A/B)
5,
8.
Prevalence Index worksheet:
Total % Coyer of: ,»by
7.
icrflt
= Total Cover
jj ¦ *®*~
OBL species V';"" x1 =
Saohna'Shrub Stratum fPiot size 1 1 )
1. '--O ( 1 ~ < -K. : - V ' > '* "
**"} c?
FACW spocios ' ' ¦ : > 2 = \
FAC species "Z~ . *3 =
2.Car: "/si , j.iv" C " ,
ijjs
TV
v/ ! ? i to-
FACU soectes ... x4 =
3.
UPL soecios ' "¦ x 5 =
Column Totals' 'ZJ7-' (A) ' {81
4.
5.
Prevalence Index = B'A = ' ' >
6.
Hycfrophytic Vegetation Indicators:
7.
Rapid Test for Hydrophyttc Vegetation
\i, ""
- Total Covei
Dominance Test is >50%
Herb Stratum (Plot size - > - S
1.h«.V i. I ' '¦ 1 i. • ' ''
,—
i r
• Prevalence Index is S3.01
Morphological Adaptations' (Provide supporting
data in Remarks or on a separate sheet)
2 fij i '• < -i"
I po
Problematic Hydrophyttc Vegetation' (Explain)
v.
\ i_ , i . . - ... i
1 o
4 0'"i.'\s r s .
. > f
'indicator of nydric sot! and wetland hydrology must
be ore sent, unless disturbed or problematic.
I1
5. h' -4' , ' • '».» '
ID
Definitions of Vegetation Strata:
e(.> ..
2jO
v/ Q16L
7."' !">,**'¦ Llri" 1; • i 1 1 " >
^ f*\
\ ' '' f 1 '
Tree - Woody plants 3 in. {7.8 cm) or more in diameter
at breast height (DBH), regardless of height.
Sapling/shrub - Woody plants less than 3 in. DBH
and greater than 3.28 ft ft m) tall.
a.
1
/
9.
10.
Herb - All herbaceous (rton-woody) plants, regardless
of size, and woody plants less than 3.28 ft tall.
11.
12.
Woody vines - Al! woody vines greater than 3.28 ft in
Woody Vine Stratum (Plot size. \ ^ - '• )
i DC)
- Total Cover
height.
1 p,\' ' . •••,'
80
\' C~"*{ r
2.
3.
Hydrophyttc
Vegetation
Present? Yes X No
4.
= Total Cover
Remarks: (Include photo numbers here or on a separate sheet.)
US Army Corps of Engineers
North central and Northeast Region - Interim Version
-------
SOIL Sampling Point: - /
Profile Drscri(TtTon: (Describe to the deptFTneeded to document the indicator or confirm the absence of Indicators)
Depth Mate: _ fMaxf eaLyres —
f:riches) .. ColorlmoisQ ColorImoistl 5k Type'.. Loc.: lexUije Remarks
1 r%< ' i . c 1 e'' i'~ rlki'.y:
I
'Type: OConcentration, D=Depletiori, RM^Reduced Matrix, GS=Covered or Coated Sand Grains. 'location: PL=Pore Lining, M=Matrix.
Hydric Soil Indicators:
_ Histosol (A1) _
. Histic Epipedon (A2)
Black Histic (A3) _
Hydrogen Sulfide (A4) _
Stratified Layers (A5) _
Depleted Below Dark Surface {A11) _
_ Thick Dark Surface (A12) _
Sandy Mucky Mineral (SI) _
Sandy Gleyed Matrix (S4) _
_ Sandy Redox (S5)
Stripped Matrix (S6)
Dark Surface (S?) (LRR R, MLRA 149B)
Polyvalue Below Surface (S8) (LRR R,
MLRA 1498)
Thin Dark Surface (S9) (LRR R. MLRA 1496)
Loamy Mucky Mineral (F1 > (LRR K, L)
Loamy Gleyed Matrix (F2)
Depleted Matrix (F3)
Redox Dark Surface (F8)
Depleted Dark Surface
-------
MICHIGAN DEPARTMENT OF ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY « LAND AND WATER MANAGEMENT DIVISION
CREDIT CARD TRANSACTION AUTHORIZATION FOR ONE-TIME TRANSACTIONS
INSTRUCTIONS: Print or type entries clearly. Carefully read and complete the entire authorization
form. Mail the completed form to the appropriate Land and Water Management Division office that
you are authorizing to charge your account. For security purposes, do riot e-mail or fax this form, if
you have questions about completing this form, call the phone number provided by the Land and
Water Management Division office you are authorizing to charge your account.
TYPE OF CREDIT CARD
~ MASTERCARD ~ VISA ~ DISCOVER
CREDIT CARD HOLDER NAME
(as it appears on the card)
J'Sarbo rn R. U'
STREET ADDRESS
37777 ti'L .STi k
CITY, STATE, ZIP
'Sr.uthWkl , M.
TELEPHONE NUMBER
W -1i5l 8X1
E-MAIL ADDRESS (optional)
01" VI €< - LOf H i Q (s
-------
Attachment D
Preliminary Threatened and Endangered Species Survey
-------
United States Department of the interior
FISH AND WILDLIFE SERVICE
East Lansing Field Office (ES)
2651 Coolidge Road, Suite 101
East Lansing. Michigan 48823-6316
IN RFPLY RKFER TCX
July 30, 2010
Mr. Steven Wolf
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
Region 5
25089 Center Ridge Road
Westlake. Ohio 44145
Re; Request for Emergency Consultation for the Response to the Kalamazoo River Oil Spill. Calhoun
and Kalamazoo Counties, Michigan
Dear Mr. Wolf:
We are responding to your request for an emergency consultation pursuant to section 7 of the
Endangered Species Act (Act) of 1973, as amended, 50 CFR §402.05 provides Federal agencies the
ability to consult in an expedited manner in situations involving an act of God, disaster, casualties, etc.,
and includes response activities that must be taken to prevent imminent loss of human life or property.
We understand that new road construction through forested riparian areas rnav be necessary to provide
access for oil spill clean up. Forested riparian areas within southern Michigan may provide habitat for
the federally endangered Indiana Bat (Myotis sodalis). Although there are no documented records of
Indiana bats in the vicinity of the action, complete survey information is lacking, and maternity
colonies may be present. As a result, efforts should be made to protect habitat, if possible.
The summer range of Indiana bats in Michigan includes the southern half and most of the western
coastal counties of the Lower Peninsula. Suitable habitat typically consists of highly variable forested
landscapes in riparian, bottomland and upland areas composed of roosting trees. In Michigan, Indiana
bats area often found in palustrine forested wetlands with an open understory. Roost trees generally
are large (greater than 9 inches in diameter), dead, dying, or live trees with peeling or exfoliating bark,
which allows the bat to roost between the bark and bole of the tree. Favored roost trees are usually
exposed to the sun. Female Indiana bats typically form colonies that use several alternate roost trees in
addition to primary roost trees. Individual bats are known to travel up to 7.8 kilometers (4.8 miles)
between roosts in a single night and at least 2 to 4 kilometers from roost trees while foraging. We have
enclosed additional information concerning the distribution, life history, and habitat requirements of
the Indiana bat.
The following recommendations are provided to help minimize adverse effects of the proposed action
and document any actions taken:
> Modify road locations, as feasible, to avoid areas of suitable habitat.
-------
> Within areas of suitable habitat, avoid removal of dead, dying, or live trees with peeling or
exfoliating bark that are larger than 9 inches in diameter,
> Determine the approximate location, total size, and configuration of forested areas cut for
access road construction and provide that information to the Service once the response action is
completed,
> Report to the East Lansing Field Office (517 351-2555) any observations of bat mortalities, or
bats exiting cut trees.
We conclude that the process of oil spill containment and clean up may affect Indiana bat, but should
not jeopardize the species. Once the oil spill is under control, we request that you initiate consultation
with our office. In addition, we request that you provide our office a description of the emergency, a
justification for the expedited consultation, and an evaluation of the response to and the impact of the
emergency on Indiana bat and its habitat.
We appreciate the opportunity to cooperate with the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. If you
have any questions regarding these comments, please contact Jack Dingledine of this office, at (517)
351-6320 orjack_dingledine@fws.gov.
Sincerely,
Jack Dingledine
Acting Field Supervisor
cc; Chris Moving,
MDNRE, Wildlife Division, Lansing, Ml
-------
Bat Life History
Since listing as endangered in 1967, the range-wide Indiana bat population has declined by nearly
60%. Several factors have contributed to its decline including the loss and degradation of suitable
hibernacula. human disturbance during hibernation, pesticides, fragmentation of forest habitat, and loss
and degradation of forested habitat, particularly stands of large,
mature trees.
In Michigan, summering Indiana bats roost in trees in riparian, bottomland, and upland forests from
approximately April 15 to September 15. Indiana bats may summer in a wide range of habitats, from
highly altered landscapes to intact forests. Roost trees are typically found in patches of forests of
varying size and shape, but have also been found in pastures, hog lots, fence rows, and residential
yards.
Male Indiana bats are dispersed throughout the range in the summer, roosting individually or in small
groups, but may favor areas near hibemaculum. In contrast, reproductive females form larger groups,
referred to as maternity colonies. Female Indiana bats exhibit strong site fidelity to summer roosting
and foraging areas, tending to return to the same summer range annually to bear their young. These
traditional summer sites are essential to the reproductive success and persistence of local populations.
Indiana bats are known to use a wide variety of tree species for roosting, but structure (i.e., crevices or
exfoliating bark) is probably most important in determining if a tree Is a suitable roost site. Roost trees
generally are dead, dying or live trees (e.g. shagbark hickory and oaks) with peeling or exfoliating bark
which allows the bat to roost between the bark and bole of the tree, but Indiana bats will also use
narrow cracks, split tree trunks and/or branches as roosting sites. Southern Michigan maternity roost
trees are typically in open areas exposed to solar radiation. Roost trees vary considerably in size, but
those used by Indiana bat maternity colonies usually are large relative to other trees nearby, typically
greater than 9 inches dbh. Male Indiana bats have been observed roosting in trees as small as 3 inches
dbh.
Maternity roosts of the Indiana bat can be described as "primary" or "alternate" based upon the
proportion of bats in a colony consistently occupying the roost site. Maternity colonies typically use
10-20 different trees each year, but only 1-3 of these are primary roosts used by the majority of bats
for some or all of the summer. It is not known how many alternate roosts must be available to assure
retention of a colony within a particular area, but large, nearby forest tracts appear important.
Although the Indiana bat appears to be adaptable to changes in its roosting habitat, it is essential that a
variety of suitable roosting trees exist within a colony's summer area to assure the persistence of the
colony.
-------
Approved
MEMORANDUM
TO:
Re:
DATE:
FROM:
October 14, 2011
United States Environmental Protection Agency
Enbridge Energy, Limited Partnership
Bucket Sheen Test SOP
1.0 INTRODUCTION
This document outlines a standard operating procedure (SOP) for a Bucket Sheen Test that will
be implemented concurrent with the oil recovery activities in the Kalamazoo River flood plain.
This procedure is a modification of the Static Sheen Test from 40 CFR Appendix 1 to Subpart A
of Part 435. The purpose of the test is to delineate potential sheen-producing sediments within
non-submerged areas of polygons previously identified by submerged oil poling teams on
flooded areas along the river bank. The data developed through the Bucket Sheen Test will be
utilized to determine approximate volumes of impacted sediments within the polygons for
remedial planning purposes.
2.0 WORK AREA MONITORING
• The test procedure will begin by visually delineating the non-submerged perimeter of
the polygon.
• A sample grid will then be established over the non-submerged portion of the
polygon which will include at least three nodes spaced at a maximum of 25 foot
centers.
• A check valve sampling tool that consists of a drive head and a 3-inch diameter by 2-
foot long, disposable, acetate sampling tube will be utilized to collect core samples
from the sediment at each node location in the polygon. The sampling tube will be
pushed or hammered into the sediment at each grid node to a depth of
approximately 2 feet below grade. It will then be extracted from the borehole and
uncoupled from the drive head. Recovery will be measured and the tube will be cut
and opened with a cutting tool.
• The resulting sediment core will be sectioned into four 6-inch segments. A
representative sample will be collected from each section (approximately two-thirds
1
-------
Approved
of the segment) and placed into separate 5-gallon buckets of water. Each bucket
shall be filled with approximately 12 inches of water collected at the river.
Utilizing the standard poling technique, the sediment and water will be agitated in the
bucket.
Record observations of sheen following the approved Overbank and Poling
Reassessment Plan (Poling Work Plan), (i.e. defined as none, light, moderate,
heavy, and if globules are present according to the Submerged Oil Field Observation
Flowchart in Attachment A of the Poling Work Plan). These observations will be
recorded for use by the Outstanding Sites Characterization and Reconciliation
(OSCAR) team.
For the purpose of this SOP, the Bucket Sheen Test will be evaluated on the
presence or absence of petroleum sheen and any petroleum sheen observed will
result in a failure. If the Bucket Sheen Test fails at the perimeter of the polygon,
additional sediment core samples will be collected to determine the vertical and
horizontal extent of petroleum impacts beyond the polygon. This information will be
used to estimate the volume of potentially impacted sediment.
• Viewing points above the test container should be made from at least three sides of
the test container and at numerous viewing angles from horizontal to ensure
observation of any evidence of free oil.
Detection of a silvery or metallic sheen or gloss, increased reflectivity, visual color,
iridescence, or an oil slick on the water surface of the test container surface shall
constitute a demonstration of free oil. These visual observations include patches,
streaks, or sheets of such altered surface characteristics.
Each sediment core will be logged and its location will be recorded with the YUMA
GPS device.
If gross contamination is observed in the bucket, the test will be stopped and the
water and sediment will be containerized for proper transport and disposal. If sheen
is observed in the bucket, the sheen will be collected using absorbent material. The
water will then be decanted onto the ground and any remaining sediment will be
returned to the borehole. If no sheen is observed, the water will be decanted onto the
ground and the sediment returned to the borehole.
2
-------
Approved
Enbridge Line 6B MP 608
Marshall, Ml Pipeline Release
Overbank Oil Recovery Standard Operating Procedures
Prepared for United States Environmental Protection Agency I
Michigan Department of Environmental Quality
Enbridge Energy, Limited Partnership
Submitted: May 27, 2011
Approved: June 8, 2011
-------
Approved
1.0 INTRODUCTION 1
2.0 SITE SELECTION 1
3.0 OVERBANK OIL RECOVERY PROCEDURES 2
3.1 Mechanical Removal 2
3.2 Vacuum Removal 3
3.3 Organic Sorbent Application 3
-------
Approved
LIST OF ACRONYMS
Enbridge
Enbridge Energy, Limited Partnership
GPS
global positioning system
Line 6B
The pipeline owned by Enbridge Energy, Limited Partnership that runs just
south of Marshall, Michigan
MDEQ
Michigan Department of Environmental Quality
SCAT
Shoreline Cleanup Assessment Technique.
SOP
Standard Operating Procedure
U.S. EPA
United States Environmental Protection Agency
WTTD
Waste Treatment, Transportation and Disposal Plan
-------
Approved
1.0 INTRODUCTION
The purpose of this Overbank Oil Recovery Standard Operating Procedure (SOP) is to
provide general guidance to the ongoing recovery operations of overbank oil resulting from
the July 2010 Enbridge Line 6B MP 608 pipeline release in Marshall, Michigan. This SOP
addresses overbank oil recovery operations for the sites identified as requiring response
activities by Enbridge Energy, Limited Partnership (Enbridge), the United States
Environmental Protection Agency (U.S. EPA) and the Michigan Department of
Environmental Quality (MDEQ).
This SOP expands upon the approved National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration
(NOAA) Shoreline Cleanup and Assessment Technique (SCAT) Cleanup Recommendations
as presented in the September 14, 2010 Kalamazoo River/Enbridge Spill - Cleanup
Recommendation Methods. The purpose of this SOP is to remove and recover free oil and
oil that is likely to mobilize to the river. Additional investigation and remediation efforts will
be conducted at sites identified for oil recovery at a later date and will follow the
requirements of the MDEQ consent order.
2.0 SITE SELECTION
The selection of sites for overbank oil recovery using the outlined techniques will be jointly
determined by Enbridge, the U.S. EPA, and the MDEQ based on current observed site
conditions and the results of the reassessment process. Specific application of one or more
of the presented oil recovery procedures will depend upon a number of factors including:
• Site access and logistics;
• Type(s) of remaining oil;
• Ecological setting/sensitivity, and
• Physical setting of the area (wetlands, wood, vegetative cover, etc.).
Overbank locations will be delineated and flagged prior to recovery operations. Areas of
concern (i.e. sensitive areas, priority areas, hotspots) will be clearly marked. All boundaries
(pre and post removal) will be documented using global positioning survey (GPS) equipment
capable of sub-meter accuracy. This information, along with photographs and field notes,
1
-------
Approved
will be recorded. Concurrence of the agencies with the locations delineated will be obtained
prior to commencement of operations.
All response activities will be communicated to and coordinated with the U.S. EPA and the
MDEQ prior to mobilization. Oil recovery activities will be conducted in a manner that is
safe, and that minimizes the potential to contaminate adjacent areas included the migration
of contaminants deeper into the soil. Appropriate personal protective equipment (PPE) will
be worn and appropriate measures, including decontamination will be developed and
implemented to protect un-impacted areas. All generated waste will be safely handled,
containerized, transported, and disposed of pursuant to the approved Waste Treatment,
Transportation and Disposal Plan (WTTD).
3.0 OVERBANK OIL RECOVERY PROCEDURES
The following approved oil recovery methods are described in the September 14, 2010
Kalamazoo River/Enbridge Spill - Cleanup Recommendation Methods:
• Manual removal (raking, shoveling, hand);
• Vegetation removal;
• Low pressure cold water flushing, and
• Sorbent material (booms, snares).
In addition to the above approved methods, the following techniques are proposed. These
may be used as standalone options or in combination:
• Mechanical soil removal;
• Vacuum removal, and
• Organic sorbents.
3.1 Mechanical Soil Removal
The use of small excavators may be employed at sites where the area of a maximum of oil
recovery makes manual recovery inefficient. The maximum depth of excavation will not
exceed 6 inches. Small excavators will be used to scrap soil and vegetation to remove oil
and oil saturated media. Consideration will be given to minimize impact to the site by the
excavator during both access and oil recovery. Excavators will avoid wetlands and sensitive
2
-------
Approved
areas. Mats will be used as applicable to minimize disturbance to the soil. Care will be
taken to minimize the impact to woody vegetation.
The oily material will be containerized and transport to Frac Tank City for proper
characterization and disposal pursuant to the approved WTTD.
3.2 Vacuum Removal
The use of vacuum devices to remove oil and oil saturated media may be employed at sites.
Vegetation will be cleared from the area to be vacuumed and oil and oily soil will be
collected using a portable vacuum or other suction device. Areas accessible by land may
utilize truck mounted vacuum units.
All oiled soil and debris will be double bagged or drummed and transport to Frac Tank City
for proper characterization and disposal pursuant to the approved WTTD.
3.3 Organic Sorbent Application
The use of organic oil sorbent material (peat) may be employed at sites to remove free oil.
Vegetation will be cleared from around identified location and the selected sorbent will be by
applied by hand and gently raked into the oiled areas. The applied sorbent will remain for a
minimum of 24 hours for absorption. Following 24 hours, the area will be examined to
determine if additional treatment is needed.
All used sorbent will be removed using rakes and/or vacuum and will be double bagged or
drummed and transport to Frac Tank City for proper characterization and disposal pursuant
to the approved WTTD.
3
-------
Enbridge Line 6B MP 608 Pipeline Release
Marshall, Michigan
Supplement to Source Area Response Plan
and
Supplement to Response Plan for Downstream
Impacted Areas
Referred to as
Operations and Maintenance Work Plan
Enbridge Energy, LP
Revised: October 17, 2010
-------
Enbridge Line 6B MP 608
Marshall, Michigan
Supplement to Source Area Response Plan
and
Supplement to Response Plan for Downstream
Impacted Areas
Referred to as
Operations and Maintenance Work Plan
Table of Contents
1.0 Introduction 1
2.0 Shoreline Operating & Maintenance Activities 2
3.0 Submerged Oil Recovery/Oil Contaminated Sediments 4
4.0 Containment and Recovery Plan 9
4.1 Site Description and Location 9
4.2 Goals and Objectives 9
4.3 Monitoring 9
4.4 Containment 10
4.5 Recovery 16
4.6 Maintenance 16
4.7 Winter Monitoring 17
4.8 Spring Deployment 17
4.9 Erosion Control and Minimization 18
4.10 Mat Road Removal 19
4.11 Observations and Action Tracking 20
5.0 Excavated Soils 22
5.1 Excavated Soil Management 22
6.0 Sampling of Current and Potential Drinking Water Sources 23
7.0 Waste Management 24
8.0 Citizen Call Response Process 25
9.0 Long-Term Support Areas for the Line 6B Spill Response 26
-------
List of Attachments
Attachment A O&M Inspection Tracking Form
Attachment B Operations & Maintenance Record to Sign Off
Attachment C Call Response Process
ii
-------
Acronyms and Abbreviations
Enbridge Energy, Limited Partnership
Global Positioning System
Michigan Department of Natural Resources and Environment
Not Applicable
Quality Control
Source Area Response Plan - A workplan describing interim response actions
designed to protect navigable waters from the crude oil release.
Shoreline Cleanup Assessment Technique also known as SCAT Assessment or
SCAT Process - A systematic approach that uses standard terminology to collect
data on impacted areas, support decision-making for cleanup; reference
HAZMAT Report No. 2000-1; Office of Response and Restoration, Hazardous
Materials Response Division, National Ocean Service, National Oceanic &
Atmospheric Administration, Shoreline Assessment Manual - Third Edition,
August 2000.
SCAT Team A team of qualified individuals using SCAT, organized and reporting to the UC
and comprised of representatives from USEPA, (as the FOSC), MDNRE (as the
SOSC and state NRDA trustee), NOAA or USFWS (as federal NRDA trustees)
and Company to assess impacted areas and recommend cleanup methods and
priorities. At least one member should have sufficient expertise in wetland and
aquatic ecology to evaluate the sensitivity of impacted areas.
SOP Standard Operating Procedure
Company
GPS
MDNRE
NA
QC
SAR
SCAT
-------
1.0 Introduction
This document is a supplement to the existing Source Area Response Plan (SAR) and Response
Plan for Downstream Impacted Areas (RPDIA). The information in this supplement addresses
items "j" (For submerged oil and oil-contained sediments, remediate all impacted areas in and
along Talmadge Creek, the Kalamazoo River, and Morrow Lake by October 31, 2010) and "k"
(Perform operation and maintenance activities as directed by the EPA until otherwise notified by
the EPA. Such operations and maintenance activities may include, but are not limited to: boom
deployment, sorbent deployment, vacuum recovery, silt curtain development, aqua barriers,
coffer dam construction, excavation at all impacted areas (including shoreline) in and along
Talmadge Creek, the Kalamazoo River, and Morrow Lake, and long-term sampling of existing
and potential drinking water sources) in EPA's supplemental order for Enbridge Energy, LP,
dated September 23, 2010. The primary focus of this supplement is to describe the ongoing
Operation and Maintenance (O&M) activities that will be required at the Marshall site under the
EPA Order. This supplement is commonly referred to as the O&M Plan.
1
-------
2.0 Shoreline Operating & Maintenance Activities
The Shoreline Cleanup Assessment Technique (SCAT) process was a multi-step process that
included an initial assessment of areas affected by the release and procedural clean-up
recommendations based on the Cleanup Recommendation Methods that were developed by the
Environmental Advisory Group. Several independent inspections followed the cleanup before
SCAT teams re-assessed each segment to confirm that the clean up was completed in accordance
with the initial recommendations.
During the SCAT re-assessment phase, teams identified areas that could not be fully remediated
using the Cleanup Recommendation Methods such as areas of saturated soil. The location and
extent of these remaining oiled areas was documented using the SCAT Re-assessment Operation
and Maintenance (O&M) Form with the intent of cataloging those areas which may require
additional remediation and/or monitoring following the completion of the SCAT process in
ecologically sensitive locations.
The O&M Inspection Tracking table (Attachment A) was developed by combining the data from
the SCAT Re-assessment O&M Form and the EPA Inspector comments from the final Oil
Recovery Reports. This list of potential O&M areas was further refined by the O&M group
inspectors (EPA and Enbridge) that inspected and assessed each potential O&M area. The O&M
group inspectors developed the maintenance codes and applied them to each O&M area.
Enbridge used the maintenance codes and site specific data to develop the tentative monitoring
protocol. The monitoring protocol is designated as tentative because it is likely that the O&M
areas will change over time as operations and seasonal events change these areas. Therefore, this
table will be a working document that is updated regularly to accurately reflect the conditions at
each O&M area. Recommended changes to the table will be submitted to the U.S. EPA for
review and approval prior to implementation.
Inspections of each O&M area will take place at intervals as designated by the tentative
monitoring protocol. Enbridge inspectors will complete the inspections along designated
portions of the river. The O&M Monitoring Inspection Tracking form will be used by the
inspectors to track the progress of inspections and record the information gathered during each
-------
inspection within their designated areas. The information from the inspectors will be compiled
into one tracking spreadsheet and distributed to the U.S. EPA and MDNRE on a weekly basis
and will include proposed changes to the approved plan. The possibility exists that additional
areas will be added to the table over time. These include: areas discovered by field crews, areas
called in by landowners that are investigated and verified, and areas that may transition from the
submerged oil group. This last category may include locations along the river where residual oil
remains after submerged oil remediation techniques have been exhausted.
During the Talmadge Creek restoration project, features such as underflow dams were installed
to capture any residual oil and contain it prior to reaching the river. In addition, hay bales and/or
other containment structures, as approved by the U.S. EPA, have been placed just upstream of
these dams to contain any oily sediment that may be released during restoration activities. Since
these features may remain for a period of time after that particular project comes to an end and
the crews that have been maintaining these areas may no longer be available, these locations may
also be added to the O&M Inspection Tracking table. The same O&M tracking and follow up
process will be implemented on the Talmadge Creek area as well.
The O&M group inspectors developed the maintenance codes and applied them to each O&M
area. Enbridge used the maintenance codes and site specific data to develop the tentative
monitoring protocol. The monitoring protocol is designated as tentative because it is likely that
the O&M areas will change over time as operations and seasonal events change these areas.
Therefore, this table will be a working document that is updated regularly to accurately reflect
the conditions at each O&M area. Inspections of each O&M area will take place at intervals as
designated by the tentative monitoring protocol. Enbridge inspectors will complete the
inspections, along with EPA oversight, on designated portions of the river. The O&M Inspection
Form will be used by the inspectors to track the progress of inspections and record the
information gathered during each inspection within their designated areas. The information from
the inspectors will be compiled into one tracking spreadsheet and distributed to the U.S. EPA
and the DNRE. If the inspectors deem that the O&M procedures need to be enacted at a
particular location, a contractor crew will be dispatched to carry out the prescribed procedures.
A follow-up inspection will be performed after the prescribed procedures have been completed.
-------
3.0 Submerged Oil Recovery/Oil Contaminated Sediments
3.1 Ceresco Dam Dredging & Permanent Recovery of Submerged Oil and
Oil-Contaminated Sediments at Priority Locations
O&M will be performed for the recovery and/or containment of known (including, but not
limited to, previously identified low and medium priority submerged oil locations) and newly
identified submerged oil and oil-contaminated sediments in accordance with the Work Plan for
Ceresco Dam Dredging and Permanent Recovery of Submerged Oil and Oil-Contaminated
Sediments at Priority Locations. This Work Plan is an attachment to the Supplemental
Modification of the Response Plan for Downstream Impact Area & The Source Area Response
Plan Strategy and Tactics for Permanent Recovery of Submerged Oil & Oil-Contaminated
Sediment submitted September 26, 2010.
A tool box is described in the Work Plan that describes techniques for submerged oil recovery,
which include dredging, vacuum recovery, and sediment agitation (e.g., pneumatic aeration,
manual raking, and water flushing). As part of the O&M process, additional locations of
submerged oil may be identified where it is appropriate to use these oil recovery techniques.
New locations that are candidates for permanent recovery will be evaluated using the same
qualitative assessment criteria utilized to establish the previously identified priority locations
approved by EPA. Near-term containment will be installed prior to recovery activities as
described in the Work Plan.
There are additional sites identified as having moderate to low priority for submerged oil. For
these sites, Operations will need to conduct an assessment for the most feasible course of action;
including containment, maintenance codes, inspection frequency, and priority code reassessment.
This will require visits to each of the sites by the Operations Section. After the site visits are
complete, the O&M Inspection Tracking spreadsheet will be updated to allow entry of the
additional sites into the operations and maintenance program.
If a newly identified submerged oil site is not appropriate for permanent recovery as determined
by the submerged oil task force, then it will be included in the O&M table for inspection and
-------
follow-up. If submerged oil recovery techniques at a known site prove not to be effective, then
these locations will also be added to the O&M table. All submerged oil priority sites will be
inspected and signed off by the EPA before October 31, 2010 unless outstanding issues are
identified. Any sites with outstanding issues will be transferred directly to the Operations and
Maintenance Branch for additional recovery and to the O&M Tracking spreadsheet, following
approval of the EPA. All priority sites that have been signed off by EPA and Enbridge will be
inspected by the Operations and Maintenance branch to determine whether additional
maintenance and monitoring is required.
Site-specific conditions including environmental assessment evaluations will be addressed prior
to execution of recovery operations. The QC procedure described in the Work Plan will be used
to evaluate effectiveness of the permanent recovery. Approval from the U.S. EPA and MDNRE
will be accomplished in accordance with the Work Plan.
More information about the submerged oil recovery process can be found in the work plan titled
"Work Plan for Permanent Recovery of Submerged Oil and Oil-Contaminated Sediments at
Priority Locations and Ceresco Dam Dredging As an Attachment to the Supplemental
Modification of the Response Plan for Downstream Impact Area and the Source Area Response
Plan Strategy and Tactics for Permanent Recovery of Submerged Oil & Oil-Contaminated
Sediment" which was submitted to the U.S. EPA on October 7, 2010.
3.2 Talmadge Creek
An in-situ stream sediment basin (a.k.a. a sand or sediment trap) will be installed in the lower
reach of Talmadge creek to trap and allow removal of coarse and fine sediment material.
Sediment enters the creek from both natural events and human disturbances. Each causes
suspension of materials into the water column which then get transported downstream where
they eventually settle out at locations of reduced flow. The purpose of the sediment trap is to
create an area of reduced flow, by increasing the volume or area that the creek is passing
through, so that sediment/soil particles can fall out of suspension and become "trapped" in the
deeper portions of the trap. The existing flume will be reconstructed immediately downstream
and between its current location and the 48" culvert at A Drive.
-------
The initial construction and clean-out of the existing flumes, check dams, and sediment traps will
be done with an excavator or vacuum truck. The following shall be completed prior to
constructing the sediment trap:
1. Construction of a work pad (equipment mats and/or temporary fill on geo-textile
fabric) west of the creek set back a minimum of 10 feet from the re-established coir
log banks of the creek.
2. Clean out of the existing sediment load above the existing flume (designed to trap oil
sheen and pass water downstream from the middle of the water column) immediately
upstream of A Drive (-99+30R).
3. Clean out the existing sediment load above the small rock check dam (-101+00R)
immediately upstream of the creeks confluence with the Kalamazoo River.
4. Install the new flume, between the existing flume and the 48" CMP under A Drive. If
there is insufficient space, remove the old flume and then construct the new flume in
the furthest downstream location (so as to maximize the length of the proposed
upstream sediment trap).
5. Remove existing flume, if not already completed as part of 4 above.
6. Ensure the upstream end of the flume is deep enough to allow the culverts to draw
water from the middle of the water column.
7. Continue excavation of the sediment trap working from the downstream ending up at
the upstream end (denoted as approximately 80 feet of "Initial Construction") making
sure of the following:
a. There is no excavation of any soil/bottom substrates within 3 feet of the coir
logs on either side of the creek. Excavate only the interior/central portions of
the creek.
-------
b.
Depth of excavation may range from 0 to 5 feet, 3 to 5 feet in the center of the
trap, and will vary depending upon the composition of the bottom substrates
and stability of the side slopes.
c. It is recommended that the trap first be excavated to a maximum depth of
between 0-3 feet to start to make sure there are no impacts to the 3 foot "no
dredge areas" at the outer edges of the creek. If the side slopes of this 3 foot
"buffer" are stable, the trap can be further deepened.
8. Place staff gauges (marked up lathe stakes) in the creek channel at 4 different
locations within the creek channel.
9. If the approximately 80 foot long "Initial Construction" trap fills at a rate requiring
maintenance work more than twice a day, then the trap can be expanded an additional
27 feet (denoted as "Additional Expansion") to provide greater storage capacity.
Upon construction completion, the depth of sediment collecting in the sediment traps shall be
recorded at each of the gauges at least twice a day and continue for at least the first two days
following construction. Depending on the rate of sediment accumulation, the frequency that the
gauges are read may be increased or decreased.
The trap shall be cleaned when the trap fills to at least 50% of its capacity and can be cleaned out
more frequently, before the 50% capacity is reached, if equipment is available and disturbance to
bottom substrates is minimized. The method for subsequent cleanings, either by vacuum or
backhoe, will be determined pending the results of testing of the trapped sediment. All spoils
will be trucked to an approved upland disposal site; no spoils are to be placed in wetland or other
portions of the creek.
A record shall also be kept of the number of times the trap is cleaned and the volume of material
removed. Once the sediment trap is no longer needed, the trap may be either left to fill in
naturally over time and/or filled to its prior grade with 1-3" fieldstone. Removal of the existing
flume will not occur without the approval of the U.S. EPA.
-------
3.3 MP 26.25
MP 26.25 received considerable man-hours of aeration, flushing, and raking work between
September 21, 2010, and October 15, 2010. Cells 1 through 3 were signed off by Carl Pellegrino
of USEPA and Scott Swiech of Enbridge on October 6, 2010. Flushing continued on Cells 4
through 9 by the O&M group and on October 15, 2010, Paul Peronard of USEPA, Joe Kackos of
Enbridge, and Bryan Sederberg of O'Brien's revisited MP 26.25. Paul Peronard and Joe Kackos
signed off on the site and the removal site MP 26.25 is now considered complete.
-------
4.0 Containment and Recovery Plan
4.1 Site Description and Location
O&M areas extend from the release point near Talmadge Creek (MP 0) to Control Point E 5 (MP
39.75) near Morrow Lake and have the potential to include other possible areas downstream of
Morrow Lake Dam related to the release which may be discovered later. This entire area is
defined as the Site. The following containment and recovery strategies may be applied to surface
waters within Talmadge Creek and the Kalamazoo River (MP 2.1 to MP 39.75).
4.2 Goals and Objectives
• Monitor and assess the presence of mobile hydrocarbons on the surface waters within
Talmadge Creek and the Kalamazoo River.
• Effectively and efficiently contain and remove surface hydrocarbons and oil-
contaminated sediment from the surface waters within Talmadge Creek and the
Kalamazoo River.
• Maintain the integrity and effectiveness of the installed containment and collection
systems throughout the site.
• Demobilize and decontaminate containment equipment as it is removed from service.
4.3 Monitoring
Site monitoring from the release site to MP 39.75 will be completed utilizing Air Operations,
watercraft, and land based observation. During the monitoring, crews will be observing river
characteristics such as freezing, debris movement (organic material resulting from the fall
season), checking for the presence of surface hydrocarbon (oil/sheen) as well as subsurface
hydrocarbon migration (submerged oil). These inspections will also include visual inspection of
the surface containment measures and will identify any deficiencies or issues with the systems.
• Air Operations: Weekly site over-flights including surface water inspections from an
altitude of approximately 500' above ground. The inspection team made up of Enbridge
and EPA representatives will monitor for the presence of migrating surface hydrocarbons,
organic debris as well as ice flow. Inspections will include identification of potential
-------
source locations such as impacted shoreline or submerged oil sites. Photos of all control
points will be taken as well as any observed hydrocarbons and ice flows. GPS
coordinates will be taken and forwarded to the O&M and Contaminant and Recovery
O&M Task Forces.
• Vessel Operations: Inspection of all control points will be completed per frequency
requirements using river boats. These inspections will focus on the integrity of the
containment systems as well as the presence of accumulated hydrocarbon/debris/ice
within the containment systems.
• Land Operations: Shoreline crews will assess the effectiveness of the control points,
mainly the collection and recovery points at each boom location as well as "ground
truthing" of areas identified by Air and Vessel Operations.
Information gathered from the monitoring process will be relayed to the O&M and Contaminant
and Recovery O&M Task Force. Continuous consultation with the O&M crews will be
completed to ensure that a timely response to identified issues is completed.
4.4 Containment
Existing containment boom is presently being reconfigured and strengthened in order to provide
effective containment during the fall/early winter months. These control points will need to
withstand significant weather changes and debris accumulation. Reconfigured and strengthened
containment boom will be monitored continuously during periods of river thaw when ice flow
and high velocity river flows exist. If adverse conditions present themselves, (i.e., damaging ice
flow or high velocity river flow during an ice melt) containment boom will be removed with
notification provided to the U.S. EPA.
Control point refers to a location that can contain and collect surface hydrocarbons and debris
and direct the collected material to a recovery point within the boom configuration. These sites
span the entire width of the Kalamazoo River. Eighteen (18) control points currently exist.
These control points consist of 18" or 12" containment boom with instream and shoreline
anchors points. Marker buoys are attached to all instream anchors as well as the upstream lines
on all shoreline anchor points. All control points contain a downstream collection and recovery
10
-------
point, some are accessible by land based operations and some are accessible only by on water
operations due to their remoteness. The deployment of booms on land to prevent oil migration
overland due to precipitation events or ice melt will be evaluated and implemented as necessary
and prudent.
Absorbent material such as absorbent boom, absorbent sweep, rope snare and pompoms will be
used when required. Absorbent material would be installed to temporarily contain shoreline
impacted areas until cleaning operations are complete. Containment booms will be lined with
absorbent material when free oil/product is present. The use of absorbents on sheen is relatively
ineffective; therefore, reliance on the containment boom (hard boom) will be the primary tool
utilized. The proper installation of containment boom is the most effective way to collect and
contain surface sheen/oil. Based on the monitoring, absorbents will be used when required.
Gabion Basket, Sediment Curtain and X-Tex Curtain monitoring and maintenance: This will be
dependent on subsurface hydrocarbon accumulation and collection in these devices. Once
hydrocarbon accumulation ceases, the units will be assessed and possibly removed. This could
be as soon as early October or could span into late November. Removal of any containment
devices will be performed only after approval from the U.S. EPA.
The Sediment and X-Tex curtains serve a dual containment purpose. These deployments contain
surface boom as well as subsurface curtain. The surface boom will collect and contain surface
product/sheen/debris and the curtain will collect and contain subsurface product and debris. All
debris is directed (based on boom angle) to a downstream collection point where debris removal
can be completed.
4.4.1 Current surface water control points: (as of October 15, 2010)
Eleven control points currently exist from the confluence of Talmadge creek and the Kalamazoo
River to MP 39.75.
1. B 5 (Confluence of Talmadge and Kalamazoo, MP 2.1),
2. C 0.5 (MP 5.4),
3. MP 6,
4. C 5 (MP 14.8),
5. C 6 (MP 15.5),
11
-------
6. D 3 (MP 19.4),
7. E 0.5 (MP 27),
8. E 1 (MP 29.4),
9. E 3 (MP 35.2),
10. E 4 (MP 37.75),
11. E 5 (MP 39.75).
4.4.2 Current O&M sites: (as of October 15, 2010)
1.
CI
MP 3.0),
2.
CI
MP 3.5 Island B),
3.
CI
MP 3.5 Island C),
4.
CI
MP 3.75 Island D),
5.
CI
MP 3.75 Island E),
6.
CI
MP 4.25 Island F),
7.
CI
MP 4.25 LDB),
8.
CI
MP 4.25 Island),
9.
C2
MP 5.0),
10.
C2
MP 5.25),
11.
C2
(MP 5.5-5.75),
12.
C3
MP 11.75),
13.
C3
MP 12.5),
14.
C3
MP 12.75),
15.
C3
MP 13.25),
16.
C3
MP 13.50),
17.
C4
MP 15 Island 1),
18.
C4
MP 15 Island 2),
19.
C4
MP 15 Diversion),
20.
C4
MP 15.25),
21.
C4
MP 15.50 RDB),
22.
C4
MP 15.50 Marsh),
23.
C4
MP 15.75 RDB),
24.
C4
MP 15.75 Culverts),
25.
D3
MP 17.75),
26.
D3
MP 18.0),
27.
E4
MP 36.75),
28.
E4
MP 37),
29.
E4
MP 37.75 LDB),
30.
E4
MP 37.75 RDB), and
31.
E4
MP 38).
4.4.3 Current Submerged oil sites: (as of October 15, 2010)
1. CI (MP 5.75S),
2. C2 (MP 5.63),
-------
3. C2 (MP 5.75N),
4. C3 (MP 12.5),
5. C4 (MP 15.25),
6. C4 (MP 15.5),
7. D5 (MP 21.5), and
8. E4 (MP 37-37.5).
4.4.4 Current subsurface sites: (as of October 15, 2010)
Five subsurface control points exist from the confluence of Talmadge creek and the Kalamazoo
River to MP 39.75. These five points are: B 5 (MP 2.1), C4 Gabion Baskets (MP 12.5), D 1
Sediment Curtain (MP 17.75), D 1 Gabion Baskets (MP 18), E 4 X-Tex (MP 37.6 and MP 37.75)
4.4.5 O&M Control Point reduction plan (from October 16, 2010 to October 31, 2010)
Based on the above data, the proposed hard boom reduction plan is as follows.
Surface water control points: Of the existing eleven surface water control points, there is only
one Control Point not on the scheduled list of ten sites to be remain in place and monitored until
October 31, 2010.
Control Point C 5 (MP 14.8) remains in place as there are currently upstream operations. These
operations require that vessel traffic be present on the river. The vessel pillow or wake,
regardless of speed, may allow residual hydrocarbon sheen to wash off the banks and into the
river. Additionally, there is downstream work at the South Mill Pond area. A deflection boom
was installed to direct water flow into this area in order to aid flushing operations. With this
deflection boom in place, Enbridge and EPA agreed to leave the C 5 Control Point in place to
prohibit additional sheen from entering this work area.
Once upstream operations are completed, this Control Point will be removed. Expected time of
completion of upstream activities is October 20, 2010.
The remaining ten control points were selected based on river characteristics (current, width,
depth, substrate, vegetative presence, shoreline access, and shoreline anchor points), their
13
-------
proximity to upstream areas that require additional work (shoreline or submerged oil sites) as
well as proximity to residential areas or public access points. The remaining ten control points
are:
1.
B5 (MP 2.1),
2.
C 0.5 (MP 5.4),
3.
MP 6,
4.
C 6 (MP 15.5),
5.
D 3 (MP 19.4),
6.
E 0.5 (MP 27),
7.
E 1 (MP 29.4),
8.
E3 (MP 35.2),
9.
E 4 (MP 37.75), and
10.
E 5 (MP 39.75).
Current O&M sites: As these sites receive clearance approval from the EPA, the Hard Boom
will be removed. Sorbent boom will then be placed and monitored at sheen locations, if present.
Expected time of completion of upstream activities is October 31, 2010.
Current Submerged oil sites: As these sites receive clearance approval from the EPA, the Hard
Boom will be removed. Sorbent boom will then be placed and monitored, if required, to contain
any residual sheen. Expected time of completion of upstream activities is October 27, 2010.
Current subsurface sites: These sites are to remain in place until all up stream work has been
completed.
November 1st to Freeze up:
Dependent on the completion of in stream clean up (shoreline, submerged oil, etc) and based on
the condition of the river, presence of hydrocarbon product/sheen, the control points will be
further reduced to a total number of 8 sites.
1. B5 (MP 2.1),
2. C 0.5 (MP 5.4),
3. C 6 (MP 15.5),
14
-------
4. D3 (MP 19.4),
5. El (MP 29.4),
6. E 3 (MP 35.2),
7. E 4 (MP 37.75),
8. E 5 (MP 39.75).
MP 6 is to remain in place for one week after dredging operations to ensure no residual sheen is
present. At this point the Control Point will be removed.
These Control Points will then be monitored daily for sheen hydrocarbon; all sheen and debris
will be removed as required. Additionally, the boom will be cleaned of sediment and algae to
reduce the appearance of dirty boom.
These Control Points are either in close proximity to vehicle access or vessel boat launch areas.
As such, the only resource requirements will be vehicles, vessels, debris nets, bags, sorbent and
crews. All debris bags will be hauled to the approved facilities. As no direct contact with
hydrocarbon is present, these sites will not require any additional resources.
Any boom adjustments, repairs or change out will be forwarded to Contaminant and Recovery
O&M Task Force for completion.
As winter approaches, ice build-up will occur. This ice build-up will severely reduce the
integrity of all containment methods and will ultimately be the deciding factor on the removal of
the Control Points. Final Control Point removal will be weather dependent and will most likely
occur in late November or early December 2010.
If there are no significant rain falls and all upstream work is completed, all subsurface sites are to
be removed. If a Control Point is not within proximity (0.25 mile) to subsurface sites, a
temporary control point will be installed downstream to collect any residual sheen that may come
off the sediment boom or gabion baskets. Once the materials from the subsurface location have
been removed, the temporary Control Point will also be removed.
The order of removal will be:
15
-------
1. B5 (MP 2.1) sediment boom only; Hard Boom will remain,
2. C4 Gabion Baskets (MP 12.5),
3. D 1 Sediment Curtain (MP 17.75),
4. D 1 Gabion Baskets (MP 18),
5. E 4 X-Tex (MP 37.6 and MP 37.75).
4.5 Recovery
Recovery of accumulated debris/hydrocarbon within the containment boom at each control point
will be completed by manual labor. Hand tools will be used to recover the debris and
hydrocarbon mixture. All materials will be placed into debris bags and handled and disposed of
appropriately. Absorbents will be used if required (based on presence of free product). If
warranted (significant free product volumes), mechanical skimming equipment will be used for
recovery.
As ice accumulates in the containment boom, an assessment will be made to determine if ice
recovery will be required. Once the ice volume becomes unmanageable or reduces the integrity
of the containment boom, the containment systems will be removed and replaced.
4.6 Maintenance
O&M crews will inspect each control point on a regular basis and complete debris/product/sheen
removal as required. Any boom adjustments or repairs will be completed by the Tech Services
Group. Regular monitoring will be completed at each control point to assess containment
effectiveness, evaluate debris removal techniques as well as to monitor the debris/ice build up.
During the cold seasons, ice build up will occur. These build ups severely reduce the integrity of
all containment methods and will ultimately be the deciding factor on removal and/or
replacement of the systems.
Gabion Basket monitoring and maintenance includes regular visual inspection, removal,
cleaning, restocking and reinstallation of the Gabion panels.
16
-------
Final containment boom, sediment curtain and X-Tex curtain removal will be weather
dependent, most likely late November or early December, 2010. The referenced containment
items will only be removed after approval from the U.S. EPA.
4.7 Winter Monitoring
Monitoring of the entire site will be carried out during the winter months, utilizing Air
Operations, Vessels (airboats) as well as land based observation as appropriate. Crews will
observe river characteristics such as freezing (ice dams), debris movement (organic material
resulting from the Fall season), and check for the presence of surface hydrocarbon (oil/sheen)
and subsurface hydrocarbon migration (submerged oil). Based on these inspections, if surface
hydrocarbons are present, winter containment may be required. If conditions are safe, this can be
accomplished by means of ice slotting. The use of containment booms in the winter months is
not advisable as the containment boom cannot withstand significant ice flows or ice shifting.
The containment skirt on the boom also becomes ineffective once the ice depth exceeds 8-10
inches. Enbridge will contact the County Drain Commissioner and other regulatory bodies to
identify the locations for historical ice dams to aid in identifying areas that are susceptible to the
formation of ice dams. Observation will be made per frequency requirements at these identified
locations, as well as other potential ice dam areas, to document ice buildup.
4.8 Spring Deployment
Spring monitoring will be carried out over the entire site by air, vessel as well as land operations.
This monitoring will include a detailed inspection of the surface waters and shoreline areas
within the site and will be completed throughout the spring breakup and melting period. Based
on these inspections, additional surface and subsurface containment may be required. If surface
containment is required, the following 7 sites have been identified as potential deployment
locations:
B5 (confluence of Talmadge and Kalamazoo, MP 2.1), C 0.5 (MP 5.4), C 6 (MP 15.5), D 3
(MP 19.4), E 3 (MP 35.2), E 4 (MP 37.75), E 5 (MP 39.75).
17
-------
Subsurface containment may also be installed based on the monitoring and assessment activities.
The locations of these sites would be based on the observations made by the monitoring team as
well as the locations of any identified subsurface concerns.
4.9 Erosion Control and Minimization
A natural approach to minimizing and controlling erosion on the banks of the Kalamazoo River
will be employed for bank stabilization to prevent excessive and/or unnatural sedimentation to
the river. In general shear stresses along most of the banks of the Kalamazoo River are very low
with erosion and degrading of river banks being relatively minimal. In these areas minimal or no
additional stabilization measures are recommended. Minimal measures may include seeding of
the banks with an appropriate native seed mix based on erosion resistance qualities. Wheat or
other similar erosion resistant, rapid growing plant may also be used as a temporary measure.
In the relatively few areas having high shear stresses along the banks additional control measures
may be recommended. Such areas may include outside river bends, downstream of obstructions
in the river (e.g. bridge abutments) or high boat traffic areas. In these areas installation of a
custom native seed mix and a 100% biodegradable coconut fiber erosion control blanket,
consisting of North American Green (NAG) C-125BN or equivalent is recommended. These
materials will be installed from the river bank into all disturbed areas.
This same method will be implemented across the wetland restoration areas to stabilize the
exposed soil while native perennial vegetation becomes established. Native seed will be
installed and promptly covered with coconut fiber erosion control blankets or fabrics. The native
seed mix will be developed based on species already present in adjacent un-impacted areas.
Wheat or other similar erosion resistant, rapid growing plant may also be used as a temporary
measure until the native plants have been reestablished. Erosion of soils from these restoration
areas into adjacent communities is not anticipated, but will be controlled by the blankets, if
required, and/or with other methods approved by the DNRE or other regulatory body with
jurisdiction.
18
-------
4.10 Mat Road Removal
The installation of mat roads may be necessary to access areas requiring response efforts. After
completion of required response actions, the mat roads will be removed. The mat roads will be
removed in a logical fashion working outward from the response area to the road access location.
Mats will be loaded directly onto trucks that will adequately contain any residual soil or liquids
during transport. Enbridge will coordinate with the EPA and MDNRE regarding the schedule
for mat removal activities.
During the mat removal process, an environmental representative will be on site to observe the
mat removal process and identify potential areas of visible oil or oil impacted soil which may be
discovered beneath the mats. If discovered, the representative will direct the excavation of oil
contaminated soil and will collect a sample once visual observation of the excavation indicates
that no oil remains. Soil samples will be collected from the floor of the excavated areas in
general accordance with the MDNRE guidance document entitled Sampling Strategies and
"3
Statistics Training Materials (S TM). To make the sample grid process simplified in the field,
for excavations less than 60 lineal feet, one soil sample will be collected from each 25-feet of
linear excavation and submitted for laboratory analysis. Excavations longer than 60 lineal feet
"3
may follow this 25-foot sampling frequency (which exceeds S TM requirements) or will have a
"3
sampling frequency calculated to follow the S TM guidance document. Samples will be
analyzed for total petroleum hydrocarbons (TPH) parameters including Gasoline Range Organics
(GRO), Diesel Range Organics (DRO), and Oil Range Organics (ORO). Soil samples will also
be analyzed for volatile organic compounds (VOCs), polynuclear aromatic hydrocarbons
(PNAs), and select metals including barium, iron, nickel, vanadium, and molybdenum.
Once the soil sample has been collected from the excavation, the area will be immediately
backfilled with a similar soil type and restored as per the methods described in Section 4.9. The
limits of the excavation, field observations, and the location of the soil sample will be
documented for future reference. The results of the soil sample analysis will be tabulated and
used to direct possible future investigation and interim response activities pursuant to Michigan
regulations.
19
-------
Contaminated mats will be segregated and transported to the contaminated material staging area
at a to-be-determined location based upon the areas under remedial actions where they will be
chipped for subsequent disposal at a landfill. Uncontaminated mats will be transported to a
staging area as indicated above. Uncontaminated mats that are not needed for potential future
use may be demobilized.
4.11 Observations and Action Tracking
The goals and objectives of this O&M plan as well as response activities will be documented.
An operation and maintenance tracking process has been developed to identify and prioritize
areas requiring ongoing O&M which include area inspections and assessments, development of
area-specific scopes of work, and verification of tasks completion which will include an
Enbridge and EPA approval mechanism. This process will be tracked each work day and will
provide documented feedback regarding assessment of areas and the timely implementation of
appropriate response activities. Subsequent required follow up activities will be noted,
implemented, and documented using the process.
The tracking process will begin with the comprehensive list of O&M areas identified on the
O&M Monitoring Inspection Tracking form (referenced in Section 2.0 and included in
Attachment A) which provides location (section, segment, and GPS coordinates), a unique
identification number, a description of the area, standardized maintenance code(s), recommended
inspection frequency, priority, comments and suggestions, and the date of last inspection. Crews
will be mobilized to the area (based on the recommended inspection frequency) and record their
observations and develop a proposed action/work plan for the area. This information will be
documented on the Operations and Maintenance Daily Inspection Form. From this form, an
area-specific work plan is developed and assigned to a work crew (and documented on the
Operations and Maintenance Work Plan form) to implement. Once the work plan has been
implemented, a follow up inspection is completed to document the work and make observations
regarding possible additional required activities. Each O&M area will have a unique O&M
record sheet (Unique ID Operation & Maintenance Record to Sign Off form) to document each
successive response activity until such time that the problem has been adequately addressed and
the area is removed from the O&M process. This form will have an Enbridge recommendation
20
-------
and U.S. EPA concurrence signature documenting that the response metric has been attained. A
sample O&M tracking form is included as Attachment A. An example of the O&M site closeout
document is included as Attachment B.
The observations of reoccurring sheen and the corresponding location and arrangement of booms
where sheen is observed will be tracked and documented using the O&M tracking process
previously described. Upon completion of any upstream cleanup activities and when
observations indicate that sheen is no longer present, the O&M record sheet will be used to
document and verify that the sheen does not appear during the required 14 day period.
Following successful completion of the 14 day period, the EPA will be notified and the form
used to document approval of metric attainment and containment boom removal.
21
-------
5.0 Excavated Soils
If an area is not responding to the specified O&M techniques (e.g., the continued presence of
pooled oil, stressed vegetation, continuing sheen), excavation will be evaluated. At locations
where site excavation is determined to be the best alternative for remediation, excavation work
plans will be developed by Enbridge on a case by case basis and submitted for approved to the
EPA and MDNRE (and other agencies as required) prior to starting work. An external contractor
will be identified to perform the actual excavation work, under the direction of Enbridge. All
excavation work, site restoration and waste disposal will follow the procedures referenced in the
approved work plan.
5.1 Excavated Soil Management
Soil cells were constructed in Area A and Staging Area 4 of the Marshall spill response site to
manage excavated soils from downstream locations. The cells in Area A are currently being used
to manage debris collected from the field as well as soils. The soil cells will remain active as
long as there is a flow of waste material into the cells. Use of all, but one of these cells, will
cease when the last of the waste material has been managed and shipped offsite for disposal.
One cell will remain as a centralized waste staging and management area until such time the
EPA management of this project is complete. When cells are no longer required, a Soil Staging
Area Closure Plan will be developed, and submitted to the U.S. EPA for review and approval, to
document the planned decommissioning of these facilities. Soil Cells 2, 4, and 5 are expected to
remain in use through 2011. All other soil cells will be discontinued by November 15, 2010.
22
-------
6.0 Sampling of Current and Potential Drinking Water
Sources
Plans and procedures for the sampling of existing and potential drinking water sources are
addressed in the Sampling and Analysis Plan prepared by on August 2, 2010, amended as the
Drinking Water Well Supplement to the Sampling and Analysis Plan, submitted on September
27, 2010.
23
-------
7.0 Waste Management
All wastes generated during the O&M phase will be managed in accordance with the Waste
Treatment, Transportation and Disposal Plan submitted on August 2, 2010 and revised on
August 8, 2010.
24
-------
8.0 Citizen Call Response Process
Calls from concerned citizens and/or area landowners will be managed according to the
Landowner/Citizen Overbank Oil Call Response Process. This process provides a detailed
structured approach for managing these calls. A flow diagram for the process is included in
Attachment C.
25
-------
9.0 Long-Term Support Areas for the Line 8B Spill Response
Ariel photographs of long-term operational areas are provided in this section. These areas
include the Incident Command Post, decontamination stations, soil storage areas, material
staging, and river access points.
9.1 Incident Command Post
The Incident Command Post will remain at 1601 Pratt Street, Marshall, MI 49068.
Equipment
Staging Area
i®>asa®PG] ma
26
-------
9.2 Decontamination Stations
9.2.1 Frac Tank City will remain as long term decontamination station.
27
-------
9.2.2 CO.5 will continue to be used as a decontamination station. Based on further O&M
assessment, CO.5 may be decommissioned in 2010 or 2011.
28
-------
9.3 Soil Storage Areas
Division A will be maintained for oily mat storage. Soil Storage Cells 2, 4, 5 will remain in use.
29
-------
9.4 Material Staging
1601 Pratt - will be used for consumable storage (inside) and some equipment in parking area
9.4.1 Frac Tank City
Frac Tank City will be used for material storage as space permits.
30
-------
9.4.2 C3.2
C3.2 will be used as a seasonal material staging area depending on the level of river activity.
31
-------
9.5 River Access
9.5.1 B5
B5 is the confluence of creek and river which will be accessed from south shore as necessary.
84 59:43.04" W elev 890 It
32
-------
9.5.2 CO North
A portion of CO North will be maintained for river access upstream of bridge.
CO 0 North
US Fish and Wildlife Service 2007,
Pixxures. Inc - A Division of XeDAR Corporation 2010
portion of CO.O
North will be
maintained for river
access upstream of
jbridge
Portion to be
restored
33
-------
9.5.3 C0.5
CO.5 will remain in operation for boom maintenance and O&M activities.
34
-------
9.5.4 C3.2
C3.2 is an Enbridge owned property and will remain open for O&M activities.
35
-------
9.5.5 C3.7 arid 3.9
C3.7 is Enbridge owned property and may be reactivated if necessary for O&M activities. C3.9
will remain open for O&M activities.
Portable Ughj
US RshjanotWitdllfe Service 2007
AuDlviaion of XeDAR Corporation 2010
36
-------
9.5.6 C5
C5 will remain open for boom maintenance and O&M activities.
37
-------
9.5.7 D1
D1 will remain open for gabion basket maintenance.
|P(xxufe«, Inc -A Division of XeDAR Corporation 2010
N 85M2'59.91" W etetf 840 »
38
-------
9.5.8 D2
D2 will remain open for boat launch (day use only); no equipment is staged at site.
39
-------
9.5.9 D3
D3 will remain open for gabion basket maintenance.
40
-------
9.5.10 E0.5
E0.5 will remain open for river access until new site on Enbridge owned property is established.
41
-------
9.5.11 E2
E2 will remain open for boat launch (day use only); no equipment staged at site.
E2 Boat Ramp; State Park,
42
-------
9.5.12 E3
E3 may be reactivated, if necessary, for boom maintenance and O&M activities
US Fish and Wildlife Seivice"20Qj
Imagery Courtesy USGS
43
-------
9.5.13 E4
E4 will remain open for boom maintenance and O&M activities.
44
-------
9.5.14 E5
E5 will remain open for boom maintenance.
45
-------
Approved
Enbridge Line 6B MP 608 Pipeline Release
Marshall, Michigan
Supplement to Operations and Maintenance Work Plan
Commonly Referred to as the
2011 Downstream Contingency Plan
Prepared for United States Environmental Protection Agency
Enbridge Energy, Limited Partnership
Originally Submitted: June 14, 2011
Resubmitted: August 6, 2011
Approved: August 11, 2011
-------
Approved
1.0 objectives 1
2.0 PLAN ACTIVATION CRITERIA 1
3.0 IMPLEMENTATION 2
3.1 Control Point Booming 2
3.2 Monitoring 5
3.3 Product Recovery 7
3.4 Debris 7
4.0 SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS 7
5.0 REFERENCES 8
FIGURES
Figure 1 Overall Staging Areas and Boat Launch Location
Figure 2 Control Points
ATTACHMENTS
Attachment A Photo Plates
Attachment B Organizational Chart
Attachment C Contingency Plan Contact List
-------
Approved
LIST OF ACRONYMS
Contingency Plan
2011 Downstream Contingency Plan
DRO
Diesel range organics
EMD
Michigan Emergency Management Division
Enbridge
Enbridge Energy, Limited Partnership
FOSC
Federal On-Scene Coordinator
GRO
Gasoline range organics
Line 6B
The pipeline owned by Enbridge Energy, Limited Partnership that runs just
south of Marshall, Michigan
MP
Mile Post
NRC
National Response Center
O&M
Operations and Maintenance
ORO
Oil range organics
PEAS
Pollution Emergency Alert System
PNAs
Polynuclear aromatic hydrocarbons
QAPP
Quality Assurance Project Plan
SAP
Sampling and Analysis Plan
TPH
Total petroleum hydrocarbons
U.S. EPA
United States Environmental Protection Agency
U.S. EPA Order
U.S. EPA Removal Administrative Order Under Section 311(c) of the Clean
Water Act, issued on July 27, 2010 to Enbridge Energy Partners, L.P., Docket
Number: CWA 1321-5-10-001
VOCs
Volatile organic compounds
WTTD
Waste Treatment, Transportation and Disposal Plan
-------
Approved
1.0 OBJECTIVES
This work plan commonly referred as the 2011 Down Stream Contingency Plan (Contingency
Plan) will document the actions to be implemented in the event of a product (defined as oil
and/or oil sheen that affects navigable water ways and/or poses a threat of release of a visible
oil or sheen discharge to navigable waterways) past the Morrow Lake Dam. The objectives of
this Contingency Plan are:
• To ensure the safety of response personnel and the public,
• Eliminate impact to downstream receptors,
• Facilitate product recovery, and
• Protect critical areas from additional impact.
In order to meet the objectives, the implementation of the following control measures will be
required:
• Control point booming,
• Site monitoring, and/or
• Product recovery, which includes:
o Mechanical recovery, and/or
o Manual recovery.
2.0 PLAN ACTIVATION CRITERIA
This work plan will be implemented in the event that any oil or oil sheen is detected downstream
of the boom located at Morrow Lake Dam or upstream activities warrant additional downstream
containment. The level of activation will depend on the situation and be based on product
volume, weather conditions, and environmental concerns. Depending on the county
(Kalamazoo or Allegan) within which oil/sheens are observed, the respective Emergency
Management Department will be notified. Each county coordinates response and recovery
activities to natural and human-made disasters within its jurisdiction. The Michigan Emergency
Management Division (EMD) is the lead agency for responding to all hazard emergency and
disaster incidents. The EMD is responsible for maintaining and implementing the Michigan
Emergency Management Plan. The 24-hour Pollution Emergency Alert System (PEAS) can be
1
-------
Approved
reached at (800) 292 - 4706 (within Michigan). The National Response Center (NRC) is the
sole notification mechanism for oil spills and other incidents involving hazardous materials at the
federal level. All spills of hazardous materials above reportable quantities must be reported to
the NRC at (800) 424 - 8802.
If warranted by the level of activation, appropriate emergency response agencies may be
contacted at the following numbers:
Kalamazoo County Office of Emergency Management
(269)
383-
¦ 8743
Allegan County Emergency Management
(269)
673-
¦ 0571
Michigan Pollution Emergency Alert System
(800)
292-
¦ 4706
National Response Center
(800)
424-
¦ 8802
United States Coast Guard Great Lakes Search and Rescue
(800)
321 -
¦ 4400
Enbridge Call Center Hotline
(800)
306-
¦ 6837
A comprehensive organization chart that identifies specific points of contacts (including
Enbridge personnel, Incident Command System personnel, and local cooperating agency
personnel) has been included as attachment B. A verified and updated contact list for West of
Morrow Lake has been included as attachment C.
3.0 IMPLEMENTATION
The following techniques and strategies will be implemented in the Contingency Plan. The
location of staging areas will be selected based on proximity to observed impacts and subject to
landowner approval. Immediate impacts will be addressed from areas such as parks and public
access. Boat launches in public areas (MDNR, 1996) will be used to access the Kalamazoo
River, located downstream of Morrow Dam.
3.1 Control Point Booming
Control point booming is the use of a containment boom to prevent the downstream migration of
surface product. The control point booming will facilitate the recovery of migrating surface
product. There are several booming strategies (Attachment A) that will be used as part of the
control point booming activities, which include:
2
-------
Approved
• Shore to Shore Booming (Photo Plate 1): In this strategy, a single span of boom is
deployed to cover the entire width of the river. The upstream end of the boom is
secured to an anchor point on the upstream bank. Hand lines or in stream anchors are
used to maneuver the boom at the appropriate angle (dependent on current velocity)
down to a recovery area. A small section of boom is then deployed along the
downstream shoreline to prevent impact to the river bank (shoreline protection).
• Gate Booming (also referred to as "Open Chevron") (Photo Plate 2): In this strategy, two
segments are deployed across the width of the river to allow for vessel traffic up and
down the river. The upstream ends of both booms are secured in an overlapping
position using in stream anchors. Hand lines or in stream anchors are used to hold the
boom at the appropriate angle (dependent on current velocity) down to a recovery area.
A small section of boom is then deployed along the downstream shoreline to prevent
impact to the river bank (shoreline protection).
• Cascade Booming (Photo Plate 3): The cascade booming system is the deployment of
multiple booms across the width of the river to allow for vessel traffic up and down the
river or to reduce the strain that the current places on individual spans of boom. The
upstream boom is secured to the shore at its upstream point. Using hand lines or in
stream anchors the boom is deployed at an appropriate angle (dependent on current
velocity) to a point in the river where it is secured with an in stream anchor. Each
additional segment is then placed downstream in an overlapping position and secured
with in stream anchors. The last span of boom is secured on its downstream end to the
shore. A small section of boom is then deployed along the downstream shoreline to
prevent impact to the river bank (shoreline protection).
• Chevron Booming (Photo Plate 4): The Chevron booming system consists of a single
span of boom that is deployed to deflect product around a sensitive area or to recovery
points on both banks. The center of the boom is secured in the middle of the channel
using an in stream anchor. Hand lines or in stream anchors are used to secure both of
the downstream booms at appropriate angles (dependent on current velocity) down to
recovery areas. Small sections of boom are then deployed along the downstream
shoreline to prevent impact to the river bank (shoreline protection).
Product collected by control point booming will be recovered using either hand skimming or by
mechanical skimming devices if volumes warrant the use of mechanical equipment.
Control point booming location sites will be selected based on the following criteria:
3
-------
Approved
• River characteristics (currents speed, depth, width, and bottom material),
• Site access (ease of product recovery and maintenance),
• Suitable anchor points,
• Distance to upstream control points,
• Distance to upstream sources of impact (identified impacted depositional areas and
impacted overbank areas), and
• Access control to prevent impact to the public.
Currently five control points have been identified as likely locations for the installation of surface
containment (Figures 1 and 2). This number is dependent on information gathered during
inspection and monitoring activities and may vary. The identified control points are located at:
• MP 40.0 Consumers Power Drive (42°16'57.48" N by 85°29'45.85" W),
• MP 40.75 Vacant Lot East of 6228 Proctor Street (42°17'04.16" N by 85°30'21.18" W),
• MP 41.75 Lamplighter 5301 Comstock Avenue (42°17'08.33" N by 85°31'30.53" W),
• MP 44.00 Sutherland Park (42°17'29.24" N by 85°33'40.23" W), and
• MP 46.25 River View Road and River View Service Road (42°18'45.65" N by
85°34'18.90" W).
Subsurface containment may also be installed based on the monitoring and assessment
activities. The locations of these sites will be based on the observations made by the
monitoring team as well as the locations of any identified subsurface concerns. Table 1
contains details of Control Point booming procedures.
4
-------
Approved
Table 1. Containment Booming Procedures
Control Point
Mile
Post
Containment
Boom Length
(ft)
Containment
Boom Size
Containment
Boom Upstream
End
Containment
Boom
Downstream
End
Consumers
Power Drive*
40
1,250
6-inch by 6-inch
Anchored under the
bridge at Consumers
power Drive on the
north bank
Anchored prior to
the bend on the
river on the south
bank
Vacant Lot East
of 6228 Proctor
Street*
40.75
1,250
6-inch by 6-inch
Anchored on the
south bank
approximately 1,100
feet upstream of the
vacant lot
Anchored to the
north shoreline at
the vacant lot
Lamplighter
5301 Comstock
Avenue*
41.75
850
6-inch by 6-inch
Anchored on the
north bank
approximately 725
feet upstream of the
mainland lawn
Anchored to the
south shoreline at
the downstream
end of the
maintained lawn
Sutherland Park*
44.00
1,100
6-inch by 6-inch
Anchored on the
north bank
approximately 1,050
feet upstream of the
trail access.
Anchored to the
south shoreline at
the shoreline
access
River View Road
and River View
Service Road*
46.25
1,000
6-inch by 6-inch
Anchored on the west
bank approximately
950 feet upstream
Anchored to the
east shoreline
* A 50-foot length of 6-inch by 6-inch containment boom will be run upstream along the shoreline from the
downstream end of the control point to prevent impact to the shoreline.
Note: The site previously identified as Merrill Park (located at the corner of River Street and
Comstock Avenue) was not selected as a control point due to the contour of the river in that
area. This location was not selected because a majority of the river flow occurs along the south
side of the channel, causing an ineffective and difficult collection point at the downstream end of
the boom.
3.2 Monitoring
Site monitoring will be completed during the response activities, utilizing Air Operations, Vessels
(Airboats and/or Jet Boats) as well as land based observation. During the monitoring, crews will
observe river characteristics including water levels and temperatures, debris movement
(including vegetation/debris dislodged during spring runoff and accumulated organic matter),
visual checking for the presence of surface hydrocarbon (oil/sheen), and measurement of
sediment temperature. The information collected during these activities will become a driver for
5
-------
Approved
the implementation of this work plan determining the priority sequence and timing of
containment deployment.
In addition to the monitoring activities identified above, oil and water quality samples will be
collected from identified locations downstream of Morrow Lake for laboratory analysis. Field
work will be conducted in accordance with the Sampling and Analysis Plan (SAP) and the
Quality Assurance Project Plan (QAPP) (Enbridge, 2010a and 2010b), as appropriate. The data
will be used to evaluate potential environmental impacts and to identify the possible source of
the oil/sheen. Depending on the size of the sheen, a representative number of oil and water
quality samples will be collected and analyzed for the following crude oil-related parameters:
• Volatile organic compounds (VOCs),
• Polynuclear aromatic hydrocarbons (PNAs)
• Four metals (beryllium, vanadium, nickel, and molybdenum),
• Total petroleum hydrocarbons (TPH) measured as;
o Gasoline range organics (GRO),
o Diesel range organics (DRO), and
o Oil range organics (ORO).
Sample handling procedures, holding times and sample preservation methods will follow the
SAP and QAPP (Enbridge, 2010a and 2010b) that were prepared for the Michigan Department
of Environmental Quality (MDEQ).
During the implementation of river monitoring activities, air monitoring and sampling activities
will be performed in accordance with the current 2011 Air Monitoring and Sampling Plan
(Enbridge, 2011a). The data will be evaluated to identify any adverse impacts to air quality so
that appropriate response actions may be taken. Air monitoring will consist of real-time
monitoring using a MultiRAE and UltraRAE or gastech pump to obtain readings for VOCs,
benzene, sulfur dioxide (S02), and hydrogen sulfide (H2S). Readings will be collected along
the work site perimeter and in surrounding communities. Air sampling will consist of placing 12-
hour duration sample canisters at several work perimeter locations. The number of samples at
each location may vary, with at least one upwind and two downwind sample locations per work
site. The canisters will be sent to an analytical laboratory for VOC analysis using method TO-
15.
6
-------
Approved
3.3 Product Recovery
Product recovery involves the removal of product from the water. Several recovery methods are
listed below but not limited to:
• Hand Skimming: Hand skimming is the removal of product by physical labor. Personnel
utilize hand tools such as dip nets, strainers, and pitchforks to lift the product and debris
out of recovery areas and place it into a container for disposal.
• Rotary Skimming: Rotary skimming is the removal of product by a mechanical rotary
skimmer. There are several types of rotary skimmers including drum, mop skimmers
and brush skimmers. All rotary skimmers work by rotating a surface with oil adhering
qualities through the product. The product is then mechanically removed from the
surface and collected into a container for disposal.
• Vacuum Truck: This method employs a vacuum unit to recover free product or impacted
sediment out of a containment area.
3.4 Debris
Debris collected at control points will be sampled and disposed of in accordance with the current
approved Waste Treatment, Transportation, and Disposal Plan (WTTD) dated May 20, 2011
(Enbridge 2011b).
4.0 SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS
Special safety considerations will be given to protection of personnel and the public.
• The safety of personnel working in, around, and on the water will involve:
o Boat traffic will be kept to a minimum to reduce the risk to workers,
o Marker buoys will be deployed upstream and downstream of all mid stream
deployments,
o Boats working in the vicinity of containment will do so under a no wake restriction
with the exception of crossing the boom. Boom crossing will be done on step at
the top end of the boom in the channel marked by marker buoys, and
o Personnel will follow the applicable sections of the Site Health and Safety Plan
(Enbridge, 2011c).
7
-------
Approved
• The safety of the public will involve:
o All sites that are accessible to the public will be clearly marked with signage
warning of the dangers associated with the Site,
o Public access will be limited during operations, and
o Security personnel will be provided, as necessary or requested.
An adaptive management approach will be used in conjunction with the 2011 Downstream
Contingency Plan. This management strategy will allow for modifications to the approved plan
to be made as warranted by field conditions. Changes made to the 2011 Downstream
Contingency Plan will be communicated to the Federal On-Scene Coordinator (FOSC).
Containment installation will be completed as required, therefore and approval may not be
obtained prior to deployment. Verbal approval (with written follow up) will be obtained for any
containment removal.
5.0 REFERENCES
Enbridge, 2011a. Enbridge Line 6B MP 608 Pipeline Release; Marshall, Michigan; 2011 Air
Monitoring and Sampling Addendum to the Sampling and Analysis Plan; June 21, 2011.
Enbridge, 2011b. Enbridge Line 6B MP 608 Pipeline Release; Marshall, Michigan; Waste
Treatment, Transportation and Disposal (WTTD) Plan, May 20, 2011.
Enbridge, 2011c. Enbridge Line 6B MP 608 Pipeline Release; Marshall, Michigan; Health and
Safety Plan; June, 2011.
Enbridge, 2010a. Enbridge Line 6B MP 608 Pipeline Release; Marshall, Michigan; Sampling
and Analysis Plan (SAP), November 11, 2010.
Enbridge, 2010b. Enbridge Line 6B MP 608 Pipeline Release; Marshall, Michigan; Quality
Assurance Project Plan (QAPP), November 11, 2010.
MDNR, 1996. Michigan Public Boat Launch Directory, Michigan Department of Natural
Resources, Parks and Recreation Division.
8
-------
Figures
-------
¦JMM
E d ha jBlvdl
§ MulhearnAve
Miami'Ave^
TampaTSt-
¦K »
-HumphreyJSti
Dearborn Ave
RVIPPI
Kenilworth Ave
¦¦¦minM
O7I arrisoruGtj
Schippers Ln
kiibson'S^
^Waln^Ts^
[WorcienTAve;
iEiVineJst]
Com'stock Ave m
Higgins Stj
'
M@46t25 Rivety/iewjRoad
W and River^evS|
ServiceTRoaqL^B®
MjPurfantjLfotj
East of 6228 Proctor
Street
PMP 40.00
'Consumers
Power Drive
MR44.00Sutherland 41 7J.
Parliqh^t
,# .... -w. iGomstock^Aven ue
Comstock^Ave,
and River Street
Boat Launch! I
l_ j
ENBRIDGE
Drawn: DH 8/05/2011
Approved: DP 8/05/2011
Project #:
60162778
Map Location
Quarter Mile Grid Segments
Proposed Boom
Staging Areas
Boat Launch
2,000
FIGURE 1
OVERALL STAGING AREAS AND
BOAT LAUNCH LOCATION
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
Z:\Work\GIS\SWAT_Mapseries\iVIXDs\110805_SWAT_Overall_Staging_Areas.mxd
Aerial Photography Date: August 2010
1
-------
WU -vy*
1250'loft6]ifxl6il£Gontainifient Boom
.«* -V
Required Equipment: 1250' of 6" x 6" Containment Boom, 4000' of 1/2" or greater rope, 10 drive pins, 2 work boats, capstan winch.
Small Jon boats may be launched by hand at each site.
t^NBRIDGE
Drawn: JP 08/05/2011
Approved: DP 08/05/2011
Project#: 60162778
Map Location
Proposed Boom
* Quarter Mile Grid Segment
~ Staging Area
IN
A
150
Feet
1:3,600
FIGURE 2
CONTROL POINTS
MP 40.00 Consumers Power Drive
Sheet 1 of 5
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Mi PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY,
LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
Z:\Work\GIS\SWAT_Mapseries\MXDs\110805_SWAT_Downstream_Contingency_Plan.mxd
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011 over 2010 County Aeria
1
-------
-.Grange Ave]
¦Proctor/Aye]
[G om stock-Ave-
Z:\Work\GIS\SWAT_Mapseries\MXDs\110805_S\A/AT_Downstream_Contingency_Plari.mxd
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011 over 2010 County Aeria
2
1250' of 6" x 6" Containment Boom
FIGURE 2
CONTROL POINTS
MP 40.75 Vacant Lot East
of 6228 Proctor Street
Sheet 2 of 5
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY,
LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
Proposed Boom
* * Quarter Mile Grid Segment
~ Staging Area
ENBRIDGE
Drawn: JP 08/05/2011
Approved: DP 08/05/2011
Project#: 60162778
Map Location
Feet
1:3,600
Required Equipment: 1250' of 6" x 6" Containment Boom, 4000' of 1/2" or greater rope, 10 drive pins, 2 work boats, capstan winch
Small Jon boats may be launched by hand at each site.
-------
Z:\Work\GIS\SWAT_Mapseries\MXDs\110805_S\A/AT_Downstream_Contingency_Plan.mxd
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011 over 2010 County Aeria
3
Required Equipment: 850 of 6 x 6 Containment Boom, 3000 of 1/2 or greater rope, 10 drive pins, 2 work boats, capstan winch
Small Jon boats may be launched by hand at each site
FIGURE 2
CONTROL POINTS
MP 41.75 Lamplighter 5301
Comstock Avenue
Sheet 3 of 5
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY,
LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
Proposed Boom
* * Quarter Mile Grid Segment
~ Staging Area
850 of b x 6" Containment Boom
ENBRIDGE
Drawn: JP 08/05/2011
Approved: DP 08/05/2011
Project#: 60162778
Map Location
Feet
1:3,600
-------
Z:\Work\GIS\SWAT_Mapseries\MXDs\110805_S\A/AT_Downstream_Contingency_Plan.mxd
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011 over 2010 County Aeria
4
Proposed Boom
* * Quarter Mile Grid Segment
~ Staging Area
Feet
1:3,600
FIGURE 2
CONTROL POINTS
MP 44.00 Sutherland Park
Sheet 4 of 5
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY,
LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
Ki:0'0/ofJ5" x 6" Containment Boom
Required Equipment: 1100' of 6" x 6" Containment Boom, 3300' of 1/2" or greater rope, 10 drive pins, 2 work boats, capstan winch.
Small Jon boats may be launched by hand at each site.
ENBRIDGE
Drawn: JP 08/05/2011
Approved: DP 08/05/2011
Project#: 60162778
Map Location
-------
Z:\Work\GIS\SWAT_Mapseries\MXDs\110805_S\A/AT_Downstream_Contingency_Plan.mxd
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011 over 2010 County Aeria
5
Required Equipment: 1000' of 6" x 6" Containment Boom, 3000' of 1/2" or greater rope, 10 drive pins, 2 work boats, capstan winch.
Small Jon boats may be launched by hand at each site.
1000' of 6" x 6" Containment Boom
Drawn: JP 08/05/2011
Approved: DP 08/05/2011
Project#: 60162778
Proposed Boom
* * Quarter Mile Grid Segment N
I I Staging Area ^
150
Feet
1:3,600
FIGURE 2
CONTROL POINTS
MP 46.25 River View Road and
River View Service Rd
Sheet 5 of 5
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY,
LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
ENBRIDGE
Map Location
-------
Attachment A
Photo Plates
-------
2011 Downstream Contingency Plan - Photo Plates
Photo Plate 1: Shore to Shore Booming System
l
-------
2011 Downstream Contingency Plan - Photo Plates
Photo Plate 3: Cascade Booming System
Photo Plate 6: Protective Booming Around Entire Area
2
-------
Attachment B
Organizational Chart
-------
Enbridge Pipelines Response Unified Command
E/VBRIDGE
-------
Attachment C
Contingency Plan Contact List
-------
Attachment C - Contingency Plan Contact List
Kalamazoo and Allegan County Contingency Plan
West of Morrow Dam
Name/Title:
Ralph Dollhopf/ On-Scene Coordinator
Company/Agency/Div
EPA Region 5 Superfund Division
Phone
Mobile
Email
dollhoDf.ralDh@eDa.aov
Comment
Plan Coordinator
Name/Title:
Paul R. Baker/Lieutenant Emergency Management
Company/Agency/Div
Kalamazoo County Office of Emergency Management
Phone
Mobile:
Non-Emergency Dispatch Number: 269-383-882, 6
Email
TCSIVA@kalcountv.com
Comment
Planner for Kalamazoo County
Name/Title:
Scott Corbin/ Director
Company/Agency/Div
Allegan County Emergency Management
Phone
Mobile:
Office: 269-673-0566
Central Dispatch Number (Non-Emergency): 269-673-3899
Email
scorbin@alleaancountv.ora
Comment
Director for Allegan County
Name/Title:
Bill Bomar, Director
Company/Agency/Div
Plainwell City Department of Public Safety
Phone
Email
Bbomar@Dlainwell.ora
Comment
Contact for Questions, assistance for Plainwell City, Ml
Name/Title:
EJ Suardini/ Project Manager
Company/Agency/Div
Arcadis
Phone
Email
Comment
Project Manager for Plainwell Dam Cleanup Project
Name/Title:
Gary T. Griffith, PD/ Dir. Environmental Field Services
Company/Agency/Div
Georgia Pacific
Phon^
Email
atariffi@aaDac.com
Comment
Contact for Georgia Pacific Sites along Kalamazoo River
-------
Enbridge Energy, Limited Partnership
1601 Pratt Avenue
Marshall, Michigan 49068
December 21, 2011
Mr. Ralph Dollhopf
Federal On-Scene Coordinator and Incident Commander
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
801 Garfield Avenue, #229
Traverse City, Ml 49686
Re: In the Matter of Enbridge Energy Partners, L.P, et al,
Docket No. CWA 1321-5-10-001
Dear Mr. Dollhopf:
The United States Environmental Protection Agency (U.S. EPA) in a letter dated December 19,
2011, gave Enbridge Energy, Limited Partnership (Enbridge) notice of Approval with
Modifications on the Addendum to the Response Plan for Downstream Impacted Areas, August
2, 2010 (Revised August 17, 2010 per U.S. EPA August 17, 2010 letter), Supplement to Source
Area Response Plan, and Supplement to Response Plan for Downstream Impacted Areas,
Referred to as Operations and Maintenance Work Plan Commonly referred to as "Consolidated
Work Plan for Activities through 2012" dated December 4, 2011.
Enclosed, please find the approved Addendum to the Response Plan for Downstream Impacted
Areas, August 2, 2010 (Revised August 17, 2010 per U.S. EPA August 17, 2010 letter),
Supplement to Source Area Response Plan, and Supplement to Response Plan for
Downstream Impacted Areas, Referred to as Operations and Maintenance Work Plan
Commonly referred to as "Consolidated Work Plan from Fall 2011 through Fall 2012" dated
December 21, 2011 along with a response to comments log for your convenience.
If you have any questions about these materials, please do not hesitate to contact me.
Sincerely,
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED
PARTNERSHIP
By Enbridge Pipelines (Lakehead) L L C.
Its General Partner
¦NBRIDGE
Richard Adams
Vice President, U.S.Operations
CC: Joel W. Kanvik, Enbridge
John Sobojinski, Enbridge
Bob Steede, Enbridge
Leon Zupan, Enbridge
Leslie Kirby-Miles, EPA Region 5 [kirby-miles.leslie@epa.gov]
Sonia Vega, EPA Region 5 [vega.sonia@epa.gov]
Enbridge@EPA.gov
Mark DuCharme. MDEQ
Mike Alexander. MDEQ
627250
-------
RESPONSE TO COMMENTS LOG
Re: Approval with Modifications to Enbridge Energy, Limited Partnership's December 4,
2011 Submittal in response to the Administrative Order issued by U.S. EPA on July 27,
2010 and Supplement to the Administrative Order issued by U.S. EPA on September 23,
2010, pursuant to §311 (c) of the Clean Water Act (Docket No. CWA 1321-5-10-001)
U.S. EPA is writing you regarding the following document resubmitted by Enbridge Energy,
Limited Partnership, Enbridge Pipelines (Lakehead) L.L.C., Enbridge Pipelines (Wisconsin), and
Enbridge Energy Partners, L.P. (herein collectively referred to as "Enbridge") on December 4,
2011:
Enbridge Line 6B MP 608, Marshall, Ml Pipeline Release, Addendum to the Response
Plan for Downstream Impacted Areas, August 2, 2010 (Revised August 17, 2010 per
U.S. EPA August 17, 2010 letter), Supplement to the Source Area Response Plan and
Supplement to Response Plan for Downstream Impacted Areas, Referred to as
Operations and Maintenance Work Plan. Commonly referred to as "Consolidated Work
Plan for Activities through 2012," Prepared for United States Environmental Protection
Agency, Enbridge Energy, Limited Partnership, Submitted: October 20, 2011, Revised by
the United States Environmental Protection Agency November 17.2011, Revised by
Enbridge Energy', Limited Partnership, Submitted: December 4, 2011
The U.S. EPA approves Enbridge's above-referenced Consolidated Work Plan for Activities
through 2012 ("Work Plan") with the modifications described herein. Please provide and
incorporate the following elements into the modified Work Plan:
1. The schedule proposed by Enbridge in the Work Plan is not acceptable. Specifically, the
dates proposed for completion of the hydrodynamic model are critical. Accordingly, the
completion of the hydrodynamic model shall be accelerated. The schedule for tasks
related to the hydrodynamic model (corresponding to line items 38 through 48 on the
schedule submitted by Enbridge in the Work Plan) shall be as follows:
Bathymetry and Terrain Submittal December 16, 2011
Grid Setup December 16, 2011
Configuration for Flow and Velocity December 30, 2011
Analysis of Sediment Samples and Cohesion Data January 13, 2012
Complete Configuration including Sediment Processes January 27, 2012
Model Calibration February 10, 2012
Preliminary and Baseline Model Scenarios February 24, 2012
Sensitivity Testing February 24, 2012
Develop Scenarios/Various Simulations March 23, 2012
Completion of Simulation March 23, 2012
Run Modified Scenarios April 6, 2012
The U.S. EPA will continue to work with Enbridge in modifying and updating the project
schedule as needed including, but not limited to, establishing interim milestones for U.S. EPA
review.
Response: The schedule in Section 4.3.8 has been updated to reflect these
changes.
1
-------
RESPONSE TO COMMENTS LOG
2. Section 1.6: Figure 1.6.2 (Science Group Support of the OSCAR Process) is missing.
Please add the referenced figure.
Response: Figure 1.6.2 is included in the printed version and the pdf version.
3. Please ensure proper grammar with the use of "data" in its plural form throughout the text.
Response: Text has been updated.
4. Please add a list of known Outstanding Sites Characterization and Reconciliation
(OSCAR) sites to the revised Work Plan.
Response: Figure 2.2 List of know OSCAR Sites has been added to Section 2.2.
5. Section 2.2:
a. Page 6, Second Bullet: Please replace the existing text with "All former overbank
excavation areas;".
Response: Page 6, Second Bullet has been modified as requested.
b. Page 6, Fourth Bullet: Please split the text into two bullets, one per sentence.
Response: Page 6, Fourth Bullet has been modified as requested.
c. Page 6, paragraph following bullets: Please convert the first sentence (which starts
with "Submerged oil sites identified...") to a bullet and add it to the bulleted list
immediately preceding the paragraph.
Response: Page 6, paragraph following bullets has been modified as
requested.
6. Section 4.3.2, the last paragraph on page 23: Reference is made to 4 stages of the
adaptive management cycle, but the bullet list now has 5 items. Please correct and
revise.
Response: Section 4.3.2, the last paragraph has been modified as requested.
2
-------
RESPONSE TO COMMENTS LOG
7. Section 4.3,4, second to last paragraph on page 29: the referenced "SCS" is defined as a
"Scientific Certification System": however, previous drafts of the Work Plan defined "SCS"
as a "Survey Control Station", Additionally, Table 4.3.2 refers to a "Survey. Control
Station", Please ensure that the definition and usage of the referenced "SCS" are correct.
Response: Text in Section 4.3.4 has been modified as follows: "Terrain data for
areas outside the channel and for sub-aerially exposed parts of the channel may be
collected on a different day than hydraulic and bathymetric data are collected for
each reach; however, the same Quality Assurance ("QA") procedure for opening
and closing observations at a Survey Control Station ("SCS") shall be followed for
terrain surveys as for bathymetric surveys."
8. Section 4.3.8, Page 35: Please amend the list of hydrodynamic modeling phases to
include sensitivity testing.
Response: The schedule in Section 4.3.8 has been updated to reflect this change.
9. Attachment A, Figure 1: Include all of the inundated (pink) polygons recorded previously
during the Spring 2011 reassessment. The Spring 2011 reassessment showed impacts to
the two ponds at the Shady Bend Campground and these ponds should be added to the
list of reassessment targets.
Response: Attachment A, Figure 1 has been updated to include the two ponds at
the Shady Bend Campground.
10. Attachment B, Figure 1: The Spring 2012 reassessment poling locations need to be
expanded. A total of 439 moderate/heavy poling points fall outside the polygons identified
in resubmittal of the Work Plan. In some cases, the distance from the point in question to
the nearest polygon line is very small (1 to 5 ft); in many other cases there is no polygon
line in the near vicinity (>100 ft). All points need to be accounted for in the maps in
Attachment B, Figure 1.
Response: Attachment B, Figure 1 has been updated as requested.
3
-------
Enbridge Line 6B MP 608
Marshall, MI Pipeline Release
Addendum to the Response Plan for Downstream Impacted Areas, August
2, 2010 (Revised August 17, 2010 per U.S. EPA August 17,
2010 letter), Supplement to Source Area Response Plan, and
Supplement to Response Plan for Downstream Impacted Areas,
Referred to as Operations and Maintenance Work Plan
Commonly referred to as
"Consolidated Work Plan from Fall 2011 through Fall 2012"
Prepared for the United States Environmental Protection Agency by
Enbridge Energy, Limited Partnership
Submitted: October 20,2011
Revised by the United States Environmental Protection Agency
November 17, 2011
Revised by Enbridge Energy, Limited Partnership
Submitted: December 4,2011
Approved: December 21,2011
-------
CONTENTS
1.0 INTRODUCTION 1
1.1 Background 1
1.2 Regulatory Framework 1
1.3 Purpose and Objective 2
1.4 Environmental Protection 3
1.5 Adaptive Management 3
1.6 Organizational Structure 4
2.0 OUTSTANDING SITES CHARACTERIZATION AND RECONCILIATION 6
2.1 Objectives 6
2.2 Methods and Procedures 6
3.0 REASSESSMENT OF OIL LOCATION AND EXTENT 9
3.1 Shoreline and Overbank Reassessment 9
3.1.1 Objectives 9
3.1.2 Spring 2012 Reassessment Methods and Procedures 9
3.1.3 Spring 2012 Reassessment Sites 10
3.1.4 Supplemental Qualitative Assessments 10
3.1.4.1 Supplemental Qualitative Assessment Methods and Procedures 10
3.2 Submerged Oil Reassessment 11
3.2.1 Objectives 11
3.2.2 Spring 2012 Reassessment Methods and Procedures 12
3.2.3 Spring 2012 Reassessment Poling Locations and Frequency 12
3.2.4 2012 Late Summer Reassessment 13
3.2.5 Supplemental Poling 13
3.3 Data Collection and Documentation 13
3.4 Data Analysis 14
4.0 SUBMERGED OIL CHARACTERIZATION 15
4.1 Objectives 15
4.2 Hydrodynamic Assessment 15
4.2.1 Poling in Morrow Lake Downstream of Fan 15
4.2.2 Cohesion and Erodibility Tests 17
4.2.3 Water Velocity Profiling 18
4.2.4 Surficial Streambed Sediment Characteristics 20
4.2.5 Sediment Transport 22
4.2.6 Data Results 24
4.3 Hydrodynamic Modeling Strategy and Operational Plans 24
4.3.1 Introduction 24
4.3.2 Purpose and Scope 25
4.3.3 Study Area Description 27
4.3.4 Existing Hydraulic Models of the Kalamazoo River in the Study Area 29
4.3.5 Data Collection 30
4.3.6 Hydrodynamic Model Geometry, Parameterization, and Calibration 33
4.3.6.1 Model parameterization 34
i
-------
4.3.6.2 Model calibration 34
4.3.6.3 Sensitivity Testing 35
4.3.7 Hydrodynamic Simulations Using Calibrated Model 37
4.3.8 Timeline for Hydrodynamic Simulations [Example] 38
4.4 Temperature Effects on Submerged Oil 41
4.4.1 Overview 41
4.4.2 Objective 41
4.4.3 Study Procedures 41
4.4.3.1 Sediment Collection 41
4.4.3.2 Controlled Temperature 42
4.4.3.3 Sediment Agitation 43
4.4.3.4 Final Warm Agitation 44
4.4.4 Data Evaluation and Reporting 44
4.4.5 Insitu Temperature Study 44
4.4.6 Additional Temperature Effectiveness Studies 45
4.5 Submerged Oil Quantification 45
4.5.1 Objectives 45
4.5.2 Quantification Model 46
4.5.2.1 Model Architecture 49
4.5.3 Input Data 49
4.5.3.1 Variable 1 - Measured TPH Concentration in Bed Sediment 49
4.5.3.2 Variable 2 - Sediment Bulk Density 50
4.5.3.3 Variables 3 and 4 - Lateral and Vertical Extent of Oil- Impacted Sediment 50
4.5.3.4 Variable 5 - Density of Released Oil 51
4.5.4 Statistical Evaluation of TPH Data 51
4.5.5 Reports 52
5.0 OIL RECOVERY 53
5.1 Objectives 53
5.2 Submerged Oil Recovery 53
5.2.1 Winter 2011 Submerged Oil Recovery Actions 54
5.2.2 Spring/Summer 2012 Submerged Oil Recovery Actions 54
5.3 Shoreline and Overbank Oil Recovery 54
6.0 FALL 2011, WINTER AND SPRING 2012 CONTAINMENT PLAN 56
6.1 Fall/Winter Containment Removal Procedure 57
6.2 Removal Priority and Scheduling 57
6.2.1 Submerged Oil Containment Removal Schedule 58
6.2.2 Control Point and Protective Containment Removal Schedule 58
6.2.3 OSCAR Containment Removal Schedule 59
6.2.3.1 Fall 2011 59
6.2.3.2 Winter 2011/2012 59
6.2.3.3 Spring 2012 59
6.2.4 Submerged Oil Containment to Prevent Migration of Oil Past Morrow Lake Dam 59
ii
-------
6.2.5 Winter Maintenance Procedure 60
6.2.6 Spring 2012 Containment Plan 60
6.2.6.1 Control Point Booming 60
6.2.6.2 Sediment Trap Containment 61
6.2.6.3 Protective Containment 61
6.2.6.4 Oil Recovery 62
6.3 Deployment Priority and Scheduling: 62
7.0 PASSIVE SEDIMENT COLLECTION AREAS AND DEVICES 64
7.1 Objectives 64
7.2 Background 64
7.3 Design and Site Selection 67
8.0 SCHEDULE 68
9.0 REFERENCES 69
FIGURES
Figure 1.4 Scientific Support Coordination Group
Figure 1.6.1 Organization Structure
Figure 1.6.2 Science Group Support of the OSCAR Process
Figure 2.2 List of known OSCAR Sites
Figure 4.3.1 The Adaptive Management Cycle of Experimentation and Iterative Learning
Figure 4.3.2 Example Map of Digital Elevation Model
Figure 4.3.3 Location of Kalamazoo River Study Area
Figure 4.3.4 Relation Between Simulated Flow and Measured Flow
Figure 7.1 Results from the 2011 LSR Poling
Figure 7.2 Geomorphic Settings for Heavy Oil Transport and Deposition in a Riverine Environment
iii
-------
TABLES
Table 4.2.2 In-situ Jet Testing Locations
Table 4.3.1 Stream Flow-Gauging Stations within or Adjacent to the Study Area
Table 4.3.2 [Example of] Location of Survey Control Stations and Daily Water Surface Elevations
During Bathymetric Survey
Table 4.3.3 [Example of] Model Parameters and Boundary Conditions Used for Simulations
Table 4.3.4 Partial Listing of Management Scenarios to Be Simulated and Compared with the Fall 2011
Baseline Simulation
ATTACHMENTS
Attachment A Overbank Oil: Spring 2012 Reassessment
Attachment B Submerged Oil: Spring 2012 Reassessment
Attachment C Hydrodynamic Assessment
Attachment D Temperature Effects on Submerged Oil
Attachment E Overbank Oil Recovery Standard Operating Procedures
Attachment F Schedule
iv
-------
1.0 Introduction
The Consolidated Work Plan from Fall 2011 through Fall 2012 (-Work Plan") attached herein
is an addendum to the following United States Environmental Protection Agency (-U.S. EPA")-
approved documents for the Enbridge Line 6B MP 608 oil spill (-Incident") which occurred near
Marshall, Michigan on July 26, 2010:
• Response Plan for Downstream Impacted Areas, August 2, 2010 (Revised August 17, 2010
per U.S. EPA August 17, 2010 letter);
• Supplement to Source Area Response Plan; and
• Supplement to Response Plan for Downstream Impacted Areas, Referred to as Operations
and Maintenance Work Plan.
1.1 Background
This Work Plan was prepared in response to the U.S. EPA's letter (October 6, 2011) to Enbridge
Energy, Limited Partnership, Enbridge Pipelines (Lakehead) LLC, Enbridge Pipelines
(Wisconsin), and Enbridge Energy Partners, L.P. (-Enbridge") requiring modifications to work
plans for oil recovery activities to be conducted by Enbridge from Fall 2011 through Fall 2012.
The October 6, 2011 U.S. EPA letter requires Enbridge to provide a work plan for continued
activities to perform oil assessment, containment, and recovery activities pursuant to the Removal
Administrative Order issued by the U.S. EPA on July 27, 2010 and a Supplement to Order issued
by the U.S. EPA on September 23, 2010 (-U.S. EPA Order").
1.2 Regulatory Framework
As required by the U.S. EPA Order, all oil assessment, containment, and recovery activities shall
be performed in accordance with Section 311(c) of the Clean Water Act, 33 U.S.C. § 1321(c), as
amended by the Oil Pollution Act of 1990, and 33 U.S.C. § 2701 et seq. Paragraph 18 of the
Removal Administrative Order and Paragraph 6 of the Supplement require, among other things,
that Enbridge perform the following actions in response to the Enbridge Line 6B Incident:
1. Assess all oil-impacted areas and media;
2. Contain all oil;
3. Remediate/recover all submerged oil;
4. Recover all oil sheen;
5. Remediate all oil-containing soils;
6. Remediate all oil-containing sediments; and
7. Perform operations and maintenance activities directed by the U.S. EPA.
In addition to the regulations cited above, oil assessment, containment, and recovery activities shall
be performed in accordance with all federal, state, and local regulations. Undertaking activities
directed by the U.S. EPA does not obviate the need for Enbridge to acquire all necessary permits
and comply with other applicable regulatory requirements.
1
-------
1.3 Purpose and Objective
This Work Plan requires activities designed to improve the understanding of submerged oil
transport, containment of oil, and recovery of oil-containing soil/sediment related to the Enbridge
Line 6B Incident. Activities and tasks described herein shall be performed from Fall 2011 through
Fall 2012.
This Work Plan applies to all affected oil-impacted overbank areas (the areas along the banks and
floodplains of the Kalamazoo River) and submerged oil located within the Kalamazoo River
(including the Morrow Lake Delta and Morrow Lake). Although the U.S. EPA has transitioned
primary oversight authority of oil containment and recovery activities in and adjacent to Talmadge
Creek to the Michigan Department of Environmental Quality (-MDEQ"), all activities performed
by Enbridge in and adjacent to the Talmadge Creek shall also be compliant with the U.S. EPA
Order, and is subject to further review by the U.S. EPA.
In order to address the remaining oil, Enbridge shall evaluate and design a broader range of options
to address remaining oil than were employed in 2010 and 2011. Once Spring 2012 reassessments
of the Kalamazoo River and overbank have been completed, Enbridge, as directed by the U.S.
EPA, shall implement site-specific options for each area to address residual oil and sheen. Options
include, but are not limited to, the following:
• Dredging of oil-containing sediments;
• Excavation of overbank areas;
• Agitation of sediments coupled with oil/sheen collection;
• Installation of passive sediment collection devices/structures; and/or
• No further action.
2
-------
1.4 Environmental Protection
As stated above, all response activities shall be governed by applicable regulations, and as directed
by the U.S. EPA in the role of Federal On-Scene Coordinator (-POSC"). Response actions chosen
by the U.S. EPA will continue to consider ecological benefits and consequences of recovery
activities, engineering feasibility factors, and other scientific factors. Many ecological or scientific
consideration incorporated by the U.S. EPA in its directives will be guided by advice from entities
commissioned by the U.S. EPA FOSC. These entities are established as the U.S. EPA Scientific
Support Coordination Group (-SSC Group") for the Enbridge Line 6B incident.
All active oil recovery shall include an evaluation of ecological considerations, as well as an
evaluation of the potential benefits and consequences of oil recovery, or the lack thereof. Although
Enbridge may recommend actions, the deci sion of adverse ecological risk will be made solely by
the U.S. EPA FOSC who will consult with the SSC Group. The supporting role of the SSC Group
is demonstrated in Figure 1.4.
Figure 1.4 Scientific Support Coordination Group
Geomorphology
and Sediment
Transport
Ecological Risk
Assessment
Oil Spill
Response and
Recovery
U.S. EPA
Submerged Oil
Characterization
Submerged Oil
Fate and
Transport
Active Oil
Recovery
Action to be
Determined
Passive Oil
Recovery
Passive
Sediment
Collection
No
Recovery
No Further
Action
1.5 Adaptive Management
Many of the activities described in this Work Plan are investigative in nature and are designed to
provide scientific information that can be used to further refine assessment, containment, and/or oil
recovery activities. Therefore, future findings of assessment and investigative activities may affect
the viability and/or effectiveness of activities described herein. Findings of investigative activities
shall be evaluated and considered in an iterative fashion when determining tactics and strategies
to accomplish the overall objectives of the work. However, any changes to the activities
3
-------
described must be approved by the U.S. EPA prior to changing this Work Plan and or
implementation of activities.
1.6 Organizational Structure
An organizational structure has been established in conjunction with the U.S. EPA to optimize
implementation of this Work Plan. The organizational structure has been adopted into the Incident
Action Plan and has been used to coordinate, guide, and evaluate reassessment, scientific studies
and oil recovery activities while providing a critical communication tool. The organizational
structure is dynamically designed to be refined and modified to adapt to changing project
conditions, clean up progress, and shifting command emphasis.
Figure 1.6.1 Organizational Structure
U.S. EPA FOSC
SSC Group
OPERATIONS SECTION
Air
Operations
Branch
Directors
Waste
Management
Branch
Directors
Decon Group
Waste
Management
Characterization
Group
Recovery
Group
Monitoring
Group
Submerged
Oil Branch
Directors
Science
Group
Group
Recovery
Group
Monitoring
Group
Containment
Branch
Directors
Science
Group
Compliance
Group
Recovery
Group
Monitoring
Group
OSCAR
Branch
Directors
, Taimadge
Creek Branch
! Directors
Remedial
Investigation
Group
Compliance
Group
Remedial
Action Group
Kalamazoo
River Branch
Directors
Remedial
Investigation
Group
Compliance
Group
Remedial
Action Group
Monitoring
Group
Monitoring
Group
4
-------
Critical components of the organizational structure are the science groups, branch directors, the
Outstanding Sites Characterization and Reconciliation (-©SCAR") Branch and FOSC. As depicted
in the figure below, the science groups contained within the branches advise the branch directors
based on an evaluation of information that is compiled and evaluated. The branch directors present
their evaluation and recommendations to the OSCAR Branch. The OSCAR Branch evaluates the
data and determines if further action is necessary for each site under the U.S. EPA Order or if site
transition to the MDEQ is appropriate. Further detail about the OSCAR Branch is provided in
Section 2.0.
Figure 1.6.2 Science Group Support of the OSCAR Process
Operations Section
Overbank Branch
Operations Section
Submerged Oil Branch
Operations Section
Containment Branch
Kalamazoo River Branch
MDEQ Remedial
Investigations and
Remedial Actions
5
-------
2.0
OUTSTANDING SITES CHARACTERIZATION AND RECONCILIATION
The U.S. EPA established the OSCAR process during 2011 reassessment and recovery activities.
The OSCAR process shall continue during 2012 with the objective to compile a single list of
impacted and unresolved sites along the Kalamazoo River, and Morrow Lake. The OSCAR
Branch shall be comprised of Enbridge, the U.S. EPA, and MDEQ.
2.1 Objectives
The OSCAR Branch will determine a course of action for each site until no further action is
required under the U.S. EPA Order.
2.2 Methods and Procedures
To reach this goal, qualitative assessments will be conducted by the respective operations branch at
each unresolved site to characterize the nature and extent of remaining oil impact. A vegetative
assessment at each site will be conducted concurrently with the qualitative assessment to determine
if the location meets the MDEQ criteria for wetland areas of potential high value criteria. Once the
assessment is complete for a given site, the respective operations branch shall evaluate the current
and historical data, and present the information to the OSCAR Branch. Based on the information
presented, the OSCAR Branch will determine if recovery or assessment actions should be
implemented next at that site.
The OSCAR Branch evaluates information associated with the following general reassessment
sites:
• Overbank pond and back-water areas identified as -Strike" sites during 2011 SORT
reassessment and recovery activities;
• All former overbank excavation areas;
• Un-reconciled O&M sites that have not been determined to have had response action
completed consistent with the U.S. EPA Order;
• 2011 Late Summer Reassessment (-fcSR") poling delineated areas, LSR data gaps, and
other sites identified by the Shoreline Overbank Science Group (-SOSG");
• New sites including shoreline and overbank areas and other locations identified via
monitoring, aerial over-flights, or other means;
• Impacted overbank areas identified during 2012 SORT reassessments; and
• Submerged oil sites identified during the 2012 submerged oil reassessment.
The OSCAR Branch shall evaluate all available information for each site, and make a
determination as to whether or not response actions have been completed at each site consistent
with the U.S. EPA Order and ready for future management under Part 201 of Michigan Act 451
of 1994 as amended (-Part 201"). If the OSCAR Branch determination is that the site no longer
needs response under the Order, then the OSCAR Branch will recommend that the site be
transitioned to the MDEQ. If the site is determined to need further response work pursuant to the
Order, the OSCAR Branch will make a recommendation to the appropriate operations branch to
6
-------
complete all work necessary at the site. These recommendations may include, but are not limited
to, one of the following:
• Additional qualitative assessment activities;
• Additional recovery operations using approved methods;
• Transfer of the site to the appropriate branch;
• Initiation of an expedited Remedial Investigation (RI) pursuant to MDEQ Part 201;
• Permitted recovery operations under the U.S. EPA Order; and/or
• No further action.
If response work is required, a site specific work plan shall be submitted to the U.S. EPA that
outlines the specific actions that shall be taken to ensure that the site no longer needs response
pursuant to the Order. Upon completion of any response work, the OSCAR Branch will re-evaluate
each site consistent with the OSCAR process. The OSCAR process will be continued as needed
until all sites are transitioned to the MDEQ. A list of known OSCAR sites, current to the printing
of this Work Plan, is demonstrated in Figure 2.2.
7
-------
Figure 2.2 List of known OSCAR Sites
Out standing Site Characterization and
MP
Site ID
Status
0,75
falmad&e Cruek Culverts
2.25
ca 2,oo
2.25
CB 2.07
4,25
SO 4. IS South AA
4,25
SO 4.15 South AC
4,25
50 4.25 Center
4.50
SO 4.3 South B
4,50
SO 4 40T AA
4.50
SO 4.40T AB
4,50
5O4.40T Q
4.75
SO 4.6 Center
4.75
SO 4.6 South
4.75
SO 4,7 South
5.00
SO 4.8 South
5,00
50 <1.8 North A
5,00
SO 4.8 North B
5,00
SO 4.8 Center
5.00
SO 4.9 South A
5.00
SO 4.9 South 8
5.00
SO 4.9 South C
5.00
SO 4.9 South D
5,25
SO 5.25 North A
5.25
SO 5 25 North t
5.75
SO S,55 North/5.35 North A
5.75
SO 5.S5 North/5.35 North 8
5,75
SO 5.55 North/5.35 North C
5,75
SO 5 SS North/5.35 North 0
5.75
SO 5.55 North/5 35 North E
5.75
SO 5.55 North
5.75
50 5.63 South
5.75
5£) 5.75 Northwest
5.75
SOS,75 South A
5.75
SO 5.75 South B
5 75
SOS 75 Center
6,00
SO 5.3 North
6 00
SO Main St. Bridge SW
6.00
SO S.9 South A
6.00
OB S.92 ROB
6.25
SO 6,25 Ri
6.50
SO 6.4 IT
6.50
SO C.4S North A
6.75
SO6.68T
7 00
SO 7.0R1 B
7,00
50 7.0 South
a.oo
SO 7.75
8,25
OB 3,22 1
8,25
SO 8.25 11 A
8.25
SO 8,25 11 8
8.25
SO 8.2512 A
8,25
SO 8.25 12 8
ation i
O.S.C.A.R.)
MP
Site ID
Status |
8.50
SO 8,431
8.50
OB 8.48 LDB
8,50
SO 8.50
8.50
SO 8,5 LI
8.50
SO 8.S 13
8,75
SO 8.75 North B
8.75
SO 8 .59
9,00
OB 8.97 1
9.00
SO 9.0 12 A
9.00
50 9.0 12 B
9,00
SO 9.0 13
9.00
SO 9.00
9.00
OB 9.10 LOB
9.25
SO 9.25 11
9 50
SO 9.45T
9.50
SO 9.5 11 A
9.50
SO 9.5 11 a
9.50
SO 9,5 11 C
9,75
SO 9.75 South A
9.75
SO 9,75 South B
10.00
SO 10.0 Center
10.25
SO 10.17T
1025
SO 10 2 South
1025
SO 10,2 JT
10.25
SO 10.25 North
10.50
OB 10.37 RDB
10.50
SO 10.4 North
10.50
SO 10.5 North
10.75
SO 10.6ST A
10.75
50 10.65T B
10,75
SO 10.65 North
I0 7S
SO 10.75 12
11.00
SO 10.8 South
11.00
SO 10.89T A
11.00
SO 10.891 B
itoo
SO 10.89T C
11,25
SO U.1GT
11.25
SO 11 21
11.25
50 11.25 Rl
11.25
SO 1L25R2A
11.25
SO 11.2SR2 B
11.25
SO 11.25R2C
11.75
08 11,79 LDB
12,50
SO 12,45 r
12.50
SO 12,50
12.50
OB 12.56 LDB
12,75
SO 12,75 11
13,00
SO 12.91T
13,00
08 13.04 ROB
13.25
SO 13.25 North
MP
Site ID
Status |
19.25
50 13.25 11
13,50
OB 13.40 LDB
13.50
SO 13.5 LI
13.7S
SO 13.6 South
14.00
SO 13.85 North
14.00
SO 13,85 South A
14 00
SO 13,85 South B
14.00
SO 13.95 North
14.00
50 14.0 11
14.25
SO 14.2 South
14.50
SO 14.35 North A
14.50
SO 14.35 North 8
14,50
SO 14,35 North C
14.50
SO 14.40T B
14.75
SO 14,6 South
14,75
SO 14.75 A
14.75
SO 14.75 S
14.75
SO 14.75 C
14.75
SO 14,75 LI A
1475
SO 147511 8
15.00
SO 14.8 South
15.00
SO 14.9 5outh A
1S.00
09 14.971
15.00
OB 14.98 1
15.25
SO 15.05 South 8
15.25
SO South Mill Pond AA
15.25
SO South Mill Pond AB
15.25
SO South Mill Pond AC
15,50
SO 15,25
15.50
SO 15.4 A
15,50
SO 15,4 a
1S.S0
SO 15 4 C
15.75
SO North Mill Pond A
IS 75
SO North Mill Pond 0
17.0D
SO Rock-Tenn
18.25
SO 18,15 South
18.50
SO 18.5 South
18.75
SO 18.65 South
19,00
SO 18.8 Center A
19.00
50 18.8 Center B
19.00
SO 18.85 North
19.00
SO 18.95 North
19,25
SO 19,15 South
19.25
SO 19.25 11
19,25
SO 19.2S LI AA
19.S0
SO 19.45 North
19,50
SO 19.47T
19.75
SO 19.56T
20.25
SO 20,1 South
20.75
SO 20.63T
MP
Site ID
Status |
21.25
50 21,111
21.50
SO Custer Dr Bridge 5W
21.50
SO 214
21 50
SO 21,50
2175
SO 21.541
21.75
SO 21,55 South
2275
S0 22.2ST
22.75
SO 22.75 North
23.75
SO 23.54T
24.00
SO 23,831
24 75
SO 24.65 South
25.00
SO 24.82T
25.00
SO 24.92T
2575
SO 25. 7 North
26.25
SO 26 0
26.2S
SO 26.131
25.50
OB 26.23 LDB
26.25
OB 26,25 RDB
2625
SO 26 25
2675
SO 26,6S A
26.75
SO 26.65 B
27.00
50 26.8 Southeast
27.25
SO 27 02T
27.25
SO 27.1 North
27.25
SO 27.15 South
27.75
SO 27.7 North
2800
SO 27,9
28 25
SO 28.15 South
28.25
SO 28.25
28.50
SO 28.28T
28 50
S0 28.34T
2850
S0 28 39T
28.50
SO 28.45 South A
28.50
SO 28 45 South B
28.50
SO 28.47T
28 50
SO 28.5 North
28.75
SO 28.651
28.75
SO 28.75 North
29.00
SO 28.9 South
30.75
SO 30.7 North
31.00
SO 30.8 South B
32.25
SO 32 15
3125
SO 31,25 North
32.75
50 32.65 Southeast
33,(10
SO 32.89
33.00
SO 33.00 LI
34 50
S0 3448T
36.00
SO 35.84T A
36.25
SO 36,23 ROB
36.50
SO 36,45 North
MP
Site ID
Status
36.75
SO 36.6 South B
36.75
SO 36.75 North
36.75
50 Delta A
37,00
SO Delta BA
37.00
SO Delia BB
37.00
SO Delta G
37.00
SO Delta 1
37.25
SO 37.1 North
37.25
SO Delta M
37.25
SO Delta N
37.25
SO Delta P
37 25
50 Delta Q
37.50
50 Delta FF
37.50
SO Delta GG
37.50
SO Delta HM
38.50
SO Lake J
LEGEND
3
Ovorbank Branch
198
5
Containment Branch
1
lalmadge Creek Branch
7
Kalamazoo River Branch
CONSISTENT W/ EPA ORDER and up
2
(or MDEQ Part 201 Program
Consideration
216 Total
8
-------
3.0
REASSESSMENT OF OIL LOCATION AND EXTENT
3.1 Shoreline and Overbank Reassessment
3.1.1 Objectives
The shoreline and overbank along the Kalamazoo River downstream impacted areas will be
reassessed in Spring 2012. Supplemental qualitative reassessments may be conducted as discussed in
Section 3.1.4. The objective of the Spring 2012 reassessment is to determine the presence or absence
of oil and/or oil sheen along targeted overbank areas along the affected river system from MP 2.25 of
the Kalamazoo River to the Morrow Lake Dam. The information collected during the Spring 2012
Reassessment will be compared with previous overbank assessment results to determine what
additional overbank recovery activities are required.
An Overbank Science Group (-0SG") shall be established to review data associated with overbank
assessments and recovery activities. The OSG shall be comprised of Enbridge, the U.S. EPA, and
MDEQ. The overall goal for the OSG will be to ensure reassessment data quality and completeness,
evaluate overbank oil recovery tools and effectiveness, and to make recommendations to OSCAR for
each reassessment site.
To reach this goal, the OSG shall review and evaluate the following data on an ongoing basis
throughout Fall 2011 and continuing through Fall 2012:
• Historic and ongoing assessment data; and
• 2012 reassessment results.
The OSG shall consult and coordinate with the OSCAR Branch to discuss findings and to provide
recommendations for overbank oil reassessment and recovery operations.
3.1.2 Spring 2012 Reassessment Methods and Procedures
Targeted locations shall be qualitatively reassessed during Spring 2012 according to the Shoreline
Overbank Reassessment Technique (-SORT") procedures developed and utilized during Spring
2011. SORT teams shall be comprised of one U.S. EPA Superfund Technical Assessment and
Response Team (-START") or U.S. EPA representative, one MDEQ representative, and Enbridge
representative(s). SORT teams shall complete the following tasks for each targeted reassessment
location:
• Characterize oiling conditions and substrate types using a standardized terminology (SORT
Metric Quick Guide);
• Characterize shoreline and overbank habitat types and the degree and characteristics of any
oiling conditions;
• Record percent cover of a specific oiling condition within a point/zone on field maps and
data collection forms;
• Collect a waypoint and/or polygon dimensions for each of the oiled points/zones identified
as potentially needing additional response activities using a Global Positioning System
(-GPS") unit with sub-meter accuracy;
9
-------
• Identify and estimate the area of impact of specific oiling and substrate conditions observed
during current conditions;
• Determine whether the impacted area is characterized as a sensitive habitat according to the
MDEQ Water Resources Division (-WRD"); and
• Assign site identification nomenclature prescribed by the OSCAR Branch to avoid conflict
with historic naming conventions (2010 Shoreline Cleanup Assessment Techniques
(-SCAT"), 2011 SORT, O&M, etc.).
3.1.3 Spring 2012 Reassessment Sites
Spring 2012 SORT activities shall focus on, but not be limited, to the following sites:
• Former excavation areas;
• Impacted areas identified during the 2011 SORT reassessment that were inundated during
the 2011 SORT reassessment activities (including Strike sites); and
• Impacted areas identified as having -Film", -Sheen", and/or -Pooled Oil" during the 2011
SORT reassessment.
Shoreline and overbank sites currently targeted for reassessment are presented in Attachment A.
Data obtained for each site shall be uploaded to the GIS database using the appropriate naming and
symbol conventions. SORT data for each site shall also be added to the OSCAR list and presented to
the OSCAR Branch for review and evaluation. The OSCAR Branch shall review all current and
historic information for each reassessment site to determine whether sites have been or shall continue
to be addressed under the U.S. EPA Order or transitioned to the MDEQ.
3.1.4 Supplemental Qualitative Assessments
Supplemental qualitative assessment activities shall be conducted on an ongoing basis to
characterize any remaining oil and/or oil sheen from areas identified from the OSCAR process.
3.1.4.1 Supplemental Qualitative Assessment Methods and Procedures
Supplemental qualitative assessment activities will be conducted by the OSG to assess if further
actions are needed under the U.S. EPA Order. The qualitative assessments shall include screening
techniques to determine the presence or absence of oil and/or oil sheen including the following:
• Visual examination of exposed surface soils and vegetation to determine the presence and
extent of any pooled oil, residual oil accumulations, oil film, or oil sheen;
• Poling assessment of any overbank areas that remain submerged at the time the inspections
are performed, using approved poling techniques;
• Visual and ultraviolet (-UV") screening of soil cores collected using hand-augers or other
means according to applicable Standard Operating Procedure (-SOPs");
• Visual assessment of soils/mud flats/dried overbank ponds and backwater areas according to
the Bucket Sheen Test SOP, approved by the U.S. EPA in correspondence dated October 11,
2011;
10
-------
• Visual assessment of soils/mud flats/dried overbank ponds and backwater areas according to
the Poling Ring Test SOP approved by the U.S. EPA in correspondence dated October 11,
2011; and
• Aerial over-flight photo log review.
Core sample collection shall be performed in accordance with procedures described in the existing
approved Sampling and Analysis Plan (SAP, Enbridge, 2011). Procedures for performing and
evaluating UV screening of soil cores shall be described in a separate SOP to be submitted and
approved by the U.S. EPA prior to undertaking the work.
3.2 Submerged Oil Reassessment
3.2.1 Objectives
The 2012 submerged oil reassessment scope of work shall include site-wide poling of river
sediments. Supplemental poling reassessments may be conducted as discussed in Section 3.2.5. Data
obtained from submerged oil reassessment activities shall be used for comparison to 2010 and 2011
submerged oil data sets, and to make determinations as to the distribution and relative quantity of
submerged oil remaining in the river. Submerged oil reassessment information shall be used in
conjunction with other considerations to direct all future submerged oil recovery actions. Additional
focused poling within specific sub-areas of the river shall be performed, as determined by the SOSG.
The SOSG shall be established to review data associated with submerged oil assessment and
recovery activities. The SOSG shall be comprised of Enbridge, the U.S. EPA, United States
Geological Survey (-USGS"), and MDEQ. The overall goal for the SOSG will be to ensure
reassessment data quality and completeness, evaluate submerged oil recovery tools and
effectiveness, as well as to provide recommendations for the placement of sediment traps and to
make recommendations to OSCAR for each reassessment site.
To reach this goal, the SOSG shall review and evaluate the following data on an ongoing basis
throughout Fall 2011 and continuing through Fall 2012:
• Historic poling data;
• Sediment core data;
• Hydrodynamic assessment data;
• Hydrodynamic modeling data;
• Temperature effects studies data;
• Submerged oil quantification data;
• 2012 Reassessment results;
• Containment placement, monitoring, and removal; and
• Placement, monitoring, and maintenance of oil-containing sediment traps.
The SOSG shall consult and coordinate with the OSCAR Branch to discuss findings and to provide
recommendations for submerged oil reassessment and recovery.
11
-------
3.2.2 Spring 2012 Reassessment Methods and Procedures
Targeted locations shall be qualitatively reassessed during Spring 2012 according to the procedures
developed and utilized during Spring 2011. Submerged oil reassessment activities shall include
poling of soft sediments in targeted depositional areas. Data associated with poling including water
depth, pole advancement depth, soft sediment thickness, bed characteristics, the presence/absence of
oil, GPS coordinates, and the relative amount of oil/sheen shall be collected at each location.
Water depth data shall be collected using a 6-inch diameter disk attached to the end of an aluminum
pole approximately 2 inches in diameter marked at 0.1-foot intervals. At each poling location, the
disc shall gradually be lowered to the top of the sediment bed, and the depth from the water surface
to the top of soft sediment (water depth) shall be recorded to the nearest 0.1-foot.
Soft sediment thickness data shall be collected using a pole without a disk and marked at intervals of
0.1-foot. The pole shall be pushed vertically through the sediment until advancement is restricted.
The depth to sediment surface (water depth) and maximum poling depth into the soft sediment shall
determine the soft sediment thickness at each location. A description of the sediment type shall be
documented based on the poling results (e.g., soft sediment - silt over sand).
An approximate determination of the relative amount of submerged oil at each poling location shall
be made by using the pole with a 6-inch diameter disk to agitate the soft sediment. After agitation,
the amount of oil/sheen observed at the water surface shall be described using the same categories as
the 2011 field season (heavy, moderate, light, or none). These categories are outlined in the attached
Submerged Oil Field Observation Flow Chart (Figure 1). If -moderate" or -heavy" indications of
submerged oil sheen/globules are observed, the area shall be delineated with additional poling. The
poling teams shall work away from the -moderate" or -heavy" location until they have poled either a
-light" submerged oil classification, or no indication of submerged oil.
A GPS unit shall be used to document the coordinates for each poling location. All poling locations
shall be surveyed during the project to the extent practicable using a differential GPS unit with sub-
meter accuracy. The horizontal coordinate system shall be the Michigan State Plane Coordinate
System, South zone, referenced to the North American Datum (-NAD") 83, in international feet.
All poling activities shall be conducted during optimal temperature conditions as determined via an
evaluation of the results from temperature effects on submerged oil studies as described herein. As
such, sediment and water temperature data shall be collected during poling activities as thresholds
for data reliability are approached.
3.2.3 Spring 2012 Reassessment Poling Locations and Frequency
Site-wide poling shall be conducted in targeted areas along the Kalamazoo River from the
confluence of Talmadge Creek and the Kalamazoo River to the Morrow Lake Delta, within Morrow
Lake and at additional areas downstream of the Morrow Lake Dam. Poling activities shall be
focused in depositional areas with soft bed sediment types since submerged oil is most often
associated with depositional geomorphic environments. Poling locations shall be minimal in
erosional or bed-material transporting areas with sand/gravel bed types, because submerged oil is not
typically associated with this these higher river velocity geomorphic settings.
Poling shall be conducted at the following locations:
12
-------
• All locations where moderate or heavy submerged oil was identified during the 2010 and
2011 field seasons, including areas identified during 2011 LSR locations;
• Within all 2011 focus areas;
• Additional poling boundaries;
• At select transect locations; and
• As directed by the U. S. EPA.
Additional poling targets extending from approximately MP4.0 to Ceresco Dam, from
approximately MP 14.0 to Battle Creek Dam, and within the engineered channel portion of the river
from approximately MP 18.0 to 20.0 may be added if determined by the SOSG. Additionally, any
areas identified from the hydrodynamic assessment or hydrodynamic modeling results as potential
depositional areas, and not previously poled, will be added to the list of targets for the 2012 site-wide
poling. For all these areas, crews shall visually assess the area and select representative poling
locations. The crews may add poling locations to an area based on field observations. Proposed site-
wide poling locations for the Spring 2012 Reassessment are presented in Attachment B, Figure 1.
Poling locations on the Morrow Lake fan shall be determined by the SOSG. Poling locations within
Morrow Lake shall be comparable to the areas presented in the Addendum to the Spring 2011
Overbank and Poling Reassessment Work Plan. Additional required poling data collection
downstream of the Morrow Lake Dam is described in Section 4.2.1 of this work plan, and the
targeted locations are summarized therein.
3.2.4 2012 Late Summer Reassessment
The purpose of the 2012 LSR is to determine the status of submerged oil after any 2012 recovery
operations have been completed. The existing U.S. EPA approved poling SOP will be used to
perform poling at a level-of-efifort recommended by the SOSG. The poling will be conducted using a
top-to-bottom approach after oil recovery work has been completed. The poling locations shall be
biased to depositional areas to determine the effectiveness of the recovery activities.
3.2.5 Supplemental Poling
Supplemental poling activities will be conducted where recommended by the SOSG, if necessary, to
assess if further actions are needed under the U.S. EPA Order. Supplemental poling methods and
procedures will be the same as those described in Section 3.2.2 above.
3.3 Data Collection and Documentation
Electronic field data forms shall serve as a daily record of events, observations, and measurements
during all shoreline, overbank, and submerged oil field assessment activities. All information shall
be recorded electronically on these forms and shall include:
• Names of field crew;
• Date and time of site entry and exit;
• Location of activity;
• Site description;
13
-------
• Field measurements;
• Field observations; and
• Photographs.
Paper copies of the field forms shall be printed and filed for hard copy backup of all data collected.
In addition, all electronic data shall be downloaded to a server at the end of each work day and stored
in a GIS database. GIS is used to organize data and to display the data in map form. Location
information, field observations, media characteristics, utility information, and results are stored in the
GIS database.
3.4 Data Analysis
All reassessment results shall be uploaded to the GIS database on an ongoing basis, and shall be
reviewed by the OSG and/or SOSG, as appropriate. Data generated during shoreline, overbank, and
submerged oil reassessment activities shall be used along with other data sets to determine additional
reassessment data collection needs, and to make informed decisions regarding recovery targets as
well as appropriate active and/or passive recovery strategies and tactics.
14
-------
4.0 SUBMERGED OIL CHARACTERIZATION
Submerged oil characterization includes the hydrodynamic assessment, hydrodynamic model,
temperature effects on submerged oil study, and submerged oil quantification. The hydrodynamic
assessment includes poling in Morrow Lake, poling downstream of the Morrow Lake Dam,
cohesion and erodibility tests, water velocity profiling, sediment core collection, and
understanding of sediment transport. The hydrodynamic model consists of setup, data analysis,
data inputs, and evaluation of the results. The temperature effects on submerged oil is a bench
scale study to better understand the effects that water and sediment temperatures have on
submerged oil liberation and the subsequent effectiveness of recovery methods. Submerged oil
quantification is a model used to calculate the volume of submerged oil from representative
sediment cores and poling data collected throughout the affected area.
4.1 Objectives
The overall objective of submerged oil characterization is to understand its fate and transport related
to recovery and containment. Four areas, hydrodynamic assessment, hydrodynamic modeling,
temperature effects study, and submerged oil quantification have been identified as critical to this
understanding and are further described herein.
4.2 Hydrodynamic Assessment
Data shall be collected to evaluate the fate and transport of fine-grained sediment, submerged oil,
and oil-containing sediment in the affected river system (Talmadge Creek, Kalamazoo River,
Morrow Lake Delta, Morrow Lake fan, and Morrow Lake). Data shall be collected in cooperation
with the SOSG. The primary objectives of the hydrodynamic assessment are to:
• Develop an understanding of the physical and chemical behavior associated with the
migration, mobilization and recovery of submerged oil and oil remaining in riverine
sediment, including, but not limited to, the effects of temperature and river velocity on the
migration of submerged oil.
• Identify physical patterns and migration rates of submerged oil along channel bars,
impoundments, and delta/fan environments caused by including high flow, low flow,
seasonal/diurnal variation, and oil recovery/assessment activities;
• Optimize and focus submerged oil recovery strategies;
• Evaluate effectiveness of submerged oil recovery operations; and
• Provide support for quantification of submerged oil in riverine sediment.
4.2.1 Poling in Morrow Lake Downstream of Fan
Qualitative assessments using poling techniques shall be performed at locations and frequencies
similar to 2010 pre-recovery, Spring 2011 reassessment activities, and routine monitoring points
established during the 2011 recovery activities. Additional information collected with the
descriptions of oil/sheen shall include geo-referenced locations, qualitative velocity, water depth,
soft sediment depth, and qualitative substrate descriptions. Enbridge shall perform poling as
specified below:
15
-------
• Poling locations upstream of Morrow Lake Dam:
o Poling locations shall have their horizontal coordinates recorded with sub-meter
accuracy using differential GPS receivers. For subsequent surveys, the initial poling
locations shall be resurveyed to detect change.
o Poling locations shall be well distributed across the Morrow Lake fan upstream of the
control point E4.5 double chevron, and well distributed within and along the
downstream side of the double chevron, extending westward until no further
indications of submerged oil are detected.
o If the area where submerged oil indications are detected expands, then the monitored
area and number of poling locations also shall increase accordingly.
o Locations shall be reviewed and updated in consultation with the SOSG.
• Poling frequency upstream of Morrow Lake Dam:
o Poling will be conducted daily in the Morrow Lake fan during submerged oil recovery
operations but each monitoring point will not be completed daily. In 2011, the 40
monitoring point cycle was completed every second day:
o Post-recovery at least 24 hours but not more than 60 hours after completion of
submerged oil recovery operations at a site and downstream of the given site;
o At least once each season when (Fall 2011, Spring 2012, Summer 2012, and Fall 2012)
water temperature is greater than 45°F or the temperature threshold determined in the
temperature study described in herein; and/or
o After large flood events (two year or higher) in 2012. Poling after multiple floods
within a three month period, shall occur more than once if the difference in recurrence
interval between floods is 5 years or higher.
• Focus area poling locations downstream of Morrow Lake Dam (e.g., next likely depositional
areas):
o Immediately downstream of the Morrow Lake Dam, in left backwater area at MP 39.9
South;
o Margin of a bend on the left descending bank at MP 40.3 South;
o Downstream side of a mid-channel island at MP 40.9 North;
o North side channel margin at MP 41.1 North and upstream of River St. Bridge; and
o Upstream end of an oxbow at MP 41.25 North (downstream of River St. and upstream
of King Hwy).
Focus area poling locations downstream of Morrow Lake Dam are shown in Attachment C, Figure 1.
A minimum of five poling locations shall be collected at each focus area. During the initial poling
survey conducted in Fall 2011, the poling locations were selected in the field to be representative of
the focus area based on sediment thickness, water depth, and water velocity. Poling locations shall
have their horizontal coordinates recorded with sub-meter accuracy using differential GPS receivers.
For subsequent surveys, the initial poling locations shall be resurveyed to detect change.
16
-------
• Poling frequency downstream of Morrow Lake Dam:
o At least once each season when (Fall 2011, Spring 2012, Summer 2012, and Fall 2012)
water temperature is greater than the temperature threshold determined in the
temperature study described herein; and/or
o After large flood events (two year or higher) in 2012. Poling after multiple floods
within a three month period, shall occur when the difference in recurrence interval
between flood events is 5 years or greater.
If submerged oil is found downstream of the Morrow Lake Dam, the poling locations shall be re-
evaluated with the SOSG.
4.2.2 Cohesion and Erodibility Tests
The purpose of these tests is to provide information on specific sediment characteristics and their
effect on submerged oil migration and transport under typical Kalamazoo River temperature and
velocity conditions.
A literature search has been initiated to identify other project work that may have produced similar
data based on the particle size and the river type. This literature search data and the site specific data
shall inform selection of appropriate values for hydrodynamic parameters, including cohesion,
critical shear stress, and erodibility, which shall be used in the hydrodynamic model (described
herein). The specific field techniques have been selected in consultation with the U.S. EPA and
USGS and shall commence in Fall 2011. The locations of the 15 in-situ jet tests selected in
consultation with the USGS are shown in Attachment C, Figure 2. The test locations include the
following:
Table 4.2.2 In-situ Jet Testing Locations.
Location
Geomorphic Setting
Surface particle size (top six inches)
5.25 South
Upstream of dam; increased
channel width
Silt loam to 4.5'
5.75 South A
Upstream of dam
Silt loam to 2.3'
10.75 L2
Backwater; high flow cutoff
channel
Silt loam over sand - adjust toward
shoreline
12.5 C
Oxbow
Sandy loam with visible oil - adjust
toward shoreline
14.35 North
Upstream of dam; increased
channel width
Silt loam over sand - visible oil - adjust
toward shoreline
14.75 A
Cutoff channel
Sand over coarse sand - move location
further into cutoff channel and near
shoreline
South Mill Pond
Upstream of dam; pond
Silt to 3.3'
19.25 LI
Cutoff channel
Silt loam to 0.7'
21.5
Oxbow
Silt loam to 0.8'
17
-------
Location
Geomorphic Setting
Surface particle size (top six inches)
26.0
Increased channel width; man-
made area
Loamy fine sand - visible oil - adjust
location near shoreline
30.8 South
Increased channel width;
tributary input
Silt loam to 1.5'
36.25 A
Outside meander bend; upstream
of island
Loamy sand - no visible oil - move to
36.25 C; SEKR3650C0a; Downstream of
island
Morrow Lake Delta H
Sandy bed in consistent
depositional area
Sand over loamy sand - no visible oil -
adjust location near shoreline or
downstream of island (South)
Morrow Lake Delta Z
Soft bed in deposition area
Silt loam to 0.7'
Morrow Lake fan
Near mouth of neck
Silt loam to 0.5"
At three locations - 5.75 South A, 21.5 Oxbow, and Morrow Lake Fan - water depths were greater
than 6 inches which required collection of a representative sample of the bottom material with a box
corer or other device. In this situation, jet tests shall be conducted on the core samples at a nearby
location in the field, with minimal disturbance to the surficial layer of the core.
Results shall be reviewed by the SOSGto determine if adequate coverage exists or if additional
testing is necessary. When complete, a test completion report shall be prepared, describing actual
field methods and materials, site and sample characteristics, test results, evaluations, and conclusions
concerning cohesion and erodibility.
4.2.3 Water Velocity Profiling
Existing hydrodynamic data consist of estimated velocity ranges and current-meter point
measurements at discrete poling locations throughout the river system during a narrow range of
streamflow conditions. Multi-dimensional understanding of velocity distributions and profiles is
needed for adequately describing bed shear stresses under a much wider range of streamflow
conditions.
An Acoustic Doppler Velocimeter (-ADV") or Acoustic Doppler Current Profiler (-ADCP") shall
be used to measure velocities in the x, y, and z directions. Both types of velocity meters collect 3-
dimensional data, but the ADCP can collect data continuously along transects as a full vertical
profile, whereas the ADV measures velocities at a single point. Both sets of data are needed to more
accurately estimate shear stress on the bed and banks of the river. The preference shall be to use the
ADCP in the Morrow Lake Delta and fan if the water depths are sufficient for its use. Shallow water
depths on the Kalamazoo River may require the use of a hand-held or pole-mounted ADV.
18
-------
The ADCP shall be properly calibrated prior to any data collection for this study in accordance with
manufacturer's specifications and instructions; this shall include site-specific calibration in relation
to speed of sound through the river water, and to account for geo-magnetic field variation that can
affect the measured flow-direction results.
Daily quality-assurance tests of the ADCP instrument's operational performance (360-degree
rotational closure, loop closure, etc.) shall be conducted and results recorded.
Data shall be used to determine migration/transport rates for sediment which may include submerged
oil, and also for calibration/validation of the hydrodynamic model. Velocity data shall be collected at
the following locations and times:
• Horizontal and vertical velocities at cross-sections (at varying river stages) in specific
geomorphic areas including:
o Morrow Lake fan (at least three latitudinal profiles and four longitudinal profiles);
o Each side of existing containment location E4.5 (if present);
o Morrow Lake Delta channels;
o 35th Street Bridge;
o Neck of delta and downstream of the neck on the Morrow Lake fan to determine
velocity changes longitudinally; and
o Kalamazoo River: Representative river reaches to evaluate the flow patterns associated
with depositional areas, the thalweg, dam impoundments, meanders, oxbows, cutoff
channels, and changes in channel width. Selection of representative reaches
coordinated with and approved by the U.S. EPA and USGS.
• Horizontal and vertical velocities to evaluate stream-wise changes in velocity along
longitudinal transects located at selected, key reaches, including:
o 35th Street to the Morrow Lake fan;
o MP 3.0 to Ceresco Dam; and
o Other reaches of concern in depositional areas where the number of available velocity
readings does not adequately explain the river flow pattern. Selection of these reaches
coordinated with and approved by the U.S. EPA and USGS.
• At least once each season (Fall 2011, Spring 2012, Summer 2012, and Fall 2012); and/or
• During mean flow conditions;
• During low flow conditions; and
• During high flow conditions (e.g., various flows above median values, including a minimum
of two high-flow conditions; high flows are defined as those in the 3rd quartile and 4th
quartile of the flow-duration table). High-flow data collection is conditioned upon the actual
occurrence of those flow conditions within the study period and task schedule. During high
flow events, the ADCP may be used from bridges for compliance with safety policies.
Provisional locations of cross-sectional and longitudinal transects where velocity profiles shall be
measured are shown in Attachment C, Figure 3. The USGS shall provide data for velocity profiles
and cross-sections from discharge measurements made at the existing gauging stations (at bridge
19
-------
locations), if available. Final selection of velocity profile locations were made in consultation with
and approved by the U.S. EPA and USGS.
4.2.4 Surficial Streambed Sediment Characteristics
Existing data consist of pre- and post-recovery cores linked with poling data from various locations
along the Kalamazoo River, including the Morrow Lake Delta/fan area. Additional cores shall be
collected to aid in the determination of submerged oil transport rates, depositional patterns, and
submerged oil quantification. Target depth for cores shall be 4.5 feet below the water-sediment
interface or less if refusal.
Additional sediment cores shall be collected and evaluated as follows, consistent with previously
used techniques associated with 2011 submerged oil quantification:
• Hand pushed or driven check-valve sampler (given the shallow depths) shall be used.
• Cores shall be advanced to target depth or refusal. (If target depth is achieved and the
recovery is less than 80%, a discrete interval sampler shall be used to obtain recovery greater
than 80%. If refusal occurs prior to reaching the target depth and recovery is less than 80%,
a second core attempt shall be made, except that at the discretion of the sampler, with
concurrence by START/U.S. EPA observer, or by USGS oversight, a second attempt at
collection may be omitted in such a case).
• For in-situ bulk density cores, a second check-valve sample shall be collected as a core to a
target depth of 5 inches or more, but less than 1 foot. This core shall remain intact and
shipped for bulk density and particle size analysis.
• Penetration depth and recovery ratios shall be recorded.
• High water-content sediment-water interface (that may contain submerged oil) shall be
recovered.
• In the Morrow Lake Delta, the cores shall penetrate into pre-dam floodplain/channel
deposits or to refusal.
• Sediment cores shall be collected from the following locations:
o Sample locations shall be co-located with poling and velocity transects/profiles
wherever possible. Sample locations that are not co-located with these data points shall
be noted in the sample log.
o Morrow Lake fan: transects shall be aligned along a contour from North/South and
East/West and in the former river channel (adequate number of locations to allow
construction of at least three latitudinal profiles and four longitudinal profiles).
o 35th Street Bridge to Morrow Lake fan and within the Morrow Lake Delta channels.
o Other locations in key reaches to be determined in consultation with the SOSG, such as
Mill Ponds/Ceresco Dam.
Sediment core sample provisional locations are shown in Attachment C, Figure 4. Final selection of
sample locations were coordinated with and approved by the U.S. EPA and USGS.
20
-------
Sediment cores shall be collected at the following times:
• Fall 2011 (post-recovery and pre-ice formation) - including chemical analysis;
• Spring 2012 (post-flood; pre-recovery) - including chemical analysis for post-spring flood;
• Summer 2012 - visual analyses only;
• Fall 2012 (post-recovery) - including chemical analysis; and/or
• After large flood events (2-year or longer recurrence interval) in 2012. Coring after multiple
floods within a 3-month period shall occur only if the difference in recurrence interval
between flood events is 5 years or greater. If post-flood cores are supplemental to the
scheduled coring events, the type(s) of sample analyses to be performed for collected cores
shall be determined in consultation with the SOSG.
On-site core logging shall include the following:
• Stratigraphic logging using the Sediment Logging Standard SOP which includes the Unified
Soil Classification System (-USCS") and United States Department of Agriculture
(-USDA") classification system;
• Color assessment using Munsell Color Charts;
• Visual observation of submerged oil with natural light during characterization and
documentation of submerged oil depth and sediment profile layers;
• Depth of oil sheen or globules;
• Use of an UV illuminator for visual observation of submerged oil indicators;
• Standardized sheen test;
• Photographic documentation; and
• Identification of pre-dam (i.e., before Morrow Lake Dam was constructed) and post dam
sediment layers in the Morrow Lake fan to calculate sedimentation rates. The sediment cores
collected in 2011 and cores to be collected in 2012 will be logged and used to determine if a
change in the sedimentation rate has occurred due to submerged oil recovery activities. The
flood events that have occurred since July 2010 will also be evaluated in relation to
frequency and recurrence interval of past flood events.
During the Fall 2011, Spring 2012, and Fall 2012 coring events, analytical chemistry data shall be
obtained from samples secured from the sediment cores. Samples shall be collected from intervals
affected by the Enbridge Line 6B Incident based on lithology throughout the entire length of core.
Duplicate and matrix- spike/matrix-spike-duplicate pair samples shall be collected at a frequency of
1 each per 20 samples (i.e., 3 QC samples per 20 primary samples). An equipment blank sample
shall be collected prior to each coring event, by coring reference material certified to be free of Total
Petroleum Hydrocarbons (-TPFT) compounds. Samples shall be analyzed for crude oil related
constituents, including TPH (DRO and ORO) and PNAs, using the new revised sample preparation
process (10 gram aliquot, new drying method - see (Quality Assurance Project Plan (-QAPP") for
-background" core samples). Samples collected from lithologic intervals potentially affected by the
Enbridge Line 6B Incident shall be analyzed for the following:
21
-------
• TPH consisting of Diesel Range Organics (-DRO") and Oil Range Organics (-0RO");
• Polynuclear aromatics (-PNA's");
• Trace metals of beryllium, molybdenum, nickel, and vanadium;
• Percent moisture and total organic carbon (-TOC");
• Bulk density;
• Particle size distribution; and
• Organic matter content (loss on ignition method).
Enbridge shall evaluate the coring results after each sampling event and may modify, with the U.S.
EPA's approval, the number of samples and locations, as appropriate. Modifications to the Work
Plan shall be presented to the U.S. EPA for approval.
4.2.5 Sediment Transport
To determine how submerged oil and oil-containing sediment may be transported in various
geomorphic settings, additional information shall be collected and evaluated. The existing data sets
consist of turbidity measurements, sediment bed-material types (poling data, cores), and velocity
measurements collected over the course of the project to date. Anecdotal evidence suggests that
submerged oil migrates in association with fine-grained bedload and/or suspended sediment.
This evidence also suggests that the migration is dependent on flow conditions, affected by
temperature, and agitation from oil recovery operations. Increased sediment transport also takes
place during runoff events (e.g., rain events), but a substantial part of annual load presumably occurs
during low-flow conditions (cf. 36-43 percent for Paw Paw River near Paw Paw (USGS 04102320),
1980-82, draining 195 mi2).
To evaluate how submerged oil is transported in various geomorphic settings and the mass of
submerged oil transported in suspended and/or bed-load components, Enbridge shall collect the
following data to allow for a better understanding of the issues:
• Time-integrated suspended sediment sampling, which shall occur downstream of
agitation/recovery areas and silt curtains. Enbridge shall use Walling suspended sediment
traps (Phillips et al., 2000) at the following locations and in accordance with the following
parameters:
o Two traps placed upstream of the confluence of Talmadge Creek and the Kalamazoo
River to obtain background suspended sediment samples.
o Morrow Lake: downstream and in the vicinity of E4.5 control point. Three traps shall
be placed in 2011 depositional areas.
o Seven traps shall be located on an approximate North-South transect across the
Morrow Lake fan in 2011 depositional areas. The traps shall be placed and co-located
at poling locations.
o Downstream of Dickman Road culverts and upstream of the Kalamazoo River Dam: A
sampler will be placed mid-channel upstream of the 20th Street Bridge. Locations were
field checked to verify that it is an appropriate location for sampling suspended
sediment. Following the sampling event in Fall 201 1, the SOSG will review the data
22
-------
and determine if locations are appropriate/representati ve or if other locations shall be
selected.
o Ceresco impoundment: Transects shall be located immediately upstream of the dam, in
the thalweg and adjacent to the thalweg on each side, and downstream of the former
rail road trestle (two to three locations, equally spaced along a transverse transect).
o Traps have been placed using 2 rebar per location. The length of rebar is selected based
on the water depth and soft sediment thickness. The rebar is driven into the sediment
bed and the samplers are placed over the rebar using polyvinyl chloride (-PVC")
sleeves. Two ropes are used to set the sampler at the appropriate depth and the ropes
are tied off to the rebar. Fluorescent painted PVC rope hangers and a buoy mark the
location. Locations set in deeper water (>2.5 feet) shall be installed with two Walling
traps to obtain a near streambed sample and a near water surface sample.
o During submerged oil recovery, Enbridge shall check the traps monthly, after storm
events, immediately following oil recovery operations, and at other times as directed
by the U.S. EPA. Sampling shall be conducted once per month or when there is
adequate volume in a single trap or for a composite sample from a suspended sediment
location (each location consists of one or two traps). The UV test will be used on each
trap or composite sample to determine the presence or absence of submerged oil.
o After oil recovery operations are complete for the field season, Enbridge shall check
and the traps once a month and at other times as directed by the U.S. EPA. The
Walling samplers shall be removed before freeze up or remain in place over the winter,
if conditions allow. This decision shall be made in consultation with the SOSG.
o In Spring 2012, the Walling samplers shall be installed as soon as safe work conditions
allow. For 2012, the Walling samplers shall be installed, monitored and sampled in the
same manner as 2011, except that during periods of high flow, sediment samples may
need to be retrieved more frequently than monthly.
o Assuming adequate volume is collected, sediment chemistry data shall be obtained
from samples secured from the Walling suspended sediment traps and shall be
analyzed for following parameters:
¦ TPH (DRO, ORO);
¦ PNA's;
¦ Trace metals of beryllium, molybdenum, nickel, and vanadium;
¦ Percent moisture and TOC;
¦ Particle size distribution; and
¦ Organic matter content (loss on ignition method).
If insufficient sample is obtained from a trap, the following guidelines to prioritize sample analysis
will be utilized. Alternatively, in consultation with the SOSG, traps from a single location could be
composited to increase the amount of material for a sample, or re-install the trap to obtain additional
sample for sampling at a later date. Sample prioritization will be as follows when insufficient sample
quantity precludes all analyses:
23
-------
1. TPH (DRO, ORO)
2. PNAs
3. TOC
4. Percent moisture
5. Particle size distribution
6. Trace metals of beryllium, molybdenum, nickel, and vanadium
7. Organic matter content
The proposed suspended sediment sample locations are shown in Attachment C, Figure 5.
4.2.6 Data Results
Enbridge shall provide the U.S. EPA, MDEQ, and USGS with the results of all data from the
hydrodynamic assessment in spreadsheets, maps, model runs, and/or word processing formats. Also
included shall be other related data for the following parameters/items: water temperature, turbidity,
sediment temperature, water velocity, surface water elevation, depth to soft sediment, soft sediment
thickness, depth to hardpan, core logging information, all other surface water field parameter data
collected to date, analytical data, river discharge rates, river stage, and sediment curtain
configurations from project inception (Geographical Information System format). Enbridge shall
also provide location information (e.g., global positioning system data, latitude/longitude). The
evaluation and presentation of the data shall be provided to the U.S. EPA within 30 days after field
work is complete.
4.3 Hydrodynamic Modeling Strategy and Operational Plans
4.3.1 Introduction
A physical-process model of an environmental system can be a valuable resource for testing the
present understanding of a complex system, revealing gaps in knowledge and areas where better
detail is needed to provide useful predictions of future scenario outcomes or the effects of system
alterations. Such applications of modeling are particularly valued to support several stages of the
adaptive management cycle (Figure 4.3.1). A process model can suggest strategies for attaining
environmental management goals that planners then formulate as management experiments to be
implemented for real-world testing. The model can explore where and when to monitor the system to
most sensitively gather metrics on how well the experiment is working. Monitoring data shall allow
updates to the model to continue to advance our understanding of the river and make informed
management decisions pertaining to the location and recovery of submerged oil.
24
-------
Figure 4.3.1 The Adaptive Management Cycle of Experimentation and Iterative
Learning
For an inland riverine ecosystem where sediment-associated contaminant transport is of principal
concern, critical data for understanding submerged-oil entrainment, transport, deposition, and
recovery include predicted water-surface elevations, velocity magnitudes, flow directions, and bed-
shear stresses for a broad range of hydrologic conditions up to the 50-year flood discharge.
4.3.2 Purpose and Scope
This Work Plan describes tasks and procedures that shall achieve the following objectives of the
hydrodynamic modeling study of the fate and transport of submerged oil from the Enbridge Line 6B
Incident:
1. Successfully calibrate a 3-dimensional hydrodynamic model for unsteady, open-channel
flow, capable of simulating with useful accuracy the spatial and temporal variations in river
velocities, bed-shear stresses, and consequent sediment entrainment, transport, and
deposition of sediment-oil mixtures;
2. Gain improved understanding of the transport of submerged oil; specifically, by simulation
of the variables in objective 1 resulting from various regimes of streamflow conditions that
include flows ranging from low flows of frequent occurrence to flood flows having
a. an annual exceedance probability (-AEP") of 0.02 (50-year recurrence interval);
3. Simulate a variety of scenarios for containment, collection, and recovery of submerged
oil-laden sediment, and for proposed sediment collection structures and future boom
arrangements; and
25
-------
4. Document the post submerged oil recovery findings of this hydrodynamic model to assist
in the long term planning, design, implementation, monitoring, and evaluation of future
river management methods.
The model design will be a collaborative process with SOSG involvement at all stages of model
development.
The model domain shall extend from the USGS stream flow gauging station on the Kalamazoo River
at Marshall (station ID 04103500) at the upstream end, to Morrow Lake Dam on the downstream
end. Laterally, the model domain shall include all areas inundated by the peak flow having a 50-year
recurrence interval (0.02 AEP). The model shall be calibrated to river stage and velocity
measurements, and sediment transport measurements. The data used for streamflow and sediment
discharge rates will represent the present hydroclimatic period, recognized to have begun in North
America during the early 1970s (cf. Wolock and McCabe, 1999; Milly et al., 2005; McCabe and
Wolock, 2010). Oil-containing sediment collection areas and techniques to be simulated shall be
identified in consultation with the SOSG, shall be approved by the U.S. EPA prior to simulation, and
shall include such techniques as in-stream silt curtains, booms of various types, and other barriers
constructed of natural or artificial materials with a variety of permeability and pore sizes. Submerged
oil recovery scenarios to be simulated shall be planned in consultation with the SOSG, shall be
approved by the U.S. EPA prior to simulation, and shall include such techniques as shallow agitation
(-0.5 ft), deep agitation (> 1.5 ft), and low-disturbance alternatives. Early products of the modeling
study shall include metadata and maps of the digital elevation model comprising bathymetric and
terrain models of the respective sectors of the model domain (e.g., see Figure 4.3.2); graphs showing
the goodness-of-fit between measured and simulated values of the calibration targets; and graphs
illustrating the sensitivity of simulation results to incremental changes in the calibration parameters.
The model shall be verified with additional data collected in 2012 as part of this Work Plan and/or at
such time when the obligations under the U.S. EPA Order have been met. The modeling strategy is
an iterative process incorporating the four main stages of the adaptive management cycle:
• Plan, adapt or revise;
• Implement experiment;
• Monitoring and measurement; and
• Evaluation.
26
-------
Figure 4.3.2 — Example map of digital elevation model showing points where
bathymetric and terrain data were collected (from Conaway and Moran, 2004).
EXPLANATION
Survey posr*
U. S. Geoiogcal Survey
Survey point ADOT & PF
Aiaska Hgriway
Bndge*507
1200 1SOO Fee!
400 Meters
4.3.3 Study Area Description
Because of the need to estimate streamflow from ungauged tributaries, including Talmadge Creek, a
description of the study area's salient characteristics is critical to the hydrodynamic modeling study.
The streamflow of Talmadge Creek and other ungauged tributary streams shall be estimated at each
model time increment. Among the longer tributaries (> 4 mile long) downstream from Talmadge are
Bear, Minges-Harper, Battle, Wabascon, Sevenmile, Augusta, and Gull Creeks. The modeling study
area includes all of the 38 mile of the Kalamazoo River affected by the 2010 oil spill, ending at
Morrow Lake Dam, which is about 80 mile upstream from Lake Michigan (Figure 4.3.3). Morrow
Lake Dam also is designated as the upstream boundary of the binationally recognized Kalamazoo
River Area of Concern (1987 amendment to the 1978 Great Lakes Water Quality Agreement;
Kalamazoo River Public Advisory Council, 2000). By previous convention, the point where released
crude oil entered Talmadge Creek has been designated to have a river-wise downstream mile-post
coordinate (-MP") of 0 mile and Morrow Lake Dam is located near MP 40.
27
-------
Warm to hot summers and severe winters characterize the temperature regime of the humid
continental climate in the study area. At a representative climate station (Battle Creek 5 NW) normal
monthly mean temperatures range from 23.1° F in January to 71.0° F in July (National Climatic Data
Center, 2002). Normal precipitation near Battle Creek is 35.15 inch, and monthly means range
between 2.4 and 3.6 inch, for all months except January (1.7 inch), February (1.5 inch), and
September (3.9 inch). Thus there is no pronounced dry season.
The study area lies wholly within the drift plains ecological region of Southern Michigan and
Northern Indiana (Omernik, 1987; U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 2007). The Kalamazoo
River near the study area flows through an alluvial valley eroded into glacial deposits and, locally,
bedrock units including the Marshall Sandstone and Coldwater Shale (Dorr and Eschman, 1970;
WMU, 1981). The river drains a basin characterized by well-drained soils developed on relatively
permeable glacial deposits having developable yields of groundwater (Bent, 1971). Consequently,
streamflow of the Kalamazoo River largely is groundwater fed. Additional description of the
geology and hydrogeologic framework of the study area is provided in Enbridge (2010, p. 11-12).
Within the study area, the Kalamazoo River reaches are mostly sinuous and single-threaded, but
numerous islands, bars, and chutes also occur. As a result of historical dam building projects, three
impoundments have resulted in upstream deposition of sediment, channel aggradation, and braided
delta formation where width is not constrained. In addition to the impounded slackwater, the
Kalamazoo River includes a variety of other sluggish backwater and side channels, flood chutes,
abandoned or intermittently abandoned oxbows, and floodplain wetlands that are hydraulically
connected to the main channel and that have had repeated submerged oil recovery efforts. Many
depositional areas are located along channel margins and banks, where the river channel naturally
widens. Some are the result of large wood debris and overhanging trees and branches. Lastly, during
2011 low flow, submerged oil accumulated in areas that were scoured during flooding associated
with the initial oil spill. Some of these have been sites of recurring submerged-oil deposition (e.g.,
-the oxbow" at MP 21.5). Existing observations of depth, velocity, and sheen intensity generally are
associated with point data collection (poling method) during safe-boating conditions (not flood
flows) and have been inadequate to develop complete, detailed, and accurate predictive capabilities
with regard to objectives 2 through 4 as enumerated for this study. Hydraulic flow fields observed
during low-flow conditions can be either dampened or intensified when flow rates are higher;
consequently, existing data for low-flow hydraulics are an insufficient basis for reliable development
of either river-structure design or sediment transport studies (cf. Conaway and Moran, 2004). The
modeling work described in this Work Plan provides an expanded scope and methods to obtain
information about the riverine system during low- and high-flow conditions to allow the study
objectives to be fully addressed.
28
-------
Figure 4.3.3 — Location of Kalamazoo River study area.
EXPLANATION
i; x
¦I)
I'-J. - ! - - L_
-•
•I,
1.-45
•' %
/
A
^ >/ if
V
Jr.' 4 Mt&f
! —
¦ —
'
—. 1
r "jF/ y xf
i<
1
U \ / JT \ f J
» > 11 r%
i? yfsic - J7
" *fr i ''
f J J
If jrr ' >
Morrow dam
Monro* Str*
t (
J C«tmco dim 1
/. r t v-'' i j{
J ^4
•e mi
i i i
| i 'i i1 i S i11 |
IIM'M
• I.MAI* I
Ilk laUW.BM »i| ¦
4.3.4 Existing Hydraulic Models of the Kalamazoo River in the Study Area
USGS model: Marshall-to-Battle Creek Heavy rainfall in the study area during the 3 days
preceding the Enbridge Line 6B Incident produced flood conditions that heightened environmental
effects of the spill by transporting fresh, buoyant crude into many low-lying areas. The flood peak
had an approximate annual exceedance probability of 4 percent on the Kalamazoo River (Hoard et
al. 2010). When post-flood attention focused on characterizing the extent of the spill, the USGS was
tasked with constructing a hydraulic model using the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers' Hydrologic
Engineering Center River Analysis System (-HEC-RAS") (U.S. Army Corps of Engineers, 2002).
USGS crews surveyed stream-channel and bridge geometry, providing data for a 15-mile stretch of
the Kalamazoo River from Marshall to Battle Creek to assist with remediation of flood-plain
sediment and vegetation affected by the spill. Enbridge shall consider the published flood elevations
29
-------
from Hoard et al. (2010) as an independent source of water-level validation targets for the present
study. Also Enbridge shall consider the channel bathymetric data for cross-sections surveyed in
August 2010 by USGS crews, using hydroacoustic instruments for depths and differential GPS
receivers to record horizontal position. Water-surface elevations were surveyed at 19 locations along
the modeled reach and used to calibrate the HEC-RAS model (Hoard et al. 2010).
AECOMmodel: Battle Creek-to-Morrow Lake Dam. Subsequently, Enbridge (AECOM, written
communication, June 2011) in response to a U.S. EPA letter (dated April 14, 2011) commissioned
the expansion of the USGS model from Battle Creek to Morrow Lake Dam; the simulation of flood
peaks with recurrence intervals of 10, 25, 50, and 100 years; and the July 25, 2010, flood event. The
purpose of the expanded modeling study was to help identify the inundated area at the time of the
spill.
New LiDAR data were collected during April 2011 to provide a topographic model in support of this
study. Also, channel transects were surveyed at spacing of 2,000 feet or less throughout the area of
expanded study and at all bridge crossings of the Kalamazoo River from Battle Creek to Morrow
Lake Dam. In addition to transects, a sonar-derived bathymetric map of the bottom of Morrow Lake
was constructed. All 8 bridge crossings in the expanded reach were surveyed and measured to
describe the location and thickness of each pier, total opening size, and bridge deck elevation.
Additionally, high water marks (-HWMs") were identified and their elevation measured using hand-
held GPS receivers. Many of these HWMs were oil stain rings on tree trunks, left by the July 2010
flood ongoing at the time of the Enbridge Line 6B Incident.
4.3.5 Data Collection
Multi-dimensional hydrodynamic models require considerably more hydrologic, topographic,
bathymetric, and hydraulic data collection than do one-dimensional models. For this study, advanced
hydraulic, bathymetric, and topographic surveying instrumentation shall be used for collection of
needed data efficiently and with reliable accuracy. Discharge measurements and/or water-level data
shall be obtained from hydrologic data systems of the USGS and Enbridge for all stream gauges
actively operating during the study period (Table 4.3.1). Miscellaneous discharge measurements on
ungauged tributaries have been made by the USGS and MDEQ and Michigan Department of Natural
Resources; these shall be compiled for potential use in calibrating or estimating contributions of
tributaries to the main stem's discharge. The specific method selected for estimation of streamflow
of each ungauged tributary shall be described in detail by Enbridge, and is expected to comprise use
of available streamflow and weather data with either a numerical rainfall-runoff modeling approach
to estimate the streamflow at the mouth of each ungauged tributary, and/or a statistical modeling
approach based on basin characteristics and streamflow records of gauged streams paired with each
ungauged tributary; possibly with varying approaches among the various tributaries; and will include
methods for evaluating accuracy of the estimates and their contribution to the overall uncertainty of
the hydrodynamic model.
All USGS gauging stations have hourly time-series data for water level and discharge. Enbridge's 10
stage-only gauges have only once daily observations of water level, and were operated seasonally,
lacking observations for the winter period. All water levels shall be compiled as altitudes referenced
30
-------
to the National Geodetic Vertical Datum (-NGVD") of 1988, and shall provide either boundary
conditions for model runs, or calibration targets.
Table 4.3.1 Stream flow-gauging stations within or adjacent to the study area, with
daily streamflow data inventory through October 2011.
Agency
Station
identifier
Station name
Start date
End date
Count of
daily
values
USGS
04103500
Kalamazoo River at Marshall
Oct.
1948
Oct.
2011
15,914
USGS
04105000
Battle Creek at Battle Creek
Oct.
1930
Oct.
2011
28,988
USGS
04105500
Kalamazoo River near Battle
Creek
July
1937
Oct.
2011
27,124
USGS
04105700
Augusta Creek near Augusta
Oct.
1964
Oct.
2011
17,196
USGS
04105800
Gull Creek at 37th ST near
Oct.
Feb.
3,065
Galesburg
1964
1973
USGS
04106000
Kalamazoo River at Comstock
Apr.
1931
Oct.
2011
27,219
Enbridge
MP 2.25
Kalamazoo River at 15 Mile Rd
Apr.
2011
Oct.
2011
155
Enbridge
MP 5.25
Impounded Kalamazoo River near
Cere sco
Apr.
2011
Oct.
2011
161
Enbridge
MP 10.0
Kalamazoo River near boat launch
C-3.2
Apr.
2011
Oct.
2011
163
Enbridge
MP 15.0
Kalamazoo River at South Mill
Pond, Battle Creek
Apr.
2011
Oct.
2011
151
Enbridge
MP 18.75
Kalamazoo River at S Bedford
Rd, Springfield
Apr.
2011
Oct.
2011
162
Enbridge
MP 21.5
Kalamazoo River at Custer Drive
Apr.
2011
Oct.
2011
152
Enbridge
MP 27.0
Kalamazoo River at Shady Bend
near Augusta
Apr.
2011
Oct.
2011
157
Enbridge
MP 30.0
Kalamazoo River at Fort Custer
RA near Augusta
Apr.
2011
Oct.
2011
158
Enbridge
MP 35.0
Kalamazoo River at Galesburg
Apr.
2011
Oct.
2011
143
Enbridge
MP 38.0
Morrow Lake near Galesburg
Apr.
2011
Oct.
2011
158
31
-------
The existing data used to inform the hydrodynamic model includes the HEC-RAS cross-sections,
longitudinal profile, water depths at specific stream gauge datum, Real Time Kinematic -Global
Positioning System(-RTK-GPS") x, y, and z coordinates at poling locations, stream bed particle size
and bulk density data. This data is used in the model setup to establish the characteristics of the river.
One of the parameters of the hydrodynamic model is the bathymetry of the river channel. In 2010,
single and multi-beam sonar were evaluated to map the bathymetry of the Kalamazoo River. The
shallow water depth across most of the river prohibited using these tools. Single beam bathymetry
was completed for Morrow Lake and the western half of the Morrow Lake Delta. Multi-beam sonar
was used on a portion of the area upstream of Ceresco Dam. Poling is used to determine the water
depth and the RTK GPS reading provides x, y, and z coordinates which include top of water and
sediment bed elevations. This altitude elevation data can be used in conjunction with the water depth
to determine the top of sediment elevation. The top of sediment elevation collected at thousands of
poling points is the basis for a bathymetric map.
The SOSG shall review the existing bathymetry data developed from the poling and sonar activities
and the corresponding inputs to the hydrodynamic model. The SOSG shall identify and evaluate data
gaps to determine their effect on the accuracy of the model. Additional poling may be conducted or
bathymetric mapping (echo sounder, single beam or multi-beam sonar) may be used to fill the data
gaps. The SOSG will ensure that all data collected is adequate to achieve the goals and objectives of
the model and will identify data quality objectives.
Data collected in 2011 to setup and inform the model includes detailed poling cross-sections at
specific HEC-RAS cross-sections, particle size and bulk density data from sediment cores, velocity
monitoring, suspended sediment samples, and cohesion/erodibility data. The detailed poling cross-
sections were completed at 23 cross-sections and water depth data was collected every 10 feet on a
transect perpendicular to stream flow. Particle size and bulk density data was collected at 110
sediment core locations from the Kalamazoo River, Morrow Lake Delta, and Morrow Lake fan.
Velocity data was collected with an ADCP at single point and transect locations. The velocity data is
collected in 3D to capture the detail of the water velocity. The velocity profile horizontally and
vertically has a direct relationship to amount and type of sediment transport. The suspended
sediment data will be used to determine if and/or how much submerged oil is moving in suspension
at different depths in the water column. The cohesion/erodibility data provides the model with
specific values for the river sediment cohesiveness, critical shear stress, and erodibility.
The SOSG shall review existing data sets to identify data gaps. The methods needed to fill the data
gaps shall be determined by the SOSG. The purpose of the data and the methods used to collect the
data will be clearly communicated to the field personnel.
Terrain data for areas outside the channel and for sub-aerially exposed parts of the channel may be
collected on a different day than hydraulic and bathymetric data are collected for each reach;
however, the same Quality Assurance (-QA") procedure for opening and closing observations at a
Survey Control Station (-SCS") shall be followed for terrain surveys as for bathymetric surveys.
Any instrument substitutions shall be approved by the U.S. EPA in advance of data collection.
All bathymetric and terrain data shall be compiled as altitudes referenced to the current NGVD
(NGVD 1988). Horizontal coordinates shall be referenced to Michigan's State Plane Coordinate
32
-------
System, as specified elsewhere herein. All coordinates shall be expressed in international foot (1
international foot = 0.3048 meters).
Table 4.3.2 [Example of] Location of survey control stations and daily water-surface
elevations during bathymetric survey, Tanana River near Tok, Alaska (from Conaway
and Moran, 2004).
{WSE1BV, tiiflkc
I t-4*. :.S»i> M. N W h WMirm fM|»
i
mmiMi
MI4S25.13 i,€!?iit
A' '' a 1" ' • 2
153-!?! t,52
3MMmM 1.625.14
mnwr c,:mtvt §»nm 3
.M0WU.2S \jM\M
MX IMiTCWIjm.il 4
nwmiM
WM3 M i.mrn
WMJI-IJi SitiMlllg
WSEliiV
ti/cri it •
I1S4B4I2 el
WSELEV i.610.24
WSEUIV
clc»«8f
WSEI.EV 1,610.4*
Results from the bathymetric and terrain surveys shall be merged to produce a digital elevation
model with sufficient data density and adequate spatial distribution that allows development of an
accurate and stable, high-resolution hydrodynamic model. The acceptable standard error of the
digital elevation model (-BEM") shall be determined by the SOSG.
4.3.6 Hydrodynamic Model Geometry, Parameterization, and Calibration
Software selection shall support the modeling of as many of the physical river-process mechanics as
is practical given present state-of-the-science and practical considerations of needs for data quality,
timeliness, and cost-effectiveness. The initial geometry of the model shall be defined using the DEM
that merges results of the bathymetric and terrain surveys. Areas of ineffective flow (near shoreline
where obstructed or where channel curvature creates secondary flow patterns) shall be identified
where possible using velocity data obtained from ADCP or ADVM measurement sections. The
model domain shall extend from sufficiently near the USGS streamflow-gauging station on the
Kalamazoo River at Marshall (station ID 04103500) to assume its streamflow record as the inflow at
the upstream end, to Morrow Lake Dam on the downstream end. Laterally, the model domain shall
include all areas inundated by the peak flow having a 50-year recurrence interval (0.02 AEP).
33
-------
Mesh configuration shall be summarized in tabular form (e.g., see Table 4.3.3) and shown for
selected parts of the model domain in Figure 4.3.3. Results from surveyed or as-built engineering
data provided for bridges and dams shall be incorporated into the final mesh prior to any model runs.
4.3.6.1 Model parameterization
Some model parameters account for energy losses associated with channel roughness and those
associated with expansions and contractions of the hydraulic cross-sectional area. Overbank areas of
channel cross-sections shall be assigned time-invariant roughness values, but main channel areas
shall have bed form roughness values that vary as the dynamic interaction between hydraulics and
sediment produces varying bed form states during the course of a simulation run. Expansion and
contraction coefficients initially shall be set to 0.1 and 0.3, respectively, for all cross-sections in the
model domain.
Other model parameters relate to sediment entrainment, transport, and deposition. Among these shall
be characteristic metrics of the particle-size distribution (-PSD"), density and cohesion of the oil-
sediment mixture, critical shear stress for entrainment, metrics of bank erodibility, and characteristic
settling velocity. Settings for fixed-value parameters and boundary conditions shall be listed in
tabular format (e.g., see Table 4.3.3). Water temperature and viscosity also are important
considerations for sediment transport and settling, but time-series data from water- temperature
monitoring shall be the basis for these.
Hourly water-level data from the Kalamazoo River at Marshall gauging station shall serve as the
upstream boundary condition for model runs. Water level data for Morrow Lake from a stage-only
gauge (operated by Enbridge) shall provide the downstream boundary condition for model runs,
whenever applicable. If data are available from the operator of Morrow Lake Dam, the discharged
outflow from Morrow Lake would provide an additional check and downstream condition. Flow
augmentations and lateral fluxes for tributary mouths and streambed seepage, respectively, shall be
either estimated from tributary streamflow gauging stations (Table 4.3.1) or hydrologic models, as
described herein.
4.3.6.2 Model calibration
Boundary conditions and model parameters shall be calibrated to data collected during the hydraulic
surveys and available or published data from the USGS, State agencies, Enbridge, or other
institutions. The drag coefficient for the channel plan form shall be calibrated through an iterative
process where predicted water-surface elevations and current velocity magnitudes are compared to
measured values. The lateral eddy viscosity also shall be calibrated though an iterative process and
predicted velocity vectors shall be compared to those measured by the ADCP or ADVM. Available
data for selected high-water marks (-HWMs") of known peak flows shall be compared to predicted
water levels for similar, simulated upper-quartile and larger discharges. Other HWMs and published
data for flood-inundation simulations of known peak flows may be used either as calibration or
validation targets for this hydrodynamic model. If published data from previous simulations are
used, differences in model construction and assumptions shall be noted and their effects on
comparisons shall be discussed. Graphs shall be prepared showing the relation between measured
and simulated values for the calibration targets. Summary statistical metrics shall be calculated to
quantify the goodness-of-fit for the calibrated model.
34
-------
Recorded or measured streamflow at intermediate and downstream sites shall be compared with
simulated streamflows to estimate additional metrics for the calibration goodness-of-fit. An example
graph showing results of this type for a model of the St. Clair River, Michigan-Ontario, is shown in
Figure 4.3.4 (from Holtschlag and Hoard, 2009).
Figure 4.3.4 — Relation between simulated flow and flow measured on the St. Clair
River from 1996 to 2007 (from
Holtschlag and Hoard, 2009)
7.000
Q 6.000
z
o
o
s
a. 5.000
8
c/>
or
UJ
4.000
rj
CD
5
o
Z 3.000
5
o
uj 2.000
5
5
w
1.000
n i i i i i i i
0 1.000 2.000 3.000 4.000 5.000 6.000 7.000
MEASURED FLOW. IN CUBIC METERS PER SECOND
Row Measurement Croee Section
Line of agreement (n • 353. r ¦ 0 996i
Sample coefficient of determination
Number of measurements
CS-200
I*
n
X
~
D
w
•
o
o
A
4
CS-202
CS-204
CS-JOe
CS-207
CS-208
CS-210
CS-212
CS-2U
CS-218
CS-220
CS-230
4.3.6.3 Sensitivity Testing
Once a final calibrated model is obtained, Enbridge shall conduct sensitivity testing to evaluate the
uncertainty of simulation results related to uncertainty in model-calibration parameters and other
input parameters. Adjusted parameter settings shall be increased and decreased from their final
settings in the following relative increments: 2, 5, 10, 15, 20, and 25 percent of the final setting used
for the calibrated model. For each incrementally adjusted setting, a simulation run shall be used to
determine the resultant effect on model sensitivity targets: water levels, velocities, discharge,
suspended-sediment concentrations and loads, scour volume, and depositional volume. Effect on
each target shall be expressed as a percentage departure from its value in the final, calibrated model.
35
-------
Table 4.3.3 [Example of] Model parameters and boundary conditions used for
simulations of the calibration discharge and the discharge having a 50-year recurrence
interval at station Kalamazoo River at xx (after Conaway and Moran, 2004).
Model parameter or boundary condition
Calibration
discharge
50-year flood
discharge
Number of grid cells
100,000
200,000
Mesh spacing in stream-wise and transverse
directions, in feet
5
5
Channel form drag coefficient
.004
.004
Bed form drag coefficient
.008
.006
Grain roughness coefficient
.020
.020
Overbank drag coefficient
.12
.12
Expansion coefficient
0.1
0.1
Contraction coefficient
0.3
0.3
Lateral eddy
4.3
4.3
viscosity, in ft2/s
Discharge, in ft3/s
3,500
6,000
Initial water-surface elevation at downstream end,
in feet
xx.xx
yy-yy
Stream gradient, in ft/ft
.00011
.00013
Sediment median size, in mm
.35
.35
Sediment d84 size, in mm
XXX
yy-y
Density of oil-sediment mixture
x.xxxx
y.yyyy
Cohesion of oil-sediment mixture
XXX
y-yy
Critical bed-shear stress for sediment entrainment
XXX
y-yy
Bank shear strength
XXX
y-yy
Bank tensile strength from roots
XXX
y-yy
Characteristic settling velocity
XXX
y-yy
36
-------
4.3.7 Hydrodynamic Simulations Using Calibrated Model
Progress on model development shall proceed from the planning stages forward in a collaborative
mode, with frequent, regular consultation with the SOSG, very similar to what was begun with the
weekly calls for the hydrodynamic assessment work group. The final, calibrated model shall be used
for testing scenarios of various management strategies. All scenarios shall be compared with a
baseline simulation that contains no changes from existing conditions (Fall 2011 [specific date to be
determined in consultation with the U.S. EPA and USGS]) in terms of geometry, sediment size
distribution, sediment loading from upstream, or river management; this baseline simulation shall be
referred to as the Fall 2011 baseline, and shall provide the capabilities indicated in Objective 1, thus
demonstrating attainment of that purpose of the study. The Fall 2011 baseline results shall
themselves be valuable for identifying velocity patterns and indicated sediment-depositional areas
that correspond to a range of possible stream flow events. However, in the context of adaptive
management many other benefits can be provided by simulating contemplated changes or additions
to the suite of river management practices implemented in the study area.
Enbridge shall achieve study Objective 2 by simulation of a variety of streamflow conditions that
represent the present flow regime, including flows in both below-median quartile of a flow- duration
table for the Kalamazoo River, each above-median decile of a flow-duration table for the Kalamazoo
River in the study area, and high-flow events that contain peak streamflows with return intervals of
1.5, 2, 5, 10, 25, and 50 years. Objective 3 shall be achieved through simulation of specific system
scenarios, with the set of scenarios corresponding to varying combinations of streamflow, sediment
inputs, oil-sediment temperature, and river-management practices and installations. The following
Table 4.3.4 lists some of the scenarios envisioned for testing by use of the calibrated model with, as
examples, hypothetical additions of dikes or chevrons to the channel structures, changes in channel
roughness caused by introduction of large woody debris (-LWD"), or construction of sediment
collection areas. Selection of actual scenarios shall be made in consultation with the SOSG.
Enbridge shall achieve Objective 4 by transferring the model to a regulatory agency at the federal,
state, or local level when submerged oil recovery is complete. Findings from the post recovery
modeling study shall be communicated to officials working at all phases of river management.
Those planning or designing long term river-management strategies and experiments need to suggest
scenarios to be modeled, and modelers shall provide results and interpretations to the
planners/designers that inform adjustments to the implementation plans for each experiment.
Predictive simulations using the final implementation plan for a river-management experiment shall
indicate where deposition and other changes in channel geometry are expected to be the largest, and
where sediment transport rates are likely to be at maximum. Those locations become the priority
monitoring targets for that experiment. During an extended experiment and after its completion, the
collected monitoring data shall be used by modelers to construct an updated version of the
hydrodynamic model that represents conditions at the respective time. The updated version shall be
re-calibrated using the monitoring data, and used to evaluate the -how9" and -why?" behind the
experimental outcomes.
Clearly, achieving the goal of science impact on the river management process shall be an iterative
and sometimes lengthy, demanding process. But finding the optimal long-term solutions for river
management requires prudent application of the modeling results to achieve Objective 4 of the study.
37
-------
4.3.8 Timeline for Hydrodynamic Simulations [Example]
Existing data and hydrodynamic assessment data collected during the Fall 2011 field work for import
into the hydrodynamic model included HEC-RAS model cross-sections, longitudinal profile, water
depths, stream bed particle size, poling downstream of Morrow Lake Dam, LSR poling, sediment
core collection, velocity monitoring, suspended sediment samples, detailed poling cross-sections,
and the cohesion/erodibility test. The schedule provided includes the existing and assessment data
availability to upload to the model. The dates shown are when the data were available for upload.
The Summer 2011 reference means the data were available before the hydrodynamic model scope
was defined.
Single Beam Bathymetry of Morrow Lake
Summer 2011
Multi-Beam Bathymetry upstream of Ceresco Dam
Summer 2011
HEC-RAS cross-sections
Summer 2011
Longitudinal profile
Summer 2011
Water depths at specific stream gauge datum
Summer 2011
Stream bed particle size
Summer 2011
Bulk Density data
Summer 2011
Poling downstream of Morrow Lake Dam
October 2011
Late Summer Reassessment poling
November 2011
Detailed poling cross-sections
November 2011
Sediment core collection
December 2011
Velocity monitoring
December 2011
Suspended sediment samples
December 2011
Cohesion/erodibility data
December 2011
The phases of the hydrodynamic model are grid setup, configuration for flow and velocity, analysis
of sediment and cohesion data, complete model configuration including sediment processes, model
calibration, preliminary and baseline model scenarios, and modeling of various flow events and
changes in river conditions. The model milestones are provided below.
Provide bathymetry and terrain data to the SOSG
Model Grid setup and QC
Configuration for flow and velocity
Analysis of sediment samples and cohesion data
Complete configuration including sediment processes
Model calibration
December 9, 2011.
December 16, 2011
December 30, 2011
January 13, 2012
January 27, 2012
February 10, 2012
38
-------
• Preliminary and baseline model scenarios February 24, 2012
• Sensitivity Testing February 24, 2012
• Develop Scenarios/Various Simulations March 23, 2012
• Completion of Simulations March 23, 2012
• Run Modified Scenarios April 6, 2012
A schedule will be developed with the SOSG to evaluate the draft component pieces of the model
prior to the model milestone dates listed above.
Scenarios representing different flow events and structural control features shall be selected through
consultations among Enbridge, the U.S. EPA, MDEQ, and with other stakeholder input. The results
of the iterative scenarios will be reviewed by the SOSG and will allow review and adaptive
management discussions, and runs of modified scenarios. It is expected that adherence to this
timeline shall allow final planning, coordination, logistics, and staging for experiments to be
completed by the end of March 2012. A report summarizing the simulations of target stream flow
conditions and management scenarios shall be prepared and submitted by April 13, 2012.
Table 4.3.4 Partial listing of management scenarios to be simulated
and compared with the Fall 2011 Baseline simulation.
Question
Stream flow
Sediment
Temperature
River-
Range of dates
addressed
conditions
conditions
conditions
management
practices
(if using a
recorded flow
scenario)
Risk of having
Recorded
Steady input
Cold - 2 to 4
No booms,
Ian.2008
sediment transport
high-flow event
concentration
deg. C. for
curtains, dikes,
[specific range of
over Morrow
with peak
of 100 mg/L at
water; 4 to 7
chevrons, or
days to be
Lake Dam by a
discharge =
35^ Street
deg. C. for
sediment traps
included to be
frequent winter
3,260 cfs at
Bridge
sediment-oil
except existing
determined in
high-flow pulse
upstream gauge
mixture
Morrow Lake
consultation with
Dam
U.S. EPA and
USGS]
Risk of sediment
Uniform
Initial,
Cool - 4 to 6
No booms,
—
remobilization by
flow at above-
instantaneous
deg. C. for
curtains, dikes,
E4.5 double-
median rate for Fall
concentration
water; 6 to 9
chevrons, or
chevron removal
season; i.e.,
of 100 mg/L
deg. C for
sediment traps
discharge =
spread over
sediment-oil
except existing
870 cfs at
40,000 ft^ area
mixture
Morrow Lake
upstream gauge [
immediately
upstream of
E4.5 control
point
Dam
39
-------
Question
Stream flow
Sediment
Temperature
River-
Range of dates
addressed
conditions
conditions
conditions
management
(if using a
practices
recorded flow
scenario)
Effective location
Annual
Use sediment
Use
Include
TBD
of sediment
regime of
rating curves to
interpolated
scenarios with
containment areas
streamflows for 3
estimate input
estimates
only SCA
different years: one
concentrations
from NWS
traps, others
in lower quartile of
at upstream
observation
with SCA traps
annual mean Q, one
gauges, and
network
plus
near median, and
estimate
booms/curtains
one in upper
sediment inputs
quartile.
from tributaries
Effects of
Annual
Use sediment
Use
Compare
TBD
different
regime of
rating curves to
interpolated
currently used
agitation/recovery
streamflows for 3
estimate input
estimates
methods with:
methods, e.g.,
different years: one
concentrations
from NWS
deeper, more
aggressive agitation
in lower quartile of
at upstream,
observation
aggressive
within Ceresco
annual mean Q, one
and estimate
network
agitation; and
Dam impoundment
near median, and
sediment inputs
perhaps with
one in upper
from
sonic/ultrasonic
quartile.
tributaries
Other scenarios,
TBD
TBD
TBD
TBD
TBD
TBD through
SOSG discussions
[Notes: cfs, cubic feet per second; mg/L, milligrams per liter; R.I., recurrence interval; FD%, flow-
duration non-exceedance percentage; ft, square feet; —, not applicable; all scenarios shall be
simulated using full model domain and constructed as extensions of the fully calibrated Fall 2011
baseline; TBD, to be determined]
Data from quarterly monitoring activities through the Spring 2012 ice-out and snowmelt runoff
periods shall be compiled and used to update the model for further simulations during the April-June
2012 quarter. Those simulations would focus on two goals: (1) understanding the river observations
collected during December 201 lthrough March 2012; and (2) predicting likely outcomes of a second
series of management experiments (or modifications to pre-existing experiments) that would be
planned for implementation during the mid-Summer to early-Fall 2012 period. Unforeseen
developments in hydrologic, sediment, or oil conditions could motivate more frequent cycles of
incremental scenario formulation, simulation, interpretation, decision making, and management
40
-------
implementation. Nevertheless, a long-term timeline could be constructed on a backbone of semi-
annual circuits of the adaptive-management cycle.
4.4 Temperature Effects on Submerged Oil
This Work Plan is to evaluate the effect of temperature on the relative occurrence of oil/sheen on the
water surface upon agitation of sediment at various temperature ranges. The objectives of this study
of temperature effects on submerged oil is to enhance the understanding of the effects that water and
sediment temperatures have on submerged oil liberation and the subsequent effectiveness of
recovery methods.
4.4.1 Overview
During recovery operations the fraction of oil that is recoverable by toolbox techniques released
from the sediment underlying the water column by agitation. The agitation causes submerged oil to
rise to the water surface where the oil is collected and appropriately disposed. The oil properties
(e.g., density and viscosity) that facilitate its movement to the water surface are sensitive to
temperature (Kong, 2004; Fingas et al., 2006). As water and sediment temperatures decrease, oil
density and viscosity are both expected to increase. The study described in this Work Plan attempts
to evaluate the temperature effects on the relative quantity of oil/sheen that rises to the water surface
upon agitation of sediment at various temperature ranges.
4.4.2 Objective
The objective of the bench-scale study is to identify the lower threshold temperature at which the
fraction of oil that is recoverable by toolbox techniques does not readily reach the water surface and
sheen upon being mechanically agitated. The oil contaminated sediment behavior shall be observed
in ranges of temperatures discussed later in the Work Plan. The threshold temperature shall be the
temperature at which oil is absent at the surface or has only a light presence. The evaluation of the
temperature effect shall be semi-quantitative because the threshold shall be determined relative to
observations at other temperatures.
4.4.3 Study Procedures
Sediment and water samples shall be collected from the Kalamazoo River and transported to the
field laboratory where the tests shall be conducted. The study design and data collection parameters
are presented in Attachment D. The laboratory shall be housed in a field trailer or a house garage that
is ventilated and contains adequate space for the study. Appropriate health and safety procedures
shall be followed in accordance with the Site Health and Safety Plan (-HASP") (Enbridge, 2010a)
and any other approved applicable guidance. The U.S. EPA and/or MDEQ observers shall provide
oversight for the entire testing process.
4.4.3.1 Sediment Collection
River sediment shall be obtained from a depositional area that is likely to contain heavy oil based
upon screening using poling and selected in collaboration with the SOSG. A petite Ponar® sampler
or similar device shall be used to collect and place the grab sample of sediment (approximately 6
liters each) into each of five 7V2-liter plastic containers. The petite Ponar® or alternative sampling
41
-------
method shall be deployed to sample shallow sediments where oil is believed to be present, not
greater than 5-inches in depth. Sediment samples in all five containers shall be observed and
photographed under natural and UV light and the appearance of the sediment, texture, color, debris,
and other notable features, shall be described. The general presence of sheen/oil on the sediment
shall be noted under visible light and confirmed using a portable UV light viewed under a light
blocking hood. The presence, size, and percent abundance of globules under both visible and UV
light shall be recorded.
Two of the five sample containers shall be covered with river water in the field by tilting the
container at an angle and very gently pouring river water into it before slowly returning it upright
being careful not to disturb the sediment. These samples shall be agitated in the field to confirm that
the sediment releases sheen upon agitation to ensure that the location selected for sampling contains
sheen-generating oil. If the samples do not produce sheen, consideration of river water and sediment
temperatures shall guide operational decision to warm these two samples and repeat the agitation and
evaluation as described: if the warmed samples still produce no sheen, an alternative area of
submerged oil shall be sampled. The three sample containers that are not agitated in the field shall be
covered with a lid for transport to the field laboratory for the study and the two agitated samples
shall be disposed following proper waste disposal procedures. Samples of sediment and river water
retained for the bench study shall be chilled to between 32° F and 40° F, but not frozen, and retained
cold until the sample is used in the bench study. Sample disturbance and movement shall be
minimized, and every sample shall be handled in the same way. In addition to the sediment grab
samples, approximately 23 liters of river water shall be collected for the study. Sediment in the three
containers brought in from the field shall be sampled and analyzed for particle size distribution.
4.4.3.1.1 Sampling Location
The sediment samples for testing shall be collected at a depositional location where sheening and
globules released by poling have indicated the presence of -heavy" sheening from submerged oil,
which has been presumed to indicate substantial concentration of oil in sediment. The initial location
and representative depositional setting shall be selected in consultation with the SOSG to be
representative of an agreed upon depositional setting (e.g., backchannel, oxbow, cutoff, dam, island,
or delta) and sediment type (very fine sand, silt or organic muck). The study design may be applied
to different depositional environments and sediment types after completion of the initial study
depending on review of study design effectiveness by the SOSG. One sampling crew comprised of
three persons with the U.S. EPA and/or MDEQ oversight shall collect the samples during the course
of one day.
4.4.3.1.2 Sampling Methods
Sediment samples shall be collected following the applicable sediment sampling SOP presented in
the approved SAP as amended (Enbridge, 201 lb) particularly Section 6.3.2 (entitled -Ponar® or
Ekman dredge Sampling") found in SOP EN-202.
4.4.3.2 Controlled Temperature
The sample design includes testing three replicate samples at five different target temperatures for a
total of 15 trial tests as summarized in Attachment D. Each replicate sample shall consist of equal
volume aliquots from each of the three remaining undisturbed grab sample containers, for a total
42
-------
replicate sample volume of 400 milliliters (-ml"). In order to maintain as undisturbed sample as
possible, the splits for the lab analysis shall be taken directly from the grab sample. For example,
replicate sample #1 at temperature #1 shall consist of approximately 133 ml of sediment taken from
each of the three grab samples for a total sediment sample volume of approximately 400 ml. The
aliquots shall be placed into a 2-liter beaker (7.5-inches tall and 6.25-inches in diameter). A split
sample shall then be collected from each of the three grab samples using the same sampling
methods, and prepared for laboratory analysis of a single composite sample. The split sample shall
be homogenized, and the sample shall be analyzed for TPH measured as DRO and ORO, and TOC.
The sediment remaining in the replicate sample beakers shall then be covered by river water, filling
the beaker to IV2 liters. Three beakers shall be placed into a temperature controlled, bench top
circulating water bath that is set at the desired target temperature. Target water bath temperatures are
35°F, 45°F, 55°F, 65°F and 75°F. Samples shall initially be in storage at temperatures between 32°
F and 40° F and shall be placed into the water bath and allowed to equilibrate for one hour, then
water and sediment sample temperatures shall be monitored using a digital thermometer (e.g.,
Omega HH1 IB) and recorded at 15 minute intervals until both water and sediment temperatures are
stable and within 4° F of the target temperature. The water and sediment may equilibrate at different
temperatures and at different times given the different heat capacities of the two matrices.
Equilibration and monitoring times may be adjusted in response to the time required to achieve
stabilization, if warranted. Other changes to sample design or procedures that result from lessons
learned during the study shall be documented.
Once the sediment and water temperatures are stabilized within the target temperature range, the
initial appearance and percent coverage of sheen and the number of globules on the water surface
shall be recorded. The percent of sheen coverage shall be estimated by counting the number of
squares on a clear rigid acetate grid (e.g., 5 by 5 equals 1 inch) that is placed on top of the beaker,
which has a surface area of approximately 0.213 square feet.
4.4.3.3 Sediment Agitation
Samples shall be agitated in the temperature controlled environment and the parameters presented in
Attachment D shall be recorded. Samples will be examined under visible and UV light and
documented via photographs as well as with field notes to confirm the presence of oil. Prior to each
agitation, sheen on the surface of the water in the sample container shall be removed with sheen net,
wipe or other absorbent device. As the sheen is removed, care shall be taken to reduce motion so that
the sediment in the container is not agitated, and also so that the sheen is not further smeared onto
the edges of the sample container.
The general appearance of sheen (gray, silver, metallic/transitional) and percent coverage and the
presence, size, and abundance of globules on the water surface shall be noted prior to the initial
agitation. Using a Nalgene® rod (selected to be representative of poling), the sediment shall be
stirred, initially with one complete circle, and a description of the appearance of sheen and globules
on the water surface shall be recorded.
Photographs under visible and UV light shall be taken; the angle of incident light shall be adjusted to
best reveal the sheen in the image. Following the initial stir and observations, the sheen shall be
removed from the surface of the water. The sediment shall then be stirred three more times; this
second agitation shall occur within 15 minutes of the initial agitation (otherwise, temperatures of
43
-------
water and sediment would need to be re-measured prior to the second agitation). The three stirs shall
start in the middle of the sample and work outwards with each turn. The appearance and percent
coverage of sheen and globules shall be noted after completing agitation and photographed under
visible and UV light.
For consistency, the same person shall agitate each replicate sample at nearly the same temperatures
within the targeted temperature range, while making every effort to follow the exact same
procedures. Similarly, a single observer shall be estimating the percentage surface area coverage for
all samples. Photographs of the sheen on the surface of the water shall be taken for each agitation as
stated above. For at least 25% of the visual observations of the amount of sheen present, the
photographs shall be quantitatively analyzed to confirm the accuracy of visual estimation of
percentage cover by sheen.
Water and sediment temperatures shall be re-measured immediately following the recording of all
observations and photographs to verify that conditions remained within the target temperature range.
4.4.3.4 Final Warm Agitation
All replicate sample sets shall be warmed by heating the bath to 75° F and the sediment shall be
agitated again with three stirs of the sediment as described above. The sheen shall be removed from
the surface of the water prior to heating so that any oil liberated during heating is documented.
Agitation at a warm temperature following the bench test shall be used to confirm that a lack of or a
reduced amount of sheen was due to the effects of the lower temperature and not a lack of oil in a
sediment aliquot. After the final warm agitation, sheen will be removed. The water will then be
decanted and the presence or absence of sheen/oil in the remaining sediment will be documented via
photographs using visual and UV observations.
4.4.4 Data Evaluation and Reporting
The data on presence or absence of oil/sheen at tested temperatures shall be analyzed to evaluate the
effects that temperature has on submerged oil liberation. Consistency between replicate samples
within a temperature range shall be assessed to evaluate reliability and uncertainty of the results.
This information can be used in the design of any subsequent studies to clarify the results or
investigate oil bearing sediment from other depositional environments.
A completion report shall present the experimental results and explain the effects of temperature on
the liberation of oil/sheen from sediments. The report shall address the application of the results of
this or possible additional studies (as evaluated by the SOSG) to different depositional environments,
and shall discuss the study design effectiveness. Results and conclusions may be used to help guide
future submerged oil recovery efforts. As appropriate, the report shall provide applicable conclusions
based on geomorphic settings and depositional environments that can be classified as similar.
4.4.5 Insitu Temperature Study
Submerged oil assessment and recovery work performed during October 2011 was completed in
accordance with the Submerged Oil Recovery Standard Operating Procedure (Enbridge, 2011). In
support of the submerged oil recovery operations a river study was conducted between October 14
and 29, 2011 to assess the relationship between liberation of submerged oil from sediment as a
44
-------
function of water temperature. Water temperature potentially affects the liberation of submerged oil
since physical characteristics including viscosity, solubility, and volatility are typically influenced by
temperature. Recovery work by some methods may be less effective as water temperature decreases
during the late fall and winter seasons. Poling methods at selected locations, not subjected to
recovery activities on the Kalamazoo River, were used to agitate sediment and document oil release
as a function of water temperature. A Report of Findings will be developed as part of the above
temperature effects bench-study. This Report will outline the methods and procedures followed and
the results of the river study.
4.4.6 Additional Temperature Effectiveness Studies
The need for additional field or laboratory temperature effectiveness studies shall be evaluated by the
SOSG. The SOSG shall evaluate additional information from this study as well as other studies and
multiple lines of evidence as necessary to understand the effectiveness of overall oil recovery. In
addition, water and sediment temperature data shall be collected from established USGS and site-
specific staff gauges on an ongoing basis for use in validating current and future temperature effects
studies and in other applications, as appropriate.
4.5 Submerged Oil Quantification
A scientifically-based model shall be used to calculate the volume of submerged oil for the entire
affected water way. This includes Talmadge Creek and the Kalamazoo River (from the confluence
with Talmadge Creek through a location immediately downstream of the Morrow Lake Dam),
corresponding to MP 0.0 through MP 40.00.
The model shall be populated with chemical, physical, and geotechnical (i.e. sediment thickness)
data obtained from sediment cores collected after submerged oil recovery activities as well as post-
recovery poling activities that were completed in 2011. This process shall be similar to that used to
perform the submerged oil quantification calculated based on pre-Summer 2011 oil recovery
activities. The Spring 2011 Quantification Model and Report will be finalized in consultation with
the SOSG. Only data collected under the U.S. EPA and/or MDEQ approved work plans shall be
used in the proposed evaluation.
4.5.1 Objectives
The objective is to quantify the volume of submerged oil from the Enbridge Line 6B Incident that is
present in the sediments in Talmadge Creek and the Kalamazoo River from the confluence with
Talmadge Creek down to Morrow Lake at the time of each quantification event. This information
will be used by the SOSG in consideration of future activities.
Quantification of submerged oil shall be performed at the following times, and at other time directed
by the U.S. EPA:
• Fall 2011- after Summer/Fall 2011 oil recovery activities are complete;
• Spring 2012 - prior to performing 2012 oil recovery activities; and
• Fall 2012 - after Summer/Fall 2012 oil recovery activities are complete.
45
-------
4.5.2 Quantification Model
This section describes the numeric model that shall be used to estimate the amount of submerged oil
remaining in the Kalamazoo River (including the Morrow Lake Delta and Morrow Lake).
A model was previously developed to quantify the amount of submerged oil in sediment identified
during the Spring 2011 reassessment of Talmadge Creek and the Kalamazoo River (including the
Morrow Lake Delta and Morrow Lake). This same conceptual model shall be the basis for Fall 2011
(post-2011 oil recovery activities), Spring 2012 (pre-2012 oil recovery activities), and Fall 2012
(post-2012 oil recovery activities) models for submerged oil quantification.
These subsequent models shall use:
• Variable 1 - Measured TPH concentration in sediment. An alternative to using TPH results
may be considered by the U.S. EPA in consultation with the SSC Group.
• Variable 2 - Sediment bulk density.
• Variable 3 - Lateral extent of oil-impacted sediment.
• Variable 4 - Vertical extent of oil-impacted sediment.
• Variable 5 - Density of released oil, adjusted for weathering.
46
-------
The models shall utilize a spreadsheet to calculate the volume of impacted sediment. Once
calculated, the mass of oil impacted sediment shall be determined from the impacted volume and
sediment bulk density. These volume calculations shall be performed separately for different sub-
regions of the total oil-impacted river system, where individual sub-regions will be reviewed with
the SOSG and may correspond to: 1) subareas of the river designated by similar submerged oil
category: heavy, moderate, or light, as determined by poling (i.e., poling-delineated areas): and 2)
separate vertical layers or strata within those subareas (e.g., defined by similar sediment type).
Subsequently, the mass of oil present in each stratum shall be calculated based on a representative
concentration value (either a simple summary statistic or the estimated value from a linear statistical
model) of laboratory- reported TPH concentrations and total impacted sediment mass. Finally, the
volume of submerged oil shall be calculated from an approximation of the density of the weathered
crude. The algorithm used in the model shall be as follows:
Gallons of Oil (gal) in stratum j =
! [D j (inches) * A j (acres) * Py * 4,046.86 (m2/acre) * 0.0254 (m/inch)
*Psedy (g/cm3) * 106(cm3/m3) * TPH j (mg/kg) * 10"6(kg/mg) ]
/Poii(g/cm3)} * 10"3(L/cm3) * (0.2642 gal/L)
47
-------
Where:
A j = Total Area of Interest (acres)
P j = % of Area of Interest with TPH Concentration (decimal equivalent)
Dy = Thickness of oil impacted sediment layer (inches)
-5
Psedj = Dry density - sediment (g/cm )
-5
Poii= Density - oil (g/cm )
TPHy = Representative concentration (e.g., linear model estimate, arithmetic mean,
median, and/or geometric mean) of submerged oil concentration in stratum j (mg/kg) -.
Coverage provided for light, moderate, and heavy poling designations with the mean TPH
value used to calculate the concentration of each tenth foot interval of the array for
sample cores.
Data sources include:
P j (% of area of interest with TPH concentration) from poling-delineated areas for -heavy"
and -moderate" categories, and either mixing-model or frequency based analysis for -tight"
and -Hone" categories.
D j (Depth of oil layer) = from thickness of oil-containing sediments as indicated by
analytical chemistry data and/or statistical analysis, and/or supplemental data collected
from field sampling.
Psed j (Dry density - sediment) = from stratum mean of estimated bulk density measured
in sediment containing submerged oil.
Pa,j (Density - oil) = from weathering adjustment applied to estimated density of
-5
released crude oil, which was assumed to be 0.9285 (g/cm ) http://www.crudemonitor.caJ
- 5-year average as defined below.
An example of the model is presented below:
48
-------
Morrow Lake Delta
Total Area of Interest (acres;* -••IP 'il | 1 acre =
% of Area of interest with TPH Concentration ••• | 1 jj 1 " =
4,046.86 nf
0.0254 m
Cold Lake Crude Density t 0.0005 g/cm3
Thickness of oii layer (inches) f 6 f 1 L =
Mean TPH Concentration* S.D. (mg/kgj | i ui | 111
0.264172052 gallons
(Ffom feuk derssijll1 1126 arid 43.5% mofeture)
n= 44
Volume of impacted sediment with TPH concentration =
22,819.41 nf
felass of sediment impacted based on impacted volume and bulk density =
22,819.41 kg
Mass of oil based on concentration =
2,207.0 kg
Volume of oil based on Cold Lake Crude density =
2473.86 L
| Gdllons of oil -
§54 gallons |
4.5.2.1 Model Architecture
The model shall have an open architecture, whereby it is adaptable and flexible to approximate the
amount of oil present in the sediment within specific geomorphic strata, river reaches/lake areas, or
broader reaches/lake areas with minimal modifications. It shall be automated and based on the six
specific parameters/variables listed above, or more as directed by the U.S. EPA. Output shall be
standardized and list key parameters/assumptions used in the model along with summary statistics
and evaluations of uncertainty.
4.5.3 Input Data
4.5.3.1 Variable 1 - Measured TPH Concentration in Bed Sediment
The concentration of submerged oil in the bed sediments as of Fall 2011 shall be estimated using an
estimated 100 sediment cores (or other quantity as directed by the U.S. EPA) collected from
apparently oil-containing areas of streambed, plus at least 10 additional cores from areas that
demonstrated light qualitative indications of oil. Subsequent sediment core collection shall follow the
adaptive management principle to assess the submerged oil in the dynamic riverine system. The
purpose of the sediment cores shall be to obtain sediment samples which shall be analyzed to
evaluate remaining submerged oil in the Kalamazoo River.
Sediment samples from the sediment cores shall be analyzed for TPH that includes DRO and ORO,
and other parameters as directed by the U.S. EPA. The total TPH value provides a potential measure
of submerged oil present in the sediments. In the absence of specific TPH data for various elevations
at a given location, existing TPH data from that location shall be applied to all depth horizons where
qualitative evaluation (i.e., UV fluorescence) indicates the presence of oil.
Information regarding location and methodology for sediment core collection is outlined herein
related to the hydrodynamic assessment.
49
-------
Results for TPH and other variables in the model shall be compared between areas delineated by the
light, moderate, and heavy poling designations. An analysis of uncertainty shall be performed for all
variables in the model, and for the model outputs (volumes of oil) that considers and incorporates all
known sources of error and uncertainty. TPH concentrations shall be presented with standard
deviations and the statistical confidence interval(s) shall be presented and discussed in accordance
with the statistical validation described herein.
4.5.3.1.1 Background TPH
At a total of 36 background sediment sampling locations (collected upstream of the affected portions
of the Kalamazoo River, Battle Creek River, and Talmadge Creek), bed-sediment cores have been
collected, sampled, and analyzed. Subject to future U.S. EPA approval, the background data may be
included in the submerged-oil volume calculator to account for background TPH concentrations and
as a comparison to the presumed historical (i.e., pre-release from Enbridge Line 6B Incident) TPH
present in the portion of the Kalamazoo River affected by the Enbridge Line 6B Incident.
The method for incorporating background TPH is currently being evaluated and may be applied to
the Spring 2011 submerged oil quantification; therefore, the same method for incorporating
background TPH shall be applied to data collected and used as described herein.
4.5.3.2 Variable 2 - Sediment Bulk Density
As described in the hydrodynamic assessment, bed sediment cores paired with each primary core
were collected in Fall 2011 to determine the sediment bulk density in the Kalamazoo River. Results
from these analyses shall be used for quantification of submerged oil as of Fall 2011.
4.5.3.3 Variables 3 and 4 - Lateral and Vertical Extent of Oil- Impacted
Sediment
Poling, analytical data, and core logging data shall be analyzed to infer the lateral and vertical
boundaries of sediment impacted by submerged oil. The culmination of these factors shall result in a
determination of the volume of sediment containing submerged oil, subject to approval by the U.S.
EPA.
The determination of the lateral and vertical extent of submerged oil shall include the area of
sediment which poled -light", -medium", and -heavy". The area for sediment which poled
medium" and -heavy" will be based directly on the field observations during poling assessments. A
method will be developed to identify the sediment areas which poled -light" and reviewed with the
SOSG. The area which poled -light" will incorporate fluvial geomorphic environment types. All
determinations for lateral and vertical extent of submerged oil shall extend to locations of -none",
and shall not arbitrarily assign an area to the -light" indications category, as was previously
performed. As a minimum, the model shall be applied separately to the following three categories:
-light", moderate", and -heavy". The lateral extent of -hght" poling shall be mapped similar to the
moderate" and -heavy" categories. Further, categorization and oil-volume modeling by fluvial
geomorphic environment types shall also be performed.
This information shall be used in the model to calculate the submerged oil volume from the sediment
sample locations.
50
-------
4.5.3.4 Variable 5 - Density of Released Oil
The density of weathered oil (-Par) is developed as an adjustment to the assumed density of the
crude oil spilled. Based upon a review of Enbridge transportation records and analysis of samples
collected by Enbridge after the pipeline restarted, the release appears to have occurred at or about the
time that the latter end of a batch of Western Canadian Select (-WCS") was passing through the
pipeline near Marshall, Michigan and a batch of Cold Lake (-CL") crude had begun.
The composition of the oil released was approximately 77.5% CL and 22.5% WCS. Using this
composition (77.5% CL and 22.5% WCS), and the 5-yr average density for each (0.9283 g/cm3 for
CL and 0.9290 g/cm3 for WCS from http://www.crudemonitor.ca/on August 10, 2011), the
"3
estimated combined density for a 11.5% to 22.5% mixture would be 0.9285 g/cm , which is
equivalent to the CL 5-year average. As the nature and cause of the release is still under investigation
by National Transportation Safety Board, this determination is based on a number of assumptions
regarding the nature and timing of the release. The estimated density of oil shall be adjusted for the
probable loss of volatile constituents/fractions and any other appropriate weathering effects, and the
resulting adjusted density shall be used for oil-volume calculations.
4.5.4 Statistical Evaluation of TPH Data
Sediment TPH data shall be evaluated using empirical and statistical methods to assess data
distributions and relationships within TPH concentration data to estimate the submerged oil present
within the river system. Only data collected under the U.S. EPA and/or MDEQ approved work plans
shall be used for this task.
The statistical evaluation shall be used to support the calculation of submerged oil in Talmadge
Creek and Kalamazoo River sediment, and shall consist of the following elements:
• Evaluation of the dataset to determine if lithology, depth/thickness, and/or other factors
result in specific groupings or populations of data enabling segregation and/or separate
statistical evaluation/testing;
• Determining a probability mass function to define the discrete probability distributions of
the population(s) identified in the evaluation;
• Calculating interquartile ranges, standard deviation and variance of the populations
identified in the evaluation;
• Evaluating the various geomorphic surface types; and
• Developing a statistically-based method for approximating the amount of oil present and
confidence interval for this estimate within the Talmadge Creek and Kalamazoo River.
The evaluation shall use collected data in all oil-containing sediment areas (light, moderate, and/or
heavy). Depending on the population(s) distributions (i.e., normal vs. not normal or skewed
determined by normality tests such as Shapiro-Wilk, Anderson-Darling, or as most appropriate to the
dataset), parametric or non- parametric (e.g. K rusk all Wallace, Mann-Whitney) statistical
significance tests shall be conducted, as warranted and as approved by the U.S. EPA. If required
based on the outcome of the empirical and/or statistical evaluation, approximation of the amount of
oil present and confidence interval for this estimate may vary per river segment, with the total
amount of submerged oil being the sum of such individual segments. Descriptive statistics (e.g.
51
-------
mean, median, range, standard deviation, confidence interval) along with quartile plots and other
graphical presentations of the data shall be provided.
4.5.5 Reports
A report shall be submitted to the U.S. EPA following the completion of each quantification event.
Each report will present the data, calculations, and results.
52
-------
5.0 OIL RECOVERY
5.1 Objectives
Perform additional oil recovery actions, as necessary, to meet the U.S. EPA Order.
5.2 Submerged Oil Recovery
Submerged oil recovery actions shall be determined by the U.S.EPA FOSC who will consider the
results of the studies outlined in this Work Plan. Potential environmental consequences of
implementing specific oil recovery actions shall be evaluated by the U.S. EPA. Evaluations may
include considerations of the impacts to the environment of specific recovery actions, such as:
• River bank erosion from boat usage;
• Loss of habitat for aquatic life from large woody debris removal;
• Potential for increased erosion during flood conditions;
• Migration of sediment at an abnormally high rate due to agitation techniques;
• Damage to the benthic community from agitation of the river sediments;
• Injury and death of wildlife due to equipment and boats on the river; and
• Loss of wooded wetland habitat due to excavations.
Submerged oil recovery options that shall be considered by Enbridge include, but are not limited to,
the following:
• Dredging of oil-containing sediments;
• Agitation of sediments coupled with oil/sheen collection;
• Installation and maintenance of sediment collection structures/devices; and /or
• No further action.
The need for further active oil recovery shall include an evaluation of ecological considerations, as
well as an evaluation of the potential benefits and consequences of active oil recovery, or the lack
thereof. This evaluation and decision of adverse ecological risk shall be made solely by the U.S. EPA
FOSC following consultation with the SSC Group. The OSG, SOSG, and Containment Science
Groups (-CSG") will provide information and recommendations to the SSC Group for their
consideration in evaluating ecological risks and advising the FOSC.
Submerged oil recovery shall be addressed using a top down approach working upstream to
downstream within each of the three defined sections of the river. The first section shall consist of a
portion of the river starting at the confluence of the Talmadge Creek and the Kalamazoo River and
ending at the Ceresco Dam. The second section begins at the Ceresco Dam and ends at the Battle
Creek impoundment. The final section runs from the Battle Creek impoundment to the Morrow Lake
Dam.
53
-------
5.2.1 Winter 2011 Submerged Oil Recovery Actions
Over the winter months, passive recovery locations for submerged oil activities shall be evaluated by
the SOSG. Passive recovery techniques shall be used to collect submerged oil mobilized by natural
river flow conditions. The identification of these locations shall be informed by the hydrodynamic
Model, LSR 2011 results, historic poling data, and fluvial geomorphic observations. Structures
designed for collection of submerged oil shall utilize the dynamic nature of the river while
minimizing the ecological impact of recovery activities on the river system. Additional discussion of
the evaluation, installation, and maintenance of sediment collection devices and locations is provided
in Section 7.
Active recovery of submerged oil may occur via the use of approved techniques at select locations as
determined by the SOSG, OSCAR, and other advisory groups identified by the U.S EPA.
5.2.2 Spring/Summer 2012 Submerged Oil Recovery Actions
Active and/or passive submerged oil recovery actions shall occur throughout Spring/Summer 2012
based on the results of Spring 2012 reassessment activities, SSC Group and SOSG recommendations
to the FOSC, and other factors. Submerged oil recovery activities using agitation techniques shall be
conducted only while water and sediment temperatures are conducive to submerged oil recovery as
determined through the results of the temperature effects studies described in Section 4 and shall be
based on techniques presented in the approved Summer 2011 Strategic Work Plan and Dredging
Supplement, or approved alternate means and methods. Although work may be conducted pursuant
to the U.S. EPA Order, it shall not obviate the need to comply with all federal, state and local
permitting, monitoring, and other requirements.
Addenda to this Work Plan outlining specific active and passive submerged oil recovery locations,
activities, equipment, and procedures shall be submitted prior to implementation. Work Plan addenda
shall take into account all potential environmental impacts as evaluated by the SOSG and SSC
Group when outlining proposed activities.
5.3 Shoreline and Overbank Oil Recovery
Shoreline and Overbank oil recovery actions shall be conducted based on the OSCAR Branch
evaluations of reassessment results, location-specific recovery work plans submitted to the U.S.
EPA, and based on data obtained from expedited remedial investigation activities pursuant to the
MDEQ approved work plans.
If the FOSC determines that additional recovery actions at impacted shoreline and overbank
locations shall be addressed under the U.S. EPA Order, the appropriate permits shall be obtained
prior to the commencement of oil recovery actions. Permit compliance requirements such as water
quality monitoring shall be conducted pursuant to applicable SOPs.
One or more of the approved shoreline and overbank oil recovery techniques shall be implemented
to recover oil, sheen, or impacted soils. The selection of the technique or techniques for each
impacted area shall consider: accessibility; ecological sensitivity and benefit/consequence; type of
oil impact present; depth of oil in soil; and other factors.
54
-------
Approved oil recovery techniques for impacted floodplain areas are presented in the Overbank Oil
Recovery SOP (included as Attachment E to this Work Plan). Other overbank oil recovery
procedures and requirements shall follow those presented in Sections 2.0 and 3.0 of the approved
Summer 201 1 Strategic Work Plan, or via alternative procedures and methods approved by the U.S.
EPA.
55
-------
6.0 FALL 2011, WINTER AND SPRING 2012 CONTAINMENT PLAN
The objectives of the containment plan for Fall 2011 and Winter/Spring 2012 are to implement a
strategy in the Kalamazoo River/Morrow Lake Delta/Morrow Lake to prevent further migration of
oil sheen and/or submerged oil into Morrow Lake and to prevent migration of oil sheen and/or
submerged oil from Talmadge Creek into the Kalamazoo River. At the time of document submittal,
the Fall 2011 containment removal activities outlined within this section have been completed.
Considerations included in accomplishing these objectives are:
• Personnel and public safety;
• Limit impact to downstream receptors such as culverts, bridge structures, and dams in the
river;
• Removal of surface containment features prior to winter freeze up in an efficient manner,
particularly in the Morrow Lake Delta and Morrow Lake;
• Development, installation, and maintenance of a submerged oil containment plan to enhance
sedimentation in the Morrow Lake Delta, and to control further migration of submerged oil
into Morrow Lake and potentially over the Morrow Lake Dam. Submerged oil containment
measures may be implemented at other areas in the Kalamazoo River based on results of
hydrodynamic modeling;
• Manage any winter containment sites that are left in place; and
• Installation of Spring 2012 containment features according to an addendum to this Work
Plan outlining the specific Spring 2012 Containment Plan.
Containment will be removed during Fall 2011 on a priority basis and in a controlled systematic
manner under the direction and approval of the U.S. EPA. Containment deployment in Spring 2012
will be based on weather and site conditions, predictive modeling of Spring submerged oil work
sites, and at the direction and approval of U.S. EPA.
This containment plan is based on the current strategies that are to be implemented in the fall 2011
and Winter/Spring 2012 work seasons. The identified containment removal and deployment
strategies may be modified if any changes in this Work Plan take place based on weather conditions,
Spring 2012 reassessment findings, river characteristics, results of hydrodynamic assessment
components as detailed in Section 4.2, presence of surface or subsurface residual oil, or any other
factor that could cause a change in this Work Plan.
56
-------
6.1 Fall/Winter Containment Removal Procedure
Containment removal will be executed in a controlled manner at the recommendation of the
Containment Branch Science Group and the direction and approval of the U.S. EPA. Visual
monitoring of sediment and sheen levels downstream of the containment during containment removal
will be conducted by field inspectors and from over-flights. If visual levels of sediment or sheen are
noted during the observations, the conditions will be noted and sheen collection will be performed
using sheen sweep boat(s). The addition of temporary downstream containment may be required.
Containment approved for removal shall be decommissioned as follows:
• Non-impacted debris accumulated in the retention area of the boom shall be collected and
properly disposed. Residual sheen in the contained area shall be removed with sorbent
sweep. Boom determined to be collecting new sheen shall not be removed without prior
approval from the U.S. EPA.
• The lines securing the downstream end of the containment shall be released starting with the
shoreline protection. The retention area line shall then be slowly released allowing the
containment to settle onto the upstream anchor. If excessive levels of sediment or sheen are
noted the shoreline retention line can be re-secured to allow them to settle out.
• Any sediment or X-Tex curtain attached to the boom shall then be cut free and loaded into
boats and taken for disposal.
• Boom shall be towed to the nearest boat launch where it shall be loaded directly from the
water into roll-off bins. Boom shall be taken for decontamination and repairs. Boom shall
then be sorted and properly stored for winter to prevent dry rot and UV damage. Any boom
that is too damaged shall have the metal fittings removed and be properly disposed.
6.2 Removal Priority and Scheduling
Priority sequence for removal is as follows:
• Removal of containment associated with submerged oil sites;
• Removal of control point containment; and
• Removal of protective containment points associated with OSCAR sites.
This sequence is based on several factors listed below:
• Areas with the potential to have ongoing sheen issues should be removed last to prevent
additional impact to downstream receptors.
• Control points should be left in place until submerged oil operations are completed.
• Enbridge shall continue consultation with STS Utilities regarding placement and removal
schedules for all containment between Morrow Lake and Morrow Lake Delta (35th Street to
Morrow Lake Dam).
• OSCAR locations should be removed as late as reasonably possible. OSCAR sites that are in
sheltered locations, where ice damage is not anticipated, may be left in place and monitored
through the winter.
• Containment shall be removed from OSCAR sites that have received determination as being
consistent with the U.S. EPA Order.
57
-------
• The presence of frazil ice or dislodged sheet ice flowing within the main river channel.
The schedule for the containment removal plan shall be based on the above priority sequence. The
implementation of the containment removal plan is largely dependent on fluctuating weather and
river conditions and may be delayed by a down turn in either of these factors. If, due to fluctuations in
the weather, the potential for ice or debris dams increases once containment removal has begun,
removal activities shall be limited. Additionally, any remaining boom shall be monitored for a
potential loss of integrity so that corrective actions can be taken.
6.2.1 Submerged Oil Containment Removal Schedule
Submerged oil containment shall be removed as sites after the U.S. EPA has directed Enbridge to
discontinue submerged oil recovery activities due to low water and sediment temperatures and has
approved the removal. Removal of submerged oil containment sites shall generally be conducted
following the top down approach.
6.2.2 Control Point and Protective Containment Removal Schedule
Control point and protective containment removal shall begin after the completion of submerged oil
activities, with the approval of the U.S. EPA. High priority sites in the Kalamazoo River, Morrow
Lake Delta, and Morrow Lake that shall require further evaluation for removal are:
• MP 36.6N;
• MP 36.8 N;
• Morrow Lake Delta Channel 6;
• MP 37.25; and
• MP 37.75.
Enbridge shall remove all surface containment between 35th Street Bridge and Morrow Lake Dam by
November 18, 2011 as per the request of STS Utilities or as otherwise negotiated at the direction of
the U.S. EPA. The confluence containment point (MP 2.25) shall remain in place throughout the
winter. The projected order of removal shall be:
1.
MP 6.0;
2.
MP 10.8;
3.
D 3 (MP 19.25);
4.
C 6 (MP 15.25);
5.
E 4.5 (MP 38.25);
6.
E 4.75 (MP 38.25);
7.
E 6 (MP 39.75);
8.
Ceresco (MP 5.75);
9.
MP 15.75;
10. E 4 (MP 37.75); and
11. E 5 (MP 38.25).
58
-------
This sequence is subject to change dependent on site conditions, weather, operational activities and
approval or direction from the U.S. EPA.
6.2.3 OSCAR Containment Removal Schedule
OSCAR containment shall be removed at the direction of the U.S. EPA. Removal of the OSCAR
containment sites shall generally be from upstream to downstream. OSCAR sites that do not receive a
determination as being consistent with the U.S. EPA Order will be evaluated by the U.S. EPA for
potential to leave containment in place during the winter months.
6.2.3.1 Fall 2011
Site monitoring shall be conducted during Fall 2011 utilizing boats, as well as land and air based
observations. During monitoring, crews shall observe river characteristics such as freezing,
movement of flowing ice, debris movement (including vegetation/debris dislodged during fall
vegetation die back and accumulated organic matter), and visual checking for the presence of surface
oil/sheen. The information collected during these activities shall be utilized for determining the
priority sequence and timing of containment removal.
6.2.3.2 Winter 2011/2012
Site monitoring shall be conducted during the winter, utilizing boats, as well as land and air based
observation. During monitoring, sites shall be evaluated for ice buildup, debris accumulation and
containment integrity as well as visual checking for the presence of surface oil/sheen. The
information gathered during monitoring shall be utilized for determining required boom maintenance,
as well as adjustment and installation of additional containment measures.
6.2.3.3 Spring 2012
Site monitoring shall be conducted during the spring months, utilizing boats as well as land and air
based observation. During monitoring, crews shall observe river characteristics such as freezing,
movement of flowing ice, debris movement (including vegetation/debris dislodged during spring
runoff and accumulated organic matter), and visually checking for the presence oil/sheen. The
information collected during these activities along with the Spring 2012 Containment Plan shall be
utilized for determining the priority sequence and timing of containment deployment.
6.2.4 Submerged Oil Containment to Prevent Migration of Oil Past Morrow
Lake Dam
As directed by the U.S. EPA in a letter to Enbridge (dated November 4, 2011), Enbridge shall prepare
a plan for preventing oil from migrating past the Morrow Lake Dam during the Winter 2012. This
plan, once approved by the U.S. EPA, shall be incorporated as an addendum to this Work Plan. The
work plan for Preventing the Migration of Oil Past the Morrow Lake Dam shall describe in detail the
necessary actions that Enbridge will take to contain and prevent the migration of oil, sheen,
submerged oil, and oil-containing sediments past/downstream of the Morrow Lake Dam. The plan
shall describe methods for enhancing submerged oil deposition in the Morrow Lake Delta and shall
include options that decrease river velocities and promote and enhance deposition such as installation
59
-------
of bed structures and adjusting the level of the Morrow Lake Dam during flood events to reduce
velocities in the Morrow Lake Delta and promote deposition and reduce sediment migration.
6.2.5 Winter Maintenance Procedure
Throughout winter operations all locations requiring boom, if any, shall be monitored. Any site that
becomes damaged or dislodged by ice or other causes shall be removed, replaced or repaired
depending on the potential for downstream impacts versus the potential for additional damage as
approved by the U.S. EPA. All locations shall be monitored on a weekly basis to ensure their
integrity.
6.2.6 Spring 2012 Containment Plan
6.2.6.1 Control Point Booming
Control point booming is the use of containment boom, curtain boom, silt fence and/or X-Tex curtain
to prevent the downstream migration of surface and/or subsurface oil. Control point booming, when
properly deployed, shall aid in facilitating the recovery of migrating surface and subsurface oil. There
are several booming strategies that shall be used in control point booming, including the following:
• Shore to Shore Booming: This strategy involves a single span of boom that is deployed to
cover the entire width of the river. The upstream end of the boom is secured to an anchor
point on the upstream bank. Hand lines or in-stream anchors are used to maneuver the boom
at the appropriate angle (dependent on current velocity) down to a recovery area. A small
section of boom is then deployed along the downstream shoreline to prevent impact to the
river bank (shoreline protection).
• Gate Booming (also referred to as -©pen Chevron"): This strategy involves two segments of
boom that are deployed across the width of the river to allow for vessel traffic up and down
the river. The upstream ends of both booms are secured in an overlapping position using in-
stream anchors. Hand lines or in-stream anchors are used to maneuver the boom at the
appropriate angle (dependent on current velocity) down to a recovery area. A small section
of boom is then deployed along the downstream shoreline to prevent impact to the river
bank (shoreline protection).
• Cascade Booming: The cascade boom system is the deployment of multiple booms across
the width of the river to allow for vessel traffic up and down the river or to reduce the strain
that current places on individual spans of boom. The upstream boom is secured to the shore
at its upstream point. Using hand lines or in stream anchors, the boom is maneuvered at an
appropriate angle (dependent on current velocity) to a point in the river where it is secured
with an in-stream anchor. Each additional segment is then placed downstream in an
overlapping position and secured with in-stream anchors. The last span of boom is secured
on its downstream end to the shore. A small section of boom is then deployed along the
downstream shoreline to prevent impact to the river bank (shoreline protection).
• Chevron Booming: The chevron boom system is a single span of boom that is deployed to
deflect oil/sheen around a sensitive area or to recovery points on both banks. The center of
the boom is secured in the middle of the channel using an in-stream anchor. Hand lines or
in-stream anchors are used to maneuver both of the downstream booms at appropriate
angles (dependent on current velocity) down to recovery areas. Small sections of boom
are then deployed along the downstream shoreline to prevent impact to the river bank
(shoreline protection).
60
-------
Control point booming location sites shall be selected based on the following criteria:
• River characteristics (current speed, depth, width and bottom material);
• Site access (ease of oil recovery and maintenance);
• Suitable anchor points;
• Distance to upstream control points;
• Distance to upstream sources of impact (identified impacted depositional areas and impacted
overbank areas); and
• Access control to prevent impact to the public.
Currently, control points have been identified as likely locations for installation of surface
containment. The number of control points to be deployed shall be dependent on information
gathered during spring monitoring activities, the Spring 2012 reassessment, and potential river
reopening activities. The likely control point locations for Spring 2012 are:
• MP 2.25 (confluence of Talmadge Creek and Kalamazoo River);
• MP 5.75 (Ceresco Dam);
• MP 15.75, C 6 (Battle Creek Dam); and
• Morrow Lake Delta and Morrow Lake.
Due to the increase in water levels associated with spring runoff, all control points shall be installed at
a greater angle. This shall lessen the force applied to them by the increased current velocity and
reduce the risk of containment failure.
Subsurface containment may also be installed based on the monitoring and reassessment activities.
The locations of these sites shall be based on the observations made by the monitoring team as well
as the locations of any identified subsurface concerns.
All control points shall be monitored for ice buildup. If there is significant ice buildup, the boom shall
be released to prevent an unsafe condition or uncontrolled containment failure.
6.2.6.2 Sediment Trap Containment
During winter operations, engineered sediment traps (passive sediment collectors) may be installed
within the Kalamazoo River as detailed in Section 7. During the Spring and Summer 2012 seasons,
dependent on site conditions and the presence of surface or subsurface oil, additional containment
shall be installed immediately downstream of each sediment trap if directed by the U.S. EPA. This
containment, if necessary, would potentially consist of surface and subsurface containment.
6.2.6.3 Protective Containment
Protective containment is the use of surface and subsurface containment to prevent impact to a
sensitive area or to prevent impact to the river from a small impacted area. Containment is deployed
between a source of impact and the selected area of the river to shield the area from impact.
Protective containment can also be used to isolate impacted areas until recovery methods have been
completed and regulatory sign-off has been received. The containment shall usually be deployed:
61
-------
• At the mouth of an inlet;
• Around the entire area; and
• In a chevron (see control point booming) configuration upstream of the area.
The selection of locations for protective containment shall be based on the following criteria:
• Areas that have the potential to cause impact to downstream receptors; and
• Areas of significant ecological value.
Deployment at these locations will be dependent on information gathered during monitoring activities
and may vary pending the results of those activities. Additional areas may be added based on
inspection results and the identification of unknown areas of impact.
6.2.6.4 Oil Recovery
Oil recovery involves the removal of oil from the surface of the water. All containment locations
shall be monitored for the accumulation of oil and impacted debris. When identified, this material
shall be recovered and disposed of according to the accepted waste handling practices. Several
recovery methods are listed below but are not limited to:
• Hand Skimming: Hand skimming is the removal of oil by physical labor. Personnel shall
utilize hand tools such as dip nets, strainers, and pitchforks to lift the oil and debris out of
recovery areas and place it into a container for disposal.
• Rotary Skimming: Rotary skimming is the removal of oil by a mechanical rotary skimmer.
There are several types of rotary skimmers including drum, mop skimmers and brush
skimmers. All rotary skimmers work by rotating a surface with oil adhering qualities. The oil
is then mechanically removed from the surface and collected into a container for disposal.
• Vacuum Truck: Utilizing a vacuum unit to remove oil or impacted sediment out of a
containment area.
Due to the low volume of oil expected to accumulate during operations, hand skimming shall be the
preferred method of oil recovery.
6.3 Deployment Priority and Scheduling:
Priority sequence for deployment is as follows:
• Deployment of surface containment from downstream to upstream;
• Deployment of protective containment at areas of high ecological value;
• Deployment of protective containment from upstream to downstream; and
• Deployment of submerged oil containment (not including submerged oil work sites) from
downstream to upstream.
The schedule for the Spring 2012 containment plan shall be based on the above priority sequence.
The deployment of containment in spring conditions is largely dependent on fluctuating weather and
river conditions and may be delayed by either of these factors. Due to the potential for the formation
of ice and or debris dams, booming activities shall be triggered by the absence of the potential for
62
-------
migration of ice and or debris to downstream areas. If, due to fluctuations in the weather the potential
for ice or debris dams increases once deployment has begun, booming activities may be limited.
Additionally, any deployed boom shall be monitored for a potential loss of integrity so that corrective
actions can be taken.
During all work in the river, special consideration shall be given to the following:
• The safety of personnel working in, around, and on the water.
o Boat traffic shall be kept to a minimum to reduce the risk to workers;
o If personnel are working in the water from the shoreline a tag line shall be required for
any work completed in water greater than waist depth; and
o Boats working in the vicinity of containment shall do so under a no wake restriction.
• The safety of the public,
o All sites that are accessible to the public shall be clearly marked with signage warning
of the dangers associated with site.
63
-------
7.0
PASSIVE SEDIMENT COLLECTION AREAS AND DEVICES
Design, installation, maintenance, and removal of passive sediment collection devices described
herein will be conducted by the Containment Branch in consultation with the SOSG.
7.1 Objectives
The objective of the installation and use of passive sediment collection devices (-sediment traps") is
to collect submerged oil in a minimally invasive manner. Installation of sediment traps in key areas of
the Kalamazoo River will be used to more efficiently and less intrusively recover remaining
submerged oil.
Sediment traps shall be designed to efficiently take advantage of, and/or enhance, existing flow and
depositional patterns in the river. This may include stand- alone traps, a series of traps, or a
combination of flow-directing techniques and trap(s), pursuant to recommendations generated from
the process outlined below.
7.2 Background
Various geomorphic settings along the active channel and off-channel areas of the Kalamazoo River
have been identified as preferential to the deposition of submerged oil and oil-containing sediment.
These settings include riparian wetlands, oxbows, flood chutes, cut-off channels, backwaters, point
bars, deltas, and impounded areas. In the active channel, areas that may be scoured during floods can
be depositional during low flows. Ice jams can also play a factor in determining flow obstructions
during winter and spring melts. The location and function of these depositional areas can change
depending on whether the river is in flood stage or sustained low flow and will impact the distribution
of submerged oil within the river (Figure 7.1). Oil deposits in off-channel/overbank areas from the
July 2010 flood may later become sources of oil to channel margins during subsequent floods or as
seeps if hydrologically connected during low flows. Such geomorphic considerations are important to
proper sediment trap design and site selection (Figure 7.2).
64
-------
Figure 7.1. Results from the 2011 LSR poling, showing frequency of occurrence of none,
light, moderate, and heavy oil indications.
Late Summer 2011 Reassessment Poling
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
65
-------
Figure 7.2 Geomorphic Settings for Heavy Oil Transport and Deposition in a Riverine
Environment
GeomorphicSettings for Heavy Oil Transport and
Deposition in a Riverine Environment
Riverine
Environment/Flowing water
£
I
I
Deposition
Water column/Suspended
Floating oil
Submerged oil
Oil-containing sediment
Dissolved contaminants
Off Channel/Overbank
Floodplaln
and bank
drapes
Backwater
Wetlands
Floodplaln
Burrows/pipl
ngto buried
gravels
Abandoned
channels
Oxbow
Lakes
Meander
cutoffs
Active channel/lnstream
Flow obstruction bars
(Pendant/Lee/Wake bars)
from togs, vegetation,
bedrock)
Flood chute
cutoffs
t
Tree throw
swales
Ponds
Point
bars
Braided
bars
Channel
Margins/
Lateral
Bars
Flow obstruction
longitudinal bars
(Pendant/Lee/Wake bars
near islands, logs,
vegetation, bedrock)
Tributary
confluence
fans and
bars
Alluvial
Pools
Transverse bars (from
channel widening)
Main-
stem
Deltas
66
-------
7.3 Design and Site Selection
Results from 2011 LSR poling and mid- and post- recovery poling activities, along with existing
geomorphic knowledge of the river, shall help guide trap locations and specific trap design. In
addition, the hydrodynamic model shall be used to help guide selection of locations and to test
proposed designs.
The SOSG and CSG shall provide recommendations of locations and design for the sediment
collection techniques, to be guided by the following:
• Evidence of re-deposition of submerged oil following recovery;
• Amount and nature of submerged oil;
• Geomorphic setting, including location of major depositional areas;
• Location outside of sensitive habitat areas;
• Proximity to existing access paths for clean out and monitoring;
• Safety of the public and workers;
• Utility for eventual habitat improvement; and
• A review of appropriate literature relating to techniques successfully implemented in similar
settings on other rivers.
The development, design, and location selection of the enhanced sediment collection techniques shall
begin in Fall 2011 and continue into 2012 in consultation with the SOSG and CSG. Sediment traps
may be installed during the winter months under frozen conditions if appropriate. Structures shall be
designed, permitted (as necessary), and installed for longer term maintenance and presence until oil
recovery is completed. Devices and locations will be selected to maximize sediment trapping
effectiveness and efficiency while minimizing harm to benthic organisms, mussels, fish, amphibians,
turtles, mammals, and birds (including diving ducks). In addition, such devices will be implemented
in such a way as to minimize barriers to fish passage and to minimize river navigation hazards and
obstructions, while still remaining effective and efficient in the primary objective of less intrusive
recovery of remaining submerged oil. Consideration will be given to devices that provide habitat
diversity and bank protection.
An addendum to this Work Plan shall be provided to the U.S. EPA and USGS that outlines the
location and design of each sediment trap. The addendum shall specify any additional field
investigation or modeling work deemed necessary to complete the location evaluation and/or the
design, and shall include a schedule for completing the evaluation and design tasks. The addendum
shall also include a schedule and scope for operations and maintenance of the device(s).
67
-------
8.0 SCHEDULE
A schedule is presented (Attachment F) for general scheduling purposes only and shall be modified
based on numerous factors including river conditions, access, permitting, re-prioritization of areas
and the U.S. EPA approval. Updates to the schedule shall be ongoing throughout the project and shall
be presented to the U.S. EPA, USGS and MDEQ as needed to indicate significant change.
68
-------
9.0 REFERENCES
AECOM, 2011, Kalamazoo River flood inundation mapping, hydraulics: Grand Rapids, Mich.,
AECOM unpublished Technical Memorandum (June 2011), 9 p.
Bent, P.C., 1971, Influence of surface glacial deposits on streamflow characteristics of Michigan
streams: U.S. Geological Survey Open-File Report 72-34, 37 p.
Conaway, J.S., and Moran, E.H., 2004, Development and calibration of a two-dimensional
hydrodynamic model of the Tanana River near Tok, Alaska: U.S. Geological Survey Open-
File Report 2004-1225, 13 p.
Dorr, J.A., Jr., andEschman, D.F., 1970, Geology of Michigan: Ann Arbor, Univ. of Michigan
Press, 485 p.
Enbridge Energy, 2010, Line 6B incident, Marshall, Michigan—Conceptual site model:
Submitted to the U.S. EPA, Nov. 30, 2010, 54 p.
Hoard, C.J., Fowler, K.K., Kim, M.H., Menke, C.D., Morlock, S.E., Peppier, M.C., Rachol,
C.M., and Whitehead, M.T., 2010, Flood-inundation maps for a 15-mile reach of the
Kalamazoo River from Marshall to Battle Creek, Michigan. : U.S. Geological Survey
Scientific Investigations Map 3135, 6 p., 6 sheets, scale 1:100,000.
Holtschlag, D.J., and Hoard, C.J., 2009, Detection of conveyance changes in St. Clair River
using historical water-level and flow data with inverse one-dimensional hydrodynamic
modeling: U.S. Geological Survey Scientific Investigations Report 2009-5080, 39 p.
Kalamazoo River Public Advisory Council, 2000, The Kalamazoo River—Beauty and the
Beast—Remedial and preventative action plan for the Kalamazoo River watershed area of
concern: [Portage, Mich.] Kalamazoo River Watershed Council, 56 p.
McCabe, G.J., and Wolock, D.M., 2010, Long-term variability in Northern Hemisphere snow
cover and associations with warmer winters: Climatic Change, v. 99, p. 141-153.
Milly, P.C.D., Dunne, K.A., and Vecchia, A.V., 2005, Global pattern of trends in streamflow and
water availability in a changing climate: Nature, v. 438, p. 347-350.
National Climatic Data Center, 2002, Monthly station normals of temperature, precipitation, and
heating and cooling degree days, 1971-2000, Michigan: Asheville, N.Car., National Climatic
Data Center, Climatography of the United States, no. 81, part 20, 33 p.
Omernik, J.M. 1987. Ecoregions of the conterminous United States: Annals of the Association of
69
-------
American Geographers 77(1): 118-125. 1 pi., scale 1:7,500,000.
U.S. Army Corps of Engineers, 2002, HEC-RAS, River Analysis System, hydraulic reference
manual, version 3.1: Davis, Calif., U.S. Army Corps of Engineers, Hydrologic Engineering
Center, 350 p.
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 2007, Level III ecoregions of the Continental United
States: Corvallis, Ore., U.S. EPA National Health and Environ. Effects Research Lab., 1
sheet, scale 1:7,500,000, accessed April 20, 2010, at
http://www.epa.gov/wed/pages/ecoregions/level iii.htm.
Western Michigan Univ. (WMU), 1981, Hydrogeologic atlas of Michigan—Hydrogeology for
underground injection control in Michigan: Kalamazoo, WMU, 35 pis.
Wolock, D. M., and G. J. McCabe, 1999, Effects of potential climatic change on annual runoff in
the conterminous United States: J. Am. Water Resour. Assoc., v. 35, p. 1341-1350.
70
-------
Attachment A
Overbank Oil: Spring 2012 Reassessment
-------
j^t^ganiUm
Map Location
friendship] lin
*
Ls
mm
*i >
:U -I'M
r
M
J
1
—-
li
EN BRIDGE
Drawn: NS 12/02/2011
Approved: DB 12/02/2011
Project#: 60162778
Legend
Spring 2011 Reassessment Data
• Pooled Oil Observation
° ~~ 5
Film (Sheen)
Observations
Innundated Areas •
Reassess
Excavated Areas
2011 Inundation Model
Quarter Mile Grid Segments
0 125 250
Scale in Feet
FIGURE 1
PROPOSED SURVEY AREAS
SPRING 2012 REASSESSMENT
Sheet 1 of 39
EN BRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
Z:\Work\GIS\2011_Reassessment\Requests\IV1XDs\Proposed_Survey_Areas_2012_Reassessment.mxd
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
-------
Z:\Work\GIS\2011_Reassessment\Requests\IV1XDs\Proposed_Survey_Areas_2012_Reassessment.mxd Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
Drawn: NS 12/02/2011
Approved: DB 12/02/2011
Project#: 60162778
FIGURE 1
PROPOSED SURVEY AREAS
SPRING 2012 REASSESSMENT
Sheet 2 of 39
EN BRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
ENBRIDGE
Excavated Areas
2011 Inundation Model
Quarter Mile Grid Segments
N
A
0 125 250 500
Scale in Feet
Legend
Spring 2011 Reassessment Data
• Pooled Oil Observation
Film (Sheen)
Observations
O _ Innundated Areas-
I" i Reassess
-------
Map Location
. Wv
EN BRIDGE
Drawn: NS 12/02/2011
Approved: DB 12/02/2011
Project#: 60162778
Legend
Spring 2011 Reassessment Data
• Pooled Oil Observation
° ~~ 5
Film (Sheen)
Observations
Innundated Areas •
Reassess
Excavated Areas
2011 Inundation Model
Quarter Mile Grid Segments
0 125 250
Scale in Feet
FIGURE 1
PROPOSED SURVEY AREAS
SPRING 2012 REASSESSMENT
Sheet 3 of 39
EN BRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
Z:\Work\GIS\2011_Reassessment\Requests\IV1XDs\Proposed_Survey_Areas_2012_Reassessment.mxd
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
-------
Map Location
v
- •
fcXiV' :, \
/**i
EiAi-j +?>'jJ-WS
: .
ENBRIDGE
Drawn: NS 12/02/2011
Approved: DB 12/02/2011
Project#: 60162778
Legend
Spring 2011 Reassessment Data
• Pooled Oil Observation
° ~~ 5
Film (Sheen)
Observations
Innundated Areas •
Reassess
Excavated Areas
2011 Inundation Model
Quarter Mile Grid Segments
0 125 250
Scale in Feet
FIGURE 1
PROPOSED SURVEY AREAS
SPRING 2012 REASSESSMENT
Sheet 4 of 39
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
Z:\Work\GIS\2011_Reassessment\Requests\IV1XDs\Proposed_Survey_Areas_2012_Reassessment.mxd
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
-------
Map Location
ENBMDGE
Drawn: NS 12/02/2011
Approved: DB 12/02/2011
Project#: 60162778
Z:\Work\GIS\2011_Reassessment\Requests\IV1XDs\Proposed_Survey_Areas_2012_Reassessment.mxd
Legend
Spring 2011 Reassessment Data
• Pooled Oil Observation
° ~~ 5
Film (Sheen)
Observations
Innundated Areas •
Reassess
Excavated Areas
2011 Inundation Model
Quarter Mile Grid Segments
N
A
0 125 250
500
Scale in Feet
FIGURE 1
PROPOSED SURVEY AREAS
SPRING 2012 REASSESSMENT
Sheet 5 of 39
EN BRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
-------
Map Location
safe i|f#i IIP1?!, I,"
«S: 1 ¦. -1' ¦ ifj.u, ' •' uffi i. -1 ! • i
I ,1. i:'v f i.; 'Hpfita »! |«' 1 111 W I
itr ..'• I • •• * v • L .1
' -vM ,«||i!
: ^ ^mjW' .hft# m\&
4- J. - 1 'fm V
Willi
•. 1 'I , A j r-.'M J §rj
¦ - lag • v
Am"
J ,
. - 4* E^SfE!
ENBMDGE
NS 12/02/2011
Drawn:
Approved: DB 12/02/2011
Project#: 60162778
Legend
Spring 2011 Reassessment Data
• Pooled Oil Observation
° Film (Sheen)
Observations
Innundated Areas •
Reassess
Excavated Areas
2011 Inundation Model
Quarter Mile Grid Segments
0 125 250
Scale in Feet
FIGURE 1
PROPOSED SURVEY AREAS
SPRING 2012 REASSESSMENT
Sheet 6 of 39
EN BRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
Z:\Work\GIS\2011_Reassessment\Requests\IV1XDs\Proposed_Survey_Areas_2012_Reassessment.mxd
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
-------
Map Location
EN BRIDGE
Drawn: NS 12/02/2011
Approved: DB 12/02/2011
Project#: 60162778
Legend
Spring 2011 Reassessment Data
• Pooled Oil Observation
Film (Sheen)
Observations
O _ Innundated Areas •
I" i Reassess
Excavated Areas
2011 Inundation Model
Quarter Mile Grid Segments
0 125 250
Scale in Feet
FIGURE 1
PROPOSED SURVEY AREAS
SPRING 2012 REASSESSMENT
Sheet 7 of 39
EN BRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
Z:\Work\GIS\2011_Reassessment\Requests\IV1XDs\Proposed_Survey_Areas_2012_Reassessment.mxd
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
-------
Map Location
.•*v.
EN BRIDGE
Drawn: NS 12/02/2011
Approved: DB 12/02/2011
Project#: 60162778
Legend
Spring 2011 Reassessment Data
• Pooled Oil Observation
O — ~
o —
Film (Sheen)
Observations
Innundated Areas -
Reassess
Excavated Areas
2011 Inundation Model
Quarter Mile Grid Segments
0 125 250
Scale in Feet
FIGURE 1
PROPOSED SURVEY AREAS
SPRING 2012 REASSESSMENT
Sheet 8 of 39
EN BRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
Z:\Work\GIS\2011_Reassessment\Requests\IV1XDs\Proposed_Survey_Areas_2012_Reassessment.mxd
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
-------
——
Legend
Map Location
Spring 2011 Reassessment Data
• Pooled Oil Observation
,-s Film (Sheen)
Observations
O _ Innundated Areas
I " i Reassess
Excavated Areas
2011 Inundation Model
Quarter Mile Grid Segments
Z:\Work\GIS\2011_Reassessment\Requests\IV1XDs\Proposed_Survey_Areas_2012_Reassessment.mxd
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
FIGURE 1
PROPOSED SURVEY AREAS
SPRING 2012 REASSESSMENT
Sheet 9 of 39
EN BRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
Drawn: NS 12/02/2011
Approved: DB 12/02/2011
Project#: 60162778
ENBRIDGE
-------
EN BRIDGE
Drawn: NS 12/02/2011
Approved: DB 12/02/2011
Project#: 60162778
Legend
Spring 2011 Reassessment Data
• Pooled Oil Observation
° ~~ 5
Film (Sheen)
Observations
Innundated Areas •
Reassess
Excavated Areas
2011 Inundation Model
Quarter Mile Grid Segments
N
A
0 125 250
Scale in Feet
500
FIGURE 1
PROPOSED SURVEY AREAS
SPRING 2012 REASSESSMENT
Sheet 10 of 39
EN BRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
Z:\Work\GIS\2011_Reassessment\Requests\IV1XDs\Proposed_Survey_Areas_2012_Reassessment.mxd
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
-------
Map Location
Z:\Work\GIS\2011_Reassessment\Requests\IV1XDs\Proposed_Survey_Areas_2012_Reassessment.mxd
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
Excavated Areas
2011 Inundation Model
Quarter Mile Grid Segments
¦ -
L. i jr -J tr
'¦'[A' •-
0 125 250
Scale in Feet
f
-
FIGURE 1
PROPOSED SURVEY AREAS
SPRING 2012 REASSESSMENT
Sheet 11 of 39
EN BRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
Legend
Spring 2011 Reassessment Data
Pooled Oil Observation
~ Film (Sheen)
Observations
Innundated Areas -
1"'""^ Reassess
ENBRIDGE
Drawn: NS 12/02/2011
Approved: DB 12/02/2011
Project#: 60162778
-------
IRich mo ndffiyel
Legend
Map Location
FIGURE 1
PROPOSED SURVEY AREAS
SPRING 2012 REASSESSMENT
Sheet 12 of 39
Spring 2011 Reassessment Data
• Pooled Oil Observation
,-s Film (Sheen)
Observations
O _ Innundated Areas
I " i Reassess
Excavated Areas
Drawn: NS 12/02/2011
2011 Inundation Model
EN BRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
Approved: DB 12/02/2011
Quarter Mile Grid Segments
Project#: 60162778
' "V
Z:\Work\GIS\2011_Reassessment\Requests\IV1XDs\Proposed_Survey_Areas_2012_Reassessment.mxd
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
-------
RiversidcGt-
~—-
MW5*2"
Legend
Map Location
FIGURE 1
PROPOSED SURVEY AREAS
SPRING 2012 REASSESSMENT
Sheet 13 of 39
Spring 2011 Reassessment Data
• Pooled Oil Observation
,-s Film (Sheen)
Observations
O _ Innundated Areas
I " i Reassess
Excavated Areas
Drawn: NS 12/02/2011
2011 Inundation Model
EN BRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
Approved: DB 12/02/2011
Quarter Mile Grid Segments
Project#: 60162778
Z:\Work\GIS\2011_Reassessment\Requests\IV1XDs\Proposed_Survey_Areas_2012_Reassessment.mxd
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
-------
EN BRIDGE
Drawn: NS 12/02/2011
Approved: DB 12/02/2011
Project#: 60162778
Legend
Spring 2011 Reassessment Data
• Pooled Oil Observation
q | 1 Film (Sheen)
I 1 Observations
O —
Observations
Innundated Areas -
Reassess
Excavated Areas
2011 Inundation Model
Quarter Mile Grid Segments
N
A
0 125 250
Scale in Feet
500
FIGURE 1
PROPOSED SURVEY AREAS
SPRING 2012 REASSESSMENT
Sheet 14 of 39
EN BRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
Z:\Work\GIS\2011_Reassessment\Requests\IV1XDs\Proposed_Survey_Areas_2012_Reassessment.mxd
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
-------
Legend
Map Location
FIGURE 1
PROPOSED SURVEY AREAS
SPRING 2012 REASSESSMENT
Sheet 15 of 39
Spring 2011 Reassessment Data
• Pooled Oil Observation
,-s Film (Sheen)
Observations
O _ Innundated Areas
I " i Reassess
Excavated Areas
Drawn: NS 12/02/2011
2011 Inundation Model
EN BRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
Approved: DB 12/02/2011
Quarter Mile Grid Segments
Project#: 60162778
Z:\Work\GIS\2011_Reassessment\Requests\IV1XDs\Proposed_Survey_Areas_2012_Reassessment.mxd
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
-------
IManchesterjsti
Legend
Map Location
FIGURE 1
PROPOSED SURVEY AREAS
SPRING 2012 REASSESSMENT
Sheet 16 of 39
Spring 2011 Reassessment Data
• Pooled Oil Observation
,-s Film (Sheen)
Observations
O _ Innundated Areas
I " i Reassess
Excavated Areas
Drawn: NS 12/02/2011
2011 Inundation Model
EN BRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
Approved: DB 12/02/2011
Quarter Mile Grid Segments
Project#: 60162778
Z:\Work\GIS\2011_Reassessment\Requests\IV1XDs\Proposed_Survey_Areas_2012_Reassessment.mxd
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
-------
Arboretum!
industrial!
Legend
Map Location
FIGURE 1
PROPOSED SURVEY AREAS
SPRING 2012 REASSESSMENT
Sheet 17 of 39
Spring 2011 Reassessment Data
• Pooled Oil Observation
,-s Film (Sheen)
Observations
O _ Innundated Areas
I " i Reassess
Excavated Areas
Drawn: NS 12/02/2011
2011 Inundation Model
EN BRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
Approved: DB 12/02/2011
Quarter Mile Grid Segments
Project#: 60162778
Z:\Work\GIS\2011_Reassessment\Requests\IV1XDs\Proposed_Survey_Areas_2012_Reassessment.mxd
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
-------
¦Urbandale-Blvd-
Map Location
j
-v
J
dilKpv , '3
1 - % WM ;>;v'».'•
BP
HP
ENBMDGE
12/02/2011
Drawn:
12/02/2011
Approved: DB
Project#: 60162778
Legend
Spring 2011 Reassessment Data
• Pooled Oil Observation
0 ~~ 5
Film (Sheen)
Observations
Innundated Areas •
Reassess
Excavated Areas
2011 Inundation Model
Quarter Mile Grid Segments
ft
0 125 250
Scale in Feet
FIGURE 1
PROPOSED SURVEY AREAS
SPRING 2012 REASSESSMENT
Sheet 18 of 39
EN BRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
Z:\Work\GIS\2011_Reassessment\Requests\IV1XDs\Proposed_Survey_Areas_2012_Reassessment.mxd
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
-------
Map Location
> o»V}
Hgr
«•" > >*
w tfWsMwBTs
ttwSSHK&fc
w®$5 • •
- >; s •¦ "r
,#, ^F\ * ;, *' ' ¦ •:•»*
ENBMDGE
12/02/2011
Drawn:
12/02/2011
Approved: DB
Project#: 60162778
j -^VVVtAs
"
V^CaaHMKH
r.A,%'
Bfifl
rmmb ¦ v-
Legend
Spring 2011 Reassessment Data
• Pooled Oil Observation
° ~~ 5
Film (Sheen)
Observations
Innundated Areas •
Reassess
i*
¦"§L®S
Excavated Areas
2011 Inundation Model
Quarter Mile Grid Segments
- s"f
_
0 125 250
Scale in Feet
¦ v- »•. • • -
¦ « 5 ! - • - ^
¦¦
wl ,v
-:r V,^V v.'-' ' • s ¦' ' V**'V-;'
> ^ =,... Wi • II? XSfK
¦ -**V| **.,>«gp ¦ Eyi * =¦ ft- »u 't * «* .vwJ
G9 3 fll M %$& a/t
K, s.> w
' '' WR f
S"N
ii.v«k* ^
FIGURE 1
PROPOSED SURVEY AREAS
SPRING 2012 REASSESSMENT
Sheet 19 of 39
EN BRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
Z:\Work\GIS\2011_Reassessment\Requests\IV1XDs\Proposed_Survey_Areas_2012_Reassessment.mxd
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
-------
Map Location
EN BRIDGE
Drawn: NS 12/02/2011
Approved: DB 12/02/2011
Project#: 60162778
Legend
Spring 2011 Reassessment Data
• Pooled Oil Observation
q | 1 Film (Sheen)
I 1 Observations
O —
Observations
Innundated Areas
Reassess
Excavated Areas
2011 Inundation Model
Quarter Mile Grid Segments
0 125 250
Scale in Feet
FIGURE 1
PROPOSED SURVEY AREAS
SPRING 2012 REASSESSMENT
Sheet 20 of 39
EN BRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
Z:\Work\GIS\2011_Reassessment\Requests\IV1XDs\Proposed_Survey_Areas_2012_Reassessment.mxd
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
-------
®o-Grande-Ave|
Map Location
Bf
A
Hi
?
m
•• j;
"I
EN BRIDGE
Drawn: NS 12/02/2011
Approved: DB 12/02/2011
Project#: 60162778
Legend
Spring 2011 Reassessment Data
• Pooled Oil Observation
° Film (Sheen)
Observations
Innundated Areas -
Reassess
Excavated Areas
2011 Inundation Model
Quarter Mile Grid Segments
0 125 250
Scale in Feet
FIGURE 1
PROPOSED SURVEY AREAS
SPRING 2012 REASSESSMENT
Sheet 21 of 39
EN BRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
Z:\Work\GIS\2011_Reassessment\Requests\IV1XDs\Proposed_Survey_Areas_2012_Reassessment.mxd
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
-------
jp;' WjS!
: ^
' 5 -
»~>®bs
.. *-,
£&*
Map Location
Z:\Work\GIS\2011_Reassessment\Requests\IV1XDs\Proposed_Survey_Areas_2012_Reassessment.mxd
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
Excavated Areas
2011 Inundation Model
Quarter Mile Grid Segments
Scale in Feet
FIGURE 1
PROPOSED SURVEY AREAS
SPRING 2012 REASSESSMENT
Sheet 22 of 39
EN BRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
ENBRIDGE
Drawn: NS 12/02/2011
Approved: DB 12/02/2011
Project#: 60162778
Legend
Spring 2011 Reassessment Data
• Pooled Oil Observation
Film (Sheen)
Observations
O _ Innundated Areas-
I" i Reassess
250
0 125
-------
Map Location
-
? *¦
.... S
in
Z:\Work\GIS\2011_Reassessment\Requests\IV1XDs\Proposed_Survey_Areas_2012_Reassessment.mxd
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
125 250
FIGURE 1
PROPOSED SURVEY AREAS
SPRING 2012 REASSESSMENT
Sheet 23 of 39
EN BRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
Excavated Areas
2011 Inundation Model
Quarter Mile Grid Segments
Scale in Feet
ENBRIDGE
Drawn: NS 12/02/2011
Approved: DB 12/02/2011
Project#: 60162778
Legend
Spring 2011 Reassessment Data
• Pooled Oil Observation
Film (Sheen)
Observations
O _ Innundated Areas -
I" i Reassess
-------
Map Location
Z:\Work\GIS\2011_Reassessment\Requests\MXDs\Proposed_Survey_Areas_2012_Reassessment.mxd
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
EN BRIDGE
Drawn: NS 12/02/2011
Approved: DB 12/02/2011
Project#: 60162778
Legend
Spring 2011 Reassessment Data
• Pooled Oil Observation
0 — ~
o — WB
Film (Sheen)
Observations
Innundated Areas -
Reassess
Excavated Areas
2011 Inundation Model
Quarter Mile Grid Segments
0 125 250
Scale in Feet
FIGURE 1
PROPOSED SURVEY AREAS
SPRING 2012 REASSESSMENT
Sheet 24 of 39
EN BRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
-------
Legend
Spring 2011 Reassessment Data
• Pooled Oil Observation
Film (Sheen)
Observations
O _ Innundated Areas
I" i Reassess
Map Location
FIGURE 1
PROPOSED SURVEY AREAS
SPRING 2012 REASSESSMENT
Sheet 25 of 39
Excavated Areas
2011 Inundation Model
EN BRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
Quarter Mile Grid Segments
Z:\Work\GIS\2011_Reassessment\Requests\IV1XDs\Proposed_Survey_Areas_2012_Reassessment.mxd
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
ENBRIDGE
Drawn: NS 12/02/2011
Approved: DB 12/02/2011
Project#: 60162778
-------
V
Map Location
EN BRIDGE
Drawn: NS 12/02/2011
Approved: DB 12/02/2011
Project#: 60162778
Legend
Spring 2011 Reassessment Data
• Pooled Oil Observation
° ~~ 5
Film (Sheen)
Observations
Innundated Areas -
Reassess
Excavated Areas
2011 Inundation Model
Quarter Mile Grid Segments
0 125 250
Scale in Feet
* '
¦ , r*]Stk v
i —I
FIGURE 1
PROPOSED SURVEY AREAS
SPRING 2012 REASSESSMENT
Sheet 26 of 39
EN BRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
Z:\Work\GIS\2011_Reassessment\Requests\IV1XDs\Proposed_Survey_Areas_2012_Reassessment.mxd
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
-------
Map Location
Z:\Work\GIS\2011_Reassessment\Requests\IV1XDs\Proposed_Survey_Areas_2012_Reassessment.mxd
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
FIGURE 1
PROPOSED SURVEY AREAS
SPRING 2012 REASSESSMENT
Sheet 27 of 39
EN BRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
Excavated Areas
2011 Inundation Model
Quarter Mile Grid Segments
ENBRIDGE
Drawn: NS 12/02/2011
Approved: DB 12/02/2011
Project#: 60162778
Spring 2011 Reassessment Data
• Pooled Oil Observation
° ~~ 5
Film (Sheen)
Observations
Innundated Areas
Reassess
125 250
Scale in Feet
Legend
-------
Map Location
Z:\Work\GIS\2011_Reassessment\Requests\IV1XDs\Proposed_Survey_Areas_2012_Reassessment.mxd
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
EN BRIDGE
Drawn: NS 12/02/2011
Approved: DB 12/02/2011
Project#: 60162778
Legend
Spring 2011 Reassessment Data
• Pooled Oil Observation
O — ~
o —
Film (Sheen)
Observations
Innundated Areas
Reassess
FIGURE 1
PROPOSED SURVEY AREAS
SPRING 2012 REASSESSMENT
Sheet 28 of 39
EN BRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
Excavated Areas
2011 Inundation Model
Quarter Mile Grid Segments
125 250 500
Scale in Feet
-------
Map Location
* magi
:. '
>; '¦¦>^k '" •. -v "." • ?v$?'f"'' «•'*-¦-
w v4
3sP*. 'sv/'. >*• vv„>v» s«"-r '»>¦"
Pig " :;f'-:. wB»?» , ':;., :V ''t
SHfeaHHra
J(U
Sgrl^k
fr$fe •fejS&if:
EN BRIDGE
Drawn: NS 12/02/2011
Approved: DB 12/02/2011
Project#: 60162778
Legend
Spring 2011 Reassessment Data
• Pooled Oil Observation
0 — ~
o — F?TH1
Film (Sheen)
Observations
Innundated Areas •
Reassess
Excavated Areas
2011 Inundation Model
Quarter Mile Grid Segments
%
0 125 250
Scale in Feet
FIGURE 1
PROPOSED SURVEY AREAS
SPRING 2012 REASSESSMENT
Sheet 29 of 39
EN BRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
Z:\Work\GIS\2011_Reassessment\Requests\IV1XDs\Proposed_Survey_Areas_2012_Reassessment.mxd
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
-------
,MP'32r75'
Map Location
c\
m
ENBMDGE
Drawn: NS 12/02/2011
Approved: DB 12/02/2011
Project#: 60162778
'
M
V
Legend
Spring 2011 Reassessment Data
• Pooled Oil Observation
Film (Sheen)
Observations
O —
Observations
Innundated Areas -
Reassess
Excavated Areas
2011 Inundation Model
Quarter Mile Grid Segments
0 125 250
Scale in Feet
FIGURE 1
PROPOSED SURVEY AREAS
SPRING 2012 REASSESSMENT
Sheet 30 of 39
EN BRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
Z:\Work\GIS\2011_Reassessment\Requests\IV1XDs\Proposed_Survey_Areas_2012_Reassessment.mxd
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
-------
"' *- - •'¦:¦; %i||i I ajhrjMfr- \ v\~i
wpfc-
'r,"V 7r'
\
iW&*PW-
' k \v* -
" p®l« *¦
'*i\ Lr I-.
. K cfi»
''• (,a
VS:
Map Location
ENBMDGE
Drawn: NS 12/02/2011
Approved: DB 12/02/2011
Project#: 60162778
Z:\Work\GIS\2011_Reassessment\Requests\IV1XDs\Proposed_Survey_Areas_2012_Reassessment.mxd
Legend
Spring 2011 Reassessment Data
• Pooled Oil Observation
° Film (Sheen)
Observations
Innundated Areas -
Reassess
Excavated Areas
2011 Inundation Model
Quarter Mile Grid Segments
N
0 125 250
500
Scale in Feet
FIGURE 1
PROPOSED SURVEY AREAS
SPRING 2012 REASSESSMENT
Sheet 31 of 39
EN BRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
-------
[MicmganrAve]
¦ '
EN BRIDGE
Drawn: NS 12/02/2011
Approved: DB 12/02/2011
Project#: 60162778
Map Location
Legend
Spring 2011 Reassessment Data
• Pooled Oil Observation
Film (Sheen)
Observations
O _ Innundated Areas -
I" i Reassess
Excavated Areas
2011 Inundation Model
Quarter Mile Grid Segments
0 125 250
Scale in Feet
FIGURE 1
PROPOSED SURVEY AREAS
SPRING 2012 REASSESSMENT
Sheet 32 of 39
EN BRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
Z:\Work\GIS\2011_Reassessment\Requests\IV1XDs\Proposed_Survey_Areas_2012_Reassessment.mxd
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
-------
Map Location
ft
i
FIGURE 1
PROPOSED SURVEY AREAS
SPRING 2012 REASSESSMENT
Sheet 33 of 39
EN BRIDGE
Drawn: NS 12/02/2011
Approved: DB 12/02/2011
Project#: 60162778
Legend
Spring 2011 Reassessment Data
• Pooled Oil Observation
O — ~
o —
Film (Sheen)
Observations
Innundated Areas -
Reassess
Excavated Areas
2011 Inundation Model
Quarter Mile Grid Segments
0 125 250
Scale in Feet
Z:\Work\GIS\2011_Reassessment\Requests\IV1XDs\Proposed_Survey_Areas_2012_Reassessment.mxd
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
EN BRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
-------
Map Location
EN BRIDGE
Drawn: NS 12/02/2011
Approved: DB 12/02/2011
Project#: 60162778
il.
Legend
Spring 2011 Reassessment Data
• Pooled Oil Observation
° ~~ 5
Film (Sheen)
Observations
Innundated Areas -
Reassess
Excavated Areas
2011 Inundation Model
Quarter Mile Grid Segments
0 125 250
Scale in Feet
FIGURE 1
PROPOSED SURVEY AREAS
SPRING 2012 REASSESSMENT
Sheet 34 of 39
EN BRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
Z:\Work\GIS\2011_Reassessment\Requests\IV1XDs\Proposed_Survey_Areas_2012_Reassessment.mxd
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
-------
ENBRIDGE'
Map Location
'/S yf , ^ . Jlj.
ST ¦? / WuiM .a* El 94
g:
m. fPR
' ' / v t 1 2 ll(
v .'V 1#> £» f • • 4J1
If Vl S
Drawn: NS 12/02/2011
Approved: DB 12/02/2011
Project#: 60162778
Legend
Spring 2011 Reassessment Data
• Pooled Oil Observation
° ~~ 5
Film (Sheen)
Observations
Innundated Areas •
Reassess
" iv '
Excavated Areas
2011 Inundation Model
Quarter Mile Grid Segments
Z:\Work\GIS\2011_Reassessment\Requests\IV1XDs\Proposed_Survey_Areas_2012_Reassessment.mxd
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
FIGURE 1
PROPOSED SURVEY AREAS
SPRING 2012 REASSESSMENT
Sheet 35 of 39
EN BRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
125 250
Scale in Feet
-------
Map Location
¦; flQfl
v r -^. \
&* -twmm
j-
Legend
Spring 2011 Reassessment Data
• Pooled Oil Observation
,-s Film (Sheen)
Observations
O _ -tJ Innundated Areas -
Reassess
FIGURE 1
PROPOSED SURVEY AREAS
SPRING 2012 REASSESSMENT
Sheet 36 of 39
ENBMDGE
Excavated Areas
2011 Inundation Model
Quarter Mile Grid Segments
12/02/2011
Drawn:
125 250
EN BRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY. LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
12/02/2011
Approved: DB
Scale in Feet
Project#: 60162778
Z:\Work\GIS\2011_Reassessment\Requests\IV1XDs\Proposed_Survey_Areas_2012_Reassessment.mxd
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
-------
IKrum7Av.e]
Map Location
Z:\Work\GIS\2011_Reassessment\Requests\IV1XDs\Proposed_Survey_Areas_2012_Reassessment.mxd
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
¦ J*
M ^BpHHraSaPai •**1r
T£ .^t rM jbvim.
vw '1
FIGURE 1
PROPOSED SURVEY AREAS
SPRING 2012 REASSESSMENT
Sheet 37 of 39
EN BRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
Excavated Areas
2011 Inundation Model
Quarter Mile Grid Segments
ENBRIDGE
Drawn: NS 12/02/2011
Approved: DB 12/02/2011
Project#: 60162778
Legend
Spring 2011 Reassessment Data
• Pooled Oil Observation
° ~~ 5
Film (Sheen)
Observations
Innundated Areas •
Reassess
125 250
Scale in Feet
-------
iwAvepi
mam.
Z:\Work\GIS\2011_Reassessment\Requests\IV1XDs\Proposed_Survey_Areas_2012_Reassessment.mxd
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
FIGURE 1
PROPOSED SURVEY AREAS
SPRING 2012 REASSESSMENT
Sheet 38 of 39
EN BRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
ENBRIDGE
Drawn: NS 12/02/2011
Approved: DB 12/02/2011
Project#: 60162778
Map Location
Excavated Areas
2011 Inundation Model
Quarter Mile Grid Segments
Scale in Feet
Legend
Spring 2011 Reassessment Data
• Pooled Oil Observation
Film (Sheen)
Observations
O _ Innundated Areas-
I" i Reassess
-------
¦GleasoiirSt*
¦WPP
b I
$
i
3
EN BRIDGE
Drawn: NS 12/02/2011
Approved: DB 12/02/2011
Project#: 60162778
Map Location
Legend
Spring 2011 Reassessment Data
• Pooled Oil Observation
° ~~ 5
Film (Sheen)
Observations
Innundated Areas -
Reassess
Excavated Areas
2011 Inundation Model
Quarter Mile Grid Segments
0 125 250
Scale in Feet
FIGURE 1
PROPOSED SURVEY AREAS
SPRING 2012 REASSESSMENT
Sheet 39 of 39
EN BRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
Z:\Work\GIS\2011_Reassessment\Requests\IV1XDs\Proposed_Survey_Areas_2012_Reassessment.mxd
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
-------
Attachment B
Submerged Oil: Spring 2012 Reassessment
-------
Fiaurel: Submerged Oil Field Observation Flowchart
Percent Sheen
Coverage1
Number of
Globules2
Common
10-20
[ Moderate |
^ 30-60% J
Common
10-20
Submerged Oil
Category
Notes:
1. Percent coverage per square yard
2. Number of globules per square yard
^ Moderate J
-------
y "* Talmadge-Kal Confluence
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
Approved: DBR 12/21/2011
Project#: 106-4186
X:\ArcMap Project FilesWVork Plan 2012\Figure :
Joling hocus Areas and
Legend
€> November 2011 Delineation Area Transects
Spring 2011 Delineation Area
2011 Poling Focus Areas
Additional Poling Focus Areas
2011 transect to be poled in 2012
2011 transect not slated for poling in 2012
Additional 2012 transect poling locations
~ Park/Launch Access Poling Areas
Bridge Access Poling Areas
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
Poling will be conducted +/- 25 feet of all
transects, focus areas, and delineation areas
Number of poling locations within each area will be dependent on
site conditions. Full transects will have a minimum of 3 locations.
ransects.mxd
Scale in Feet
FIGURE 2
2012 POLING FOCUS AREAS & TRANSECTS
SHEET 9 OF 170
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
Drawn: JLH 12/21/2011
—rr—
Map Location
-------
V'
: ¦ I
?
BRIDGE
Drawn: JLH 12/21/2011
Project#: 106-4186
Map Location
Eft ¦"
1 Vj-v1-
Hp >. i; -jtM
a i 'Xo-?
r T^'Wrfi
Bk ' \ fif
SiidJ
.PiYw
hi -
Approved: DBR 12/21/2011
Legend
€> November 2011 Delineation Area Transects
Spring 2011 Delineation Area
2011 Poling Focus Areas
Additional Poling Focus Areas
2011 transect to be poled in 2012
2011 transect not slated for poling in 2012
Q Additional 2012 transect poling locations
~ Park/Launch Access Poling Areas
Bridge Access Poling Areas
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
Poling will be conducted +/- 25 feet of all
transects, focus areas, and delineation areas
Number of poling locations within each area will be dependent on
site conditions. Full transects will have a minimum of 3 locations.
X:\ArcMap Project Files\Work Plan 2012\Figure 2 2012 Poiing Focus Areas and Transects.mxd
FIGURE 2
2012 POLING FOCUS AREAS & TRANSECTS
SHEET 10 OF 170
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
-------
X:\ArcMap Project Files\Work Plan 2012\Figure 2 2012 Poling Focus Areas and Transects.mxd
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
-------
X:\ArcMap Project Files\Work Plan 2012\Figure 2 2012 Poling Focus Areas and Transects.mxd
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
Transects
2011 transect to be poled in 2012
2011 transect not slated for poling in 2012
Q Additional 2012 transect poling locations
FIGURE 2
2012 POLING FOCUS AREAS & TRANSECTS
SHEET 12 OF 170
BRIDGE
Drawn: JLH 12/21/2011
Approved: DBR 12/21/2011
Project#: 106-4186
Map Location
Legend
€> November 2011 Delineation Area
Spring 2011 Delineation Area
2011 Poling Focus Areas
Additional Poling Focus Areas
Poling will be conducted +/- 25 feet of all
transects, focus areas, and delineation areas
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
~
~
Park/Launch Access Poling Areas
Bridge Access Poling Areas
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
Number of poling locations within each area will be dependent on
site conditions. Full transects will have a minimum of 3 locations.
Scale in Feet
-------
3.45 North
Transects
3.3 South A.
3.3 South B *f»
m
m
mamm
BE
- -prr'
•- - -v^s ifiR
. | > 5gS. i v;.
lu
;V:
__ ;< -*"¦--; i. • :•¦ ¦* -
• JiHtiLs , *" <
V: M
:,r
¦
Map Location
FIGURE 2
2012 POLING FOCUS AREAS & TRANSECTS
Legend
£> November 2011 Delineation Area
Spring 2011 Delineation Area
2011 Poling Focus Areas
*• \ Additional Poling Focus Areas
~ Park/Launch Access Poling Areas
1 transect to be poled in 2012
1 transect not slated for poling in 2012 ~ Bridge Access Poling Areas
iitional 2012 transect poling locations Quarter Mj|e Qrjd Segment
Number of poling locations within each area will be dependent on
NBR1DCE
SHEET 13 OF 170
JLH 12/21/2011
Drawn:
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
Approved: DBR 12/21/2011
Poling will be conducted +/- 25 feet of all
transects, focus areas, and delineation areas
site conditions. Full transects will have a minimum ot a locations
Project#: 106-4186
X:\ArcMap Project Files\Work Plan 2012\Figure 2 2012 Poling Focus Areas and Transects.mxd
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
46k=W>-:3s'.' -
-------
• v 8 3.45 North
i r ^ -
3.5 South
3.75 South
¦ •. .- ¦
BRIDGE
Map Location
Drawn: JLH 12/21/2011
Approved: DBR 12/21/2011
Project#: 106-4186
1
Legend
€> November 2011 Delineation Area
Spring 2011 Delineation Area
2011 Poling Focus Areas
Additional Poling Focus Areas
Transects
2011 transect to be poled in 2012
2011 transect not slated for poling in 2012
Q Additional 2012 transect poling locations
~ Park/Launch Access Poling Areas
Bridge Access Poling Areas
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
Poling will be conducted +/- 25 feet of all
transects, focus areas, and delineation areas
Number of poling locations within each area will be dependent on
site conditions. Full transects will have a minimum of 3 locations.
FIGURE 2
2012 POLING FOCUS AREAS & TRANSECTS
SHEET 14 OF 170
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
X:\ArcMap Project FileswvorK Plan 2012\Figure 2 2012 Poling Focus Areas and Transects.mxd
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
-------
4.15 South A
4.15 South
3.75 South
gum
.. ;•'
Map Location
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
Legend
€> November 2011 Delineation Area
Spring 2011 Delineation Area
2011 Poling Focus Areas
Additional Poling Focus Areas
Transects
2011 transect to be poled in 2012
2011 transect not slated for poling in 2012
Q Additional 2012 transect poling locations
~ Park/Launch Access Poling Areas
Bridge Access Poling Areas
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
Poling will be conducted +/- 25 feet of all
transects, focus areas, and delineation areas
Number of poling locations within each area will be dependent on
site conditions. Full transects will have a minimum of 3 locations.
Scale in Feet
SHEET 15 OF 170
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
X:\ArcMap Project FilesWVork Plan 2012\Figure 2 2012 Poling Focus Areas and
Transects.mxd
2012
FIGURE 2
POLING FOCUS AREAS & TRANSECTS
Approved: DBR 12/21/2011
Project#: 106-4186
cLENBRIDGE
Drawn: JLH 12/21/2011
-------
X:\ArcMap Project Files\Work Plan 2012\Figure 2 2012 Poling Focus Areas and Transects.mxd
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
-------
gp ^ m
4.3 South A
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
Transects
2011 transect to be poled in 2012
2011 transect not slated for poling in 2012
Q Additional 2012 transect poling locations
Map Location
NBR1DCE
Drawn: JLH 1221/2011
Approved: DBR 12/21/2011
Project#: 106-4186
Legend
€> November 2011 Delineation Area
Spring 2011 Delineation Area
2011 Poling Focus Areas
Additional Poling Focus Areas
Poling will be conducted +/- 25 feet of all
transects, focus areas, and delineation areas
~ Park/Launch Access Poling Areas
Bridge Access Poling Areas
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
Number of poling locations within each area will be dependent on
site conditions. Full transects will have a minimum of 3 locations.
X:\ArcMap Project Files\Work Plan 2012\Figure 2 2012 Poling Focus Areas and Transects.mxd
FIGURE 2
2012 POLING FOCUS AREAS & TRANSECTS
SHEET 17 OF 170
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
-------
4.6 Centen
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
FIGURE 2
2012 POLING FOCUS AREAS & TRANSECTS
SHEET 18 OF 170
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
Transects
2011 transect to be poled in 2012
2011 transect not slated for poling in 2012
Q Additional 2012 transect poling locations
Map Location
'¦N BRIDGE
Drawn: JLH 12/21/2011
Approved: DBR 12/21/2011
Project#: 106-4186
X:\ArcMap Project FilesWVork Plan 2012\Figure 2 2012 Poling Focus Areas and Transects.mxd
Legend
€> November 2011 Delineation Area
Spring 2011 Delineation Area
2011 Poling Focus Areas
Additional Poling Focus Areas
Poling will be conducted +/- 25 feet of all
transects, focus areas, and delineation areas
~ Park/Launch Access Poling Areas
~ Bridge Access Poling Areas
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
Number of poling locations within each area will be dependent on
site conditions. Full transects will have a minimum of 3 locations.
Scale in Feet
-------
***W2SlWffir
4.9 North£'
4.9 North
4.9 South
¦i
¦'HdMk&M
4,1 North
Map Location
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
Legend
£> November 2011 Delineation Area Transects
Spring 2011 Delineation Area
2011 Poling Focus Areas
Additional Poling Focus Areas
2011 transect to be poled in 2012
2011 transect not slated for poling in 2012
Additional 2012 transect poling locations
~ Park/Launch Access Poling Areas
~ Bridge Access Poling Areas
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
Poling will be conducted +/- 25 feet of all
transects, focus areas, and delineation areas
Number of poling locations within each area will be dependent on
site conditions. Full transects will have a minimum of 3 locations.
FIGURE 2
2012 POLING FOCUS AREAS & TRANSECTS
SHEET 19 OF 170
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
X:\ArcMap Project FilesWVork Plan 2012\Figure 2 2012 Poling Focus Areas and Transects.mxd
Scale in Feet
^Jnbridce
Drawn: JLH 12/21/2011
Approved: DBR 12/21/2011
Project#: 106-4186
-------
ar.?S2W
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
X:\ArcMap Project Files\Work Plan 2012\Figure 2 2012 Poling Focus Areas and Transects.mxd
FIGURE 2
2012 POLING FOCUS AREAS & TRANSECTS
SHEET 20 OF 170
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
Transects
2011 transect to be poled in 2012
2011 transect not slated for poling in 2012
Q Additional 2012 transect poling locations
-*?tJ <
¦-K- *•
. •' i' •'•••
ENBRIDGE
Drawn: JLH 12/21/2011
Approved: DBR 12/21/2011
Project#: 106-4186
Map Location
Legend
€> November 2011 Delineation Area
Spring 2011 Delineation Area
2011 Poling Focus Areas
Additional Poling Focus Areas
Poling will be conducted +/- 25 feet of all
transects, focus areas, and delineation areas
~ Park/Launch Access Poling Areas
~ Bridge Access Poling Areas
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
Number of poling locations within each area will be dependent on
site conditions. Full transects will have a minimum of 3 locations.
Scale in Feet
-------
5.35 Norths
5.25 North
it
i:-' - ~
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
Scale in Feet
FIGURE 2
2012 POLING FOCUS AREAS & TRANSECTS
SHEET 21 OF 170
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
X:\ArcMap Project Files\Work Plan 2012\Figure 2 2012 Poling Focus Areas and Transects.mxd
Drawn: JLH 12/21/2011
Approved: DBR 12/21/2011
Project#: 106-4186
Map Location
Transects
2011 transect to be poled in 2012
2011 transect not slated for poling in 2012
Q Additional 2012 transect poling locations
Legend
€> November 2011 Delineation Area
Spring 2011 Delineation Area
2011 Poling Focus Areas
Additional Poling Focus Areas
Poling will be conducted +/- 25 feet of all
transects, focus areas, and delineation areas
Park/Launch Access Poling Areas
Bridge Access Poling Areas
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
Number of poling locations within each area will be dependent on
site conditions. Full transects will have a minimum of 3 locations.
-------
5.8 North
5.75 Northwest
5.75 South B
5.63 South
ABRIDGE
Drawn: JLH 12/21/2011
Approved: DBR 12/21/2011
Project#: 106-4186
Map Location
Legend
€> November 2011 Delineation Area
Spring 2011 Delineation Area
2011 Poling Focus Areas
Additional Poling Focus Areas
Transects
2011 transect to be poled in 2012
2011 transect not slated for poling in 2012
Q Additional 2012 transect poling locations
~ Park/Launch Access Poling Areas
~ Bridge Access Poling Areas
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
Poling will be conducted +/- 25 feet of all
transects, focus areas, and delineation areas
Number of poling locations within each area will be dependent on
site conditions. Full transects will have a minimum of 3 locations.
X:\ArcMap Project Files\Work Plan 2012\Figure 2 2012 Poiing Focus Areas and Transects.mxd
Scale in Feet
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
FIGURE 2
2012 POLING FOCUS AREAS & TRANSECTS
SHEET 22 OF 170
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
-------
r'm
_
Map Location
Legend
Transects
November 2011 Delineation Area
Spring 2011 Delineation Area
2011 Poling Focus Areas
Additional Poling Focus Areas
2011 transect to be poled in 2012
2011 transect not slated for poling in 2012
Additional 2012 transect poling locations
Bridge Access Poling Areas
Drawn: JLH 12/21/2011
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
Approved: DBR 12/21/2011
Number of poling locations within each area will be dependent on
site conditions. Full transects will have a minimum of 3 locations.
Poling will be conducted +/- 25 feet of all
transects, focus areas, and delineation areas
Project#: 106-4186
\6.1 North
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
Scale in Feet
FIGURE 2
2012 POLING FOCUS AREAS & TRANSECTS
SHEET 23 OF 170
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
-------
6.25 Northx
\6.25 South
N 6.1 North
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
» \
\ \
\ \ 6.2 South
\ *
\ *
\ I
\ I
¦' " V .<-. . ¦ mt
Scale in Feet
'¦VH:
Transects
2011 transect to be poled in 2012
2011 transect not slated for poling in 2012
Q Additional 2012 transect poling locations
FIGURE 2
2012 POLING FOCUS AREAS & TRANSECTS
SHEET 24 OF 170
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
,-Vi JBV
pi
Map Location
C^EN BRIDGE
"
Drawn: JLH 12/21/2011
Approved: DBR 12/21/2011
Project#: 106-4186
Legend
€> November 2011 Delineation Area
Spring 2011 Delineation Area
2011 Poling Focus Areas
Additional Poling Focus Areas
Poling will be conducted +/- 25 feet of all
transects, focus areas, and delineation areas
X:\ArcMap Project Files\Work Plan 2012\Figure 2 2012 Poling Focus Areas and Transects.mxd
Park/Launch Access Poling Areas
Bridge Access Poling Areas
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
Number of poling locations within each area will be dependent on
site conditions. Full transects will have a minimum of 3 locations.
-------
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
November 2011 Delineation Area
Spring 2011 Delineation Area
2011 Poling Focus Areas
Additional Poling Focus Areas
Map Location
ENBRIDGE
i
Drawn: JLH 12/21/2011
Approved: DBR 12/21/2011
Project#: 106-4186
Legend
€>
Transects
2011 transect to be poled in 2012
2011 transect not slated for poling in 2012
Q Additional 2012 transect poling locations
~ Park/Launch Access Poling Areas
Bridge Access Poling Areas
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
Poling will be conducted +/- 25 feet of all
transects, focus areas, and delineation areas
Number of poling locations within each area will be dependent on
site conditions. Full transects will have a minimum of 3 locations.
X:\ArcMap Project Files\Work Plan 2012\Figure 2 2012 Poling Focus Areas and Transects.mxd
Scale in Feet
FIGURE 2
2012 POLING FOCUS AREAS & TRANSECTS
SHEET 25 OF 170
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
-------
6.7 North
6.45 North B
6.45 North A\
6.45 North A
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
6.75 South
' ' ¦ ""v-
'• 35 ' •
BRIDGE
Drawn: JLH 12/21/2011
Project#: 106-4186
Map Location
Approved: DBR 12/21/2011
Legend
€> November 2011 Delineation Area Transects
Spring 2011 Delineation Area
2011 Poling Focus Areas
Additional Poling Focus Areas
2011 transect to be poled in 2012
2011 transect not slated for poling in 2012
Additional 2012 transect poling locations
~ Park/Launch Access Poling Areas
Bridge Access Poling Areas
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
Poling will be conducted +/- 25 feet of all
transects, focus areas, and delineation areas
Number of poling locations within each area will be dependent on
site conditions. Full transects will have a minimum of 3 locations.
X:\ArcMap Project Files\Work Plan 2012\Figure 2 2012 Poling Focus Areas and Transects.mxd
FIGURE 2
2012 POLING FOCUS AREAS & TRANSECTS
SHEET 26 OF 170
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
-------
3tSf
7.0 South
7.0 South
* : Nor i
BRIDGE
Drawn: JLH 12/21/2011
Project#: 106-4186
Approved: DBR 12/21/2011
Map Location
L /¦. «K28? rf> -7-' • Mfc*X*
' *V' ¦ .
.V, *•
X:\ArcMap Project Files\Work Plan 2012\Figure
Legend
€> November 2011 Delineation Area
Spring 2011 Delineation Area
2011 Poling Focus Areas
Additional Poling Focus Areas
Transects
2011 transect to be poled in 2012
2011 transect not slated for poling in 2012
Q Additional 2012 transect poling locations
- X -
~ Park/Launch Access Poling Areas
Bridge Access Poling Areas
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
Poling will be conducted +/- 25 feet of all
transects, focus areas, and delineation areas
Number of poling locations within each area will be dependent on
site conditions. Full transects will have a minimum of 3 locations.
Poling Focus Areas and Transects.mxd
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
FIGURE 2
2012 POLING FOCUS AREAS & TRANSECTS
SHEET 27 OF 170
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
-------
¦ i
mmsm
V¦...•.?.V.J:. £'JP- v. v6f ¦:?
•NBRtDGE
Scale in Feet
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
Transects
2011 transect to be poled in 2012
2011 transect not slated for poling in 2012
Q Additional 2012 transect poling locations
X:\ArcMap Project FilesWVork Plan 2012\Figure 2 2012 Poling Focus Areas and Transects.mxd
- v ;
fm
i--
FIGURE 2
2012 POLING FOCUS AREAS & TRANSECTS
SHEET 28 OF 170
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
Legend
€> November 2011 Delineation Area
Spring 2011 Delineation Area
2011 Poling Focus Areas
Additional Poling Focus Areas
Poling will be conducted +/- 25 feet of all
transects, focus areas, and delineation areas
Map Location
Park/Launch Access Poling Areas
Bridge Access Poling Areas
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
Number of poling locations within each area will be dependent on
site conditions. Full transects will have a minimum of 3 locations.
Drawn: JLH 12/21/2011
Approved: DBR 12/21/2011
Project#: 106-4186
-------
wmM
7.45 North
\ 7.45 North
iRKa
m*-;
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
Drawn: JLH 12/21/2011
Approved: DBR 12/21/2011
Project#: 106-4186
Map Location
Legend
€> November 2011 Delineation Area
Spring 2011 Delineation Area
2011 Poling Focus Areas
Additional Poling Focus Areas
Transects
2011 transect to be poled in 2012
2011 transect not slated for poling in 2012
Q Additional 2012 transect poling locations
~ Park/Launch Access Poling Areas
Bridge Access Poling Areas
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
Poling will be conducted +/- 25 feet of all
transects, focus areas, and delineation areas
Number of poling locations within each area will be dependent on
site conditions. Full transects will have a minimum of 3 locations.
X:\ArcMap Project Files\Work Plan 2012\Figure 2 2012 Poling Focus Areas and Transects.mxd
FIGURE 2
2012 POLING FOCUS AREAS & TRANSECTS
SHEET 29 OF 170
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
Scale in Feet
-------
7.65 North
X:\ArcMap Project FilesWVork Plan 2012\Figure 2 2012 Poling Focus Areas and Transects.mxd
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
'¦N BRIDGE
Drawn: JLH 12/21/2011
Approved: DBR 12/21/2011
Project#: 106-4186
Map Location
FIGURE 2
2012 POLING FOCUS AREAS & TRANSECTS
SHEET 30 OF 170
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
Legend
€> November 2011 Delineation Area
Spring 2011 Delineation Area
2011 Poling Focus Areas
Additional Poling Focus Areas
Transects
2011 transect to be poled in 2012
2011 transect not slated for poling in 2012
Q Additional 2012 transect poling locations
~ Park/Launch Access Poling Areas
Bridge Access Poling Areas
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
Poling will be conducted +/- 25 feet of all
transects, focus areas, and delineation areas
Number of poling locations within each area will be dependent on
site conditions. Full transects will have a minimum of 3 locations.
Scale in Feet
-------
«J| Islands
8.25 Islands
"Ti.
r-ssrwr
, I " y
V 8.05 Center
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
Scale in Feet
FIGURE 2
2012 POLING FOCUS AREAS & TRANSECTS
SHEET 31 OF 170
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
Transects
2011 transect to be poled in 2012
2011 transect not slated for poling in 2012
Q Additional 2012 transect poling locations
Map Location
ENBRIDGE
Drawn: JLH 12/21/2011
Approved: DBR 12/21/2011
Project#: 106-4186
Legend
€> November 2011 Delineation Area
Spring 2011 Delineation Area
2011 Poling Focus Areas
Additional Poling Focus Areas
Poling will be conducted +/- 25 feet of all
transects, focus areas, and delineation areas
X:\ArcMap Project Files\Work Plan 2012\Figure 2 2012 Poling Focus Areas and Transects.mxd
Park/Launch Access Poling Areas
Bridge Access Poling Areas
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
Number of poling locations within each area will be dependent on
site conditions. Full transects will have a minimum of 3 locations.
-------
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
¦ v
1 ' ' _ o-- ¦ '* -
EHBRIDGE
Map Location
Drawn: JLH 12/21/2011
Approved: DBR 12/21/2011
Project#: 106-4186
Legend
€> November 2011 Delineation Area
Spring 2011 Delineation Area
2011 Poling Focus Areas
Additional Poling Focus Areas
Transects
2011 transect to be poled in 2012
2011 transect not slated for poling in 2012
Q Additional 2012 transect poling locations
~ Park/Launch Access Poling Areas
Bridge Access Poling Areas
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
Poling will be conducted +/- 25 feet of all
transects, focus areas, and delineation areas
Number of poling locations within each area will be dependent on
site conditions. Full transects will have a minimum of 3 locations.
FIGURE 2
2012 POLING FOCUS AREAS & TRANSECTS
SHEET 32 OF 170
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
X:\ArcMap Project FilesWVork Plan 2012\Figure 2 2012 Poling Focus Areas and
Transects.mxd
-------
8.6 North
8.6 North
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
X:\ArcMap Project FilesWVork Plan 2012\Figure 2 2012 Poling Focus Areas and Transects.mxd
Scale in Feet
FIGURE 2
2012 POLING FOCUS AREAS & TRANSECTS
SHEET 33 OF 170
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
Transects
2011 transect to be poled in 2012
2011 transect not slated for poling in 2012
Q Additional 2012 transect poling locations
\.-V.
¦» -f4
. : *.r -'jW - J
Map Location
c.NBRIDGE
Drawn: JLH 12/21/2011
Approved: DBR 12/21/2011
Project#: 106-4186
Legend
€> November 2011 Delineation Area
Spring 2011 Delineation Area
2011 Poling Focus Areas
Additional Poling Focus Areas
Poling will be conducted +/- 25 feet of all
transects, focus areas, and delineation areas
~
~
Park/Launch Access Poling Areas
Bridge Access Poling Areas
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
Number of poling locations within each area will be dependent on
site conditions. Full transects will have a minimum of 3 locations.
-------
r.i ¦
:A ¦ ••
8.75 North
8.75 North B
8.75 North
X:\ArcMap Project FilesWVork Plan 2012\Figure 2 2012 Poling Focus Areas and Transects.mxd
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
FIGURE 2
2012 POLING FOCUS AREAS & TRANSECTS
SHEET 34 OF 170
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
Scale in Feet
Project#: 106-4186
Transects
2011 transect to be poled in 2012
2011 transect not slated for poling in 2012
Q Additional 2012 transect poling locations
Drawn: JLH 12/21/2011
Approved: DBR 12/21/2011
Map Location
Legend
€> November 2011 Delineation Area
Spring 2011 Delineation Area
2011 Poling Focus Areas
Additional Poling Focus Areas
Poling will be conducted +/- 25 feet of all
transects, focus areas, and delineation areas
<£> )
ENBRIDGE
Park/Launch Access Poling Areas
Bridge Access Poling Areas
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
Number of poling locations within each area will be dependent on
site conditions. Full transects will have a minimum of 3 locations.
-------
BRIDGE
Drawn: JLH 12/21/2011
Approved: DBR 12/21/2011
Project#: 106-4186
Legend
€> November 2011 Delineation Area Transects
Spring 2011 Delineation Area 2011 transect to be poled in 2012
2011 Poling Focus Areas 2011 transect not slated for poling in 2012
Additional Poling Focus Areas • Additional 2012 transect poling locations
~ Park/Launch Access Poling Areas
Bridge Access Poling Areas
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
Poling will be conducted +/- 25 feet of all
transects, focus areas, and delineation areas
Number of poling locations within each area will be dependent on
site conditions. Full transects will have a minimum of 3 locations.
FIGURE 2
2012 POLING FOCUS AREAS & TRANSECTS
SHEET 35 OF 170
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
X:\ArcMap Project Files\Work Plan 2012\Figure 2 2012 Poiing Focus Areas and
ransects.mxd
-------
FIGURE 2
2012 POLING FOCUS AREAS & TRANSECTS
SHEET 36 OF 170
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
X:\ArcMap Project Files\Work Plan 2012\Figure 2 2012 Poling Focus Areas and Transects.mxd
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
-------
FIGURE 2
2012 POLING FOCUS AREAS & TRANSECTS
f V
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
Transects
2011 transect to be poled in 2012
2011 transect not slated for poling in 2012
Q Additional 2012 transect poling locations
Map Location
Drawn: JLH 12/21/2011
Approved: DBR 12/21/2011
Project#: 106-4186
Legend
€> November 2011 Delineation Area
Spring 2011 Delineation Area
2011 Poling Focus Areas
Additional Poling Focus Areas
Poling will be conducted +/- 25 feet of all
transects, focus areas, and delineation areas
X:\ArcMap Project Files\Work Plan 2012\Figure 2 2012 Poling Focus Areas and Transects.mxd
Park/Launch Access Poling Areas
Bridge Access Poling Areas
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
Number of poling locations within each area will be dependent on
site conditions. Full transects will have a minimum of 3 locations.
Scale in Feet
SHEET 37 OF 170
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
-------
9.65 North
9.65 North
9.5 North
Map Location
PltiP
& : ,
¦SSI;
,
*: •'¦a//. . Jfe
CL. '
Z^EN BRIDGE
Drawn: JLH 12/21/2011
Approved: DBR 12/21/2011
Project#: 106-4186
X:\ArcMap Project Files\Work Plan 2012\Figure 2 2012 Poling Focus Areas and Transects.mxd
Legend
€> November 2011 Delineation Area
Spring 2011 Delineation Area
2011 Poling Focus Areas
Additional Poling Focus Areas
Transects
2011 transect to be poled in 2012
2011 transect not slated for poling in 2012
Q Additional 2012 transect poling locations
~ Park/Launch Access Poling Areas
Bridge Access Poling Areas
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
Poling will be conducted +/- 25 feet of all
transects, focus areas, and delineation areas
Number of poling locations within each area will be dependent on
site conditions. Full transects will have a minimum of 3 locations.
FIGURE 2
2012 POLING FOCUS AREAS & TRANSECTS
SHEET 38 OF 170
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
-------
V Is
- •: • , V
¦ ' .'-•-¦¦¦
siSSr
L as -:"
v
£? J
ENBRIDGE
Drawn: JLH 12/21/2011
Approved: DBR 12/21/2011
Project#: 106-4186
i
V
f
Map Location
Legend
£> November 2011 Delineation Area
Spring 2011 Delineation Area
2011 Poling Focus Areas
Additional Poling Focus Areas
®r-y
*v-/
Transects
2011 transect to be poled in 2012
2011 transect not slated for poling in 2012
Q Additional 2012 transect poling locations
~ Park/Launch Access Poling Areas
Bridge Access Poling Areas
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
Poling will be conducted +/- 25 feet of all
transects, focus areas, and delineation areas
Number of poling locations within each area will be dependent on
site conditions. Full transects will have a minimum of 3 locations.
N
A
FIGURE 2
2012 POLING FOCUS AREAS & TRANSECTS
SHEET 39 OF 170
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
X:\ArcMap Project FilesWVork Plan 2012\Figure 2 2012 Poiing Focus Areas and Transects.mxd
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
-------
10.4 North
rl 10.5 L2
10.4 North
wsm
10.2 South <£
. fj if)
^ 19.25 North
' ' 4 - - "
—
£? J
ENBRIDGE
Map Location
Drawn: JLH 12/21/2011
Approved: DBR 12/21/2011
Project#: 106-4186
Legend
€> November 2011 Delineation Area
Spring 2011 Delineation Area
2011 Poling Focus Areas
Additional Poling Focus Areas
Transects
2011 transect to be poled in 2012
2011 transect not slated for poling in 2012
Q Additional 2012 transect poling locations
~ Park/Launch Access Poling Areas
Bridge Access Poling Areas
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
Poling will be conducted +/- 25 feet of all
transects, focus areas, and delineation areas
Number of poling locations within each area will be dependent on
site conditions. Full transects will have a minimum of 3 locations.
X:\ArcMap Project Files\Work Plan 2012\Figure 2 2012 Poiing Focus Areas and Transects.mxd
FIGURE 2
2012 POLING FOCUS AREAS & TRANSECTS
SHEET 40 OF 170
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
-------
10.75L2
10.5 North /
10.5 North
M
. *
Map Location
Legend
& /
ENBRIDGE
Drawn: JLH 12/21/2011
Approved: DBR 12/21/2011
November 2011 Delineation Area
Spring 2011 Delineation Area
2011 Poling Focus Areas
Additional Poling Focus Areas
Transects
2011 transect to be poled in 2012
2011 transect not slated for poling in 2012
Q Additional 2012 transect poling locations
~ Park/Launch Access Poling Areas
^ Bridge Access Poling Areas
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
Project#: 106-4186
Poling will be conducted +/- 25 feet of all
transects, focus areas, and delineation areas
Number of poling locations within each area will be dependent on
site conditions. Full transects will have a minimum of 3 locations.
X:\ArcMap Project Files\Work Plan 2012\Figure 2 2012 Poiing Focus Areas and Transects.mxd
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
FIGURE 2
2012 POLING FOCUS AREAS & TRANSECTS
SHEET 41 OF 170
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
-------
Map Location
Drawn: JLH 12/21/2011
Transects
2011 transect to be poled in 2012
2011 transect not slated for poling in 2012
Q Additional 2012 transect poling locations
X:\ArcMap Project FilesWVork Plan 2012\Figure 2 2012 Poling Focus Areas and Transects.mxd
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
<'f- ' 5
„-v -Jv
FIGURE 2
2012 POLING FOCUS AREAS & TRANSECTS
Legend
€> November 2011 Delineation Area
Spring 2011 Delineation Area
2011 Poling Focus Areas
Additional Poling Focus Areas
Poling will be conducted +/- 25 feet of all
transects, focus areas, and delineation areas
Park/Launch Access Poling Areas
Bridge Access Poling Areas
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
Number of poling locations within each area will be dependent on
site conditions. Full transects will have a minimum of 3 locations.
Approved: DBR 12/21/2011
Project#: 106-4186
SHEET 42 OF 170
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
Scale in Feet
-------
10.95 North
B»- HMO
10.8 North/
10.8 North
10.8 South +
Map Location
Legend
%>' J
^EN BRIDGE
Drawn: JLH 12/21/2011
Approved: DBR 12/21/2011
Project#: 106-4186
November 2011 Delineation Area
Spring 2011 Delineation Area
2011 Poling Focus Areas
Additional Poling Focus Areas
Transects
2011 transect to be poled in 2012
2011 transect not slated for poling in 2012
Q Additional 2012 transect poling locations
~ Park/Launch Access Poling Areas
^ Bridge Access Poling Areas
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
Poling will be conducted +/- 25 feet of all
transects, focus areas, and delineation areas
Number of poling locations within each area will be dependent on
site conditions. Full transects will have a minimum of 3 locations.
FIGURE 2
2012 POLING FOCUS AREAS & TRANSECTS
SHEET 43 OF 170
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
X:\ArcMap Project FilesWVork Plan 2012\Figure 2 2012 Poiing Focus Areas and
Transects.mxd
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
-------
11.4 South
V
i, .
11.0 NoJ
70.95 North
FIGURE 2
2012 POLING FOCUS AREAS & TRANSECTS
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
SHEET 44 OF 170
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
"l
Map Location
c^Jnbridge
'
Drawn: JLH 12/21/2011
Approved: DBR 12/21/2011
Project#: 106-4186
Legend
€> November 2011 Delineation Area Transects
Spring 2011 Delineation Area
2011 Poling Focus Areas
Additional Poling Focus Areas
Jl«fi
tlWW V jr ¦ J>« • -i.
i
2011 transect to be poled in 2012
2011 transect not slated for poling in 2012
Additional 2012 transect poling locations
~ Park/Launch Access Poling Areas
Bridge Access Poling Areas
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
Poling will be conducted +/- 25 feet of all
transects, focus areas, and delineation areas
Number of poling locations within each area will be dependent on
site conditions. Full transects will have a minimum of 3 locations.
X:\ArcMap Project Files\Work Plan 2012\Figure 2 2012 Poling Focus Areas and Transects.mxd
-------
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
Map Location
Legend
ENBRIDGE
Drawn: JLH 12/21/2011
Approved: DBR 12/21/2011
Project#: 106-4186
November 2011 Delineation Area Transects
Spring 2011 Delineation Area 2011 transect to be poled in 2012
2011 Poling Focus Areas 2011 transect not slated for poling in 2012
i"-. Additional Poling Focus Areas • Additional 2012 transect poling locations
~ Park/Launch Access Poling Areas
^ Bridge Access Poling Areas
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
Poling will be conducted +/- 25 feet of all
transects, focus areas, and delineation areas
Number of poling locations within each area will be dependent on
site conditions. Full transects will have a minimum of 3 locations.
X:\ArcMap Project Files\Work Plan 2012\Figure 2 2012 Poling Focus Areas and Transects.mxd
FIGURE 2
2012 POLING FOCUS AREAS & TRANSECTS
SHEET 45 OF 170
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
-------
11.75 R1
11.75 Southi
11.75 South//
* 11.8 North
11.75R1
•NBRtDGE
luffLiJ
' ¦ I \
/
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
z«s>f
'"¦'v.: "r'1 ~
Scale in Feet
Transects
2011 transect to be poled in 2012
2011 transect not slated for poling in 2012
Q Additional 2012 transect poling locations
Drawn: JLH 12/21/2011
Project#: 106-4186
Map Location
Approved: DBR 12/21/2011
Legend
€> November 2011 Delineation Area
Spring 2011 Delineation Area
2011 Poling Focus Areas
Additional Poling Focus Areas
Poling will be conducted +/- 25 feet of all
transects, focus areas, and delineation areas
X:\ArcMap Project Files\Work Plan 2012\Figure 2 2012 Poling Focus Areas and Transects.mxd
FIGURE 2
2012 POLING FOCUS AREAS & TRANSECTS
SHEET 46 OF 170
Park/Launch Access Poling Areas
Bridge Access Poling Areas
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
Number of poling locations within each area will be dependent on
site conditions. Full transects will have a minimum of 3 locations.
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
-------
hh ,
Map Location
Legend
November 2011 Delineation Area
Spring 2011 Delineation Area
2011 Poling Focus Areas
Additional Poling Focus Areas
SHEET 47 OF 170
Bridge Access Poling Areas
Drawn: JLH 12/21/2011
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
Approved: DBR 12/21/2011
Number of poling locations within each area will be dependent on
site conditions. Full transects will have a minimum of 3 locations.
Poling will be conducted +/- 25 feet of all
transects, focus areas, and delineation areas
Project#: 106-4186
V ' fa
Transects
2011 transect to be poled in 2012
2011 transect not slated for poling in 2012
Q Additional 2012 transect poling locations
-------
Map Location
Legend
'¦N BRIDGE
€> November 2011 Delineation Area Transects
Drawn: JLH 12/21/2011
Approved: DBR 12/21/2011
Project#: 106-4186
Spring 2011 Delineation Area
2011 Poling Focus Areas
Additional Poling Focus Areas
2011 transect to be poled in 2012
2011 transect not slated for poling in 2012
Additional 2012 transect poling locations
~ Park/Launch Access Poling Areas
^ Bridge Access Poling Areas
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
Poling will be conducted +/- 25 feet of all
transects, focus areas, and delineation areas
Number of poling locations within each area will be dependent on
site conditions. Full transects will have a minimum of 3 locations.
X:\ArcMap Project Files\Work Plan 2012\Figure 2 2012 Poiing Focus Areas and Transects.mxd
FIGURE 2
2012 POLING FOCUS AREAS & TRANSECTS
SHEET 48 OF 170
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
-------
12.35 South
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
v 1 'Wl; • j£.V •:
A * B» '¦*!&'"' S
* % !¦
''. _"r<* ¦?
-'¦¦ , , >#*¦ ' . •' .V ••'* < . •:.'
v: V >rdfc •\<^^**rvySL 'DliSfel
Jl
•mmM ¦
.% /. <«
*
r:. -• j ' 'i.
Drawn: JLH 12/21/2011
Project#: 106-4186
Map Location
Approved: DBR 12/21/2011
Legend
€> November 2011 Delineation Area Transects
Spring 2011 Delineation Area
2011 Poling Focus Areas
Additional Poling Focus Areas
Poling will be conducted +/- 25 feet of all
transects, focus areas, and delineation areas
~ Park/Launch Access Poling Areas
^ Bridge Access Poling Areas
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
Number of poling locations within each area will be dependent on
site conditions. Full transects will have a minimum of 3 locations.
2011 transect to be poled in 2012
2011 transect not slated for poling in 2012
Additional 2012 transect poling locations
X:\ArcMap Project Files\Work Plan 2012\Figure 2 2012 Poling Focus Areas and Transects.mxd
FIGURE 2
2012 POLING FOCUS AREAS & TRANSECTS
SHEET 49 OF 170
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
-------
ENBRIDGE
Drawn: JLH 12/21/2011
Approved: DBR 12/21/2011
Project#: 106-4186
Legend
€> November 2011 Delineation Area
Spring 2011 Delineation Area
2011 Poling Focus Areas
Additional Poling Focus Areas
Transects
2011 transect to be poled in 2012
2011 transect not slated for poling in 2012
Q Additional 2012 transect poling locations
~ Park/Launch Access Poling Areas
Bridge Access Poling Areas
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
Poling will be conducted +/- 25 feet of all
transects, focus areas, and delineation areas
Number of poling locations within each area will be dependent on
site conditions. Full transects will have a minimum of 3 locations.
FIGURE 2
2012 POLING FOCUS AREAS & TRANSECTS
SHEET 50 OF 170
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
X:\ArcMap Project FilesWVork Plan 2012\Figure 2 2012 Poiing Focus Areas and Transects.mxd
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
-------
13.25 North
13.25 North
¦
13.15 North
¦" --,.,' , v .r?;
; fpEi& * .
if.:: % - •>•- "
;^1fS§F -"'.'^X,
H&* : - isMfe-'.;-
0J
ENBRIDGE
Drawn: JLH 12/21/2011
Project#: 106-4186
sJsi' "¦?•' ' •'
Map Location
Approved: DBR 12/21/2011
Legend
€> November 2011 Delineation Area Transects
Spring 2011 Delineation Area 2011 transect to be poled in 2012
2011 Poling Focus Areas 2011 transect not slated for poling in 2012
Additional Poling Focus Areas • Additional 2012 transect poling locations
~ Park/Launch Access Poling Areas
Bridge Access Poling Areas
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
Poling will be conducted +/- 25 feet of all
transects, focus areas, and delineation areas
Number of poling locations within each area will be dependent on
site conditions. Full transects will have a minimum of 3 locations.
X:\ArcMap Project Files\Work Plan 2012\Figure 2 2012 Poiing Focus Areas and Transects.mxd
FIGURE 2
2012 POLING FOCUS AREAS & TRANSECTS
SHEET 51 OF 170
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
-------
13.25 rslorth \
13.25 North
13.5 L1
13.45 South
"NBRIDGE
\
\
\
\ ; • ,v, i. /v.
y • , if*?*
¦Wit. - -. Tfa- 7? J . "V H-
3Mw
Drawn: JLH 12/21/2011
Approved: DBR 12/21/2011
Project#: 106-4186
Map Location
Legend
€> November 2011 Delineation Area
Spring 2011 Delineation Area
2011 Poling Focus Areas
Additional Poling Focus Areas
Poling will be conducted +/- 25 feet of all
transects, focus areas, and delineation areas
~ Park/Launch Access Poling Areas
^ Bridge Access Poling Areas
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
Number of poling locations within each area will be dependent on
site conditions. Full transects will have a minimum of 3 locations.
Transects
2011 transect to be poled in 2012
2011 transect not slated for poling in 2012
Q Additional 2012 transect poling locations
X:\ArcMap Project Files\Work Plan 2012\Figure 2 2012 Poling Focus Areas and Transects.mxd
FIGURE 2
2012 POLING FOCUS AREAS & TRANSECTS
SHEET 52 OF 170
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
-------
J 13.6 North
13.6 North
13.7 North
13.7 North
13.85 North
13.6 South
13.45 South
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
Map
Location
NBR1DCE
Drawn: JLH 12/21/2011
Approved: DBR 12/21/2011
Project#: 106-4186
X:\ArcMap Project FilesWVork Plan 2012\Figure 2 2012 Poling Focus Areas and Transects.mxd
Legend
€> November 2011 Delineation Area
Spring 2011 Delineation Area
2011 Poling Focus Areas
Additional Poling Focus Areas
Transects
2011 transect to be poled in 2012
2011 transect not slated for poling in 2012
Q Additional 2012 transect poling locations
~ Park/Launch Access Poling Areas
Bridge Access Poling Areas
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
Poling will be conducted +/- 25 feet of all
transects, focus areas, and delineation areas
Number of poling locations within each area will be dependent on
site conditions. Full transects will have a minimum of 3 locations.
Scale in Feet
* -m.
FIGURE 2
2012 POLING FOCUS AREAS & TRANSECTS
SHEET 53 OF 170
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
-------
13.8 South
Map Location
^ENBRIDGE
Drawn: JLH 12/21/2011
Approved: DBR 12/21/2011
Legend
€> November 2011 Delineation Area
Spring 2011 Delineation Area
2011 Poling Focus Areas
Additional Poling Focus Areas
Project#: 106-4186
Poling will be conducted +/- 25 feet of all
transects, focus areas, and delineation areas
~ Park/Launch Access Poling Areas
^ Bridge Access Poling Areas
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
Number of poling locations within each area will be dependent on
site conditions. Full transects will have a minimum of 3 locations.
Transects
2011 transect to be poled in 2012
2011 transect not slated for poling in 2012
Q Additional 2012 transect poling locations
X:\ArcMap Project Files\Work Plan 2012\Figure 2 2012 Poling Focus Areas and Transects.mxd
FIGURE 2
2012 POLING FOCUS AREAS & TRANSECTS
SHEET 54 OF 170
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
-------
14.35 North
141 Mk
\ 14.2 South
14.28T
13.8 South
13.8 South
Map Location
ye
V-.,
-
¦z-
L
FIGURE 2
2012 POLING FOCUS AREAS & TRANSECTS
Legend
November 2011 Delineation Area
Spring 2011 Delineation Area
2011 Poling Focus Areas
\ Additional Poling Focus Areas
~ Park/Launch Access Poling Areas
^ Bridge Access Poling Areas
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
Transects
2011 transect to be poled in 2012
2011 transect not slated for poling in 2012
Q Additional 2012 transect poling locations
NBR1DCE
SHEET 55 OF 170
Drawn: JLH 1221/2011
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
Approved: DBR 12/21/2011
Number of poling locations within each area will be dependent on
site conditions. Full transects will have a minimum of 3 locations.
Poling will be conducted +/- 25 feet of all
transects, focus areas, and delineation areas
Project#: 106-4186
X:\ArcMap Project FileswvorK Plan 2012\Figure 2 2012 Poling Focus Areas and Transects.mxd
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
-------
a
%
*
BRIDGE
Drawn: JLH 12/21/2011
Approved: DBR 12/21/2011
Project#: 106-4186
Map Location
Legend
€> November 2011 Delineation Area
Spring 2011 Delineation Area
2011 Poling Focus Areas
Additional Poling Focus Areas
Transects
2011 transect to be poled in 2012
2011 transect not slated for poling in 2012
Q Additional 2012 transect poling locations
~ Park/Launch Access Poling Areas
~ Bridge Access Poling Areas
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
Poling will be conducted +/- 25 feet of all
transects, focus areas, and delineation areas
Number of poling locations within each area will be dependent on
site conditions. Full transects will have a minimum of 3 locations.
X:\ArcMap Project Files\Work Plan 2012\Figure 2 2012 Poiing Focus Areas and Transects.mxd
FIGURE 2
2012 POLING FOCUS AREAS & TRANSECTS
SHEET 56 OF 170
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
-------
• .•
NBR1DCE
Map Location
Drawn: JLH 12/21/2011
Approved: DBR 12/21/2011
Legend
€> November 2011 Delineation Area
Spring 2011 Delineation Area
2011 Poling Focus Areas
Additional Poling Focus Areas
Project#: 106-4186
X:\ArcMap Project FilesWVork Plan 2012\Figure 2 2012 Poling Focus Areas and Transects.mxd
Poling will be conducted +/- 25 feet of all
transects, focus areas, and delineation areas
~ Park/Launch Access Poling Areas
^ Bridge Access Poling Areas
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
Number of poling locations within each area will be dependent on
site conditions. Full transects will have a minimum of 3 locations.
Transects
2011 transect to be poled in 2012
2011 transect not slated for poling in 2012
Q Additional 2012 transect poling locations
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
FIGURE 2
2012 POLING FOCUS AREAS & TRANSECTS
SHEET 57 OF 170
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
-------
14.8 South
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
Transects
2011 transect to be poled in 2012
2011 transect not slated for poling in 2012
Q Additional 2012 transect poling locations
BRIDGE
Drawn: JLH 12/21/2011
Approved: DBR 12/21/2011
Project#: 106-4186
Map Location
m
Legend
€> November 2011 Delineation Area
Spring 2011 Delineation Area
2011 Poling Focus Areas
Additional Poling Focus Areas
Poling will be conducted +/- 25 feet of all
transects, focus areas, and delineation areas
~ Park/Launch Access Poling Areas
~ Bridge Access Poling Areas
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
Number of poling locations within each area will be dependent on
site conditions. Full transects will have a minimum of 3 locations.
X:\ArcMap Project Files\Work Plan 2012\Figure 2 2012 Poling Focus Areas and Transects.mxd
FIGURE 2
2012 POLING FOCUS AREAS & TRANSECTS
SHEET 58 OF 170
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
-------
15.05- South B
South Mill Pond
South Mill.Pond A
15.05 South A
15.05 South *
\ 14.9 South
¦' *>"V
'¦N BRIDGE
Drawn: JLH 12/21/2011
Approved: DBR 12/21/2011
MB
Map Location
Legend
€> November 2011 Delineation Area
Spring 2011 Delineation Area
2011 Poling Focus Areas
Additional Poling Focus Areas
Project#: 106-4186
X:\ArcMap Project FilesWVork Plan 2012\Figure 2 2012 Poling Focus Areas and Transects.mxd
Poling will be conducted +/- 25 feet of all
transects, focus areas, and delineation areas
~ Park/Launch Access Poling Areas
~ Bridge Access Poling Areas
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
Number of poling locations within each area will be dependent on
site conditions. Full transects will have a minimum of 3 locations.
Transects
2011 transect to be poled in 2012
2011 transect not slated for poling in 2012
Q Additional 2012 transect poling locations
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
FIGURE 2
2012 POLING FOCUS AREAS & TRANSECTS
SHEET 59 OF 170
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
Scale in Feet
m
&
-------
Map Location
Legend
November 2011 Delineation Area
Spring 2011 Delineation Area
2011 Poling Focus Areas
Additional Poling Focus Areas
Drawn: JLH 12/21/2011
Approved: DBR 12/21/2011
Poling will be conducted +/- 25 feet o
transects, focus areas, and delineation
Project#: 106-4186
Transects
2011 transect to be poled in 2012
2011 transect not slated for poling in 2012
Q Additional 2012 transect poling locations
all
~ Park/Launch Access Poling Areas
~ Bridge Access Poling Areas
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
Number of poling locations within each area will be dependent on
ireas site conditions. Full transects will have a minimum of 3 locations.
X:\ArcMap Project FilesWVork Plan 2012\Figure 2 2012 Poling Focus Areas and Transects.mxd
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
FIGURE 2
2012 POLING FOCUS AREAS & TRANSECTS
SHEET 60 OF 170
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
Scale in Feet
-------
U'-r*:
Map Location
Drawn: JLH 12/21/2011
Approved: DBR 12/21/2011
Project#: 106-4186
X:\ArcMap Project FilesWVork Plan 2012\Figure 2 2012 Poling Focus Areas and Transects.mxd
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
Legend
€> November 2011 Delineation Area
Spring 2011 Delineation Area
2011 Poling Focus Areas
Additional Poling Focus Areas
Transects
2011 transect to be poled in 2012
2011 transect not slated for poling in 2012
Q Additional 2012 transect poling locations
~ Park/Launch Access Poling Areas
~ Bridge Access Poling Areas
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
Poling will be conducted +/- 25 feet of all
transects, focus areas, and delineation areas
Number of poling locations within each area will be dependent on
site conditions. Full transects will have a minimum of 3 locations.
SHEET 61 OF 170
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
-------
^
Map Location
Legend
November 2011 Delineation Area
Spring 2011 Delineation Area
2011 Poling Focus Areas
Additional Poling Focus Areas
Bridge Access Poling Areas
Drawn: JLH 12/21/2011
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
Approved: DBR 12/21/2011
Number of poling locations within each area will be dependent on
site conditions. Full transects will have a minimum of 3 locations.
Poling will be conducted +/- 25 feet of all
transects, focus areas, and delineation areas
Project#: 106-4186
Transects
2011 transect to be poled in 2012
2011 transect not slated for poling in 2012
Q Additional 2012 transect poling locations
-------
Drawn: JLH 12/21/2011
Approved: DBR 12/21/2011
Legend
November 2011 Delineation Area Transects
Spring 2011 Delineation Area 2011 transect to be poled in 2012
2011 Poling Focus Areas 2011 transect not slated for poling in 2012
Additional Poling Focus Areas • Additional 2012 transect poling locations
~ Park/Launch Access Poling Areas
~ Bridge Access Poling Areas
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
Project#: 106-4186
X:\ArcMap Project FilesWVork Plan 2012\Figure 2 2012 Poling Focus Areas and Transects.mxd
Poling will be conducted +/- 25 feet of all
transects, focus areas, and delineation areas
Number of poling locations within each area will be dependent on
site conditions. Full transects will have a minimum of 3 locations.
N
A
FIGURE 2
2012 POLING FOCUS AREAS & TRANSECTS
SHEET 63 OF 170
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
-------
Drawn: JLH 12/21/2011
Approved: DBR 12/21/2011
Project#: 106-4186
mmm
23 November 2011 Delineation Area
Spring 2011 Delineation Area
2011 Poling Focus Areas
^ y Additional Poling Focus Areas
Transects
2011 transect to be poled in 2012
2011 transect not slated for poling in 2012
Additional 2012 transect poling locations
~ Park/Launch Access Poling Areas
~ Bridge Access Poling Areas
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
Poling will be conducted +/- 25 feet of all
transects, focus areas, and delineation areas
Number of poling locations within each area will be dependent on
site conditions. Full transects will have a minimum of 3 locations.
X:\ArcMap Project FilesWVork Plan 2012\Figure 2 2012 Poling Focus Areas and Transects.mxd
FIGURE 2
2012 POLING FOCUS AREAS & TRANSECTS
SHEET 64 OF 170
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
-------
¦IMBRIDGE
''-••.::•• r; • iiv - * :.V
Drawn: JLH 12/21/2011
Approved: DBR 12/21/2011
Legend
23 November 2011 Delineation Area Transects
Spring 2011 Delineation Area
2011 Poling Focus Areas
Additional Poling Focus Areas
2011 transect to be poled in 2012
2011 transect not slated for poling in 2012
Q Additional 2012 transect poling locations
~ Park/Launch Access Poling Areas
~ Bridge Access Poling Areas
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
Project#: 106-4186
X:\ArcMap Project FilesWVork Plan 2012V igure 2 2012 Poling Focus Areas and Transects.mxd
Poling will be conducted +/- 25 feet of all Number of poling locations within each area will be dependent on
transects, focus areas, and delineation areas site conditions. Full transects will have a minimum of 3 locations.
N
A
FIGURE 2
2012 POLING FOCUS AREAS & TRANSECTS
SHEET 65 OF 170
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
-------
;
Map Location
Legend
November 2011 Delineation Area
Spring 2011 Delineation Area
2011 Poling Focus Areas
Additional Poling Focus Areas
NBRIDCE
SHEET 66 OF 170
Bridge Access Poling Areas
Drawn: JLH 12/21/2011
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
Approved: DBR 12/21/2011
Number of poling locations within each area will be dependent on
site conditions. Full transects will have a minimum of 3 locations.
Poling will be conducted +/- 25 feet of all
transects, focus areas, and delineation areas
Project#: 106-4186
Transects
2011 transect to be poled in 2012
2011 transect not slated for poling in 2012
Q Additional 2012 transect poling locations
-------
X:\ArcMap Project Files\Work Plan 2012\Figure 2 2012 Poling Focus Areas and Transects.mxd
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
-------
BRIDGE
Drawn: JLH 12/21/2011
Approved: DBR 12/21/2011
Project#: 106-4186
Map Location
Legend
€> November 2011 Delineation Area
Spring 2011 Delineation Area
2011 Poling Focus Areas
Additional Poling Focus Areas
Transects
2011 transect to be poled in 2012
2011 transect not slated for poling in 2012
Q Additional 2012 transect poling locations
~ Park/Launch Access Poling Areas
~ Bridge Access Poling Areas
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
Poling will be conducted +/- 25 feet of all
transects, focus areas, and delineation areas
Number of poling locations within each area will be dependent on
site conditions. Full transects will have a minimum of 3 locations.
X:\ArcMap Project Files\Work Plan 2012\Figure 2 2012 Poiing Focus Areas and Transects.mxd
FIGURE 2
2012 POLING FOCUS AREAS & TRANSECTS
SHEET 68 OF 170
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
-------
ii'-
*_
"
Map Location
Legend
'¦N BRIDGE
Drawn: JLH 12/21/2011
Approved: DBR 12/21/2011
Project#: 106-4186
November 2011 Delineation Area
Spring 2011 Delineation Area
2011 Poling Focus Areas
Additional Poling Focus Areas
Transects
2011 transect to be poled in 2012
2011 transect not slated for poling in 2012
Q Additional 2012 transect poling locations
~ Park/Launch Access Poling Areas
~ Bridge Access Poling Areas
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
Poling will be conducted +/- 25 feet of all
transects, focus areas, and delineation areas
Number of poling locations within each area will be dependent on
site conditions. Full transects will have a minimum of 3 locations.
X:\ArcMap Project Files\Work Plan 2012\Figure 2 2012 Poiing Focus Areas and Transects.mxd
FIGURE 2
2012 POLING FOCUS AREAS & TRANSECTS
SHEET 69 OF 170
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
-------
>v-
BRIDGE
•»-
Map Location
Drawn: JLH 12/21/2011
Approved: DBR 12/21/2011
Project#: 106-4186
Legend
€> November 2011 Delineation Area Transects
Spring 2011 Delineation Area 2011 transect to be poled in 2012
2011 Poling Focus Areas 2011 transect not slated for poling in 2012
Additional Poling Focus Areas • Additional 2012 transect poling locations
~ Park/Launch Access Poling Areas
Bridge Access Poling Areas
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
LSKuUft
Polirig will be conducted +/- 25 feet of all
transects, focus areas, and delineation areas
Number of poling locations within each area will be dependent on
site conditions. Full transects will have a minimum of 3 locations.
X:\ArcMap Project Files\Work Plan 2012\Figure 2 2012 Poiing Focus Areas and Transects.mxd
FIGURE 2
2012 POLING FOCUS AREAS & TRANSECTS
SHEET 70 OF 170
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
-------
.
'W!
i T Py .
-jfc-.Sr
¦ ¦ »*jyrK^ 1
u#
NBRIDGE
Drawn: JLH 12/21/2011
Approved: DBR 12/21/2011
Project#: 106-4186
Map Location
X:\ArcMap Project FilesWVork Plan 2012\Figure 2 2012 Poling Focus Areas and Transects.mxd
Legend
23 November 2011 Delineation Area
Spring 2011 Delineation Area
2011 Poling Focus Areas
Additional Poling Focus Areas
Transects
2011 transect to be poled in 2012
2011 transect not slated for poling in 2012
Q Additional 2012 transect poling locations
~ Park/Launch Access Poling Areas
~ Bridge Access Poling Areas
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
Poling will be conducted +/- 25 feet of all
transects, focus areas, and delineation areas
Number of poling locations within each area will be dependent on
site conditions. Full transects will have a minimum of 3 locations.
FIGURE 2
2012 POLING FOCUS AREAS & TRANSECTS
SHEET 71 OF 170
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
-------
Map Location
Legend
November 2011 Delineation Area
Spring 2011 Delineation Area
2011 Poling Focus Areas
^ Additional Poling Focus Areas
NBRIDGE
Bridge Access Poling Areas
Drawn: JLH 12/21/2011
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
Approved: DBR 12/21/2011
Number of poling locations within each area will be dependent on
site conditions. Full transects will have a minimum of 3 locations.
Poling will be conducted +/- 25 feet of all
transects, focus areas, and delineation areas
Project#: 106-4186
Transects
2011 transect to be poled in 2012
2011 transect not slated for poling in 2012
Q Additional 2012 transect poling locations
X:\ArcMap Project FilesWVork Plan 2012\Figure 2 201 2 Poling F rocus Areas and Transects.mxd
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
FIGURE 2
2012 POLING FOCUS AREAS & TRANSECTS
SHEET 72 OF 170
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
-------
3
Map Location
Drawn: JLH 12/21/2011
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
Approved: DBR 12/21/2011
Project#: 106-4186
Tffiiii it
X:\ArcMap Project FilesWVork Plan 2012\Figure 2 2012 Poling Focus Areas and Transects.mxd
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
Legend
November 2011 Delineation Area
Spring 2011 Delineation Area
2011 Poling Focus Areas
Additional Poling Focus Areas
Transects
2011 transect to be poled in 2012
2011 transect not slated for poling in 2012
Q Additional 2012 transect poling locations
~ Park/Launch Access Poling Areas
~ Bridge Access Poling Areas
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
Poling will be conducted +/- 25 feet of all
transects, focus areas, and delineation areas
Number of poling locations within each area will be dependent on
site conditions. Full transects will have a minimum of 3 locations.
Scale in Feet
-------
Map Location
Drawn: JLH 12/21/2011
Approved: DBR 12/21/2011
Project#: 106-4186
Legend
November 2011 Delineation Area
Spring 2011 Delineation Area
2011 Poling Focus Areas
Additional Poling Focus Areas
Transects
2011 transect to be poled in 2012
2011 transect not slated for poling in 2012
Q Additional 2012 transect poling locations
~ Park/Launch Access Poling Areas
~ Bridge Access Poling Areas
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
Poling will be conducted +/- 25 feet of all
transects, focus areas, and delineation areas
Number of poling locations within each area will be dependent on
site conditions. Full transects will have a minimum of 3 locations.
X:\ArcMap Project Files\Work Plan 2012\Figure 2 2012 Poiing Focus Areas and Transects.mxd
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
-------
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
Map Location
:IMBRIDGE
Drawn: JLH 12/21/2011
Approved: DBR 12/21/2011
Project#: 106-4186
X:\ArcMap Project FilesWVork Plan 2012\Figu
ing rocus
reas
an
Legend
23 November 2011 Delineation Area Transects
Spring 2011 Delineation Area 2011 transect to be poled in 2012
2011 Poling Focus Areas 2011 transect not slated for poling in 2012
Additional Poling Focus Areas • Additional 2012 transect poling locations
~ Park/Launch Access Poling Areas
~ Bridge Access Poling Areas
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
Poling will be conducted +/- 25 feet of all
transects, focus areas, and delineation areas
Number of poling locations within each area will be dependent on
site conditions. Full transects will have a minimum of 3 locations.
ransects.mxd
Scale in Feet
FIGURE 2
2012 POLING FOCUS AREAS & TRANSECTS
SHEET 75 OF 170
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
-------
>-Vv *
BRIDGE
Drawn: JLH 12/21/2011
Approved: DBR 12/21/2011
Project#: 106-4186
Map Location
¦Hi
Legend
€> November 2011 Delineation Area
Spring 2011 Delineation Area
2011 Poling Focus Areas
Additional Poling Focus Areas
Transects
2011 transect to be poled in 2012
2011 transect not slated for poling in 2012
Q Additional 2012 transect poling locations
~ Park/Launch Access Poling Areas
~ Bridge Access Poling Areas
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
Poling will be conducted +/- 25 feet of all
transects, focus areas, and delineation areas
Number of poling locations within each area will be dependent on
site conditions. Full transects will have a minimum of 3 locations.
FIGURE 2
2012 POLING FOCUS AREAS & TRANSECTS
SHEET 76 OF 170
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
X:\ArcMap Project Files\Work Plan 2012\Figure 2 2012 Poiing Focus Areas and Transects.mxd
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
-------
BRIDGE
Drawn: JLH 12/21/2011
Approved: DBR 12/21/2011
Project#: 106-4186
Legend
€> November 2011 Delineation Area Transects
Spring 2011 Delineation Area 2011 transect to be poled in 2012
2011 Poling Focus Areas 2011 transect not slated for poling in 2012
Additional Poling Focus Areas • Additional 2012 transect poling locations
~ Park/Launch Access Poling Areas
~ Bridge Access Poling Areas
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
Poling will be conducted +/- 25 feet of all
transects, focus areas, and delineation areas
Number of poling locations within each area will be dependent on
site conditions. Full transects will have a minimum of 3 locations.
N
A
X:\ArcMap Project Files\Work Plan 2012\Figure 2 2012 Poiing Focus Areas and Transects.mxd
FIGURE 2
2012 POLING FOCUS AREAS & TRANSECTS
SHEET 77 OF 170
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
-------
•NBRtDGE
\19.15 South
19.15 South
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
Scale in Feet
FIGURE 2
2012 POLING FOCUS AREAS & TRANSECTS
SHEET 78 OF 170
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
Drawn: JLH 12/21/2011
Approved: DBR 12/21/2011
Project#: 106-4186
Map Location
Legend
€> November 2011 Delineation Area
Spring 2011 Delineation Area
2011 Poling Focus Areas
Additional Poling Focus Areas
Transects
2011 transect to be poled in 2012
2011 transect not slated for poling in 2012
Q Additional 2012 transect poling locations
~ Park/Launch Access Poling Areas
~ Bridge Access Poling Areas
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
Poling will be conducted +/- 25 feet of all
transects, focus areas, and delineation areas
Number of poling locations within each area will be dependent on
site conditions. Full transects will have a minimum of 3 locations.
X:\ArcMap Project FilesWVork Plan 2012\Figure 2 2012 Poling Focus Areas and Transects.mxd
-------
w w
wm:m
'mm
sT?
FIGURE 2
2012 POLING FOCUS AREAS & TRANSECTS
SHEET 79 OF 170
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
X:\ArcMap Project Files\Work Plan 2012\Figure 2 2012 Poling Focus Areas and Transects.mxd
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
-------
19.85 South
19.85 South
19.6 South
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
FIGURE 2
2012 POLING FOCUS AREAS & TRANSECTS
SHEET 80 OF 170
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
ENBRIDGE
Drawn: JLH 12/21/2011
Approved: DBR 12/21/2011
Project#: 106-4186
Map Location
Legend
€> November 2011 Delineation Area
Spring 2011 Delineation Area
2011 Poling Focus Areas
Additional Poling Focus Areas
Transects
2011 transect to be poled in 2012
2011 transect not slated for poling in 2012
Q Additional 2012 transect poling locations
~ Park/Launch Access Poling Areas
Bridge Access Poling Areas
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
Poling will be conducted +/- 25 feet of all
transects, focus areas, and delineation areas
Number of poling locations within each area will be dependent on
site conditions. Full transects will have a minimum of 3 locations.
X:\ArcMap Project Files\Work Plan 2012\Figure 2 2012 Poling Focus Areas and Transects.mxd
-------
20.1 South,
v
19.85 South\
' . •
— ~^
¦
siw Su
NBRIDGE
20.1 South
:
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
Drawn: JLH 12/21/2011
Project#: 106-4186
Map Location
Approved: DBR 12/21/2011
Legend
€> November 2011 Delineation Area
Spring 2011 Delineation Area
2011 Poling Focus Areas
Additional Poling Focus Areas
Poling will be conducted +/- 25 feet of all
transects, focus areas, and delineation areas
~ Park/Launch Access Poling Areas
^ Bridge Access Poling Areas
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
Number of poling locations within each area will be dependent on
site conditions. Full transects will have a minimum of 3 locations.
Transects
2011 transect to be poled in 2012
2011 transect not slated for poling in 2012
Q Additional 2012 transect poling locations
X:\ArcMap Project Files\Work Plan 2012\Figure 2 2012 Poling Focus Areas and Transects.mxd
FIGURE 2
2012 POLING FOCUS AREAS & TRANSECTS
SHEET 81 OF 170
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
-------
20.3 South
20.1 South
20.1 South
: • v «
V.v,
©
5 Haf-.
BRIDGE
Drawn: JLH 12/21/2011
Approved: DBR 12/21/2011
Project#: 106-4186
Map Location
Legend
€> November 2011 Delineation Area
Spring 2011 Delineation Area
2011 Poling Focus Areas
Additional Poling Focus Areas
Transects
2011 transect to be poled in 2012
2011 transect not slated for poling in 2012
Q Additional 2012 transect poling locations
~ Park/Launch Access Poling Areas
Bridge Access Poling Areas
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
Poling will be conducted +/- 25 feet of all
transects, focus areas, and delineation areas
Number of poling locations within each area will be dependent on
site conditions. Full transects will have a minimum of 3 locations.
FIGURE 2
2012 POLING FOCUS AREAS & TRANSECTS
SHEET 82 OF 170
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
X:\ArcMap Project FileswvorK Plan 2012\Figure 2 2012 Poling Focus Areas and Transects.mxd
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
-------
¦^8^20.6 South
20.6 South
N-
• -.Ste. *•»
•: -t
Map Location Legend
Project#' 106-4186 ^ ' j transects, focus areas, and delineation areas
X:\ArcMap Project Files\Work Plan 2012\Figure 2 2012 Poling Focus Areas and Transects.mxd
Bridge Access Poling Areas
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
Number of poling locations within each area will be dependent on
site conditions. Full transects will have a minimum of 3 locations.
Transects
2011 transect to be poled in 2012
2011 transect not slated for poling in 2012
Q Additional 2012 transect poling locations
-------
Hwl
£
~—
&,
*¦'.
'•x
Ss'f^C
RHh
f ty
ins
lip!
%, &
izsk'A -rtt
v--.,
aifeca^
——A'-
;" ¦ •-^ v ^
«^ViSS!&. :•.:rW'"^nj| 5*
I.-!". • ¦*:Vj".
" %^Bv- *" rJV, .
3w ]H[
¦ '". ' -:'
<¦ v I
- •••;-.
20.7 North
\
K
v
V
¦m
N
V
N
Map Location
Z^EN BRIDGE
Drawn: JLH 12/21/2011
Approved: DBR 12/21/2011
'
:
Legend
€> November 2011 Delineation Area Transects
Spring 2011 Delineation Area
2011 Poling Focus Areas
Additional Poling Focus Areas
v.. ;. A.-*
: :•¦' \ ... ' J
. • v
2011 transect to be poled in 2012
2011 transect not slated for poling in 2012
Q Additional 2012 transect poling locations
~ Park/Launch Access Poling Areas
Bridge Access Poling Areas
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
Project#: 106-4186
X:\ArcMap Project FilesWVork Plan 2012\Figure 2 2012 Poling Focus Areas and Transects.mxd
Poling will be conducted +/- 25 feet of all Number of poling locations within each area will be dependent on
transects, focus areas, and delineation areas site conditions. Full transects will have a minimum of 3 locations.
FIGURE 2
2012 POLING FOCUS AREAS & TRANSECTS
SHEET 84 OF 170
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
-------
. "1 «" •&.%«.
JKlll
Map Location
Legend
Transects
November 2011 Delineation Area
Spring 2011 Delineation Area
2011 Poling Focus Areas
Additional Poling Focus Areas
NBRIDCE
2011 transect to be poled in 2012
2011 transect not slated for poling in 2012
Additional 2012 transect poling locations
Bridge Access Poling Areas
Drawn: JLH 12/21/2011
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
Approved: DBR 12/21/2011
Number of poling locations within each area will be dependent on
site conditions. Full transects will have a minimum of 3 locations.
Poling will be conducted +/- 25 feet of all
transects, focus areas, and delineation areas
Project#: 106-4186
-------
Custer Dr Bridge SW
2,
25 North
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
Map Location
IENBRIDGE
:
Drawn: JLH 12/21/2011
Approved: DBR 12/21/2011
l
Project#: 106-4186
Legend
€> November 2011 Delineation Area
Spring 2011 Delineation Area
2011 Poling Focus Areas
Additional Poling Focus Areas
Transects
2011 transect to be poled in 2012
2011 transect not slated for poling in 2012
Q Additional 2012 transect poling locations
~ Park/Launch Access Poling Areas
~ Bridge Access Poling Areas
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
Poling will be conducted +/- 25 feet of all
transects, focus areas, and delineation areas
Number of poling locations within each area will be dependent on
site conditions. Full transects will have a minimum of 3 locations.
X:\ArcMap Project FilesWVork Plan 2012\Figure 2 2012 Poling Focus Areas and Transects.mxd
Scale in Feet
FIGURE 2
2012 POLING FOCUS AREAS & TRANSECTS
SHEET 86 OF 170
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
-------
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
November 2011 Delineation Area
Spring 2011 Delineation Area
2011 Poling Focus Areas
Additional Poling Focus Areas
Map Location
ENBRIDGE
'
Drawn: JLH 12/21/2011
Approved: DBR 12/21/2011
Project#: 106-4186
Legend
€>
Transects
2011 transect to be poled in 2012
2011 transect not slated for poling in 2012
Q Additional 2012 transect poling locations
~ Park/Launch Access Poling Areas
Bridge Access Poling Areas
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
Poling will be conducted +/- 25 feet of all
transects, focus areas, and delineation areas
Number of poling locations within each area will be dependent on
site conditions. Full transects will have a minimum of 3 locations.
X:\ArcMap Project Files\Work Plan 2012\Figure 2 2012 Poling Focus Areas and Transects.mxd
Scale in Feet
FIGURE 2
2012 POLING FOCUS AREAS & TRANSECTS
SHEET 87 OF 170
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
-------
21.55 South ~
21.55 South
jr-u
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
FIGURE 2
2012 POLING FOCUS AREAS & TRANSECTS
SHEET 88 OF 170
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
November 2011 Delineation Area
Spring 2011 Delineation Area
2011 Poling Focus Areas
Additional Poling Focus Areas
¦' £2
---
_
Map
Location
Legend
£3
NBR1DCE
JLH 12/21/2011
Drawn:
Approved: DBR 12/21/2011
Project#: 106-4186
Transects
2011 transect to be poled in 2012
2011 transect not slated for poling in 2012
Q Additional 2012 transect poling locations
~ Park/Launch Access Poling Areas
Bridge Access Poling Areas
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
Poling will be conducted +/- 25 feet of all
transects, focus areas, and delineation areas
Number of poling locations within each area will be dependent on
site conditions. Full transects will have a minimum of 3 locations.
X:\ArcMap Project Files\Work Plan 2012\Figure 2 2012 Poling Focus Areas and Transects.mxd
Scale in Feet
21.66T .0
,V. @
"SKivf *;V '
-------
22.15 South
22.15 South
22.0 South
as®
22.0 South \
Map Location
¦niBRIDCE
Drawn: JLH 12/21/2011
Approved: DBR 12/21/2011
Project#: 106-4186
Legend
£> November 2011 Delineation Area Transects
Spring 2011 Delineation Area
2011 Poling Focus Areas
Additional Poling Focus Areas
2011 transect to be poled in 2012
2011 transect not slated for poling in 2012
Additional 2012 transect poling locations
~ Park/Launch Access Poling Areas
Bridge Access Poling Areas
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
Poling will be conducted +/- 25 feet of all
transects, focus areas, and delineation areas
Number of poling locations within each area will be dependent on
site conditions. Full transects will have a minimum of 3 locations.
X:\ArcMap Project Files\Work Plan 2012\Figure 2 2012 Poiing Focus Areas and Transects.mxd
FIGURE 2
2012 POLING FOCUS AREAS & TRANSECTS
SHEET 89 OF 170
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
-------
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
Scale in Feet
FIGURE 2
2012 POLING FOCUS AREAS & TRANSECTS
SHEET 90 OF 170
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
November 2011 Delineation Area
Spring 2011 Delineation Area
2011 Poling Focus Areas
Additional Poling Focus Areas
Map Location
ENBRIDGE
Drawn: JLH 12/21/2011
Approved: DBR 12/21/2011
Project#: 106-4186
Legend
€>
Transects
2011 transect to be poled in 2012
2011 transect not slated for poling in 2012
Q Additional 2012 transect poling locations
~ Park/Launch Access Poling Areas
Bridge Access Poling Areas
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
Poling will be conducted +/- 25 feet of all
transects, focus areas, and delineation areas
Number of poling locations within each area will be dependent on
site conditions. Full transects will have a minimum of 3 locations.
X:\ArcMap Project Files\Work Plan 2012\Figure 2 2012 Poling Focus Areas and Transects.mxd
-------
Map Location
Legend
November 2011 Delineation Area
Spring 2011 Delineation Area
2011 Poling Focus Areas
Additional Poling Focus Areas
Drawn: JLH 12/21/2011
Approved: DBR 12/21/2011
Poling will be conducted +/- 25 feet o
transects, focus areas, and delineation
Project#: 106-4186
Transects
2011 transect to be poled in 2012
2011 transect not slated for poling in 2012
Q Additional 2012 transect poling locations
~ Park/Launch Access Poling Areas
Bridge Access Poling Areas
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
all
Number of poling locations within each area will be dependent on
ireas site conditions. Full transects will have a minimum of 3 locations.
Scale in Feet
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
FIGURE 2
2012 POLING FOCUS AREAS & TRANSECTS
SHEET 91 OF 170
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
-------
22.75 North A
22.75 North C »
22.75 North
22.5 West
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
& ^
ENBRIDGE
Drawn: JLH 12/21/2011
Approved: DBR 12/21/2011
Map Location
Legend
€> November 2011 Delineation Area
Spring 2011 Delineation Area
2011 Poling Focus Areas
Additional Poling Focus Areas
Transects
2011 transect to be poled in 2012
2011 transect not slated for poling in 2012
Q Additional 2012 transect poling locations
~ Park/Launch Access Poling Areas
Bridge Access Poling Areas
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
Project#: 106-4186
X:\ArcMap Project FilesWVork Plan 2012\Figure 2 2012 Poling Focus Areas and Transects.mxd
Poling will be conducted +/- 25 feet of all
transects, focus areas, and delineation areas
Number of poling locations within each area will be dependent on
site conditions. Full transects will have a minimum of 3 locations.
Scale in Feet
FIGURE 2
2012 POLING FOCUS AREAS & TRANSECTS
SHEET 92 OF 170
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
-------
Map Location
¦niBRIDCE
Drawn: JLH 12/21/2011
Approved: DBR 12/21/2011
Project#: 106-4186
Legend
£> November 2011 Delineation Area Transects
Spring 2011 Delineation Area
2011 Poling Focus Areas
Additional Poling Focus Areas
2011 transect to be poled in 2012
2011 transect not slated for poling in 2012
Additional 2012 transect poling locations
~ Park/Launch Access Poling Areas
Bridge Access Poling Areas
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
Poling will be conducted +/- 25 feet of all
transects, focus areas, and delineation areas
Number of poling locations within each area will be dependent on
site conditions. Full transects will have a minimum of 3 locations.
X:\ArcMap Project Files\Work Plan 2012\Figure 2 2012 Poiing Focus Areas and Transects.mxd
FIGURE 2
2012 POLING FOCUS AREAS & TRANSECTS
SHEET 93 OF 170
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
-------
23.15 North
r
i
¦
Map Location
Z^EN BRIDGE
Drawn: JLH 12/21/2011
Approved: DBR 12/21/2011
Project#: 106-4186
X:\ArcMap Project Files\Work Plan 2012\Figure
Areas
and
Legend
€> November 2011 Delineation Area
Spring 2011 Delineation Area
2011 Poling Focus Areas
Additional Poling Focus Areas
Transects
2011 transect to be poled in 2012
2011 transect not slated for poling in 2012
Q Additional 2012 transect poling locations
~ Park/Launch Access Poling Areas
Bridge Access Poling Areas
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
Poling will be conducted +/- 25 feet of all
transects, focus areas, and delineation areas
Number of poling locations within each area will be dependent on
site conditions. Full transects will have a minimum of 3 locations.
Poiing Focus /
I Transects.mxd
FIGURE 2
2012 POLING FOCUS AREAS & TRANSECTS
SHEET 94 OF 170
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
-------
23.97T
Map Location
X:\ArcMap Project FilesWVork Plan 2012\Figure 2 2012 Poling Focus Areas and Transects.mxd
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
FIGURE 2
2012 POLING FOCUS AREAS & TRANSECTS
SHEET 95 OF 170
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
3enbridge
Drawn: JLH 12/21/2011
Approved: DBR 12/21/2011
Project#: 106-4186
Legend
€> November 2011 Delineation Area
Spring 2011 Delineation Area
2011 Poling Focus Areas
Additional Poling Focus Areas
Transects
2011 transect to be poled in 2012
2011 transect not slated for poling in 2012
Q Additional 2012 transect poling locations
~ Park/Launch Access Poling Areas
Bridge Access Poling Areas
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
Poling will be conducted +/- 25 feet of all
transects, focus areas, and delineation areas
Number of poling locations within each area will be dependent on
site conditions. Full transects will have a minimum of 3 locations.
Scale in Feet
-------
Map Location
—
Legend
Transects
November 2011 Delineation Area
Spring 2011 Delineation Area
2011 Poling Focus Areas
Additional Poling Focus Areas
2011 transect to be poled in 2012
2011 transect not slated for poling in 2012
Additional 2012 transect poling locations
SHEET 96 OF 170
Bridge Access Poling Areas
Drawn: JLH 12/21/2011
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
Approved: DBR 12/21/2011
Number of poling locations within each area will be dependent on
site conditions. Full transects will have a minimum of 3 locations.
Poling will be conducted +/- 25 feet of all
transects, focus areas, and delineation areas
Project#: 106-4186
'ransects.mxd
23,97T
-------
FIGURE 2
2012 POLING FOCUS AREAS & TRANSECTS
SHEET 97 OF 170
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
Legend
November 2011 Delineation Area
Spring 2011 Delineation Area
2011 Poling Focus Areas
Additional Poling Focus Areas
Transects
2011 transect to be poled in 2012
2011 transect not slated for poling in 2012
Q Additional 2012 transect poling locations
~ Park/Launch Access Poling Areas
Bridge Access Poling Areas
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
Poling will be conducted +/- 25 feet of all
transects, focus areas, and delineation areas
Number of poling locations within each area will be dependent on
site conditions. Full transects will have a minimum of 3 locations.
N
A
100
Scale in Feet
t^ENBRIDGE
Transects.mxd
Drawn: JLH 12/21/2011
Approved: DBR 12/21/2011
Project#: 106-4186
X:\ArcMap Project FilesWVork Plan 2012\Figure 2 2012 Poling Focus Areas and
-------
24.34T
FIGURE 2
2012 POLING FOCUS AREAS & TRANSECTS
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
24.65 South,,
VZ-L
:
"NBRIDGE
Drawn: JLH 12/21/2011
Approved: DBR 12/21/2011
Map Location
Legend
€> November 2011 Delineation Area
Spring 2011 Delineation Area
2011 Poling Focus Areas
Additional Poling Focus Areas
Transects
2011 transect to be poled in 2012
2011 transect not slated for poling in 2012
Q Additional 2012 transect poling locations
~ Park/Launch Access Poling Areas
Bridge Access Poling Areas
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
Project#: 106-4186
X:\ArcMap Project FilesWVork Plan 2012\Figure 2 2012 Poling Focus Areas and Transects.mxd
Poling will be conducted +/- 25 feet of all
transects, focus areas, and delineation areas
Number of poling locations within each area will be dependent on
site conditions. Full transects will have a minimum of 3 locations.
SHEET 98 OF 170
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
Scale in Feet
-------
—..w- ¦I
Map Location
Drawn: JLH 12/21/2011
Approved: DBR 12/21/2011
Project#: 106-4186
X:\ArcMap Project Files\Work Plan 2012\Figure 2 2012 Poling Focus Areas and Transects.mxd
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
A
FIGURE 2
2012 POLING FOCUS AREAS & TRANSECTS
SHEET 99 OF 170
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
Legend
€> November 2011 Delineation Area
Spring 2011 Delineation Area
2011 Poling Focus Areas
Additional Poling Focus Areas
Transects
2011 transect to be poled in 2012
2011 transect not slated for poling in 2012
Q Additional 2012 transect poling locations
~ Park/Launch Access Poling Areas
Bridge Access Poling Areas
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
Poling will be conducted +/- 25 feet of all
transects, focus areas, and delineation areas
Number of poling locations within each area will be dependent on
site conditions. Full transects will have a minimum of 3 locations.
Scale in Feet
-------
ENBRIDGE
Drawn: JLH 12/21/2011
Approved: DBR 12/21/2011
Project#: 106-4186
Map Location
Legend
€> November 2011 Delineation Area
Spring 2011 Delineation Area
2011 Poling Focus Areas
Additional Poling Focus Areas
Transects
2011 transect to be poled in 2012
2011 transect not slated for poling in 2012
Q Additional 2012 transect poling locations
~ Park/Launch Access Poling Areas
Bridge Access Poling Areas
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
Poling will be conducted +/- 25 feet of all
transects, focus areas, and delineation areas
Number of poling locations within each area will be dependent on
site conditions. Full transects will have a minimum of 3 locations.
N
A
FIGURE 2
2012 POLING FOCUS AREAS & TRANSECTS
SHEET 100 OF 170
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
X:\ArcMap Project Files\Work Plan 2012\Figure 2 2012 Poiing Focus Areas and
ransects.mxd
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
-------
FIGURE 2
2012 POLING FOCUS AREAS & TRANSECTS
SHEET 101 OF 170
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
X:\ArcMap Project Files\Work Plan 2012\Figure 2 2012 Poling Focus Areas and Transects.mxd
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
-------
ENBRIDGE
Drawn: JLH 12/21/2011
Approved: DBR 12/21/2011
Project#: 106-4186
Map Location
¦ 41TP mUw' vX'' >
p* - - - X VyjEKHL' yV
rajggSfefi'SScW >'¦ •'
&fl®P
fell
Legend
£> November 2011 Delineation Area
Spring 2011 Delineation Area
2011 Poling Focus Areas
Additional Poling Focus Areas
Transects
2011 transect to be poled in 2012
2011 transect not slated for poling in 2012
Q Additional 2012 transect poling locations
~ Park/Launch Access Poling Areas
Bridge Access Poling Areas
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
Poling will be conducted +/- 25 feet of all
transects, focus areas, and delineation areas
Number of poling locations within each area will be dependent on
site conditions. Full transects will have a minimum of 3 locations.
N
A
FIGURE 2
2012 POLING FOCUS AREAS & TRANSECTS
SHEET 102 OF 170
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
X:\ArcMap Project Files\Work Plan 2012\Figure 2 2012 Poiing Focus Areas and
ransects.mxd
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
-------
/25.7'North
Map Location
¦
J
CI
£ IV BRIDGE
JLH 12/21/2011
Drawn:
Approved: DBR 12/21/2011
Project#: 106-4186
Legend
€> November 2011 Delineation Area
Spring 2011 Delineation Area
2011 Poling Focus Areas
Additional Poling Focus Areas
Transects
2011 transect to be poled in 2012
2011 transect not slated for poling in 2012
Q Additional 2012 transect poling locations
~ Park/Launch Access Poling Areas
Bridge Access Poling Areas
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
Poling will be conducted +/- 25 feet of all
transects, focus areas, and delineation areas
Number of poling locations within each area will be dependent on
site conditions. Full transects will have a minimum of 3 locations.
Hi'
. v/rt* A
r;v ' n
-A
i ¦ ;
M 1
mm.
nin
FIGURE 2
2012 POLING FOCUS AREAS & TRANSECTS
SHEET 103 OF 170
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
X:\ArcMap Project FileswvorK Plan 2012\Figure 2 2012 Poling Focus Areas and
ransects.mxd
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
-------
26.3 Northwest f
Map Location
Legend
November 2011 Delineation Area
Spring 2011 Delineation Area
2011 Poling Focus Areas
Additional Poling Focus Areas
SHEET 104 OF 170
Bridge Access Poling Areas
Drawn: JLH 12/21/2011
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
Approved: DBR 12/21/2011
Number of poling locations within each area will be dependent on
site conditions. Full transects will have a minimum of 3 locations.
Poling will be conducted +/- 25 feet of all
transects, focus areas, and delineation areas
Project#: 106-4186
Transects
2011 transect to be poled in 2012
2011 transect not slated for poling in 2012
Q Additional 2012 transect poling locations
-------
26.65 A
Or' ¦ «jli
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
BRIDGE
Drawn: JLH 12/21/2011
>• 26.65
\
Map Location
Approved: DBR 12/21/2011
Legend
€> November 2011 Delineation Area
Spring 2011 Delineation Area
2011 Poling Focus Areas
Additional Poling Focus Areas
Transects
2011 transect to be poled in 2012
2011 transect not slated for poling in 2012
Q Additional 2012 transect poling locations
~ Park/Launch Access Poling Areas
Bridge Access Poling Areas
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
Project#: 106-4186
X:\ArcMap Project FilesWVork Plan 2012\Figure 2 2012 Poling Focus Areas and Transects.mxd
Poling will be conducted +/- 25 feet of all
transects, focus areas, and delineation areas
Number of poling locations within each area will be dependent on
site conditions. Full transects will have a minimum of 3 locations.
FIGURE 2
2012 POLING FOCUS AREAS & TRANSECTS
SHEET 105 OF 170
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
-------
26.65 A
'I" ^
> 26.65
\l
Map Location
Z^EN BRIDGE
Drawn: JLH 12/21/2011
Approved: DBR 12/21/2011
26.80
Legend
€> November 2011 Delineation Area
Spring 2011 Delineation Area
2011 Poling Focus Areas
Additional Poling Focus Areas
Transects
2011 transect to be poled in 2012
2011 transect not slated for poling in 2012
Q Additional 2012 transect poling locations
~ Park/Launch Access Poling Areas
Bridge Access Poling Areas
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
Project#: 106-4186
Poling will be conducted +/- 25 feet of all
transects, focus areas, and delineation areas
Number of poling locations within each area will be dependent on
site conditions. Full transects will have a minimum of 3 locations.
X:\ArcMap Project Files\Work Plan 2012\Figure 2 2012 Poiing Focus Areas and Transects.mxd
FIGURE 2
2012 POLING FOCUS AREAS & TRANSECTS
SHEET 106 OF 170
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
-------
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
Scale in Feet
FIGURE 2
2012 POLING FOCUS AREAS & TRANSECTS
SHEET 107 OF 170
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
Transects
2011 transect to be poled in 2012
2011 transect not slated for poling in 2012
Q Additional 2012 transect poling locations
X:\ArcMap Project FilesWVork Plan 2012\Figure 2 2012 Poling Focus Areas and Transects.mxd
Legend
November 2011 Delineation Area
Spring 2011 Delineation Area
2011 Poling Focus Areas
Additional Poling Focus Areas
Poling will be conducted +/- 25 feet of all
transects, focus areas, and delineation areas
Drawn: JLH 12/21/2011
Approved: DBR 12/21/2011
Project#: 106-4186
Map Location
Park/Launch Access Poling Areas
Bridge Access Poling Areas
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
Number of poling locations within each area will be dependent on
site conditions. Full transects will have a minimum of 3 locations.
-------
BRIDGE
Drawn: JLH 12/21/2011
Approved: DBR 12/21/2011
Project#: 106-4186
Map Location
Legend
€> November 2011 Delineation Area
Spring 2011 Delineation Area
2011 Poling Focus Areas
Additional Poling Focus Areas
Transects
2011 transect to be poled in 2012
2011 transect not slated for poling in 2012
Q Additional 2012 transect poling locations
~ Park/Launch Access Poling Areas
Bridge Access Poling Areas
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
Poling will be conducted +/- 25 feet of all
transects, focus areas, and delineation areas
Number of poling locations within each area will be dependent on
site conditions. Full transects will have a minimum of 3 locations.
X:\ArcMap Project Files\Work Plan 2012\Figure 2 2012 Poiing Focus Areas and Transects.mxd
FIGURE 2
2012 POLING FOCUS AREAS & TRANSECTS
SHEET 108 OF 170
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
-------
7.3 South
v\\.• /
¥• ¦
n^r1s,
¦4.'.
Tfy>A
kM
¦ ¦
V** . • SagS&g&!
C' •4&*&&visv
&;?v- .
* . v ^SQm^vPk rarc4lNKBKB&-
&¦>§'&kFPWvk'* ~
4flHk' sS&fc- .
- *', • : aSfe*
:¦ ';- -v ">;. •,:->'
¦ ;¦ ' •¦
fe$<0fe ; '
-V# V.0 ¦¦
PS
ENBRIDGE
Drawn: JLH 12/21/2011
Approved: DBR 12/21/2011
Project#: 106-4186
Map Location
Legend
€> November 2011 Delineation Area
Spring 2011 Delineation Area
2011 Poling Focus Areas
Additional Poling Focus Areas
Transects
2011 transect to be poled in 2012
2011 transect not slated for poling in 2012
Q Additional 2012 transect poling locations
~ Park/Launch Access Poling Areas
Bridge Access Poling Areas
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
Poling will be conducted +/- 25 feet of all
transects, focus areas, and delineation areas
Number of poling locations within each area will be dependent on
site conditions. Full transects will have a minimum of 3 locations.
X:\ArcMap Project Files\Work Plan 2012\Figure 2 2012 Poiing Focus Areas and Transects.mxd
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
FIGURE 2
2012 POLING FOCUS AREAS & TRANSECTS
SHEET 109 OF 170
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
-------
27.5 NorthwesnS I
Vi
27.5 Northwest
27,65 South
'v 27.55 Northwest
V- ¦ "-.>•>
any?
Map Location
Drawn: JLH 12/21/2011
Approved: DBR 12/21/2011
Project#: 106-4186
X:\ArcMap Project Files\Work Plan 2012\Figure 2 2012 Poling Focus Areas and Transects.mxd
Legend
€> November 2011 Delineation Area
Spring 2011 Delineation Area
2011 Poling Focus Areas
Additional Poling Focus Areas
27.65 North /
, . K-.H
"-v ~lSllpsSr'
...
27.7 Northj' 27.7North
. *
jvf.-tr S- -
27.65 South
fth /
/ ~
/ >-3/
£s
Transects
2011 transect to be poled in 2012
2011 transect not slated for poling in 2012
Q Additional 2012 transect poling locations
~ Park/Launch Access Poling Areas
Bridge Access Poling Areas
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
Poling will be conducted +/- 25 feet of all
transects, focus areas, and delineation areas
Number of poling locations within each area will be dependent on
site conditions. Full transects will have a minimum of 3 locations.
FIGURE 2
2012 POLING FOCUS AREAS & TRANSECTS
SHEET 110 OF 170
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
-------
I 27.7 North
27.7 North
" 27.85 North A
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
C^£NBRIDGE
Drawn: JLH 12/21/2011
Approved: DBR 12/21/2011
Project#: 106-4186
Map Location
Legend
£> November 2011 Delineation Area Transects
Spring 2011 Delineation Area
2011 Poling Focus Areas
Additional Poling Focus Areas
2011 transect to be poled in 2012
2011 transect not slated for poling in 2012
Additional 2012 transect poling locations
~ Park/Launch Access Poling Areas
Bridge Access Poling Areas
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
Poling will be conducted +/- 25 feet of all
transects, focus areas, and delineation areas
Number of poling locations within each area will be dependent on
site conditions. Full transects will have a minimum of 3 locations.
X:\ArcMap Project Files\Work Plan 2012\Figure 2 2012 Poling Focus Areas and Transects.mxd
Scale in Feet
FIGURE 2
2012 POLING FOCUS AREAS & TRANSECTS
SHEET 111 OF 170
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
-------
28.25 A
28.15 South
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
Drawn: JLH 12/21/2011
Approved: DBR 12/21/2011
Project#: 106-4186
X:\ArcMap Project FilesWVork Plan 2012\Figure 2 2012 Poling Focus Areas and
Transects.mxd
£? J
ENBRIDGE
Map Location
November 2011 Delineation Area
Spring 2011 Delineation Area
2011 Poling Focus Areas
Additional Poling Focus Areas
Legend
£3
Transects
2011 transect to be poled in 2012
2011 transect not slated for poling in 2012
Q Additional 2012 transect poling locations
~ Park/Launch Access Poling Areas
Bridge Access Poling Areas
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
Poling will be conducted +/- 25 feet of all
transects, focus areas, and delineation areas
Number of poling locations within each area will be dependent on
site conditions. Full transects will have a minimum of 3 locations.
FIGURE 2
2012 POLING FOCUS AREAS & TRANSECTS
Scale in Feet
SHEET 112 OF 170
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
-------
28.5.South
Transects
2011 transect to be poled in 2012
2011 transect not slated for poling in 2012
Q Additional 2012 transect poling locations
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
~ Park/Launch Access Poling Areas
Bridge Access Poling Areas
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
Number of poling locations within each area will be dependent on
site conditions. Full transects will have a minimum of 3 locations.
FIGURE 2
2012 POLING FOCUS AREAS & TRANSECTS
SHEET 113 OF 170
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
Drawn: JLH 12/21/2011
Approved: DBR 12/21/2011
Project#: 106-4186
Map Location
Legend
November 2011 Delineation Area
Spring 2011 Delineation Area
2011 Poling Focus Areas
Additional Poling Focus Areas
Poling will be conducted +/- 25 feet of all
transects, focus areas, and delineation areas
X:\ArcMap Project Files\Work Plan 2012\Figure 2 2012 Poling Focus Areas and Transects.mxd
-------
28.5 Souths
28.5 South
= N " • •' '•' ?¦. .
/ 28.6 North
X"—28.6 North
\ s
^
'S: •: ' : -JV1"
h-!
to i
CO '
Co'/
cv.
\
j
V . '
'Jjf
A'>5.V , Is® "}.t
• "V •• '¦ \
28.75 North „ _ ,
•; V.V ' ). '
. 'C-'rA -.' 4
"ilfJfk
-¦ VvA-V.rv uiV- Ha ' >£4'^ £• - . ~ *? 1 : .
28.76T
BB1
, -K
'A
BRIDGE
Drawn: JLH 12/21/2011
Approved: DBR 12/21/2011
Project#: 106-4186
Map Location
Legend
€> November 2011 Delineation Area
Spring 2011 Delineation Area
2011 Poling Focus Areas
Additional Poling Focus Areas
Transects
2011 transect to be poled in 2012
2011 transect not slated for poling in 2012
Q Additional 2012 transect poling locations
~ Park/Launch Access Poling Areas
~ Bridge Access Poling Areas
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
Poling will be conducted +/- 25 feet of all
transects, focus areas, and delineation areas
Number of poling locations within each area will be dependent on
site conditions. Full transects will have a minimum of 3 locations.
X:\ArcMap Project Files\Work Plan 2012\Figure 2 2012 Poiing Focus Areas and Transects.mxd
FIGURE 2
2012 POLING FOCUS AREAS & TRANSECTS
SHEET 114 OF 170
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
-------
28.8 North
28.8 North
28.9 South
28.9 South
29.05 South
29.05 South
NBRIDCE
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
FIGURE 2
2012 POLING FOCUS AREAS & TRANSECTS
SHEET 115 OF 170
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
28 SOT 28.75 South
v V
V X
V \
w
Map Location
Legend
£> November 2011 Delineation Area Transects
Drawn: JLH 12/21/2011
Approved: DBR 12/21/2011
Project#: 106-4186
Spring 2011 Delineation Area
2011 Poling Focus Areas
Additional Poling Focus Areas
2011 transect to be poled in 2012
2011 transect not slated for poling in 2012
Additional 2012 transect poling locations
~ Park/Launch Access Poling Areas
Bridge Access Poling Areas
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
Poling will be conducted +/- 25 feet of all
transects, focus areas, and delineation areas
Number of poling locations within each area will be dependent on
site conditions. Full transects will have a minimum of 3 locations.
X:\ArcMap Project FileswvorK Plan 2012\Figure 2 2012 Poling Focus Areas and Transects.mxd
-------
29.1 North A
29.1 North B
1 ' 29:05 South
n 29.05 South
29.18T
/ 29.1 North '
29.15 North
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
Scale in Feet
FIGURE 2
2012 POLING FOCUS AREAS & TRANSECTS
SHEET 116 OF 170
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
Drawn: JLH 12/21/2011
Approved: DBR 12/21/2011
Project#: 106-4186
X:\ArcMap Project FilesWVork Plan 2012\Figure 2 2012 Poling Focus Areas and
Transects.mxd
Map Location
Transects
2011 transect to be poled in 2012
2011 transect not slated for poling in 2012
Q Additional 2012 transect poling locations
Legend
€> November 2011 Delineation Area
Spring 2011 Delineation Area
2011 Poling Focus Areas
Additional Poling Focus Areas
Poling will be conducted +/- 25 feet of all
transects, focus areas, and delineation areas
Park/Launch Access Poling Areas
Bridge Access Poling Areas
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
Number of poling locations within each area will be dependent on
site conditions. Full transects will have a minimum of 3 locations.
-------
29.5 North
NBR1DCE
Map Location
Drawn: JLH 12/21/2011
Approved: DBR 12/21/2011
Legend
€> November 2011 Delineation Area
Spring 2011 Delineation Area
2011 Poling Focus Areas
Additional Poling Focus Areas
Transects
2011 transect to be poled in 2012
2011 transect not slated for poling in 2012
Q Additional 2012 transect poling locations
~ Park/Launch Access Poling Areas
Bridge Access Poling Areas
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
Project#: 106-4186
X:\ArcMap Project FilesWVork Plan 2012\Figure 2 2012 Poling Focus Areas and Transects.mxd
Poling will be conducted +/- 25 feet of all
transects, focus areas, and delineation areas
Number of poling locations within each area will be dependent on
site conditions. Full transects will have a minimum of 3 locations.
FIGURE 2
2012 POLING FOCUS AREAS & TRANSECTS
SHEET 117 OF 170
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
-------
29.5 North
29.5 North
f 29.5 South
2? J
ENBRIDGE
Drawn: JLH 12/21/2011
Approved: DBR 12/21/2011
Project#: 106-4186
Map Location
X:\ArcMap Project FilesWVork Plan 2012\Figure 2 2012 Poling Focus Areas and Transects.mxd
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
FIGURE 2
2012 POLING FOCUS AREAS & TRANSECTS
SHEET 118 OF 170
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
Legend
€> November 2011 Delineation Area
Spring 2011 Delineation Area
2011 Poling Focus Areas
Additional Poling Focus Areas
Transects
2011 transect to be poled in 2012
2011 transect not slated for poling in 2012
Q Additional 2012 transect poling locations
~ Park/Launch Access Poling Areas
Bridge Access Poling Areas
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
Poling will be conducted +/- 25 feet of all
transects, focus areas, and delineation areas
Number of poling locations within each area will be dependent on
site conditions. Full transects will have a minimum of 3 locations.
Scale in Feet
-------
Map Location
c.NBRIDGE
Legend
€> November 2011 Delineation Area Transects
Drawn: JLH 12/21/2011
Approved: DBR 12/21/2011
Project#: 106-4186
Spring 2011 Delineation Area
2011 Poling Focus Areas
Additional Poling Focus Areas
Poling will be conducted +/- 25 feet of all
transects, focus areas, and delineation areas
~ Park/Launch Access Poling Areas
^ Bridge Access Poling Areas
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
Number of poling locations within each area will be dependent on
site conditions. Full transects will have a minimum of 3 locations.
2011 transect to be poled in 2012
2011 transect not slated for poling in 2012
Additional 2012 transect poling locations
X:\ArcMap Project Files\Work Plan 2012\Figure 2 2012 Poling Focus Areas and Transects.mxd
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
FIGURE 2
2012 POLING FOCUS AREAS & TRANSECTS
SHEET 119 OF 170
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
-------
Map Location
Legend
& J
ENBRIDGE
c> November 2011 Delineation Area Transects
Drawn: JLH 12/21/2011
Approved: DBR 12/21/2011
Project#: 106-4186
Spring 2011 Delineation Area
2011 Poling Focus Areas
Additional Poling Focus Areas
2011 transect to be poled in 2012
2011 transect not slated for poling in 2012
Additional 2012 transect poling locations
~ Park/Launch Access Poling Areas
^ Bridge Access Poling Areas
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
Poling will be conducted +/- 25 feet of all
transects, focus areas, and delineation areas
Number of poling locations within each area will be dependent on
site conditions. Full transects will have a minimum of 3 locations.
FIGURE 2
2012 POLING FOCUS AREAS & TRANSECTS
SHEET 120 OF 170
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
X:\ArcMap Project FilesWVork Plan 2012\Figure 2 2012 Poiing Focus Areas and Transects.mxd
-------
Scale in Feet
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
Transects
2011 transect to be poled in 2012
2011 transect not slated for poling in 2012
Q Additional 2012 transect poling locations
FIGURE 2
2012 POLING FOCUS AREAS & TRANSECTS
SHEET 121 OF 170
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
Map Location
£? J
ENBRIDGE
Drawn: JLH 12/21/2011
Approved: DBR 12/21/2011
Project#: 106-4186
Legend
€> November 2011 Delineation Area
Spring 2011 Delineation Area
2011 Poling Focus Areas
Additional Poling Focus Areas
Poling will be conducted +/- 25 feet of all
transects, focus areas, and delineation areas
X:\ArcMap Project Files\Work Plan 2012\Figure 2 2012 Poling Focus Areas and Transects.mxd
~
~
Park/Launch Access Poling Areas
Bridge Access Poling Areas
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
Number of poling locations within each area will be dependent on
site conditions. Full transects will have a minimum of 3 locations.
-------
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
FIGURE 2
2012 POLING FOCUS AREAS & TRANSECTS
SHEET 122 OF 170
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
November 2011 Delineation Area
Spring 2011 Delineation Area
2011 Poling Focus Areas
Additional Poling Focus Areas
Map Location
Legend
£3
J
ENBRIDGE
Drawn: JLH 12/21/2011
Approved: DBR 12/21/2011
Project#: 106-4186
Transects
2011 transect to be poled in 2012
2011 transect not slated for poling in 2012
Q Additional 2012 transect poling locations
~ Park/Launch Access Poling Areas
^ Bridge Access Poling Areas
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
Poling will be conducted +/- 25 feet of all
transects, focus areas, and delineation areas
Number of poling locations within each area will be dependent on
site conditions. Full transects will have a minimum of 3 locations.
X:\ArcMap Project Files\Work Plan 2012\Figure 2 2012 Poling Focus Areas and Transects.mxd
Scale in Feet
-------
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
30.7 North /
)
1 /T *
» / v
r I x
30.7 North / '
1 ~
30.65 North
1 /
. rs? ' 7.;
V >
y %
-T \<^
30.8 South A
Map Location
0 J
ENBRIDGE
Drawn: JLH 12/21/2011
Approved: DBR 12/21/2011
Project#: 106-4186
Legend
€> November 2011 Delineation Area Transects
Spring 2011 Delineation Area
2011 Poling Focus Areas
Additional Poling Focus Areas
2011 transect to be poled in 2012
2011 transect not slated for poling in 2012
Additional 2012 transect poling locations
~ Park/Launch Access Poling Areas
Bridge Access Poling Areas
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
Poling will be conducted +/- 25 feet of all
transects, focus areas, and delineation areas
Number of poling locations within each area will be dependent on
site conditions. Full transects will have a minimum of 3 locations.
X:\ArcMap Project Files\Work Plan 2012\Figure 2 2012 Poling Focus Areas and Transects.mxd
FIGURE 2
2012 POLING FOCUS AREAS & TRANSECTS
SHEET 123 OF 170
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
-------
¦
:S-1 -i'ltS
f • F flnia^r^
mm
Vsfc-i i ,')•
> [•. ' ;•
aKt &¦ ¦ ^ %
•i.W *& \,i
30.891A
4M
30.89T B
Map Location
: • ¦ *m
.
1 • ••• \ •
¦
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
FIGURE 2
2012 POLING FOCUS AREAS & TRANSECTS
SHEET 124 OF 170
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
NBR1DCE
Drawn: JLH 1221/2011
Approved: DBR 12/21/2011
Project#: 106-4186
Legend
€> November 2011 Delineation Area
Spring 2011 Delineation Area
2011 Poling Focus Areas
Additional Poling Focus Areas
Transects
2011 transect to be poled in 2012
2011 transect not slated for poling in 2012
Q Additional 2012 transect poling locations
~ Park/Launch Access Poling Areas
Bridge Access Poling Areas
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
Poling will be conducted +/- 25 feet of all
transects, focus areas, and delineation areas
Number of poling locations within each area will be dependent on
site conditions. Full transects will have a minimum of 3 locations.
X:\ArcMap Project Files\Work Plan 2012\Figure 2 2012 Poling Focus Areas and Transects.mxd
-------
30.89T A
30.89T B
Map Location
ENBRIDGE
¦
JK" • -
mmmm
Drawn: JLH 12/21/2011
Approved: DBR 12/21/2011
Project#: 106-4186
Legend
€> November 2011 Delineation Area Transects
Spring 2011 Delineation Area
2011 Poling Focus Areas
Additional Poling Focus Areas
2011 transect to be poled in 2012
2011 transect not slated for poling in 2012
Additional 2012 transect poling locations
~ Park/Launch Access Poling Areas
Bridge Access Poling Areas
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
Poling will be conducted +/- 25 feet of all
transects, focus areas, and delineation areas
Number of poling locations within each area will be dependent on
site conditions. Full transects will have a minimum of 3 locations.
X:\ArcMap Project Files\Work Plan 2012\Figure 2 2012 Poiing Focus Areas and Transects.mxd
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
Scale in Feet
FIGURE 2
2012 POLING FOCUS AREAS & TRANSECTS
SHEET 125 OF 170
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
-------
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
FIGURE 2
2012 POLING FOCUS AREAS & TRANSECTS
SHEET 126 OF 170
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
Map Location
Legend
ENBRIDGE
Drawn: JLH 12/21/2011
Approved: DBR 12/21/2011
Project#: 106-4186
November 2011 Delineation Area Transects
Spring 2011 Delineation Area 2011 transect to be poled in 2012
2011 Poling Focus Areas 2011 transect not slated for poling in 2012
i"-. Additional Poling Focus Areas • Additional 2012 transect poling locations
~ Park/Launch Access Poling Areas
^ Bridge Access Poling Areas
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
Poling will be conducted +/- 25 feet of all
transects, focus areas, and delineation areas
Number of poling locations within each area will be dependent on
site conditions. Full transects will have a minimum of 3 locations.
X:\ArcMap Project FilesWVork Plan 2012\Figure 2 2012 Poling Focus Areas and
Transects.mxd
-------
Map Location
X:\ArcMap Project FilesWVork Plan 2012\Figure 2 2012 Poling Focus Areas and
FIGURE 2
2012 POLING FOCUS AREAS & TRANSECTS
SHEET 127 OF 170
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
'ransects.mxd
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
November 2011 Delineation Area Transects
Spring 2011 Delineation Area
2011 Poling Focus Areas
Additional Poling Focus Areas
Poling will be conducted +/- 25 feet of all
transects, focus areas, and delineation areas
2011 transect to be poled in 2012
2011 transect not slated for poling in 2012
Additional 2012 transect poling locations
~ Park/Launch Access Poling Areas
Bridge Access Poling Areas
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
Number of poling locations within each area will be dependent on
site conditions. Full transects will have a minimum of 3 locations.
Scale in Feet
-------
Map Location
Legend
Transects
November 2011 Delineation Area
Spring 2011 Delineation Area
2017 Poling Focus Areas
Additional Poling Focus Areas
¦ENBRIDGE
2011 transect to be poled in 2012
2011 transect not slated for poling in 2012
Additional 2012 transect poling locations
SHEET 128 OF 170
Bridge Access Poling Areas
Drawn: JLH 12/21/2011
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
Approved: DBR 12/21/2011
Number of poling locations within each area will be dependent on
site conditions. Full transects will have a minimum of 3 locations.
Poling will be conducted +/- 25 feet of all
transects, focus areas, and delineation areas
Project#: 106-4186
'ransects.mxd
-------
VvV'*•.
¦; V -
Map Location
Legend
November 2011 Delineation Area
Spring 2011 Delineation Area
2011 Poling Focus Areas
Additional Poling Focus Areas
ENBRIDGE
SHEET 129 OF 170
Bridge Access Poling Areas
Drawn: JLH 12/21/2011
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
Approved: DBR 12/21/2011
Number of poling locations within each area will be dependent on
site conditions. Full transects will have a minimum of 3 locations.
Poling will be conducted +/- 25 feet of all
transects, focus areas, and delineation areas
Project#: 106-4186
'ransects.mxd
Transects
2011 transect to be poled in 2012
2011 transect not slated for poling in 2012
Q Additional 2012 transect poling locations
-------
Map Location
Legend
November 2011 Delineation Area
Spring 2011 Delineation Area
2011 Poling Focus Areas
Additional Poling Focus Areas
SHEET 130 OF 170
Bridge Access Poling Areas
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
Number of poling locations within each area will be dependent on
site conditions. Full transects will have a minimum of 3 locations.
Poling will be conducted +/- 25 feet of all
transects, focus areas, and delineation areas
Transects
2011 transect to be poled in 2012
2011 transect not slated for poling in 2012
Q Additional 2012 transect poling locations
X:\ArcMap Project FilesWVork Plan 2012\Figure 2 2012 Poiing Focus Areas and Transects.mxd
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
ieniBRiDCE
Drawn: JLH 12/21/2011
Approved: DBR 12/21/2011
Project#: 106-4186
-------
X:\ArcMap Project Files\Work Plan 2012\Figure 2 2012 Poling Focus Areas and Transects.mxd
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
-------
31.8 South
31.8 South B
~
31.8 South C
Wm&M
32.5'Mbrth
32.5 North
Map Location
C^ENBRIDGE
Drawn: JLH 12/21/2011
Approved: DBR 12/21/2011
Project#: 106-4186
Legend
£> November 2011 Delineation Area Transects
Spring 2011 Delineation Area
2011 Poling Focus Areas
Additional Poling Focus Areas
2011 transect to be poled in 2012
2011 transect not slated for poling in 2012
Additional 2012 transect poling locations
~ Park/Launch Access Poling Areas
Bridge Access Poling Areas
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
Poling will be conducted +/- 25 feet of all
transects, focus areas, and delineation areas
Number of poling locations within each area will be dependent on
site conditions. Full transects will have a minimum of 3 locations.
X:\ArcMap Project Files\Work Plan 2012\Figure 2 2012 Poiing Focus Areas and Transects.mxd
FIGURE 2
2012 POLING FOCUS AREAS & TRANSECTS
SHEET 132 OF 170
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
-------
32.5 NortPi
32.5 North
flKpfc'
U.
32.65 Southeast
32.65 Southeast
32.75 Northwest/
FIGURE 2
2012 POLING FOCUS AREAS & TRANSECTS
SHEET 133 OF 170
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
-•as.* •'
ENBRIDGE
Drawn: JLH 12/21/2011
Approved: DBR 12/21/2011
Project#: 106-4186
Map Location
Legend
€> November 2011 Delineation Area
Spring 2011 Delineation Area
2011 Poling Focus Areas
Additional Poling Focus Areas
Transects
2011 transect to be poled in 2012
2011 transect not slated for poling in 2012
Q Additional 2012 transect poling locations
~ Park/Launch Access Poling Areas
Bridge Access Poling Areas
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
Poling will be conducted +/- 25 feet of all
transects, focus areas, and delineation areas
Number of poling locations within each area will be dependent on
site conditions. Full transects will have a minimum of 3 locations.
X:\ArcMap Project FilesWVork Plan 2012\Figure 2 2012 Poling Focus Areas and Transects.mxd
-------
BRIDGE
Drawn: JLH 12/21/2011
Approved: DBR 12/21/2011
Project#: 106-4186
Map Location
Legend
€> November 2011 Delineation Area
Spring 2011 Delineation Area
2011 Poling Focus Areas
Additional Poling Focus Areas
Transects
2011 transect to be poled in 2012
2011 transect not slated for poling in 2012
Q Additional 2012 transect poling locations
~ Park/Launch Access Poling Areas
Bridge Access Poling Areas
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
Poling will be conducted +/- 25 feet of all
transects, focus areas, and delineation areas
Number of poling locations within each area will be dependent on
site conditions. Full transects will have a minimum of 3 locations.
FIGURE 2
2012 POLING FOCUS AREAS & TRANSECTS
SHEET 134 OF 170
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
X:\ArcMap Project Files\Work Plan 2012\Figure 2 2012 Poiing Focus Areas and Transects.mxd
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
-------
33.0 A
33.0 A
MffiRSK
v*&9H
Wlllpi1
Map Location
^EN BRIDGE
Drawn: JLH 12/21/2011
Approved: DBR 12/21/2011
Legend
€> November 2011 Delineation Area
Spring 2011 Delineation Area
2011 Poling Focus Areas
Additional Poling Focus Areas
*32.9 Northwest
~
~
¦ w : r.
V.^ -o*'-. r ,¦¦¦¦¦'. , :.-vV
- w ik&• - M-<.; i, i •. if-.
4 : 'y'£v
& s k irWR® 1
lifwi ' '¦
' ¦ ->K .V , '»v
33.0 B
33.0 B
|J « .Mp4-
' - ¦ .Mi*:
Transects
2011 transect to be poled in 2012
2011 transect not slated for poling in 2012
Q Additional 2012 transect poling locations
~ Park/Launch Access Poling Areas
Bridge Access Poling Areas
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
Project#: 106-4186
Poling will be conducted +/- 25 feet of all
transects, focus areas, and delineation areas
Number of poling locations within each area will be dependent on
site conditions. Full transects will have a minimum of 3 locations.
X:\ArcMap Project Files\Work Plan 2012\Figure 2 2012 Poiing Focus Areas and Transects.mxd
FIGURE 2
2012 POLING FOCUS AREAS & TRANSECTS
SHEET 135 OF 170
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
-------
SEFvS±Hr,a
Map Location
Z^EN BRIDGE
Legend
€> November 2011 Delineation Area Transects
Drawn: JLH 12/21/2011
Spring 2011 Delineation Area
2011 Poling Focus Areas
Additional Poling Focus Areas
2011 transect to be poled in 2012
2011 transect not slated for poling in 2012
Additional 2012 transect poling locations
~ Park/Launch Access Poling Areas
Bridge Access Poling Areas
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
Approved: DBR 12/21/2011
Project#: 106-4186
Poling will be conducted +/- 25 feet of all
transects, focus areas, and delineation areas
Number of poling locations within each area will be dependent on
site conditions. Full transects will have a minimum of 3 locations.
X:\ArcMap Project Files\Work Plan 2012\Figure 2 2012 Poiing Focus Areas and Transects.mxd
FIGURE 2
2012 POLING FOCUS AREAS & TRANSECTS
SHEET 136 OF 170
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
-------
•NBRtDGE
~rn_v
It :i8Kt V
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
Scale in Feet
FIGURE 2
2012 POLING FOCUS AREAS & TRANSECTS
SHEET 137 OF 170
X:\ArcMap Project FilesWVork Plan 2012\Figure 2 2012 Poling Focus Areas
and Transects.mxd
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
Map Location
Transects
2011 transect to be poled in 2012
2011 transect not slated for poling in 2012
Q Additional 2012 transect poling locations
Drawn: JLH 12/21/2011
Approved: DBR 12/21/2011
Project#: 106-4186
Legend
€> November 2011 Delineation Area
Spring 2011 Delineation Area
2011 Poling Focus Areas
Additional Poling Focus Areas
Poling will be conducted +/- 25 feet of all
transects, focus areas, and delineation areas
Park/Launch Access Poling Areas
Bridge Access Poling Areas
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
Number of poling locations within each area will be dependent on
site conditions. Full transects will have a minimum of 3 locations.
-------
33.5 South
33.65 North
33.65 North
33.72T ¦>'}
Map Location
FIGURE 2
2012 POLING FOCUS AREAS & TRANSECTS
33.55T
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
X:\ArcMap Project FilesWVork Plan 2012\Figure 2 2012 Poling Focus Areas and Transects.mxd
SHEET 138 OF 170
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
^Jnbridce
Drawn: JLH 12/21/2011
Approved: DBR 12/21/2011
Project#: 106-4186
Legend
€> November 2011 Delineation Area
Spring 2011 Delineation Area
2011 Poling Focus Areas
Additional Poling Focus Areas
Transects
2011 transect to be poled in 2012
2011 transect not slated for poling in 2012
Q Additional 2012 transect poling locations
~ Park/Launch Access Poling Areas
Bridge Access Poling Areas
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
Poling will be conducted +/- 25 feet of all
transects, focus areas, and delineation areas
Number of poling locations within each area will be dependent on
site conditions. Full transects will have a minimum of 3 locations.
Scale in Feet
-------
33.75 North
33.72T
33.75 North
33.89T
33.95 South
/; 33.95 South
Map Location
X:\ArcMap Project Files\Work Plan 2012\Figure 2 2012 Poling Focus Areas and Transects.mxd
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
Transects
2011 transect to be poled in 2012
2011 transect not slated for poling in 2012
Q Additional 2012 transect poling locations
BRIDGE
Drawn: JLH 12/21/2011
Approved: DBR 12/21/2011
Project#: 106-4186
Legend
€> November 2011 Delineation Area
Spring 2011 Delineation Area
2011 Poling Focus Areas
Additional Poling Focus Areas
Poling will be conducted +/- 25 feet of all
transects, focus areas, and delineation areas
~ Park/Launch Access Poling Areas
Bridge Access Poling Areas
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
Number of poling locations within each area will be dependent on
site conditions. Full transects will have a minimum of 3 locations.
. ¦> j
FIGURE 2
2012 POLING FOCUS AREAS & TRANSECTS
SHEET 139 OF 170
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
-------
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
Transects
2011 transect to be poled in 2012
2011 transect not slated for poling in 2012
Q Additional 2012 transect poling locations
^v-
4
Map Location
NBR1DCE
Drawn: JLH 12/21/2011
Approved: DBR 12/21/2011
Project#: 106-4186
X:\ArcMap Project FilesWVork Plan 2012\Figure 2 2012 Poling Focus Areas and Transects.mxd
m
Legend
€> November 2011 Delineation Area
Spring 2011 Delineation Area
2011 Poling Focus Areas
Additional Poling Focus Areas
Poling will be conducted +/- 25 feet of all
transects, focus areas, and delineation areas
~ Park/Launch Access Poling Areas
Bridge Access Poling Areas
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
Number of poling locations within each area will be dependent on
site conditions. Full transects will have a minimum of 3 locations.
FIGURE 2
2012 POLING FOCUS AREAS & TRANSECTS
SHEET 140 OF 170
Scale in Feet
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
-------
34.48T
Map Location
Z^EN BRIDGE
Drawn: JLH 12/21/2011
Approved: DBR 12/21/2011
Project#: 106-4186
Legend
€> November 2011 Delineation Area
Spring 2011 Delineation Area
2011 Poling Focus Areas
Additional Poling Focus Areas
Transects
2011 transect to be poled in 2012
2011 transect not slated for poling in 2012
Q Additional 2012 transect poling locations
~ Park/Launch Access Poling Areas
Bridge Access Poling Areas
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
Poling will be conducted +/- 25 feet of all
transects, focus areas, and delineation areas
Number of poling locations within each area will be dependent on
site conditions. Full transects will have a minimum of 3 locations.
X:\ArcMap Project Files\Work Plan 2012\Figure 2 2012 Poiing Focus Areas and Transects.mxd
FIGURE 2
2012 POLING FOCUS AREAS & TRANSECTS
SHEET 141 OF 170
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
34.2 Southeast \\
34.221
-------
Js&Sg&jS
Map Location
NBRIDCE
X:\ArcMap Project Files\Work Plan 2012\Figure 2 2012 Poling Focus Areas and Transects.mxd
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
FIGURE 2
2012 POLING FOCUS AREAS & TRANSECTS
SHEET 142 OF 170
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
Legend
€> November 2011 Delineation Area
Spring 2011 Delineation Area
2011 Poling Focus Areas
Additional Poling Focus Areas
Transects
2011 transect to be poled in 2012
2011 transect not slated for poling in 2012
Q Additional 2012 transect poling locations
~ Park/Launch Access Poling Areas
Bridge Access Poling Areas
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
Poling will be conducted +/- 25 feet of all
transects, focus areas, and delineation areas
Number of poling locations within each area will be dependent on
site conditions. Full transects will have a minimum of 3 locations.
Scale in Feet
Drawn: JLH 12/21/2011
Approved: DBR 12/21/2011
Project#: 106-4186
-------
V 35.1 North
Map Location
ENBRIDGE
'
Drawn: JLH 12/21/2011
Approved: DBR 12/21/2011
Project#: 106-4186
Legend
£> November 2011 Delineation Area Transects
Spring 2011 Delineation Area
2011 Poling Focus Areas
Additional Poling Focus Areas
2011 transect to be poled in 2012
2011 transect not slated for poling in 2012
Additional 2012 transect poling locations
~ Park/Launch Access Poling Areas
Bridge Access Poling Areas
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
Poling will be conducted +/- 25 feet of all
transects, focus areas, and delineation areas
Number of poling locations within each area will be dependent on
site conditions. Full transects will have a minimum of 3 locations.
X:\ArcMap Project Files\Work Plan 2012\Figure 2 2012 Poiing Focus Areas and Transects.mxd
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
FIGURE 2
2012 POLING FOCUS AREAS & TRANSECTS
SHEET 143 OF 170
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
-------
Map Location
Drawn: JLH 12/21/2011
Approved: DBR 12/21/2011
Project#: 106-4186
Legend
November 2011 Delineation Area Transects
Spring 2011 Delineation Area
2011 Poling Focus Areas
Additional Poling Focus Areas
2011 transect to be poled in 2012
2011 transect not slated for poling in 2012
Additional 2012 transect poling locations
~ Park/Launch Access Poling Areas
Bridge Access Poling Areas
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
Poling will be conducted +/- 25 feet of all
transects, focus areas, and delineation areas
Number of poling locations within each area will be dependent on
site conditions. Full transects will have a minimum of 3 locations.
X:\ArcMap Project Files\Work Plan 2012\Figure 2 2012 Poiing Focus Areas and Transects.mxd
Scale in Feet
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
FIGURE 2
2012 POLING FOCUS AREAS & TRANSECTS
SHEET 144 OF 170
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
-------
35:3' North
35.3 North
35.6 Northwest
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
35.6 Northwest A
BRIDGE
X:\ArcMap Project Files\Work Plan 2012\Figure 2 2012 Poling Focus Areas and Transects.mxd
Drawn: JLH 12/21/2011
Approved: DBR 12/21/2011
Project#: 106-4186
Transects
2011 transect to be poled in 2012
2011 transect not slated for poling in 2012
Q Additional 2012 transect poling locations
Map Location
Legend
€> November 2011 Delineation Area
Spring 2011 Delineation Area
2011 Poling Focus Areas
Additional Poling Focus Areas
Poling will be conducted +/- 25 feet of all
transects, focus areas, and delineation areas
Park/Launch Access Poling Areas
Bridge Access Poling Areas
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
Number of poling locations within each area will be dependent on
site conditions. Full transects will have a minimum of 3 locations.
Scale in Feet
FIGURE 2
2012 POLING FOCUS AREAS & TRANSECTS
SHEET 145 OF 170
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
-------
35.6 Northwest A
35.6 Northwest B
35.6 Northwest *
35.6 Southeast A\ \
Map Location
BRIDGE
Legend
€> November 2011 Delineation Area Transects
Drawn: JLH 12/21/2011
Spring 2011 Delineation Area
2011 Poling Focus Areas
Additional Poling Focus Areas
Approved: DBR 12/21/2011
Project#: 106-4186
Poling will be conducted +/- 25 feet of all
transects, focus areas, and delineation areas
~ Park/Launch Access Poling Areas
^ Bridge Access Poling Areas
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
Number of poling locations within each area will be dependent on
site conditions. Full transects will have a minimum of 3 locations.
2011 transect to be poled in 2012
2011 transect not slated for poling in 2012
Additional 2012 transect poling locations
X:\ArcMap Project Files\Work Plan 2012\Figure 2 2012 Poling Focus Areas and Transects.mxd
FIGURE 2
2012 POLING FOCUS AREAS & TRANSECTS
SHEET 146 OF 170
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
-------
, -W®' •
.
Map Location
Legend
November 2011 Delineation Area
Spring 2011 Delineation Area
2011 Poling Focus Areas
Additional Poling Focus Areas
NBRIDCE
Bridge Access Poling Areas
Drawn: JLH 12/21/2011
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
Approved: DBR 12/21/2011
Number of poling locations within each area will be dependent on
site conditions. Full transects will have a minimum of 3 locations.
Poling will be conducted +/- 25 feet of all
transects, focus areas, and delineation areas
Project#: 106-4186
FIGURE 2
2012 POLING FOCUS AREAS & TRANSECTS
Transects
2011 transect to be poled in 2012
2011 transect not slated for poling in 2012
Q Additional 2012 transect poling locations
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
SHEET 147 OF 170
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
Scale in Feet
-------
35.84T
35.84T
\
35.8 Northwest
35.8 Northwes
* 36.1 Northwest A
36.1 North wi
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
FIGURE 2
2012 POLING FOCUS AREAS & TRANSECTS
SHEET 148 OF 170
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
/3'6.1 Northwest B/
It 2 J
Map Location
C^EN BRIDGE
¦
:-'j •
Drawn: JLH 12/21/2011
¦
V; . ¦ ¦'" «» . •
. ' . ¦;.j:'
Approved: DBR 12/21/2011
Project#: 106-4186
Legend
€> November 2011 Delineation Area Transects
Spring 2011 Delineation Area
2011 Poling Focus Areas
Additional Poling Focus Areas
2011 transect to be poled in 2012
2011 transect not slated for poling in 2012
Additional 2012 transect poling locations
~ Park/Launch Access Poling Areas
Bridge Access Poling Areas
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
Poling will be conducted +/- 25 feet of all
transects, focus areas, and delineation areas
Number of poling locations within each area will be dependent on
site conditions. Full transects will have a minimum of 3 locations.
X:\ArcMap Project Files\Work Plan 2012\Figure 2 2012 Poling Focus Areas and Transects.mxd
-------
\
>
( / —V ^ _
I/' \ 36.15 North^T^?^r^~--C,~ * »' „
V N—^ > 36.15 North ^S> - «.
\ - *» - - \
^ V — ^
36.1 Northwest /<'
;'ji!":»-,'S?r'1
BM? ¦ i .s®SSMS8
pP
O
. IC r
->T
^3 x
\ \
\ >
\ /
- '. :• "
*T- ¦' • v. \^W'A7lK! ,*•
•A. '>¦ '-.\ 'ttk+hi*- yxf.dm
* ¦ ¦. v '¦...'
! r P. ¦ \ .. a/
I JMFr' >&&&*¦ \ .:,/
/
, x -f ¦-
\ :.. ' , :\ J /
— — v
36.25 A
/ '
[36.1 Northwest B
Wm
Legend
€> November 2011 Delineation Area
Spring 2011 Delineation Area
2011 Poling Focus Areas
Additional Poling Focus Areas
Poling will be conducted +/- 25 feet of all
transects, focus areas, and delineation areas
~ Park/Launch Access Poling Areas
^ Bridge Access Poling Areas
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
Number of poling locations within each area will be dependent on
site conditions. Full transects will have a minimum of 3 locations.
Transects
2011 transect to be poled in 2012
2011 transect not slated for poling in 2012
Additional 2012 transect poling locations
N
A
FIGURE 2
2012 POLING FOCUS AREAS & TRANSECTS
SHEET 149 OF 170
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
X:\ArcMap Project Files\Work Plan 2012\Figure 2 2012 Poling Focus Areas and Transects.mxd
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
-------
36.45 North
*36.45 North A
36.6 .South B
SfJfT
Delta A
36.6 South * \ *\
/ ¦r
:?•
^EN BRIDGE
Drawn: JLH 12/21/2011
Project#: 106-4186
Map Location
Approved: DBR 12/21/2011
Legend
€> November 2011 Delineation Area Transects
Spring 2011 Delineation Area 2011 transect to be poled in 2012
2011 Poling Focus Areas 2011 transect not slated for poling in 2012
Additional Poling Focus Areas • Additional 2012 transect poling locations
~ Park/Launch Access Poling Areas
Bridge Access Poling Areas
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
Poling will be conducted +/- 25 feet of all
transects, focus areas, and delineation areas
Number of poling locations within each area will be dependent on
site conditions. Full transects will have a minimum of 3 locations.
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
-
.P g^sS
$ V V*
jt"« .
•
r. t "MZ- ' • 'J
_ ,¦£. -vs ¦
WK, * 1
**1 .
©IIP
\,
M
sS '
W '
r
-------
36;50T
< 35th St Bridge SE
*36.45 North
36.6 South A
36.45 North A
36.31T
Delta A
Delta A
¦ *¦;'*
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
Transects
2011 transect to be poled in 2012
2011 transect not slated for poling in 2012
Q Additional 2012 transect poling locations
Map Location
ENBRIDGE
Drawn: JLH 12/21/2011
Approved: DBR 12/21/2011
Project#: 106-4186
Legend
€> November 2011 Delineation Area
Spring 2011 Delineation Area
2011 Poling Focus Areas
Additional Poling Focus Areas
Poling will be conducted +/- 25 feet of all
transects, focus areas, and delineation areas
~ Park/Launch Access Poling Areas
Bridge Access Poling Areas
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
Number of poling locations within each area will be dependent on
site conditions. Full transects will have a minimum of 3 locations.
X:\ArcMap Project Files\Work Plan 2012\Figure 2 2012 Poling Focus Areas and Transects.mxd
Scale in Feet
FIGURE 2
2012 POLING FOCUS AREAS & TRANSECTS
SHEET 151 OF 170
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
-------
36.6 South B|
36.6 South
Delta A
36.8 North
¦
Morrow Lake Delta East
Morrow Lake Delta EasL **
Delta A
BRIDGE
Drawn: JLH 12/21/2011
Approved: DBR 12/21/2011
Map Location
Legend
€> November 2011 Delineation Area
Spring 2011 Delineation Area
2011 Poling Focus Areas
Additional Poling Focus Areas
Transects
2011 transect to be poled in 2012
2011 transect not slated for poling in 2012
Q Additional 2012 transect poling locations
~ Park/Launch Access Poling Areas
~ Bridge Access Poling Areas
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
Project#: 106-4186
X:\ArcMap Project FilesWVork Plan 2012\Figure 2 2012 Poling Focus Areas and Transects.mxd
Poling will be conducted +/- 25 feet of all
transects, focus areas, and delineation areas
Number of poling locations within each area will be dependent on
site conditions. Full transects will have a minimum of 3 locations.
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
Scale in Feet
FIGURE 2
2012 POLING FOCUS AREAS & TRANSECTS
SHEET 152 OF 170
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
-------
Delta G
Delta A
Morrow Lake Delta East
Delta B
Delta F
Delta D
Delta E
Delta C
Delta H
Morrow Lake Delta East
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
X:\ArcMap Project Files\Work Plan 2012\Figure 2 2012 Poling Focus Areas and Transects.mxd
Project#: 106-4186
Drawn: JLH 12/21/2011
Approved: DBR 12/21/2011
FIGURE 2
2012 POLING FOCUS AREAS & TRANSECTS
SHEET 153 OF 170
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
Map Location
Legend
€> November 2011 Delineation Area
Spring 2011 Delineation Area
2011 Poling Focus Areas
Additional Poling Focus Areas
Transects
2011 transect to be poled in 2012
2011 transect not slated for poling in 2012
Q Additional 2012 transect poling locations
~ Park/Launch Access Poling Areas
~ Bridge Access Poling Areas
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
Poling will be conducted +/- 25 feet of all
transects, focus areas, and delineation areas
Number of poling locations within each area will be dependent on
site conditions. Full transects will have a minimum of 3 locations.
Scale in Feet
-------
• /
Delta F(^
Map Location
c.NBRIDGE
Drawn: JLH 12/21/2011
Approved: DBR 12/21/2011
Project#: 106-4186
Legend
€> November 2011 Delineation Area
Spring 2011 Delineation Area
2011 Poling Focus Areas
Additional Poling Focus Areas
Delta K
Transects
2011 transect to be poled in 2012
2011 transect not slated for poling in 2012
Q Additional 2012 transect poling locations
~ Park/Launch Access Poling Areas
~ Bridge Access Poling Areas
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
Poling will be conducted +/- 25 feet of all
transects, focus areas, and delineation areas
Number of poling locations within each area will be dependent on
site conditions. Full transects will have a minimum of 3 locations.
Delta P
FIGURE 2
2012 POLING FOCUS AREAS & TRANSECTS
SHEET 154 OF 170
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
X:\ArcMap Project FileswvorK Plan 2012\Figure 2 2012 Poling Focus Areas and Transects.mxd
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
-------
Delta K
Delta H
borrow Lake Delta East
¦h,,,\i.<4-. • £ + i
Delta R
Delta O
'" *
FIGURE 2
2012 POLING FOCUS AREAS & TRANSECTS
X:\ArcMap Project Files\Work Plan 2012\Figure 2 2012 Poling Focus Areas and Transects.mxd
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
Delta J
/ ~
yf
* ^jjjj
'
Map Location
c.NBRIDGE
Drawn: JLH 12/21/2011
Approved: DBR 12/21/2011
Project#: 106-4186
Legend
€> November 2011 Delineation Area
Spring 2011 Delineation Area
2011 Poling Focus Areas
Additional Poling Focus Areas
Transects
2011 transect to be poled in 2012
2011 transect not slated for poling in 2012
Q Additional 2012 transect poling locations
~ Park/Launch Access Poling Areas
~ Bridge Access Poling Areas
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
Poling will be conducted +/- 25 feet of all
transects, focus areas, and delineation areas
Number of poling locations within each area will be dependent on
site conditions. Full transects will have a minimum of 3 locations.
SHEET 155 OF 170
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
-------
Delta't)
'¦N BRIDGE
Drawn: JLH 12/21/2011
Approved: DBR 12/21/2011
Project#: 106-4186
Morrow Lake Delta South
Map Location
Legend
€> November 2011 Delineation Area
Spring 2011 Delineation Area
2011 Poling Focus Areas
Additional Poling Focus Areas
r;
Transects
2011 transect to be poled in 2012
2011 transect not slated for poling in 2012
Q Additional 2012 transect poling locations
~ Park/Launch Access Poling Areas
~ Bridge Access Poling Areas
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
Poling will be conducted +/- 25 feet of all
transects, focus areas, and delineation areas
Number of poling locations within each area will be dependent on
site conditions. Full transects will have a minimum of 3 locations.
Delta AA
/
FIGURE 2
2012 POLING FOCUS AREAS & TRANSECTS
SHEET 156 OF 170
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
X:\ArcMap Project FilesWVork Plan 2012\Figure 2 2012 Poiing Focus Areas and Transects.mxd
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
-------
Drawn:
c.NBRIDGE
JLH 12/21/2011
Approved: DBR 12/21/2011
Project#: 106-4186
Map Location
Legend
€> November 2011 Delineation Area
Spring 2011 Delineation Area
2011 Poling Focus Areas
Additional Poling Focus Areas
Transects
2011 transect to be poled in 2012
2011 transect not slated for poling in 2012
Q Additional 2012 transect poling locations
~ Park/Launch Access Poling Areas
~ Bridge Access Poling Areas
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
Poling will be conducted +/- 25 feet of all
transects, focus areas, and delineation areas
Number of poling locations within each area will be dependent on
site conditions. Full transects will have a minimum of 3 locations.
FIGURE 2
2012 POLING FOCUS AREAS & TRANSECTS
SHEET 157 OF 170
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
X:\ArcMap Project Files\Work Plan 2012\Figure 2 2012 Poiing Focus Areas and Transects.mxd
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
-------
r——
2011 transect to be poled in 2012
2011 transect not slated for poling in 2012
Q Additional 2012 transect poling locations
~ Park/Launch Access Poling Areas
~ Bridge Access Poling Areas
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
Morrow Lake Delta East
Poling will be conducted +/- 25 feet of all Number of poling locations within each area will be dependent on
transects, focus areas, and delineation areas site conditions. Full transects will have a minimum of 3 locations.
X:\ArcMap Project Files\Work Plan 2012\Figure 2 2012 Poling Focus Areas and Transects.mxd
FIGURE 2
2012 POLING FOCUS AREAS & TRANSECTS
SHEET 158 OF 170
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
-------
WM
• IMS
37.75 North
' ¦¦ ¦'. I. ¦
^ /v ^l-'V v " ¦
37.^5 Islands C
37.75 Islands A
37.75 Islands B
FIGURE 2
2012 POLING FOCUS AREAS & TRANSECTS
Entrance to Morrow Lake
X:\ArcMap Project FilesWVork Plan 2012\Figure 2 2012 Poling Focus Areas and Transects.mxd
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
Drawn: JLH 12/21/2011
Approved: DBR 12/21/2011
Project#: 106-4186
l
Legend
€> November 2011 Delineation Area
Spring 2011 Delineation Area
2011 Poling Focus Areas
Additional Poling Focus Areas
Transects
2011 transect to be poled in 2012
2011 transect not slated for poling in 2012
Q Additional 2012 transect poling locations
~ Park/Launch Access Poling Areas
~ Bridge Access Poling Areas
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
Poling will be conducted +/- 25 feet of all
transects, focus areas, and delineation areas
Number of poling locations within each area will be dependent on
site conditions. Full transects will have a minimum of 3 locations.
Scale in Feet
SHEET 159 OF 170
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
-------
Map Location
NBRIDGE
Drawn: JLH 12/21/2011
Approved: DBR 12/21/2011
Project#: 106-4186
reas
an
Legend
23 November 2011 Delineation Area
Spring 2011 Delineation Area
2011 Poling Focus Areas
Additional Poling Focus Areas
Transects
2011 transect to be poled in 2012
2011 transect not slated for poling in 2012
Q Additional 2012 transect poling locations
~ Park/Launch Access Poling Areas
~ Bridge Access Poling Areas
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
Poling will be conducted +/- 25 feet of all
transects, focus areas, and delineation areas
Number of poling locations within each area will be dependent on
site conditions. Full transects will have a minimum of 3 locations.
FIGURE 2
2012 POLING FOCUS AREAS & TRANSECTS
SHEET 160 OF 170
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
X:\ArcMap Project FilesWVork Plan 2012\l igure
ing hocus /
"ransects.mxd
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
-------
X:\ArcMap Project Files\Work Plan 2012\Figure 2 2012 Poling Focus Areas and Transects.mxd
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
Entrance to Morrow Lake
Map Location
c.NBRIDGE
Drawn: JLH 12/21/2011
Approved: DBR 12/21/2011
Project#: 106-4186
Legend
€> November 2011 Delineation Area Transects
Spring 2011 Delineation Area
2011 Poling Focus Areas
Additional Poling Focus Areas
2011 transect to be poled in 2012
2011 transect not slated for poling in 2012
Additional 2012 transect poling locations
~ Park/Launch Access Poling Areas
~ Bridge Access Poling Areas
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
Poling will be conducted +/- 25 feet of all
transects, focus areas, and delineation areas
Number of poling locations within each area will be dependent on
site conditions. Full transects will have a minimum of 3 locations.
FIGURE 2
2012 POLING FOCUS AREAS & TRANSECTS
SHEET 161 OF 170
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
-------
FIGURE 2
2012 POLING FOCUS AREAS & TRANSECTS
X:\ArcMap Project FilesWVork Plan 2012\Figure 2 2012 Poling Focus Areas and Transects.mxd
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
Entrance to Morrow Lake
Map Location
c.NBRIDGE
Drawn: JLH 12/21/2011
Approved: DBR 12/21/2011
Project#: 106-4186
Legend
€> November 2011 Delineation Area Transects
Spring 2011 Delineation Area
2011 Poling Focus Areas
Additional Poling Focus Areas
2011 transect to be poled in 2012
2011 transect not slated for poling in 2012
Additional 2012 transect poling locations
~ Park/Launch Access Poling Areas
~ Bridge Access Poling Areas
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
Poling will be conducted +/- 25 feet of all
transects, focus areas, and delineation areas
Number of poling locations within each area will be dependent on
site conditions. Full transects will have a minimum of 3 locations.
Scale in Feet
SHEET 162 OF 170
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
37.75 Islands
-------
FIGURE 2
2012 POLING FOCUS AREAS & TRANSECTS
SHEET 163 OF 170
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
X:\ArcMap Project FilesWVork Plan 2012
ransects.mxd
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
BRIDGE
Drawn: JLH 12/21/2011
Approved: DBR 12/21/2011
Project#: 106-4186
Legend
23 November 2011 Delineation Area
Spring 2011 Delineation Area
2011 Poling Focus Areas
* Additional Poling Focus Areas
Transects
2011 transect to be poled in 2012
2011 transect not slated for poling in 2012
Q Additional 2012 transect poling locations
~ Park/Launch Access Poling Areas
~ Bridge Access Poling Areas
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
Poling will be conducted +/- 25 feet of all
transects, focus areas, and delineation areas
Number of poling locations within each area will be dependent on
site conditions. Full transects will have a minimum of 3 locations.
-------
NBRIDGE
Drawn: JLH 12/21/2011
Approved: DBR 12/21/2011
Project#: 106-4186
Legend
23 November 2011 Delineation Area Transects
Spring 2011 Delineation Area
2011 Poling Focus Areas
Additional Poling Focus Areas
2011 transect to be poled in 2012
2011 transect not slated for poling in 2012
Q Additional 2012 transect poling locations
~ Park/Launch Access Poling Areas
~ Bridge Access Poling Areas
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
Poling will be conducted +/- 25 feet of all Number of poling locations within each area will be dependent on
transects, focus areas, and delineation areas site conditions. Full transects will have a minimum of 3 locations.
N
A
oling Focus Areas and Transects.mxd
FIGURE 2
2012 POLING FOCUS AREAS & TRANSECTS
SHEET 164 OF 170
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
X:\ArcMap Project FilesWVork Plan 2012\l igure
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
-------
X:\ArcMap Project FiiesWVork Plan 2012
NBRIDGE
Drawn: JLH 12/21/2011
Approved: DBR 12/21/2011
Project#: 106-4186
Legend
23 November 2011 Delineation Area Transects
Spring 2011 Delineation Area
2011 Poling Focus Areas
* Additional Poling Focus Areas
2011 transect to be poled in 2012
2011 transect not slated for poling in 2012
Additional 2012 transect poling locations
~ Park/Launch Access Poling Areas
~ Bridge Access Poling Areas
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
Poling will be conducted +/- 25 feet of all
transects, focus areas, and delineation areas
Number of poling locations within each area will be dependent on
site conditions. Full transects will have a minimum of 3 locations.
ransects.mxd
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
FIGURE 2
2012 POLING FOCUS AREAS & TRANSECTS
SHEET 165 OF 170
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
-------
Map Location
c.NBRIDGE
Drawn: JLH 12/21/2011
Approved: DBR 12/21/2011
Project#: 106-4186
Legend
€> November 2011 Delineation Area Transects
Spring 2011 Delineation Area
2011 Poling Focus Areas
Additional Poling Focus Areas
2011 transect to be poled in 2012
2011 transect not slated for poling in 2012
Additional 2012 transect poling locations
~ Park/Launch Access Poling Areas
~ Bridge Access Poling Areas
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
Poling will be conducted +/- 25 feet of all
transects, focus areas, and delineation areas
Number of poling locations within each area will be dependent on
site conditions. Full transects will have a minimum of 3 locations.
N
A
FIGURE 2
2012 POLING FOCUS AREAS & TRANSECTS
SHEET 166 OF 170
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
X:\ArcMap Project FilesWVork Plan 2012\Figure 2 2012 Poiing Focus Areas and Transects.mxd
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
-------
Map Location
c.NBRIDGE
Drawn: JLH 12/21/2011
Approved: DBR 12/21/2011
Project#: 106-4186
Legend
€> November 2011 Delineation Area Transects
Spring 2011 Delineation Area
2011 Poling Focus Areas
Additional Poling Focus Areas
2011 transect to be poled in 2012
2011 transect not slated for poling in 2012
Additional 2012 transect poling locations
~ Park/Launch Access Poling Areas
~ Bridge Access Poling Areas
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
Poling will be conducted +/- 25 feet of all
transects, focus areas, and delineation areas
Number of poling locations within each area will be dependent on
site conditions. Full transects will have a minimum of 3 locations.
N
A
FIGURE 2
2012 POLING FOCUS AREAS & TRANSECTS
SHEET 167 OF 170
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
X:\ArcMap Project FilesWVork Plan 2012\Figure 2 2012 Poiing Focus Areas and Transects.mxd
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
-------
ENBRIDGE
Drawn: JLH 12/21/2011
Approved: DBR 12/21/2011
Project#: 106-4186
Legend
€> November 2011 Delineation Area Transects
Spring 2011 Delineation Area
2011 Poling Focus Areas
Additional Poling Focus Areas
2011 transect to be poled in 2012
2011 transect not slated for poling in 2012
Additional 2012 transect poling locations
~ Park/Launch Access Poling Areas
~ Bridge Access Poling Areas
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
Poling will be conducted +/- 25 feet of all
transects, focus areas, and delineation areas
Number of poling locations within each area will be dependent on
site conditions. Full transects will have a minimum of 3 locations.
N
A
FIGURE 2
2012 POLING FOCUS AREAS & TRANSECTS
SHEET 168 OF 170
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
X:\ArcMap Project Files\Work Plan 2012\Figure 2 2012 Poiing Focus Areas and Transects.mxd
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
-------
Location
§2
NBRIDGE
Drawn: JLH 12/21/2011
H3R4r.
SP
Approved: DBR 12/21/2011
Project#: 106-4186
X:\ArcMap Project FilesWVork Plan 2012\f iguro
Map
reas
an
Legend
23 November 2011 Delineation Area Transects
• •'^4* t,
^V':; ,4;V' ¦ .A'-'v :¦ ':>v -,*¦.•;-•¦ '• "•
¦ ?! ^>1 ^ >& 'V:-. . ; ,
Spring 2011 Delineation Area
2011 Poling Focus Areas
Additional Poling Focus Areas
2011 transect to be poled in 2012
2011 transect not slated for poling in 2012
Additional 2012 transect poling locations
~ Park/Launch Access Poling Areas
~ Bridge Access Poling Areas
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
Poling will be conducted +/- 25 feet of all
transects, focus areas, and delineation areas
Number of poling locations within each area will be dependent on
site conditions. Full transects will have a minimum of 3 locations.
m i "«JI I
¦MW •# j , Mpm
'X- • ¦ i§d' M ,• ...!
ing hocus/
"ra n sects, mxd
.0
''V,- * H
.'.'Jjhf-i '.J «..
V. ,
FIGURE 2
2012 POLING FOCUS AREAS & TRANSECTS
SHEET 169 OF 170
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
-------
X:\ArcMap Project FilesWVork Plan 2012\Figure 2 2012 Poling Focus Areas and Transects.mxd
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
FIGURE 2
2012 POLING FOCUS AREAS & TRANSECTS
SHEET 170 OF 170
it ,: -, \ "
-• " 1
A •VWl
i
1 *1
.% .'' wf'- is't'3-»!
PPp? x;}
FmM 1] 1
ation
Legend
November 2011 Delineation Area
Spring 2011 Delineation Area
2011 Poling Focus Areas
Additional Poling Focus Areas
Transects
2011 transect to be poled in 2012
2011 transect not slated for poling in 2012
Q Additional 2012 transect poling locations
~ Park/Launch Access Poling Areas
~ Bridge Access Poling Areas
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
Poling will be conducted +/- 25 feet of all
transects, focus areas, and delineation areas
Number of poling locations within each area will be dependent on
site conditions. Full transects will have a minimum of 3 locations.
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
Approved: DBR 12/21/2011
Drawn: JLH 12/21/2011
Project#: 106-4186
-------
Attachment C
Hydrodynamic Assessment
-------
40.3 South
% 39.9 South
a". :•
wm
Approved: DBR 12/2/2011
Project#: 106-4186
X:\ArcMap Project Files\Work Plan 2Q12\Figure 1 Proposed Poling Areas Downstream of Morrow Lake Dam.mxd
Aerial Photography: July and August 2009
Map Location
IS/BRIDGE
Drawn: BRS 12/2/2011
Legend
Proposed Poling Focus Areas
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
Scale in Feet
FIGURE 1
PROPOSED POLING AREAS
DOWNSTREAM OF MORROW LAKE DAM
SHEET 1 OF 2
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
-------
Map Location
-VT
* ^
• m
i a
c /
___ I
ENBRIDGE
Drawn: BRS 12/2/2011
Approved: DBR 12/2/2011
Project#: 106-4186
Legend
Proposed Poling Focus Areas
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
X:\ArcMap Project FilesWVork Plan 2Q12\Figure 1 Proposed Poling Areas Downstream of Morrow Lake Dam.mxd
FIGURE 1
PROPOSED POLING AREAS
DOWNSTREAM OF MORROW LAKE DAM
SHEET 2 OF 2
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
Aerial Photography: July and August 2009
-------
_J
Legend
O Jet Test Location
November 2011 Delineation Areas
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
> Heavy
Moderate
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
Drawn: BRS 12/2/2011
Approved: DBR 12/2/2011
Project#: 106-4186
X:\ArcMap Project FilesWVork Plan 2012\Figure 2 Jet Test Locations.mxd
FIGURE 2
JET TEST LOCATIONS
SHEET 1 OF 13
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
Map Location
ENBRIDGE
Scale in Feet
-------
LS 5.9 North
LS 5.75 Northwest
LS 5.9 South A
LS 5.75 South
•SEKR0575C07
LS 5.75 South A
LS 5.63 SouthLS 5.55 North/5.35 North D
*•• • -f5
' r
"
LS 6.25 R1
Map Location
Legend
O Jet Test Location
ENBRIDGE
Si Heavy
Moderate
Drawn: BRS 12/2/2011
Approved: DBR 12/2/2011
Project#: 106-4186
"•Vj"
m
"'I'.' SwuWI
J5Sk 1 J-flf
N LS 5.55 North
¦
V i 1
November 2011 Delineation Areas
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
X:\ArcMap Project FilesWVork Plan 2012\Figure 2 Jet Test Locations.mxd
FIGURE 2
JET TEST LOCATIONS
SHEET 2 OF 13
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
-------
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
Scale in Feet
Approved: DBR 12/2/2011
Project#: 106-4186
X:\ArcMap Project FilesWVork Plan 2012\Figure 2 Jet Test Locations.mxd
Drawn: BRS 12/2/2011
Legend
Jet Test Location
ENBRIDGE
FIGURE 2
JET TEST LOCATIONS
SHEET 3 OF 13
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
Map Location
November 2011 Delineation Areas
Heavy
Moderate
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
-------
I ; LS 12.45T
LS 12.5 D
Map Location
Drawn: BRS 12/2/2011
Approved: DBR 12/2/2011
Project#: 106-4186
LS 12.5 A/ \ |
TO®
¦l . iy® € 5
K#3fti T
-M ¦ s*g&jrMlSi
LS 12.91T
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
FIGURE 2
JET TEST LOCATIONS
SHEET 4 OF 13
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
X:\ArcMap Project FilesWVork Plan 2012\Figure 2 Jet Test Locations.mxd
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
-------
LS 14.35 North A
LS 14.35 North B
SEKR1450C02
y *¦
N
r *
--4"
Map Location
ENBRIDGE
Drawn: BRS 12/2/2011
Approved: DBR 12/2/2011
Project#: 106-4186
Legend
O Jet Test Location November 2011 Delineation Areas
Heavy
Moderate
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
X:\ArcMap Project FilesWVork Plan 2012\Figure 2 Jet Test Locations.mxd
FIGURE 2
JET TEST LOCATIONS
SHEET 5 OF 13
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
-------
FIGURE 2
JET TEST LOCATIONS
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
ENBRIDGE
Project#: 106-4186
Drawn: BRS 12/2/2011
Approved: DBR 12/2/2011
Map Location
Legend
O Jet Test Location
November 2011 Delineation Areas
£3 Heavy
Moderate
X:\ArcMap Project FileswVork Plan 2012\Figure 2 Jet Test Locations.mxd
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
-------
ENBRIDGE
Drawn: BRS 12/2/2011
Approved: DBR 12/2/2011
Project#: 106-4186
Legend
O Jet Test Location
November 2011 Delineation Areas
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
£3 Heavy
Moderate
FIGURE 2
JET TEST LOCATIONS
SHEET 7 OF 13
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
X:\ArcMap Project FilesWVork Plan 2012\Figure 2 Jet Test Locations.mxd
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
-------
Drawn: BRS 12/2/2011
Approved: DBR 12/2/2011
Project#: 106-4186
X:\ArcMap Project FilesWVork Plan 2012\Figure 2 Jet Test Locations.mxd
Legend
O Jet Test Location
ENBRIDGE
Map Location
November 2011 Delineation Areas
Heavy
Moderate
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
N
A
FIGURE 2
JET TEST LOCATIONS
SHEET 8 OF 13
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
-------
26.1 Southe;
LS 25.7 North
if
^ 41
*-=*2
^5s| •.*
r
t •• j
' wr ff2if j
¦8«» H
- . - 4ft
J.
, v % : feir
_ * s
7 v
-• ' " •' r-
Jf J
^«s-j
*
KR2625C01
LS 26.0
LS 26.13T
LS 26.25 B r^r
:K\ v n-
•O LS
LS 26.2 South
ENBRIDGE
Drawn: BRS 12/2/2011
Approved: DBR 12/2/2011
Project#: 106-4186
Map Location
X:\ArcMap Project FilesWVork Plan 2012\Figure 2 Jet Test Locations.mxd
Legend
O Jet Test Location
November 2011 Delineation Areas
Heavy
Moderate
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
FIGURE 2
JET TEST LOCATIONS
SHEET 9 OF 13
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
-------
Map Location
ENBRIDGE
Drawn: BRS 12/2/2011
Legend
O Jet Test Location November 2011 Delineation Areas
Heavy
Moderate
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
Approved: DBR 12/2/2011
Project#: 106-4186
X:\ArcMap Project FiiesWVork Plan 2012\Figure 2 Jet Test Locations.mxd
FIGURE 2
JET TEST LOCATIONS
SHEET 10 OF 13
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
-------
Map Location
ENBRIDGE
Drawn: BRS 12/2/2011
'
Approved: DBR 12/2/2011
Project#: 106-4186
Legend
O Jet Test Location
November 2011 Delineation Areas
£3 Heavy
Moderate
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
SHEET 11 OF 13
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
Scale in Feet
FIGURE 2
JET TEST LOCATIONS
-------
Map Location
ENBRIDGE
Drawn: BRS 12/2/2011
Approved: DBR 12/2/2011
Project#: 106-4186
Legend
O Jet Test Location November 2011 Delineation Areas
Heavy
Moderate
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
X:\ArcMap Project FilesWVork Plan 2012\Figure 2 Jet Test Locations.mxd
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
Scale in Feet
FIGURE 2
JET TEST LOCATIONS
SHEET 12 OF 13
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
-------
PR Delta G
/ / ' -ji/ '
^ PR Delta B B
IN v
PR Delta N
SEKR3700C03
¦ ' ¦ it *lit *
£--sPR37J North
PR 36.75 North
ENBRIDGE
Drawn: BRS 12/2/2011
Approved: DBR 12/2/2011
Project#: 106-4186
X:\ArcMap Project FilesWVork Plan 2012\Figure 2 Jet Test Locations.mxd
Map Location
PR Delta M
\j
•,» (it <
PR Delta B A
I
M
3R Delta I
-
:vj
Legend
O Jet Test Location November 2011 Delineation Areas
Heavy
Moderate
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
FIGURE 2
JET TEST LOCATIONS
SHEET 13 OF 13
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
-------
mmm
. ..«#•
' - -
i -ri Jk^*iJ*ArV- W
¦¦ ~J W\
-:~
' H
vJH* rr- .r_. ^
¦ %'.< -„
W^C^-L,
iftrt
Sfe
Map Location
ENBRIDGE
Drawn: BRS 12/2/2011
Approved: DBR 12/2/2011
Project#: 106-4186
Legend
€ Proposed Velocity Profiling Locations
Velocity Moving Transects
November 2011 Delineation Areas
Heavy
Moderate
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
X:\ArcMap Project FilesWVork Plan 2012\Figure 3 Velocity Profile Locations.mxd
FIGURE 3
VELOCITY PROFILE LOCATIONS
SHEET 1 OF 26
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
-------
ENBRIDGE
Project#: 106-4186
iki .
Drawn: BRS 12/2/2011
Approved: DBR 12/2/2011
Map Location
Legend
€ Proposed Velocity Profiling Locations November 2011 Delineation Areas
Heavy
Velocity Moving Transects *—"
Moderate
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
&• Z-: '
KStSSSpf.
335
FIGURE 3
VELOCITY PROFILE LOCATIONS
SHEET 2 OF 26
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
X:\ArcMap Project FilesWVork Plan 2012\Figure 3 Velocity Profile Locations.mxd
-------
Map Location
ENBRIDGE
Drawn: BRS 12/2/2011
Approved: DBR 12/2/2011
Project#: 106-4186
Legend
€ Proposed Velocity Profiling Locations
Velocity Moving Transects
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
X:\ArcMap Project FilesWVork Plan 2012\Figure 3 Velocity Profile Locations.mxd
Scale in Feet
FIGURE 3
VELOCITY PROFILE LOCATIONS
SHEET 3 OF 26
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
November 2011 Delineation Areas
Heavy
Moderate
-------
LS 5.75 South A
"S/l-S.5.55 North
rV ..
LS 5.63 South fA
¦ . ' f——,_LS 5.55 North/5.35 North D
^ • . \
¦9 w w . W W MP Jf \ ,% J —**1-
LS 5.55 North/5.35 North E
Br
«-L
• 4 1
.rfel
ENBRIDGE
Project#: 106-4186
Map Location
Drawn: BRS 12/2/2011
Approved: DBR 12/2/2011
Legend
€ Proposed Velocity Profiling Locations
Velocity Moving Transects
November 2011 Delineation Areas
Heavy
Moderate
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
X:\ArcMap Project FilesWVork Plan 2012\Figure 3 Velocity Profile Locations.mxd
FIGURE 3
VELOCITY PROFILE LOCATIONS
SHEET 4 OF 26
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
-------
LS 5.9 South A
LS 5.75 SoutH-B
LS 5.75 South A
LS 5.63 South
LS 5.55 North/5.35 North D
Map Location
ENBRIDGE
Drawn: BRS 12/2/2011
Approved: DBR 12/2/2011
Project#: 106-4186
llMSTfl:
Legend
€ Proposed Velocity Profiling Locations November 2011 Delineation Areas
Heavy
Velocity Moving Transects *—"
Moderate
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
X:\ArcMap Project FilesWVork Plan 2012\Figure 3 Velocity Profile Locations.mxd
FIGURE 3
VELOCITY PROFILE LOCATIONS
SHEET 5 OF 26
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
-------
X:\ArcMap Project FilesWVork Plan 2012\Figure 3 Velocity Profile Locations.mxd
Map Location
ENBRIDGE
Legend
€ Proposed Velocity Profiling Locations
Velocity Moving Transects
Drawn: BRS 12/2/2011
November 2011 Delineation Areas
Heavy
Moderate
Approved: DBR 12/2/2011
Project#: 106-4186
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
N
A
FIGURE 3
VELOCITY PROFILE LOCATIONS
SHEET 6 OF 26
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
-------
*JS8f .1
A. W
Map Location
ENBRIDGE
Drawn: BRS 12/2/2011
Approved: DBR 12/2/2011
Project#: 106-4186
i
Legend
€ Proposed Velocity Profiling Locations November 2011 Delineation Areas
Heavy
Moderate
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
Velocity Moving Transects
X:\ArcMap Project FilesWVork Plan 2012\Figure 3 Velocity Profile Locations.mxd
FIGURE 3
VELOCITY PROFILE LOCATIONS
SHEET 7 OF 26
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
-------
LS 14.35 North A
_LS 14.35 North B
LS 14.40T B
LS 14.2 Sol
Map Location
FIGURE 3
VELOCITY PROFILE LOCATIONS
Legend
November 2011 Delineation Areas
Heavy
Moderate
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
Velocity Moving Transects
Drawn: BRS 12/2/2011
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
Approved: DBR 12/2/2011
Project#: 106-4186
sit v •
.A
X:\ArcMap Project FilesWVork Plan 2012\Figure 3 Velocity Profile Locations.mxd
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
-------
Drawn: BRS 12/2/2011
Approved: DBR 12/2/2011
Project#: 106-4186
X:\ArcMap Project FilesWVork Plan 2012\Figure 3 Velocity Profile Locations.mxd
Legend
€ Proposed Velocity Profiling Locations
Velocity Moving Transects
November 2011 Delineation Areas
Heavy
Moderate
ENBRIDGE
Map Location
LS 14.8 South
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
Scale in Feet
FIGURE 3
VELOCITY PROFILE LOCATIONS
SHEET 9 OF 26
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
-------
\LS North Mill Pond B
LS North Mill Pond A
- is 15.4 B/
'LS 15.25
Map Location
Drawn: BRS 12/2/2011
Approved: DBR 12/2/2011
Project#: 106-4186
X:\ArcMap Project FilesWVork Plan 2012\Figure 3 Velocity Profile Locations.mxd
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
FIGURE 3
VELOCITY PROFILE LOCATIONS
SHEET 10 OF 26
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
N
-------
9&
k
X:\ArcMap Project FilesWVork Plan 2012\Figure 3 Velocity Profile Locations.mxd
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
-------
r m
ENBRIDGE
Project#: 106-4186
Map Location
Drawn: BRS 12/2/2011
Approved: DBR 12/2/2011
Legend
€ Proposed Velocity Profiling Locations
Velocity Moving Transects
November 2011 Delineation Areas
Heavy
Moderate
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
FIGURE 3
VELOCITY PROFILE LOCATIONS
SHEET 12 OF 26
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
X:\ArcMap Project FilesWVork Plan 2012\Figure 3 Velocity Profile Locations.mxd
-------
LS 26.13 m
jLS 26.1 Southeast
LS 26.25
ENBRIDGE
Drawn: BRS 12/2/2011
Approved: DBR 12/2/2011
Project#: 106-4186
V A
Map Location
Legend
€ Proposed Velocity Profiling Locations
Velocity Moving Transects
November 2011 Delineation Areas
Heavy
Moderate
X:\ArcMap Project FilesWVork Plan 2012\Figure 3 Velocity Profile Locations.mxd
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
FIGURE 3
VELOCITY PROFILE LOCATIONS
SHEET 13 OF 26
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
Scale in Feet
-------
"till*?,r4V
¦¦ * , ' . i-
Legend
€ Proposed Velocity Profiling Locations
Velocity Moving Transects
Map Location
ENBRIDGE
Drawn: BRS 12/2/2011
Approved: DBR 12/2/2011
Project#: 106-4186
X:\ArcMap Project FilesWVork Plan 2012\Figure 3 Velocity Profile Locations.mxd
November 2011 Delineation Areas
Heavy
Moderate
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
FIGURE 3
VELOCITY PROFILE LOCATIONS
SHEET 14 OF 26
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
-------
mm
Bi:;$
1M»^
,, ITO****
f^gUI-"',, i
.
Map Location
Legend
November 2011 Delineation Areas
Heavy
Moderate
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
Velocity Moving Transects
Drawn: BRS 12/2/2011
Approved: DBR 12/2/2011
Project#: 106-4186
. ': • •- -"
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
SHEET 15 OF 26
FIGURE 3
VELOCITY PROFILE LOCATIONS
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
-------
Map Location
Legend
C
November 2011 Delineation Areas
Proposed Velocity Profiling Locations
ENBRIDGE
Heavy
Velocity Moving Transects
Moderate
Approved: DBR 12/2/2011
Project#: 106-4186
X:\ArcMap Project FilesWVork Plan 2012\Figure 3 Velocity Profile Locations.mxd
Drawn: BRS 12/2/2011
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
FIGURE 3
VELOCITY PROFILE LOCATIONS
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
SHEET 16 OF 26
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
-------
PR 36.45 North
)M 36.23 RDBVJ
ENBRIDGE
Map Location
~ •-
SJtrrr
i
Drawn: BRS 12/2/2011
Approved: DBR 12/2/2011
Legend
€ Proposed Velocity Profiling Locations
Velocity Moving Transects
November 2011 Delineation Areas
Heavy
Moderate
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
Project#: 106-4186
X:\ArcMap Project FilesWVork Plan 2012\Figure 3 Velocity Profile Locations.mxd
FIGURE 3
VELOCITY PROFILE LOCATIONS
SHEET 17 OF 26
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
-------
PR 36.75 North
PR Delta G
'PR Delta M
PR Delta B A
Pf Delta I
»R Delta B &¦-
PR Delta N.
PR Delta P '
PR Delta FF
PR Delta HH
a
ENBRIDGE
Drawn: BRS 12/2/2011
Approved: DBR 12/2/2011
Project#: 106-4186
X:\ArcMap Project FilesWVork Plan 2012\Figure 3 Velocity Profile Locations.mxd
Map Location
Legend
€ Proposed Velocity Profiling Locations
Velocity Moving Transects
November 2011 Delineation Areas
Heavy
Moderate
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
'g&k.Ss&i. ¦
i.
j .
j
_¦ '-k
•x
FIGURE 3
VELOCITY PROFILE LOCATIONS
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
Scale in Feet
SHEET 18 OF 26
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
-------
Map Location
Legend
€ Proposed Velocity Profiling Locations
Velocity Moving Transects
ENBRIDGE
BRS 12/2/2011
Drawn:
Approved: DBR 12/2/2011
Project#: 106-4186
X:\ArcMap Project FilesWVork Plan 2012\Figure 3 Velocity Profile Locations.mxd
November 2011 Delineation Areas
Heavy
Moderate
FIGURE 3
VELOCITY PROFILE LOCATIONS
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
-------
¦t,i •
¦ J ' i v^y •"» > Jv
Map Location
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
X:\ArcMap Project FilesWVork Plan 2012\Figure 3 Velocity Profile Locations.mxd
FIGURE 3
VELOCITY PROFILE LOCATIONS
SHEET 20 OF 26
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
November 2011 Delineation Areas
Heavy
Moderate
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
ENBRIDGE
Drawn: BRS 12/2/2011
Approved: DBR 12/2/2011
Project#: 106-4186
Legend
€ Proposed Velocity Profiling Locations
Velocity Moving Transects
Scale in Feet
-------
¦"'**(c 3*" r - j er- t,• h' u >-¦? ¦ • . v. "~w ¦'
Legend
€ Proposed Velocity Profiling Locations November 2011 Delineation Areas
Heavy
Moderate
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
Velocity Moving Transects
Drawn: BRS 12/2/2011
Approved: DBR 12/2/2011
Project#: 106-4186
N
A
FIGURE 3
VELOCITY PROFILE LOCATIONS
SHEET 21 OF 26
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
X:\ArcMap Project FilesWVork Plan 2012\Figure 3 Velocity Profile Locations.mxd
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
-------
X:\ArcMap Project FilesWVork Plan 2012\Figure 3 Velocity Profile Locations.mxd
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
ENBRIDGE
Drawn: BRS 12/2/2011
Approved: DBR 12/2/2011
Project#: 106-4186
FIGURE 3
VELOCITY PROFILE LOCATIONS
SHEET 22 OF 26
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
Scale in Feet
Legend
€ Proposed Velocity Profiling Locations
Velocity Moving Transects
November 2011 Delineation Areas Quarter Mile Grid Segment
Heavy
Moderate
-------
Map Location
ENBRIDGE
Drawn: BRS 12/2/2011
Approved: DBR 12/2/2011
Project#: 106-4186
Legend
Proposed Velocity Profiling Locations November 2011 Delineation Areas
Heavy
Velocity Moving Transects *—"
Moderate
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
FIGURE 3
VELOCITY PROFILE LOCATIONS
SHEET 23 OF 26
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
X:\ArcMap Project FilesWVork Plan 2012\Figure 3 Velocity Profile Locations.mxd
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
-------
I W' a-ia " JtjA V l^/CA'V • • ,
FIGURE 3
VELOCITY PROFILE LOCATIONS
Map Location
Legend
November 2011 Delineation Areas
Heavy
Moderate
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
Velocity Moving Transects
Drawn: BRS 12/2/2011
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
Approved: DBR 12/2/2011
Project#: 106-4186
X:\ArcMap Project FilesWVork Plan 2012\Figure 3 Velocity Profile Locations.mxd
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
-------
X:\ArcMap Project FilesWVork Plan 2012\Figure 3 Velocity Profile Locations.mxd
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
-------
il 1 jinf"
i i I' LHII 1.: K1
X:\ArcMap Project FileswVork Plan 2012\Figure 3 Velocity Profile Locations.mxd
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
FIGURE 3
VELOCITY PROFILE LOCATIONS
SHEET 26 OF 26
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
ENBRIDGE
Drawn: BRS 12/2/2011
Approved: DBR 12/2/2011
Project#: 106-4186
Map Location
Legend
€ Proposed Velocity Profiling Locations
Velocity Moving Transects
November 2011 Delineation Areas
Heavy
Moderate
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
Scale in Feet
-------
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
Legend
Proposed Core Locations
New Core Location
© Previous Core Location
November 2011 Delineation Areas
£*~S Heavy
€> Moderate
Map Location
§ENBRIDGE
Drawn: BRS 12/2/2011
Approved: DBR 12/2/2011
Project#: 106-4186
X:\ArcMap Project FilesWVork Plan 2012\Figure 4 Proposed Coring Locations.mxd
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
FIGURE 4
PROPOSED CORING LOCATIONS
SHEET 1 OF 31
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL. Mi PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
Scale in Feet
-------
4.8 North B
LS 4.6 Center
LS 4.3 South B
LS 4.9 South A
OSj-S 4.8 Cfenter
\ [ LS 4.8 Norfrnft
LS 4.8 South
c.HBRIDGE
'< w
Map Location
Drawn: BRS 12/2/2011
Legend
Proposed Core Locations
New Core Location
November 2011 Delineation Areas
Heavy
Moderate
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
Approved: DBR 12/2/2011
Previous Core Location
Project#: 106-4186
X:\ArcMap Project FilesWVork Pian 2012\Figure 4 Proposed Coring Locations.mxd
FIGURE 4
PROPOSED CORING LOCATIONS
SHEET 2 OF 31
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Mi PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
-------
Hi
. -
•* "
- r,Jrh ", . >.
SfTsSI
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
FIGURE 4
PROPOSED CORING LOCATIONS
SHEET 3 OF 31
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL. Mi PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
§ENBRIDGE
Drawn: BRS 12/2/2011
Approved: DBR 12/2/2011
Project#: 106-4186
UW ?j 2 ¦
*iut ' i ' *4ti
Map Location
Legend
Proposed Core Locations
New Core Location
Previous Core Location
X:\ArcMap Project FilesWVork Plan 2012\Figure 4 Proposed Coring Locations.mxd
Scale in Feet
November 2011 Delineation Areas
£*~S Heavy
€> Moderate
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
-------
'5 Northwest
LS 5,75 South
LS 5.75 South A
LS 5.55 North
LS 5.63 SouthLS 5.55 North/5.35 North D
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
I t
ENBRIDGE
Drawn: BRS 12/2/2011
Approved: DBR 12/2/2011
Project#: 106-4186
fern
I
Map Location
Legend
Proposed Core Locations
New Core Location
November 2011 Delineation Areas
^i> Heavy
Moderate
Previous Core Location
X:\ArcMap Project FilesWVork Plan 2012\Figure 4 Proposed Coring Locations.mxd
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
FIGURE 4
PROPOSED CORING LOCATIONS
SHEET 4 OF 31
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Mi PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
-------
LS 7.0 South
November 2011 Delineation Areas
£*~S Heavy
€> Moderate
Map Location
¦NBRIDGE
Drawn: BRS 12/2/2011
Approved: DBR 12/2/2011
Project#: 106-4186
Legend
Proposed Core Locations
New Core Location
Previous Core Location
X:\ArcMap Project FilesWVork Pian 2012\Figure 4 Proposed Coring Locations.mxd
LS 6.45 North A
/
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
LS 6.41 T
V
LS 7.0R1 B
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
LS 6.68T
FIGURE 4
PROPOSED CORING LOCATIONS
SHEET 5 OF 31
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL. Mi PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
Scale in Feet
-------
Map Location
§ENBRIDGE
, . •
Drawn: BRS 12/2/2011
Approved: DBR 12/2/2011
Project#: 106-4186
Legend
Proposed Core Locations
New Core Location
Previous Core Location
X:\ArcMap Project FilesWVork Pian 2012\Figure 4 Proposed Coring Locations.mxd
November 2011 Delineation Areas
£3" Heavy
Moderate
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
FIGURE 4
PROPOSED CORING LOCATIONS
N
A
SHEET 6 OF 31
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Mi PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
-------
Map Location
§ENBRIDGE
Drawn: BRS 12/2/2011
Approved: DBR 12/2/2011
Project#: 106-4186
Legend
Proposed Core Locations
New Core Location
Previous Core Location
November 2011 Delineation Areas
Heavy
Moderate
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
X:\ArcMap Project FilesWVork Plan 2012\Figure 4 Proposed Coring Locations.mxd
SHEET 7 OF 31
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL. Mi PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
FIGURE 4
PROPOSED CORING LOCATIONS
-------
.75 South C
LS 12.5 A
// >
//LS 12.5
'/
LS 12.45T
t- L.
9 ' ' —|JK> I
,A
Map Location
§ENBRIDGE
, . •
Drawn: BRS 12/2/2011
Approved: DBR 12/2/2011
Project#: 106-4186
Legend
Proposed Core Locations
New Core Location
Previous Core Location
X:\ArcMap Project FilesWVork Pian 2012\Figure 4 Proposed Coring Locations.mxd
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
FIGURE 4
PROPOSED CORING LOCATIONS
SHEET 8 OF 31
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL. Mi PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
November 2011 Delineation Areas
Heavy
Moderate
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
Scale in Feet
-------
LS 12.5 B
/ I
LS 12.45T
LS 12.91 T
Jn
Map Location
§ENBRIDGE
Drawn: BRS 12/2/2011
Approved: DBR 12/2/2011
Project#: 106-4186
Legend
Proposed Core Locations
New Core Location
November 2011 Delineation Areas
Heavy
Moderate
Previous Core Location
X:\ArcMap Project FilesWVork Pian 2012\Figure 4 Proposed Coring Locations.mxd
LS ,25AX
LS 12.5 C
// L
.^LS 12.5 D
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
FIGURE 4
PROPOSED CORING LOCATIONS
SHEET 9 OF 31
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL. Mi PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
Scale in Feet
-------
X:\ArcMap Project FilesWVork Plan 2012\Figure 4 Proposed Coring Locations.mxd
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL. Mi PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
Aerial Photography Date: April 20Ti
-------
14.75 LI B
LS 14.7;
LS 14.6 South
LS 14.35 North C
LS 14.35 North B
.S 14.40T B
LS 14.35 North A
LS 14.2 South
I
LS 14.75 B
ENBRIDGE
Drawn: BRS 12/2/2011
Approved: DBR 12/2/2011
Project#: 106-4186
V LS 14.75 L1 A
U
Map Location
Legend
Proposed Core Locations
New Core Location
November 2011 Delineation Areas
Heavy
Moderate
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
Previous Core Location
X:\ArcMap Project FilesWVork Pian 2012\Figure 4 Proposed Coring Locations.mxd
FIGURE 4
PROPOSED CORING LOCATIONS
SHEET 11 OF 31
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Mi PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
-------
South Mill Pond
Map Location
^4ABRIDGE
Drawn: BRS 12/2/2011
Legend
Proposed Core Locations
New Core Location
November 2011 Delineation Areas
Heavy
Moderate
Approved: DBR 12/2/2011
Project#: 106-4186
Previous Core Location
X:\ArcMap Project FilesWVork Pian 2012\Figure 4 Proposed Coring Locations.mxd
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
FIGURE 4
PROPOSED CORING LOCATIONS
SHEET 12 OF 31
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Mi PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
-------
Legend
Proposed Core Locations
New Core Location
November 2011 Delineation Areas
Heavy
Moderate
Previous Core Location
§£I\IBRIDGE
Drawn: BRS 12/2/2011
Approved: DBR 12/2/2011
Project#: 106-4186
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
N
A
125 250
FIGURE 4
PROPOSED CORING LOCATIONS
SHEET 13 OF 31
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Mi PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
-------
Map Location
FIGURE 4
PROPOSED CORING LOCATIONS
Legend
Proposed Core Locations
November 2011 Delineation Areas
Heavy
>3 Moderate
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
ISIBRIDGE
New Core Location
Drawn: BRS 12/2/2011
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL. Mi PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
Approved: DBR 12/2/2011
Previous Core Location
Project#: 106-4186
-------
Map Location
'NBR1DGE
Drawn: BRS 12/2/2011
Approved: DBR 12/2/2011
Project#: 106-4186
Legend
Proposed Core Locations
New Core Location
November 2011 Delineation Areas
Heavy
Moderate
Previous Core Location
X:\ArcMap Project FilesWVork Pian 2012\Figure 4 Proposed Coring Locations.mxd
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
FIGURE 4
PROPOSED CORING LOCATIONS
Scale in Feet
SHEET 15 OF 31
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL. Mi PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
-------
.5 R1 A
ENBRIDGE
Map Location
Drawn: BRS 12/2/2011
Approved: DBR 12/2/2011
Legend
Proposed Core Locations
New Core Location
Previous Core Location
Project#: 106-4186
X:\ArcMap Project FilesWVork Pian 2012\Figure 4 Proposed Coring Locations.mxd
November 2011 Delineation Areas
£3" Heavy
Moderate
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
N
A
FIGURE 4
PROPOSED CORING LOCATIONS
SHEET 16 OF 31
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL. Mi PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
-------
,^5 J
ENBRIDGE
Drawn: BRS 12/2/2011
Approved: DBR 12/2/2011
Project#: 106-4186
Map Location
111
Legend
Proposed Core Locations
New Core Location
November 2011 Delineation Areas
Heavy
Moderate
Previous Core Location
X:\ArcMap Project FilesWVork Pian 2012\Figure 4 Proposed Coring Locations.mxd
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
FIGURE 4
PROPOSED CORING LOCATIONS
SHEET 17 OF 31
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL. Mi PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
Scale in Feet
-------
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL. Mi PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
X:\ArcMap Project FilesWVork Plan 2012\Figure 4 Proposed Coring Locations.mxd
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
-------
LS 26.0
LS 26.1 Southeast
LS 25.7 North
LS 26.2 South
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
v «• • ¦ ; .
:: •
Map Location
^ENBRIDGE
Drawn: BRS 12/2/2011
Approved: DBR 12/2/2011
Project#: 106-4186
Legend
Proposed Core Locations
New Core Location
Previous Core Location
November 2011 Delineation Areas
Heavy
Moderate
X:\ArcMap Project FilesWVork Plan 2012\Figure 4 Proposed Coring Locations.mxd
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
ft
. . .. :
FIGURE 4
PROPOSED CORING LOCATIONS
SHEET 19 OF 31
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL. Mi PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
Scale in Feet
-------
Map Location
ENBRIDGE
Drawn: BRS 12/2/2011
Approved: DBR 12/2/2011
Legend
Proposed Core Locations
New Core Location
Previous Core Location
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
Project#: 106-4186
X:\ArcMap Project FilesWVork Plan 2012\Figure 4 Proposed Coring Locations.mxd
FIGURE 4
PROPOSED CORING LOCATIONS
SHEET 20 OF 31
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL. Mi PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
November 2011 Delineation Areas
£3" Heavy
Moderate
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
Scale in Feet
-------
LS 28.47T
LS 28.5 North
LS 28.45 South B
LS 28.75 Noi
LS 28.45 South A
LS 28.25 E
LS 28.25 Cfl
n
LS 28.15 South
. v-¥¦< ¦ Hf
jAb11 /
ivf.;™ v -
jij»T VrffV ' • *¥¦
LS 28.28T
c
Ct
LS 28.39T
LS 28.34T
*1.
Map Location
Legend
Proposed Core Locations
^4ABRIDGE
New Core Location
November 2011 Delineation Areas
Heavy
Moderate
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
Drawn: BRS 12/2/2011
Approved: DBR 12/2/2011
Project#: 106-4186
X:\ArcMap Project FilesWVork Plan 2012\Figure 4 Proposed Coring Locations.mxd
Previous Core Location
FIGURE 4
PROPOSED CORING LOCATIONS
SHEET 21 OF 31
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Mi PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
-------
1&J
ENBRIDGE
Drawn: BRS 12/2/2011
Approved: DBR 12/2/2011
Project#: 106-4186
Map Location
Wm
Legend
Proposed Core Locations
New Core Location
Previous Core Location
November 2011 Delineation Areas
Heavy
Moderate
X:\ArcMap Project FilesWVork Pian 2012\Figure 4 Proposed Coring Locations.mxd
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
Scale in Feet
FIGURE 4
PROPOSED CORING LOCATIONS
SHEET 22 OF 31
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL. Mi PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
-------
PR 32.65 Southeast
OM 32.89 LDB
M 33.0 L
, /Bfc" 3"'."w-, -tVl''
- -*.4
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
/0J
ENBRIDGE
Project#: 106-4186
Map Location
Drawn: BRS 12/2/2011
Approved: DBR 12/2/2011
Legend
Proposed Core Locations
New Core Location
November 2011 Delineation Areas
Heavy
Moderate
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
Previous Core Location
FIGURE 4
PROPOSED CORING LOCATIONS
SHEET 23 OF 31
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Mi PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
X:\ArcMap Project FilesWVork Plan 2012\Figure 4 Proposed Coring Locations.mxd
-------
Map Location
FIGURE 4
PROPOSED CORING LOCATIONS
Legend
Proposed Core Locations
November 2011 Delineation Areas
Heavy
>3 Moderate
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
ISIBRIDGE
New Core Location
Drawn: BRS 12/2/2011
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL. Mi PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
Approved: DBR 12/2/2011
Previous Core Location
Project#: 106-4186
-------
I- .2 -V
UB
T
•*
Map Location
NBRIDGE
Drawn: BRS 12/2/2011
Approved: DBR 12/2/2011
Legend
Proposed Core Locations
New Core Location
Previous Core Location
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
Project#: 106-4186
X:\ArcMap Project FilesWVork Plan 2012\Figure 4 Proposed Coring Locations.mxd
FIGURE 4
PROPOSED CORING LOCATIONS
SHEET 25 OF 31
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL. Mi PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
November 2011 Delineation Areas
£3" Heavy
Moderate
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
Scale in Feet
-------
ENBRIDGE
Drawn: BRS 12/2/2011
Approved: DBR 12/2/2011
Project#: 106-4186
Map Location
Legend
Proposed Core Locations
^3 New Core Location
November 2011 Delineation Areas
Heavy
Moderate
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
N
k
FIGURE 4
PROPOSED CORING LOCATIONS
SHEET 26 OF 31
Previous Core Location
0
A
125 250
500
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Mi PIPELINE RELEASE
Scale in Feet
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
X:\ArcMap Project FilesWVork Plan 2012\Figure 4 Proposed Coring Locations.mxd
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
-------
PR 37.1 North
PR Delta B A
.JPR Delta I
PR Delta P
PR Delta FF
. ^ M . . ^
f
1 't '- V' 'AV-r*v
PR: Delta M
PR Delta GG s,
/'\ 1
i
PR Delta HH
Map Location
NBRIDGE
Drawn: BRS 12/2/2011
Approved: DBR 12/2/2011
Project#: 106-4186
PR Delta N
P LJpKraHHL
< g ¦ ft yf
C.VnL
te » I
'ii- '' Mb I ' >«U^i
* '; ' V V'-.' '•
¦' i*- ¦. -v
:. . : • , ' v+" .
Legend
Proposed Core Locations
New Core Location
Previous Core Location
November 2011 Delineation Areas
£ji> Heavy
Moderate
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
X:\ArcMap Project Files\Work Plan 2012\Figure 4 Proposed Coring Locations.mxd
FIGURE 4
PROPOSED CORING LOCATIONS
SHEET 27 OF 31
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Mi PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
-------
FIGURE 4
PROPOSED CORING LOCATIONS
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL. Mi PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
Legend
Proposed Core Locations
New Core Location
Previous Core Location
November 2011 Delineation Areas
£*~S Heavy
€> Moderate
X:\ArcMap Project FilesWVork Plan 2012\Figure 4 Proposed Coring Locations.mxd
Project#: 106-4186
Map Location
0-
' *IS/BRIDGE
Drawn: BRS 12/2/2011
Approved: DBR 12/2/2011
-------
X:\ArcMap Project FilesWVork Plan 2012\Figure 4 Proposed Coring Locations.mxd
FIGURE 4
PROPOSED CORING LOCATIONS
SHEET 29 OF 31
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Mi PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
Aerial Photography Date: April 20TI
-------
Map Location
ITEB
0-
IN BRIDGE
Drawn: BRS 12/2/2011
Approved: DBR 12/2/2011
Project#: 106-4186
X:\ArcMap Project FilesWVork Plan 2012\Figure 4 Proposed Coring Locations.mxd
Legend
Proposed Core Locations
New Core Location
November 2011 Delineation Areas
Heavy
€> Moderate
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
©
Previous Core Location
N
A
FIGURE 4
PROPOSED CORING LOCATIONS
SHEET 30 OF 31
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Mi PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
Aerial Photography Date: April 20TI
-------
Map Location
0-
IN BRIDGE
Drawn: BRS 12/2/2011
Approved: DBR 12/2/2011
Legend
Proposed Core Locations
New Core Location
Previous Core Location
November 2011 Delineation Areas
Heavy
€> Moderate
Project#: 106-4186
X:\ArcMap Project FilesWVork Pian 2012\Figure 4 Proposed Coring Locations.mxd
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
N
A
FIGURE 4
PROPOSED CORING LOCATIONS
SHEET 31 OF 31
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL. Mi PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
-------
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
•r--
—.
r*' -¦
Map Location
ENBRIDGE
Legend
Walling Suspended Sediment Location
November 2011 Delineation Areas
Heavy
Moderate
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
Drawn: BRS 12/2/2011
Approved: DBR 12/2/2011
Project#: 106-4186
X:\ArcMap Project FilesWVork Plan 2012\Figure 5 Proposed Walling Suspended Sediment Locations.mxd
FIGURE 5
PROPOSED WALLING SUSPENDED
SEDIMENT LOCATIONS
SHEET 1 OF 7
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL. Mi PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
-------
'5 Northwest
LS 5,75 South
LS 5.75 South A
ENBRIDGE
• «IS 11 *'#I *5rffc j.
m- >i."
m %%%'; 5 ! '
2®J|' i ¦ ¦ ft
<7il
LS 5.55 North
j»- r*
, ¦ ¦
W5
LS 5.63 SouthLS 5.55 North/5.35 North D
Map Location
Drawn: BRS 12/2/2011
Approved: DBR 12/2/2011
Project#: 106-4186
Legend
(y Walling Suspended Sediment. Location
November 2011 Delineation Areas
Heavy
Moderate
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
X:\ArcMap Project FilesWVork Plan 2012\Figure 5 Proposed Walling Suspended Sediment Locations.mxd
FIGURE 5
PROPOSED WALLING SUSPENDED
SEDIMENT LOCATIONS
SHEET 2 OF 7
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Mi PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
-------
ENBRIDGE
Drawn: BRS 12/2/2011
Approved: DBR 12/2/2011
Project#: 106-4186
Legend
0
Walling Suspended Sediment. Location
November 2011 Delineation Areas
Heavy
Moderate
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
N
A
125 250
FIGURE 5
PROPOSED WALLING SUSPENDED
SEDIMENT LOCATIONS
SHEET 3 OF 7
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Mi PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
X:\ArcMap Project FilesWVork Plan 2012\Figure 5 Proposed Walling Suspended Sediment Locations.mxd
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
-------
Map Location
FIGURE 5
PROPOSED WALLING SUSPENDED
SEDIMENT LOCATIONS
Legend
November 2011 Delineation Areas
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
Moderate
Drawn: BRS 12/2/2011
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL. Mi PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
Approved: DBR 12/2/2011
Project#: 106-4186
-------
X:\ArcMap Project FilesWVork Plan 2012\Figure 5 Proposed Walling Suspended Sediment Locations.mxd
ENBRIDGE
Drawn: BRS 12/2/2011
Approved: DBR 12/2/2011
Project#: 106-4186
Legend
(y Walling Suspended Sediment Location
November 2011 Delineation Areas
Heavy
Moderate
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
N
FIGURE 5
PROPOSED WALLING SUSPENDED
SEDIMENT LOCATIONS
SHEET 5 OF 7
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL. Mi PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
-------
X:\ArcMap Project FilesWVork Plan 2012\Figure 5 Proposed Walling Suspended Sediment Locations.mxd
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL. Mi PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
Aerial Photography Date: April 20Ti
-------
&i ~,v
¦ 'Ml
iwr
'v£V >
*^n••'•••¦% iJ ¦ 1
... JffilkJ
-j. '.v- * *
V :> •••"»•'-« '
m,
-^•,-V
Location
/¦?V' rr-r*? » .
^ ¦ ¦ ' ¦ ' - ' > . '.I •-- ¦ • ¦¦ ¦ ¦
Legend
0
ENBRIDGE
Drawn: BRS 12/2/2011
Approved: DBR 12/2/2011
Project#: 106-4186
X:\ArcMap Project Files\Work Plan 2012\Figure 5 Proposed Walling Suspended Sediment Locations.mxd
Walling Suspended Sediment Location
November 2011 Delineation Areas
Quarter Mile Grid Segment
Heavy
Moderate
N
¦ ' w
v
FIGURE 5
PROPOSED WALLING SUSPENDED
SEDIMENT LOCATIONS
SHEET 7 OF 7
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Mi PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
-------
Attachment D
Temperature Effects on Submerged Oil
-------
Table 1. Study Design Summary
Enbridge Line 6B MP 608 Marshall, Ml Pipeline Release
Enbridge Energy, Limited Partnership
Target Water Bath Temperature, °F
Number of Sample Replicates
35
3
45
3
55
3
65
3
75
3
Final 75 °F agitation
All sample aliquots (15)
Sheet 1 of 1
-------
Table 2. Data Collection Parameters
Enbridge Line 6B MP 608 Marshall, Ml Pipeline Release
Enbridge Energy, Limited Partnership
Location
Observation
period
Appearance and
abundance of sheen and oil
and photographs
Temperature
Laboratory Analysis
Natural Light
Ultraviolet
Light
Sediment
Water
Analytical
Parameters
Grain Size
Field
Prior to agitation
X
X
X
X
NA
X
After agitation
X
X
NA
NA
NA
NA
Temperature
controlled
environment
Prior to agitation
X
X
X
X
X1
NA
After 1 turn,
each
temperature
range
X
X
NA
NA
NA
NA
After 3 turns,
each
temperature
range
X
X
X
X
NA
NA
Final Warm
temperature
agitation
Prior to agitation
X
X
X
X
NA
NA
After 1 turn
X
X
NA
NA
NA
NA
After 3 turns
X
X
X
X
NA
NA
NA = Not applicable.
1 Split sample composited from the replicate samples. Analysis to include total petroleum hydrocarbons measured as diesel range
organics and oil range organics, and for oil and grease and organic content.
Sheet 1 of 1
-------
Figure 1: Conceptual Sample Design
Enbridge Line 6B MP 608 Marshall, Ml Pipeline Release
Enbridge Energy, Limited Partnership
Samples
Temperature
Test
Sheet 1 of 1
-------
Attachment E
Over bank Oil Recovery Standard Operating Procedures
-------
Approved
Enbridge Line 6B MP 608
Marshall, Ml Pipeline Release
Overbank Oil Recovery Standard Operating Procedures
Prepared for United States Environmental Protection Agency /
Michigan Department of Environmental Quality
Enbridge Energy, Limited Partnership
Submitted: May 27, 2011
Approved: June 8, 2011
-------
Approved
1.0 INTRODUCTION 1
2.0 SITE SELECTION 1
3.0 OVERBANK OIL RECOVERY PROCEDURES 2
3.1 Mechanical Removal 2
3.2 Vacuum Removal 3
3.3 Organic Sorbent Application 3
i
-------
Approved
LIST OF ACRONYMS
Enbridge
Enbridge Energy, Limited Partnership
GPS
global positioning system
Line 6B
The pipeline owned by Enbridge Energy, Limited Partnership that runs just
south of Marshall, Michigan
MDEQ
Michigan Department of Environmental Quality
SCAT
Shoreline Cleanup Assessment Technique.
SOP
Standard Operating Procedure
U.S. EPA
United States Environmental Protection Agency
WTTD
Waste Treatment, Transportation and Disposal Plan
-------
Approved
1.0 SNTRODUCTSON
The purpose of this Overbank Oil Recovery Standard Operating Procedure (SOP) is to
provide general guidance to the ongoing recovery operations of overbank oil resulting from
the July 2010 Enbridge Line 6B MP 608 pipeline release in Marshall, Michigan. This SOP
addresses overbank oil recovery operations for the sites identified as requiring response
activities by Enbridge Energy, Limited Partnership (Enbridge), the United States
Environmental Protection Agency (U.S. EPA) and the Michigan Department of
Environmental Quality (MDEQ).
This SOP expands upon the approved National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration
(NOAA) Shoreline Cleanup and Assessment Technique (SCAT) Cleanup Recommendations
as presented in the September 14, 2010 Kalamazoo River/Enbridge Spill - Cleanup
Recommendation Methods. The purpose of this SOP is to remove and recover free oil and
oil that is likely to mobilize to the river. Additional investigation and remediation efforts will
be conducted at sites identified for oil recovery at a later date and will follow the
requirements of the MDEQ consent order.
2.0 SITE SELECTION
The selection of sites for overbank oil recovery using the outlined techniques will be jointly
determined by Enbridge, the U.S. EPA, and the MDEQ based on current observed site
conditions and the results of the reassessment process. Specific application of one or more
of the presented oil recovery procedures will depend upon a number of factors including:
• Site access and logistics;
• Type(s) of remaining oil;
• Ecological setting/sensitivity, and
• Physical setting of the area (wetlands, wood, vegetative cover, etc.).
Overbank locations will be delineated and flagged prior to recovery operations. Areas of
concern (i.e. sensitive areas, priority areas, hotspots) will be clearly marked. All boundaries
(pre and post removal) will be documented using global positioning survey (GPS) equipment
capable of sub-meter accuracy. This information, along with photographs and field notes,
1
-------
Approved
will be recorded. Concurrence of the agencies with the locations delineated will be obtained
prior to commencement of operations.
All response activities will be communicated to and coordinated with the U.S. EPA and the
MDEQ prior to mobilization. Oil recovery activities will be conducted in a manner that is
safe, and that minimizes the potential to contaminate adjacent areas included the migration
of contaminants deeper into the soil. Appropriate personal protective equipment (PRE) will
be worn and appropriate measures, including decontamination will be developed and
implemented to protect un-impacted areas. All generated waste will be safely handled,
containerized, transported, and disposed of pursuant to the approved Waste Treatment,
Transportation and Disposal Plan (WTTD).
3.0 OVERBANK OIL RECOVERY PROCEDURES
The following approved oil recovery methods are described in the September 14, 2010
Kalamazoo River/Enbridge Spill - Cleanup Recommendation Methods:
• Manual removal (raking, shoveling, hand);
• Vegetation removal;
• Low pressure cold water flushing, and
• Sorbent material (booms, snares).
In addition to the above approved methods, the following techniques are proposed. These
may be used as standalone options or in combination:
• Mechanical soil removal;
• Vacuum removal, and
• Organic sorbents.
3.1 Mechanical Soil Removal
The use of small excavators may be employed at sites where the area of a maximum of oil
recovery makes manual recovery inefficient. The maximum depth of excavation will not
exceed 6 inches. Small excavators will be used to scrap soil and vegetation to remove oil
and oil saturated media. Consideration will be given to minimize impact to the site by the
excavator during both access and oil recovery. Excavators will avoid wetlands and sensitive
2
-------
Approved
areas. Mats will be used as applicable to minimize disturbance to the soil. Care will be
taken to minimize the impact to woody vegetation.
The oily material will be containerized and transport to Frac Tank City for proper
characterization and disposal pursuant to the approved WTTD.
3.2 Vacuum Removal
The use of vacuum devices to remove oil and oil saturated media may be employed at sites.
Vegetation will be cleared from the area to be vacuumed and oil and oily soil will be
collected using a portable vacuum or other suction device. Areas accessible by land may
utilize truck mounted vacuum units.
All oiled soil and debris will be double bagged or drummed and transport to Frac Tank City
for proper characterization and disposal pursuant to the approved WTTD.
3.3 Organic Sorbent Application
The use of organic oil sorbent material (peat) may be employed at sites to remove free oil.
Vegetation will be cleared from around identified location and the selected sorbent will be by
applied by hand and gently raked into the oiled areas. The applied sorbent will remain for a
minimum of 24 hours for absorption. Following 24 hours, the area will be examined to
determine if additional treatment is needed.
All used sorbent will be removed using rakes and/or vacuum and will be double bagged or
drummed and transport to Frac Tank City for proper characterization and disposal pursuant
to the approved WTTD.
3
-------
Attachment F
Schedule
-------
ID
Task Name
4th Quarter
1st Quarter
2nd Quarter
3rd Quarter
Oct I Nov I Dec
Jan I Feb I Mar
Adt 1 Mav 1 Jun
Jul 1 Aua 1 Seo
¦
1
2
Consolidated Work
Scientific Support Coordination Group with FOSC
OSCAR Process
Reassessment
Spring 2012 Shoreline and Overbank Reassessment
Spring 2012 Submerged Oil Reassessment
Data Analysis
Submerged Oil Characterization
Hydrodynamic Assessment
Morrow Lake Poling
Upstream MLD (During Recovery)
Downstream MLD - Seasonal
4
5
6
8
9
11
12
-
13
Downstream MLD - Seasonal
14
15
16
17
18
Downstream MLD - Seasonal
Cohesion Erodability Testing
Water Velocity Profiling
Fall 2011
Spring 2012
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
Summer 2012
Fall 2012
Sediment Characterization Coring/Analyses
Fall 2011
Spring 2012
Summer 2012
Fall 2012
26
27
28
29
Sediment Transport/Walling Tubes
Set Wailing Tubes - Fall 2011
Set Wailing Tubes - Spring 2012
Inspection & Potential Sampling
30
Fall 2011
31
April 2012
32
May 2012
33
June 2012
34
35
July 2012
August 2012
36
37
September 2012
Hydrodynamic Modeling
38
39
40
41
42
Bathymetry and Terrain Submittal
Grid Setup
Configuration for Flow and Velocity
Analysis of Sediment Samples and Cohesion Data
Complete Configuration including Sediment Processes
Model Calibration
Preliminary and Baseline Model Scenarios
Sensitivity Testing
-
¦
i
¦
43
44
45
—
46
47
Develop Scenarios/Various Simulations
Completion of Simulation
Run Modified Scenarios
Quarterly Update Report Due
49
i
50
Quarterly Update Report Due
51
Quarterly Update Report Due
52
Quarterly Update Report Due
53
Quarterly Update Report Due
Temperature Effects Study
Equipment and Supplies Acquistion and Setup
Presentation of Proposed Sediment Sample Locations
55
56
1
1
57
58
59
Sediment Sample Collection
Sampling of Sediment for Chemical and Physical Parameters
Sample Preparation
60
Sediment Sample Storage and Stabilization
Receive and Compile Analytical and Chemical Results
i
61
62
Conduct Temperature Test
B
63
Compile and Evaluate Results
Prepare QA/QC Report of Findings
Submit Report of Findings to U.S. EPA
65
1
67
68
Fall 2011
Spring 2012 (pre-recovery)
69
70
71
Fail 2012 (post-recovery)
Oil Recovery
Winter 2011 SO Recovery Activities
Spring/Summer 2012 SO Recovery Activities
Shoreline and Overbank Oil Recovery
Containment Plan
1
73
74
76
Design &Site Selection
Project: 2012 Project Schedule rev2.mpp Task Summarv Project Summarv V W
Date: Wed 12/21/11
Page 1
-------
Approved
Enbridge Line 6B MP 608
Marshall, Ml Pipeline Release
Sediment Trap Monitoring and Maintenance Plan
Prepared for United States Environmental Protection Agency
Enbridge Energy, Limited Partnership
Originally Submitted: January 27, 2012
Resubmitted: February 27, 2012
Resubmitted: April 25, 2012
Resubmitted: June 14, 2012
Approved: July 10, 2012
-------
Approved
1.0 Introduction 1
2.0 Sediment Trap Structures 1
3.0 Sediment Trap Locations 1
3.1 MP 3.25 R1 2
3.2 Ceresco 3
3.3 MP 10.40 N 3
3.4 MP 10.50 L2 3
3.5 MP 10.75 LDB 3
3.6 MP 14.75 RDB 3
3.7 MP 19.25 LDB 4
3.8 MP 21.50 RDB 4
3.9 MP 26.00 RDB 4
3.10 MP 28.25 RDB 4
3.11 MP 30.80 LDB 5
3.12 MP 33.00 A 5
3.13 MP 33.00 B 5
3.14 MP 36.10 NW 5
3.15 Delta A 5
3.16 Delta Z 6
3.17 MP 37.75 Islands 6
4.0 Installation 6
4.1 Schedule 6
4.2 Site Survey 6
5.0 Monitoring 8
5.1 Poling 9
5.2 Cylindrical Sampling Devices 9
5.3 Repeat Bathymetry and Flow Velocity Measurements 10
5.4 Frequency 10
6.0 Maintenance 10
7.0 Removal of oiled sediments 11
7.1 Frequency/Triggers for Removal 11
ii
-------
7.2 Coordination with Maintenance Activities.
8.0 Removal
9.0 References
Approved
12
12
13
FIGURES
Figure 1
Sediment Trap Details Plan & Section - Typical
Figure 2 Sediment Monitoring Details - Proposed Cylindrical Sampling Device
Figure 3 Potential Active (Structure) Sediment Trap Locations and Proposed
Cylindrical Sampling Device Locations
-------
Approved
LIST OF ACRONYMS
ADCP
Acoustic Doppler Current Profiler
ADV
Acoustic Doppler Velocimeter
cfs
cubic feet per second
cm
centimeter
Consolidated Work Plan
Addendum to the Response Plan for Downstream Impacted Areas, August 2,
2010 (Revised August 17, 2010 per U.S. EPA August 17, 2010letter),
Supplement to Source Area Response Plan, and Supplement to Response
Plan for Downstream Impacted Areas, Referred to as Operations and
Maintenance Work Plan Commonly referred to as "Consolidated Work Plan
from Fall 2011 through Fall 2012" approved by the U.S. EPA on December 21,
2011
CSD
Cylindrical Sampling Device
GPS - RTK
Global Positioning System - Real Time Kinematic
LDB
Left Descending Bank
MDEQ
Michigan Department of Environmental Quality
MP
Mile Post
RDB
Right Descending Bank
USGS
United States Geological Survey
U.S. EPA
United States Environmental Protection Agency
-------
Approved
1.0 SNTRODUCTSON
A series of sediment traps located in natural and/or anthropogenic (i.e. Ceresco Dam, Mill
Pond, Morrow Lake Delta, and Morrow Lake) depositional areas of the Kalamazoo River are
proposed to enhance the natural accumulation of sediment and oiled sediments. These
sediment traps will provide locations for the collection and removal of submerged oil and
oiled sediments within the affected river system. This plan describes the methods by which
designated sediment trap areas will be monitored and maintained, as well as the schedule
for installation and eventual removal of sediment trap structures and monitoring devices.
Installation, monitoring, maintenance, and removal of the sediment traps will be performed
under the direction of the Containment Branch of the Unified Command Operations Section.
Remediation activities will be performed by the Submerged Oil Branch as necessary. The
organization and responsibilities of the Containment and Submerged Oil Branches are
outlined in the Addendum to the Response Plan for Downstream Impacted Areas, August 2,
2010 (Revised August 17, 2010 per U. S. EPA August 17, 2010 letter), Supplement to
Source Area Response Plan, and Supplement to Response Plan for Downstream Impacted
Areas, Referred to as Operations and Maintenance Work Plan Commonly referred to as
"Consolidated Work Plan from Fall 2011 through Fall 2012" (Enbridge, 2011) approved by
the United States Environmental Protection Agency (U.S. EPA) on December 21, 2011
(Consolidated Work Plan).
2.0 SEDIMENT TRAP STRUCTURES
Sediment traps will consist of the placement of in-channel conifer tree structures to enhance
the trapping and settling capabilities of existing depositional areas. Typical sediment trap
structures are shown in Figure 1. In addition to the sediment trap structures, cylindrical
sampling devices (CSDs) will be installed within the geomorphic feature. The CSDs are
shown in Figure 2.
3.0 SEDIMENT TRAP LOCATIONS
Sediment trap structures will be installed in the Kalamazoo River between the confluence
with Talmadge Creek and the Morrow Lake Dam. The proposed locations have been
selected to represent a wide range of depositional areas within the Kalamazoo River
1
-------
Approved
including: impounded areas, side channels, oxbows, areas of channel width increase,
backwaters, and downstream of point bars. Strategic locations within the geomorphic
features were selected for sediment trap structures to enhance sediment deposition and
subsequent potential submerged oil accumulation based on the locations of 'heavy' and
'moderate' poling locations identified during 2011 poling activities. In addition, the locations
were chosen based on site-specific criteria such as: flow characteristics within or around the
geomorphic feature, the natural deposition of soft sediment, the depth of water within each
feature, and 2011 poling results within the geomorphic features.
In consultation with the U.S. EPA and United States Geological Survey (USGS), 17 initial
locations have been selected as possible sites for sediment trap structure placement. Final
site selection among these 17 locations will be based upon the results of hydraulic
calculations in addition to 2-dimensional hydrodynamic modeling of four representative flow
scenarios. These proposed sites are shown in Figure 3. Other locations may be considered
as possible sites for sediment trap structure placement based on on-going site assessment
and hydrodynamic modeling results. Alternate locations for sediment trap structures within
the geomorphic features may be considered depending on sedimentation rates determined
by the hydrodynamic modeling results and site specific observations. Adjusting the location
of previously permitted sediment structures within a geomorphic feature would require a new
model run to determine the additional backwater effects of the proposed location and a
minor revision to the existing MDEQ permit for the subject location. In the event a sediment
structure is proposed for a geomorphic feature that has not been previously permitted by
MDEQ, modeling to determine the backwater effects would be required, with the subsequent
submittal of a new MDEQ permit application for the newly proposed locations. The following
descriptions are provided for the 17 sites currently being evaluated for sediment trap
structure placement.
3.1 MP 3.25 R1
Mile Post (MP) 3.25 R1 is a side channel located upstream of the impounded area upstream
from Ceresco Dam that was excavated during Winter 2010-2011. This area did not
accumulate heavy or moderate submerged oil in Spring or Fall 2011, although it remains a
meaningful location for monitoring the potential for sediment and submerged oil deposition
within side channel areas between Talmadge Creek and Ceresco Dam.
2
-------
Approved
3.2 Ceresco
Ceresco is an impounded area located immediately upstream of Ceresco Dam that has
been identified as a location of submerged oil accumulation. The Ceresco Dam area is an
anthropogenic depositional area due to the decreased flow into the impounded area.
Therefore, this area is subject to ongoing deposition, particularly in areas previously
excavated during Fall 2010.
3.3 MP 10.40 N
MP 10.40 N is a backwater area located downstream of a point bar that indicated heavy
submerged oil in both Spring and late Summer 2011. This area is located near a highly
sinuous section of the river located approximately from MP 10.00 to MP 13.75.
3.4 MP 10.50 L2
MP 10.50 L2 is a backwater area that indicated heavy submerged oil in Fall 2010 and was
subsequently excavated during Winter 2010-2011. This area accumulated new soft
sediment including heavy submerged oil in Spring 2011. Additional sediment storage
capacity is available at this location due to the previous excavation activities.
3.5 MP 10.75 LDB
MP 10.75 left descending bank (LDB) is a side channel at high water levels. During low
water levels, it is open to the river at the downstream end (the upstream end being blocked
by a sand bar deposit). This area has indicated heavy submerged oil accumulation since
late Fall 2010 and was excavated during Winter 2010-2011. Poling in Spring and Fall 2011
indicated recent deposition.
3.6 MP 14.75 RDB
MP 14.75 right descending bank (RDB) is a side channel located within the impounded area
upstream of the Mill Pond. The area is readily accessible and located outside the main
channel; therefore, subject to ongoing deposition. This area indicated heavy submerged oil
in Fall 2010, Spring 2011, and late Summer 2011.
3
-------
Approved
3.7 MP 19.25 LDB
MP 19.25 LDB is a side channel that during periods of low water levels remains submerged;
however, water does not flow through. This side channel indicated heavy submerged oil in
Fall 2010, Spring 2011, and late Summer 2011. The area was excavated during Winter
2010-2011 and has since indicated the accumulation of soft sediment and submerged oil,
particularly at the upstream and downstream ends.
3.8 MP 21.50 RDB
MP 21.50 RDB is an oxbow that has been an area of submerged oil accumulation located
between the concrete channel in Battle Creek and the 35th Street Bridge, near Galesburg.
The area was formerly the main channel of the Kalamazoo River, prior to the Kalamazoo
River Diversion Project of 1960-1962 (Ashley, Martin & Thornton, Kurt, 2005). Excavation
activities during Summer 2011 has increased its sediment storage capacity at this location.
This oxbow is located immediately upstream of the transition from the low-gradient
engineered channel to the higher-gradient naturally meandering river course. The initial
sediment trap structure configuration considered for this location would be oriented parallel
to overbank flood flows across the mouth of the oxbow at the downstream end where the
oxbow reconnects to the main river channel.
3.9 MP 26.00 RDB
MP 26.00 RDB is a backwater area located at the downstream end of a point bar. This area
contained submerged oil accumulation in Fall 2010 and in Spring 2011. The presence of
extensive mudflats at low water levels indicates that this area accumulates soft sediment.
3.10 MP 28.25 RDB
MP 28.25 RDB is an oxbow that provides sediment storage. It has indicated heavy
submerged oil in Fall 2010, Spring 2011, and late Summer 2011. Placement of a sediment
trap structure would increase storage capacity and reduce sediment remobilization during
high water flow events.
4
-------
Approved
3.11 MP 30.80 LDB
MP 30.80 LDB is an extensive backwater area located at the downstream end of a point bar
that was the site of submerged oil recovery work during 2011. Based upon the site history
and geomorphic setting, this is an area of sediment deposition.
3.12 MP 33.00 A
MP 33.00 A is a complex area of channel widening located at the downstream end of a point
bar. It includes backwater areas that may channel preferential flow during flood events.
This area indicated heavy submerged oil accumulation during Fall 2010 and in Spring 2011.
Due to the complex geomorphology of this area, hydraulic calculations to estimate the
effectiveness of trapping and settling are not possible; therefore, selection of this area will be
based upon 2-dimensional hydrodynamic modeling.
3.13 MP 33.00 B
MP 33.00 B is a backwater area located on the downstream side of a point bar where the
channel widens. The area indicated heavy submerged oil accumulation in Fall 2010 and in
Spring 2011 and is a known depositional area.
3.14 MP 36.10 NW
MP 36.10 NW is a side channel located at the upstream end of the Morrow Lake Dam
impounded area. The area is considered a significant capture point for sediment and
submerged oil deposition. There is a small channel at the upstream side that is connected
to the river.
3.15 Delta A
Delta A is located furthest upstream of the delta's distributaries at the entrance to the
Morrow Lake Delta. Delta A is a deposition area and was one of the original delta priority
areas in Fall 2010. The area is considered important for monitoring sediment and/or
submerged oil migration.
5
-------
Approved
3.16 Delta Z
Delta Z was the most extensive surface area of heavy submerged oil in the Morrow Lake
Delta in both 2010 and 2011. It is located at the downstream end of the delta's many
distributary channels, where areas of confined flow between vegetated islands enter an area
of more extensive open water.
3.17 MP 37.75 Islands
MP 37.75 Islands is the last depositional area prior to entering Morrow Lake. It is a shallow
water area located south of the deeper main channel. The protection provided by the
islands slows water velocities and encourages sediment deposition at this location.
4.0 INSTALLATION
The schedule and placement of sediment trap structures and the CSDs along with an initial
site survey will be determined in coordination with U.S. EPA, Michigan Department of
Environmental Quality (MDEQ), and USGS personnel.
4.1 Schedule
Installation of sediment trap structures and monitoring devices will occur in Spring 2012
following review of hydraulic calculations and 2-dimensional hydrodynamic modeling of
proposed structure placements. The installation schedule will take place following approval
of MDEQ permits. Additional considerations with regard to schedule include high water
levels. If water levels rise prior to completion of the installation, work will be suspended until
water levels recede to safe working conditions.
4.2 Site Survey
At each sediment trap structure location, initial monitoring measurements will be conducted
prior to the installation of the sediment trap and a post installation survey will be conducted
once the sediment trap structure has been installed. The initial monitoring survey will serve
as a base line for future monitoring events. The initial monitoring survey and post
installation survey will include detailed field mapping of three to five cross sections
dependant on the size of the geomorphic features, which will consist of:
6
-------
Approved
• Measuring channel width,
• Measuring channel length,
• Measuring depth of water,
• Measuring soft sediment thickness,
• Measuring depth to hard bottom,
• Classification of the geomorphic setting,
• GPS the location of the sediment trap structure,
• Measuring the length, width, and height of the structures and the depth below the
water surface,
• Measuring and recording the number, size and species of trees installed, and
• Measuring flow velocities within the geomorphic setting pre- and post-installation.
The spatial extent for the three to five cross-sections will be determined by using the
hydrodynamic model grid cells used to model sedimentation rates for each geomorphic
feature. The locations of the cross-sections will be targeted towards grid cells that exhibited
the greatest amount of sediment deposition. At each of the cross-sections, the bathymetry
will be measured with a Geographic Positioning System - Real Time Kinematic (GPS-RTK)
or equivalent unit to gather vertical (1 centimeter (cm) accuracy) and horizontal (2 cm
accuracy) coordinates from bankfull to bankfull, with a minimum of 25 survey points, no
greater than four feet apart, and identify slope breaks with 3 survey points per break within
the geomorphic features. The data collected at each survey point will include the above
mentioned criteria (depth of water, soft sediment thickness, and depth to hard bottom).
Flow velocity measurements will be conducted at five to eight locations along each of the
cross-sections used for collecting bathymetry data. The flow velocity measurements will be
conducted with an Acoustic Doppler Current Profiler (ADCP) or an Acoustic Doppler
Velocimeter (ADV) as mentioned in the Consolidated Work Plan.
In coordination with U.S. EPA and USGS, the location of the sediment trap structure within
the geomorphic feature will be determined based on the initial site survey, historic poling
results, and hydrodynamic modeling results.
During the initial site survey and subsequent monitoring events, poling activities will occur
when water and sediment temperatures reach or exceed the minimum approved
temperature. Poling will be conducted at five to eight locations along the initial site survey
7
-------
Approved
cross-sections by using a GPS-RTK unit to gather horizontal and vertical coordinates at the
same poling locations within each feature during monitoring events. In an attempt to
understand sedimentation rates, each geomorphic feature, depending on size, will have a
minimum of five CSDs to collect sediment and oiled sediments as detailed in Figure 2.
Larger geomorphic features will have 6 to 10 CSDs placed within their feature. The
locations of the CSDs will be as follows, and is shown in Figure 3:
• One approximately 15 feet downstream of the structures within geomorphic features,
which will be put in place one to two days after installation of the sediment trap
structure,
• One approximately 15 feet upstream of the structures within geomorphic features,
and
• The remaining samplers will be placed within the geomorphic feature targeting
hydrodynamic model grid cells exhibiting the highest potential for sediment
deposition.
5.0 MONITORING
Monitoring of the sediment trap sites will be performed on a regular schedule. The
monitoring objectives are as follows:
• Determine the effectiveness of the sediment traps at each site,
• Document the performance of the sediment traps through quarterly bathymetry and
flow velocity measurements,
• Check the site for submerged oil accumulation via poling or additional sample
collection if temperatures are not at or above the minimum approved temperature of
60° Fahrenheit,
• Collect the sediment and oiled sediment from the CSDs and submit for analytical
results when a sufficient volume is obtained,
• Analyze sediment samples according to Section 4.2.5 Sediment Transport of the
Consolidated Work Plan. Additional analyses will be prioritized and conducted
according to the "Spring 2012 Analytical Chemistry Prioritization for Low Sample
Volume Samples"dated May 19, 2012 (U.S. EPA, 2012),
• Check the temperature of the water and sediment,
• Monitor the integrity of the sediment traps during routine site visits,
8
-------
Approved
• Determine if maintenance is necessary to preserve oiled sediment trapping ability,
and
• Determine if remediation is necessary to remove accumulated sediment and
submerged oil.
Monitoring will be conducted once every two weeks for the first month and on a monthly
basis thereafter. Each monitoring event will be documented and provided in the monthly
report, which is submitted to U.S. EPA and MDEQ on the 27th of every month. Any and all
geographic information system data can be provided upon request. Monitoring and
maintenance of the sediment trap structures and/or sites will be performed under the
direction of the Containment Branch.
5.1 Poling
Poling within the spatial extent of the sediment trap structure locations will be conducted to
determine:
• The deposition of submerged oil,
• The thickness of soft sediment,
• The cross-sectional area of the sediment trap structure above the river bed, and
• The horizontal and vertical coordinates of the poling locations.
Poling will be conducted at five to eight locations along all of the initial site survey cross-
sections from a shallow-draft water craft. During each monitoring event poling will be
repeated at the five to eight poling locations within each geomorphic feature to characterize
submerged oil.
5.2 Cylindrical Sampling Devices
There will be a minimum of five CSDs placed within the geomorphic features. Dependant on
the size of the geomorphic features and the depositional rates determined by the grid cells of
the hydrodynamic model, 6 to 10 additional CSDs placed within the sediment traps. During
monitoring events, the CSDs will be sampled according to the following procedures:
• CSDs will be removed from the sediment trap from downstream to upstream to not
disturb additional CSDs,
9
-------
Approved
• Remove and make visual observations to determine if there is sufficient volume of
sediment to sample,
• Photograph, measure, and record the volume of sediment within the sample jars,
• In the event that there is enough volume of sediment for analytical analysis, replace
the jars with empty jars,
• Conduct poling activities at the above specified locations within the geomorphic
feature, and
• Once all jars have been either collected and/or observed the CSDs will be
repositioned in the sediment trap from upstream to downstream.
5.3 Repeat Bathymetry and Flow Velocity Measurements
The bathymetry and flow velocity measurements will be conducted within the geomorphic
feature on a quarterly basis after the initial site survey. The purpose of the quarterly
bathymetry and flow velocity measurements is to determine a sedimentation rate and
identify spatial variation of sediment deposition within the geomorphic features. These
measurements will be conducted at the same locations and follow the same procedures as
the initial site survey.
5.4 Frequency
Monitoring frequency for observation and possible sampling of the CSDs will be every two
weeks for the first month and then monthly thereafter. Poling activities will be conducted on
a monthly basis following the initial site survey. Monitoring for all activities will also be
performed following storm events when flows exceed 2,000 cubic feet per second (cfs), as
measured at the USGS Battle Creek gage. A flow rate of 2,000 cfs was selected based
upon a review of the historic flow rates of the past eight seasons provided by the USGS
Battle Creek gage station. According to the gage station, a flow rate of 2,000 cfs is achieved
approximately one to four times in any given season.
6.0 MAINTENANCE
Maintenance of the structures will be directed by the Containment Branch as needed
following review of data collected during monitoring activities. Maintenance activities may
include repair of structures, movement of structures, replacement of structures, or removal
10
-------
Approved
of trapped sediment. Removal of trapped sediment, when applicable, will be considered
when monitoring data suggests that the trap has reached its effective capacity. The
effective capacity will be defined as a 50% reduction in the cross-sectional area of the
sediment trap structure based on the initial site survey. Need for repair, movement, or
replacement of structures will be based on routine site visits, the monitoring data collected
during site monitoring checks, and following high flow events of 2,000 cfs or greater.
Prior to the initiation of site maintenance, siltation barriers will be installed downstream of
each trap location to contain suspended sediment material mobilized through completion of
the proposed maintenance activity. Siltation barriers will be designed to handle the
sediment type, load, water depth, and flow conditions of each sediment trap location, and
will be maintained in good working order throughout the duration of the maintenance effort.
7.0 REMOVAL OF SUBMERGED OIL
Removal of submerged oil from the sediment trap locations will be based on a review of data
collected during monitoring events. Removal will be conducted under the direction of the
Submerged Oil Branch using approved Operations and Maintenance 'toolbox' methods.
Once a trigger has been identified within a geomorphic feature, a site specific plan will be
developed at that time. All removal/recovery activities will be conducted in accordance with
additional methods mentioned in the Kalamazoo River- Subsurface Sediment Structures
(14 Sites) - MEDQ Permit Application Submittal to Conduct Proposed Kalamazoo River
Response Actions pursuant to Parts 31, 301, and 303 of NREPA, (Enbridge, 2012).
7.1 Frequency/Triggers for Removal
Removal of submerged oil will be performed as necessary based on a review of the
submerged oil poling data collected during monitoring. Removal activities will be conducted
in consultation with U.S. EPA and USGS. The data review will incorporate both the extent
and quantity of submerged oil, and the trend in the extent of submerged oil measured over
time. Toolbox remediation will not occur in areas where 'none' or 'light' submerged oil is
identified. Toolbox remediation will be initiated when poling results show 'moderate' and
'heavy' submerged oil has been identified over at least 50% of the sediment trap area as
directed by U.S. EPA. Toolbox remediation will be initiated as necessaryto prevent the
downstream migration of submerged oil.
11
-------
Approved
Prior to the initiation of the removal of oiled sediments, siltation barriers will be installed
downstream of each trap location to contain suspended sediment material mobilized through
completion of the proposed maintenance activity. Siltation barriers will be designed to
handle the sediment type, load, water depth, and flow conditions of each sediment trap
location, and will be maintained in good working order throughout the duration of the
maintenance effort.
7.2 Coordination with Maintenance Activities
Submerged oil remediation activities will be coordinated with sediment trap maintenance, if
practical, to provide more efficient implementation of toolbox techniques and containment of
submerged oil.
8.0 REMOVAL
Sediment trap structure and CSD removal will require prior approval from U.S. EPA, USGS,
and MDEQ. Removal of the sediment trap structures and CSDs will occur prior to the river
freezing unless it is determined that the structures can safely remain in place through the
winter. The removal of the sediment trap structures and the CSDs will be coordinated with
U.S. EPA, MDEQ, and USGS in accordance with the specifications mentioned in the
Kalamazoo River- Subsurface Sediment Structures (14 Sites) - MEDQ Permit Application
Submittal to Conduct Proposed Kalamazoo River Response Actions pursuant to Parts 31,
301, and 303 of NREPA, (Enbridge, 2012). All submerged oil assessment, removal, and/or
recovery activities will be completed prior to the removal of the sediment trap structures and
the CSDs in coordination with the U.S. EPA and MDEQ.
Prior to the initiation of the removal of any sediment trap structures and CSDs, siltation
barriers will be installed downstream of each trap location to contain suspended sediment
material mobilized through completion of the proposed maintenance activity. Siltation
barriers will be designed to handle the sediment type, load, water depth, and flow conditions
of each sediment trap location, and will be maintained in good working order throughout the
duration of the maintenance effort.
12
-------
Approved
9.0 REFERENCES
Ashley, Martin & Thornton, Kurt, 2005. Then & Now: Battle Creek. Charleston, South Carolina,
Arcadia Publishing.
Enbridge, 2011. Enbridge Line 6B Pipeline Release, Marshall, Michigan; Addendum to the
Response Plan for Downstream Impacted Areas, August 2, 2010 (Revised August 17, 2010
per U.S. EPA August 17, 2010 letter), Supplement to Source Area Response Plan, and
Supplement to Response Plan for Downstream Impacted Areas, Referred to as Operations
and Maintenance Work Plan Commonly referred to as "Consolidated Work Plan from Fall
2011 through Fall 2012". December 21, 2011.
Enbridge, 2012. "Enbridge Line 6B Pipeline Release, Marshall, Michigan: Kalamazoo River-
Subsurface Sediment Structures (14 Sites) - MEDQ Permit Application Submittal to Conduct
Proposed Kalamazoo River Response Actions pursuant to Parts 31, 301, and 303 of
NREPA."
13
-------
Figures
-------
-------
PROPOSED CYLINDRICAL SAMPLING DEVICE DETAIL
REMOVABLE LID WITH
SEDIMENT COLLECTION
JARS ATTACHED
SEDIMENT COLLECTION
SEDIMENT COLLECTION JARS
WOOD CASE FOR CINDER BLOCK
PVC PIPE CHAMBER FOR
SEDIMENT COLLECTION JARS
KALAMAZOO RIVER
¦
-------
3:25 R1
f.yi !
-------
'wStm&tfi
.Ajiaeb
j-r cirrK
[Cerescol
ENBRIDGE
Drawn: GM 6/5/2012
Approved: EE 6/5/2012
Project#: 60246209
Map Location
' WKKHH'
i---
Proposed Cylindrical Sampling Device
Sediment Trap Area
Potential
Containment Structures
Quarter Mile Grid Segments
Z:\Work\GIS\Submerged_Oil\Sediment_Traps\MXDs\120605_Sed_Traps_Cylindrical.mxd
Aerial Photography Data: April 2011
Scale in Feet
FIGURE 3
POTENTIAL ACTIVE (STRUCTURE) SEDIMENT TRAP
LOCATIONS AND PROPOSED CYLINDRICAL SAMPLING
DEVICE LOCATIONS
CERESCO
SHEET: 2 OF 17
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
-------
*¦
wm
* ^ mit&£ '?
JikaM
«*
I
Wl
«R
»~. -'n
J5»l
K <$$<•£ ii' &
'- >'• V
I rT
y&vv:
Hk& 1
J
•if
v ; ros»
r.. .<
:y x *^3S ,
\ v
&
?<
aifg
EflRn *w
EPf-
\
\
\
^i||,! ¦
v. • i ivi
:
ISai»
*£&V
?r-aS|
&XA1
WLjS
-Nr. *»
tJr^ V3W
•> *>*?• 5
• ;VS -v*
S* *?' -\
,-V, ¦• ,
f , :\ A
t '¦ 3?
/ - /M
^ M
VC ^QEj^X 1 "''.-/ w *
S\
fe. .-SUJ*wh>3^. *ST — W *
A>¥i
v - 9n!ni
-^- Proposed Cylindrical Sampling Device
Sediment Trap Area
Potential
Containment Structures
Quarter Mile Grid Segments
e®
\ B Vr'S- I "
\ :.v ? ::- i li
JmIS&w 13 an
'
ii
* \
~i *T{r,*» • i ••
r* 4y®H' /TO
" -i - j TvnUv ^ .* A
-¦ "yj.^i :a
v. ^qo&ra Js ^ "^rai .
\4 - . > ¦ "' V %t„
. -xCnffLu
1 /»; • ' 1
4 t \ /. '
v ;, fSE ] • .' V ;••,.<• j
\1 agn \i| v i
mu
,y'j'
ai
^ %
— " -r
¦m-
¦ \jtfr
kOlh :<3.«Lj|vjy
^4-Srr\ : V'
|T-' X
¦mf
Id tajUk
• >*JK
N
A
FIGURE 3
POTENTIAL ACTIVE (STRUCTURE) SEDIMENT TRAP
LOCATIONS AND PROPOSED CYLINDRICAL SAMPLING
DEVICE LOCATIONS
10.40 N
SHEET: 3 OF 17
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
Z:\Work\GIS\Submerged_Oil\Sediment_Traps\MXDs\12060b_Sed_Traps_Cylindrical.mxd
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
-------
*¦
wm
* ^ mit&£ '?
JikaM
«*
I
Wl
«R
»~. -'n
J5»l
K <$$<•£ ii' &
'- >'• V
I rT
y&vv:
Hk& 1
J
•if
v ; ros»
r.. .<
:y x *^3S ,
\ v
&
?<
aifg
EflRn *w
EPf-
\
\
\
^i||,! ¦
v. • i ivi
:
ISai»
*£&V
?r-aS|
&XA1
WLjS
-Nr. *»
tJr^ V3W
•> *>*?• 5
• ;VS -v*
S* *?' -\
,-V, ¦• ,
f , :\ A
t '¦ 3?
/ - /M
^ M
VC ^QEj^X 1 "''.-/ w *
S\
fe. .-SUJ*wh>3^. *ST — W *
A>¥i
v - 9n!ni
-^- Proposed Cylindrical Sampling Device
Sediment Trap Area
Potential
Containment Structures
Quarter Mile Grid Segments
e®
\ B Vr'S- I "
\ :.v ? ::- i li
JmIS&w 13 an
'
ii
* \
~i *T{r,*» • i ••
r* 4y®H' /TO
" -i - j TvnUv ^ .* A
-¦ "yj.^i :a
v. ^qo&ra Js ^ "^rai .
\4 - . > ¦ "' V %t„
. -xCnffLu
1 /»; • ' 1
4 t \ /. '
v ;, fSE ] • .' V ;••,.<• j
\1 agn \i| v i
mu
,y'j'
ai
^ %
— " -r
¦m-
¦ \jtfr
kOlh :<3.«Lj|vjy
^4-Srr\ : V'
|T-' X
¦mf
Id tajUk
• >*JK
N
A
FIGURE 3
POTENTIAL ACTIVE (STRUCTURE) SEDIMENT TRAP
LOCATIONS AND PROPOSED CYLINDRICAL SAMPLING
DEVICE LOCATIONS
10.50 L2
SHEET: 4 OF 17
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
Z:\Work\GIS\Submerged_Oil\Sediment_Traps\MXDs\12060b_Sed_Traps_Cylindrical.mxd
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
-------
ENBRIDGE
Drawn: GM 6/5/2012
Approved: EE 6/5/2012
Project#: 60246209
Map Location
I'll
CliWll-iiUi .
ia-woB«S*,
*»¦« fck'p.yil
Proposed Cylindrical Sampling Device
Sediment Trap Area
Potential
Containment Structures
Quarter Mile Grid Segments
N
FIGURE 3
POTENTIAL ACTIVE (STRUCTURE) SEDIMENT TRAP
LOCATIONS AND PROPOSED CYLINDRICAL SAMPLING
DEVICE LOCATIONS
10.75 LDB
SHEET: 5 OF 17
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
Z:\Work\GIS\Submerged_Oil\Sediment_Traps\MXDs\12060b_Sed_Traps_Cylindrical.mxd
Aerial Photography Date: April 2011
-------
Map Location
Proposed Cylindrical Sampling Device
Sediment Trap Area
Potential
Containment Structures
Quarter Mile Grid Segments
,n
-------
19,25 LLDB
,p.
-------
Km i
21*50 RDB
,•1
ASjtlUi
:i-f fqrbc
* Ht-jr?
FIGURE 3
POTENTIAL ACTIVE (STRUCTURE) SEDIMENT TRAP
LOCATIONS AND PROPOSED CYLINDRICAL SAMPLING
DEVICE LOCATIONS
21.50 RDB
SHEET: 8 OF 17
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
•• m
£?Mkt
Z:\Work\GIS\Submerged_Oil\Sediment_Traps\MXDs\120605_Sed_Traps_Cylindrical.mxd
Aerial Photography Data: April 2011
ENBRIDGE
Drawn: GM 6/5/2012
Approved: EE 6/5/2012
Project#: 60246209
Map Location
Proposed Cylindrical Sampling Device
Sediment Trap Area
Potential
Containment Structures
Quarter Mile Grid Segments
-------
,p. p.V!|
' 11) k kh
-------
7 ¦'?. ¦ \
K- t ^ ' 'x -N % • vA
£ ENBRIDGE'
Map Location
qKct**ra
° M
>• • •' ... ,^rri
Drawn: GM 6/5/2012
Cll Wllii J'di'i .
Approved: EE 6/5/2012
WtL&m
u-woBMSt ^V"T"
1--.
Project#: 60246209
Proposed Cylindrical Sampling Device
Sediment Trap Area
Potential
Containment Structures
Quarter Mile Grid Segments
Z:\Work\GIS\Submerged_Oil\Sediment_Traps\MXDs\12060b_Sed_Traps_Cylindrical.mxd
vi-,. y
.;k: i •: a.
K. ^SSSSKX
A
r
-¦ V
r/i?
j*..*
-
¦ • - f\i * ~
¦- : - -"W
FIGURE 3
POTENTIAL ACTIVE (STRUCTURE) SEDIMENT TRAP
LOCATIONS AND PROPOSED CYLINDRICAL SAMPLING
DEVICE LOCATIONS
28.25 RDB
SHEET: 10 OF 17
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
Aerial Photography Data: April 2011
-------
msm
SHfll
,p.
-------
,p. rw«flHSv ..Htm
*»¦«
Proposed Cylindrical Sampling Device
Sediment Trap Area
Potential
Containment Structures
Quarter Mile Grid Segments
FIGURE 3
POTENTIAL ACTIVE (STRUCTURE) SEDIMENT TRAP
LOCATIONS AND PROPOSED CYLINDRICAL SAMPLING
DEVICE LOCATIONS
33.00 A
SHEET: 12 OF 17
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
Z:\Work\GIS\Submerged_Oil\Sediment_Traps\MXDs\120605_Sed_Traps_Cylindrical.mxd
Aerial Photography Data: April 2011
-------
33.00 B
,n rrK
¦ ¦ ¦ ".
|
1 : Will
^ - - ee: £***¦ -• -2»
« - V
ENBRIDGE
Drawn: GM 6/5/2012
Approved: EE 6/5/2012
Project#: 60246209
Map Location
iraofiHSa
t-t fck'p.yil
«S8toSIk' '
m
a;
-------
Z:\Work\GIS\Submerged_Oil\Sediment_Traps\MXDs\120605_Sed_Traps_Cylindrical.mxd
Aerial Photography Data: April 2011
ENBRIDGE
Drawn: GM 6/5/2012
Approved: EE 6/5/2012
Project#: 60246209
Proposed Cylindrical Sampling Device
Sediment Trap Area
Potential
Containment Structures
Quarter Mile Grid Segments
N
A
0 40 80 160
Scale in Feet
FIGURE 3
POTENTIAL ACTIVE (STRUCTURE) SEDIMENT TRAP
LOCATIONS AND PROPOSED CYLINDRICAL SAMPLING
DEVICE LOCATIONS
36.10 NW
SHEET: 14 OF 17
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
Map Location
S.JjULl/1
S nt-jr-j
"woBfis
l*-e
-------
,p. sj^ST?-i • . + i '
A < ** ft-** ''iV-*. • •---. •- ;f " "->r I
• •;* ,-,*v- - /' 5- . ; i
• - $ ¦. • > • . ¦ ¦
ISEffelfo
'
> V- •» .
. v
GM \
\
* sir
• 1/ N
V , ' \ Al% .
' • ' * ^ -g» * .
«"* ;V"> • v"" "¦
Project#: 60246209
Map Location
-4- ' ;-nr
p- Cli I'illl ¦' I'j, i
>rw«flHSv ..Htm
L~t
' - '¦' "-¦
-^- Proposed Cylindrical Sampling Device
Sediment Trap Area
Potential
Containment Structures
Quarter Mile Grid Segments
FIGURE 3
POTENTIAL ACTIVE (STRUCTURE) SEDIMENT TRAP
LOCATIONS AND PROPOSED CYLINDRICAL SAMPLING
DEVICE LOCATIONS
DELTA A
SHEET: 15 OF 17
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
-------
- *iL_
FIGURE 3
POTENTIAL ACTIVE (STRUCTURE) SEDIMENT TRAP
LOCATIONS AND PROPOSED CYLINDRICAL SAMPLING
DEVICE LOCATIONS
DELTA Z
SHEET: 16 OF 17
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
ENBRIDGE
Drawn: GM 6/5/2012
Approved: EE 6/5/2012
Project#: 60246209
Map Location
' C^rfK
ii} 1 II ••--T
I"*
Proposed Cylindrical Sampling Device
Sediment Trap Area
Potential
Containment Structures
Quarter Mile Grid Segments
Z:\Work\GIS\Submerged_Oil\Sediment_Traps\MXDs\120605_Sed_Traps_Cylindrical.mxd
Aerial Photography Data: April 2011
-------
trc* rrK
37?75; Islands
5
.
*-"5i
Jk£.
Z:\Work\GIS\Submerged_Oil\Sediment_Traps\MXDs\120605_Sed_Traps_Cylindrical.mxd
Aerial Photography Data: April 2011
FIGURE 3
POTENTIAL ACTIVE (STRUCTURE) SEDIMENT TRAP
LOCATIONS AND PROPOSED CYLINDRICAL SAMPLING
DEVICE LOCATIONS
37.75 ISLANDS
SHEET: 17 OF 17
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
ENBRIDGE
Drawn: GM 6/5/2012
Approved: EE 6/5/2012
Project#: 60246209
Scale in Feet
.*.'31 nr. t-i
t ¥)
4 vit-jr?
ft Afpon'
Proposed Cylindrical Sampling Device
Sediment Trap Area
Potential
Containment Structures
Quarter Mile Grid Segments
Map Location
-------
Approval Pending
Enbridge Line 6B MP 608
Marshall, Ml Pipeline Release
Sediment Poling Standard Operating Procedure
Prepared for United States Environmental Protection Agency
Enbridge Energy, Limited Partnership
Submitted: May 11, 2012
-------
Approval Pending
1.0 SCOPE AND METHOD SUMMARY 1
2.0 PERSONNEL QUALIFICATIONS 1
3.0 HEALTH AND SAFETY 2
4.0 INTERFERENCES 2
5.0 EQUIPMENT AND SUPPLIES 2
6.0 METHODS 3
6.1 Poling Procedures 3
6.2 Access to Poling Locations 4
6.3 Poling Location 4
6.4 Equipment Decontamination 4
7.0 DATA AND RECORDS MANAGEMENT 4
8.0 REFERENCES 5
FIGURE
Figure 1 Submerged Oil Field Observation Flowchart
-------
Approval Pending
LIST OF ACRONYMS
GPS
Global Positioning System
HASP
Health and Safety Plan
SOP
Standard Operating Procedure
ii
-------
Approval Pending
1.0 SCOPE AND METHOD SUMMARY
This Standard Operating Procedure (SOP) describes the basic techniques and general
considerations to be followed for conducting poling of sediments. For the purposes of this SOP,
sediment is defined as soil, sand, silt, clay, organic matter, or other materials that accumulate
on the bottom of a water body (U.S. EPA, 1998). The specific details of poling locations are
dependent upon local conditions as well as the purpose of the poling.
Poling generally involves the measurement of sediment and water characteristics using
specialized tooling designed for the task. Specific field conditions such as location, water depth
and temperature, sediment thickness and temperature, and a qualitative determination of oil
sheen and globule coverage over a specified surface area are recorded.
It is expected that the procedures outlined in this SOP will be followed. Procedural
modifications may be warranted depending on field conditions, equipment limitations, or
limitations imposed by the procedure. Substantive modification to this SOP will be noted in
task-specific work plans or on Field Modification Forms, as appropriate, and will be approved in
advance by the Task Manager. Deviations from the SOP will be documented in the project
records and in subsequent reports.
2.0 PERSONNEL QUALIFICATIONS
Poling is a relatively involved procedure requiring training and a variety of equipment. It is
recommended that initial poling be supervised by more experienced personnel.
Field personnel must be health and safety certified as specified by the Occupational Safety and
Health Administration (OSHA, 29 CFR 1910.120(e)(3)(i)) to work on sites where hazardous
materials may be present.
It is the responsibility of the field personnel to be familiar with the procedures outlined within this
SOP, with site specific procedures, the Health and Safety Plan (HASP) (Enbridge, 2012), and
work plans under which the work will be conducted. Field personnel are responsible for data
collection, decontamination of equipment, and proper documentation in the field logbook, field
forms, and/or an electronic data collector such as the Leica®, Trimble Yuma® or equivalent (as
appropriate).
1
-------
Approval Pending
3.0 HEALTH AND SAFETY
The health and safety considerations for the work associated with this SOP, including both
potential physical and chemical hazards, are addressed in the site specific HASP. All work will
be conducted in accordance with the HASP.
4.0 INTERFERENCES
Potential interferences could result from cross contamination between poling locations.
Minimization of potential cross contamination will occur through the following:
• Avoidance of material (e.g., suspended sediment) that is not representative of the
medium to be evaluated (this will be accomplished by performing poling in a downstream
to upstream approach within a focus area).
5.0 EQUIPMENT AND SUPPLIES
The following equipment list contains materials which may be required to complete the
procedures contained in this SOP. Not all equipment listed below may be necessary for a
specific activity. Additional equipment may be required, pending field conditions or as specified
in a work plan.
• Depth of water measurement/agitation pole (aluminum pole with a 8-inch diameter disk
attached to one end),
• Sediment measuring pole (aluminum pole without a disk attached),
• Equipment decontamination supplies,
• Health and safety supplies (gloves, personal flotation devices, etc., as required by the
HASP),
• Waterproof marker pens (Sharpie® or similar),
• Global Positioning System (GPS) unit,
• Electronic data collector,
• Field logbook,
• Digital camera, and
• Access to a boat when required for transportation.
2
-------
Approval Pending
6.0 METHODS
6.1 Poling Procedures
Water depth data shall be collected using a 8-inch diameter disk attached to the end of an
aluminum pole approximately 2 inches in diameter marked at 0.1-foot intervals. At each poling
location, the disc shall gradually be lowered to the top of the sediment bed, and the depth from
the water surface to the top of soft sediment (water depth) shall be recorded to the nearest 0.1-
foot.
Soft sediment thickness data shall be measured using a pole without a disk and marked at
intervals of 0.1-foot. The pole shall be pushed vertically through the sediment until
advancement is restricted. The difference between the depth to sediment surface (water
depth) and maximum poling depth into the soft sediment shall determine the soft sediment
thickness at each location. A description of the general sediment type shall be documented
based on the poling results (e.g., soft sediment - silt over sand). An experienced poler can
distinguish the difference between soft sediment, sand, and gravel by the feel of the sediment
and the sound from the pole.
An approximate determination of the relative amount of oil/sheen created by sediment agitation
at each poling location shall be made by using the pole with a 8-inch diameter disk to agitate the
soft sediment. After agitation, the amount of oil/sheen observed at the water surface, within a
square yard area, shall be described using the same categories as the 2011 field season
(heavy, moderate, light, or none). These categories are outlined in the attached Submerged Oil
Field Observation Flow Chart (Figure 1). If 'moderate' or 'heavy' submerged oil sheen/globules
are observed, the area shall be delineated with additional poling. The poling teams shall work
away from the 'moderate' or 'heavy' location until they have poled either a 'light' submerged oil
classification, or no ('none') submerged oil.
A GPS unit shall be used to document the coordinates for each poling location. All poling
locations shall be surveyed during the project to the extent practicable using a differential GPS
unit with sub-meter accuracy. The horizontal coordinate system shall be the Michigan State
Plane Coordinate System, South zone, referenced to the North American Datum ("NAD") 83, in
international feet.
3
-------
Approval Pending
All poling activities shall be conducted while the measured temperature of both sediment and
water is above 60° F. As such, sediment and water temperature data shall be collected during
poling activities as thresholds for data reliability are approached.
6.2 Access to Poling Locations
Poling locations are presented in each specific work plan. A boat will be needed to pole most
locations on ponds and the river. When boats are used for poling, health and safety procedures
as described in the HASP must be followed. Wading to locations in the Kalamazoo River may
be considered, but is not the preferred method. If it is necessary to wade into the water body to
perform the work, the worker shall take care to minimize disturbance of bottom sediments and
must enter the water body downstream of the poling location.
6.3 Poling Location
Poling locations will be identified with a GPS unit as discussed in SOP EN-104 - Survey
(Enbridge, 2011a). Pre-determined GPS identification numbers and coordinates will be used to
determine the correct poling placement whenever possible. The poling location must be
maintained while poling from boats. The use of anchors and other stabilizing devices may be
required to maintain a consistent poling location.
6.4 Equipment Decontamination
Reusable equipment shall be decontaminated in accordance with SOP EN-105
Decontamination of Field Equipment (Enbridge, 2011a). Investigation derived waste generated
from the effort (gloves, disposable sampling equipment, decontamination water, etc.) shall be
appropriately containerized and transported to the onsite collection area for appropriate disposal
per SOP EN-106 Investigation Derived Waste Management (Enbridge, 2011a).
7.0 DATA AND RECORDS MANAGEMENT
The data associated with poling locations may be contained in the following:
• Field logbook,
• Sample collection records,
• Electronic data collection (Leica® .Trimble Yuma®, or equivalent),
4
-------
Approval Pending
• Field Modification Forms (used prior to field work, when required), and
• Nonconformance Records (used after field work, when required).
The following SOPs describe the data collection and record management procedures that
should be followed as part of the sediment sample collection process:
• SOP EN-101 Field Records (Enbridge, 2011a),
• SOP EN-104 Survey (Enbridge, 2011a),
• SOP EN-105 Decontamination of Field Equipment (Enbridge, 2011a), and
• SOP EN-106 Investigative Derived Waste Management (Enbridge, 2011a).
8.0 REFERENCES
Enbridge, 2011a. Enbridge Line 6B MP 608 Pipeline Release; Marshall, Michigan; SOP EN-
101 -Field Records; SOP EN-104-Survey; SOP EN-105- Decontamination of Field Equipment;
SOP EN-106 - Investigation Derived Waste Management.
Enbridge, 2012. Enbridge Line 6B MP 608 Pipeline Release; Marshall, Michigan; Health and
Safety Plan (HASP), v. 6.2. April 17, 2012.
U.S. EPA. 1998. EPA's Contaminated Sediment Management Strategy. U.S. Environmental
Protection Agency, Office of Water, Washington, DC. EPA 823/R-98/001.
5
-------
Figure
-------
Submerged Oil Field Observation Flowchart
Percent Sheen
Coverage1
Number of
Globules2
Submerged Oil
Category
Moderate
30-60%
[ Heavy |
I 60-100% I
Common
10-20
C
Moderate
j
Notes:
1. Percent coverage per square yard
2. Number of globules per square yard
EN BRIDGE
Drawn:
5/4/2012
Approved: DD 5/4/2012
Project#: 60246209
FIGURE 1
SUBMERGED OILFIELD
OBSERVATION FLOWCHART
ENBRIDGE LINE 6B MP 608
MARSHALL, Ml PIPELINE RELEASE
ENBRIDGE ENERGY, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
-------
Approved
Enbridge Line 6B MP 608
Marshall, Ml Pipeline Release
Submerged Oil Poling Ring Test Standard Operating Procedure for
Dry Submerged Oil Sites and Overbank Sites
Prepared for United States Environmental Protection Agency
Enbridge Energy, Limited Partnership
Original Submitted: September 20, 2011
Resubmitted: October 4, 2011
Approved: October 12, 2011
-------
Approved
1.0 SCOPE AND APPLICATION 1
2.0 SITES APPLICABLE FOR SUBMERGED OIL POLING RING TEST 1
3.0 SITE PREPARATION 1
4.0 EQUIPMENT AND PERSONNEL 2
5.0 METHODS 2
6.0 PILOT STUDY 4
7.0 DECONTAMINATION OF EQUIPMENT 4
8.0 OSCAR REVIEW 5
9.0 SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS 5
ATTACHMENT
Attachment A Submerged Oil Poling Ring Test- Photo log
-------
Approved
LIST OF ACRONYMS
Enbridge
Enbridge Energy, Limited Partnership
GPS
Global Positioning System
Line 6B
The pipeline owned by Enbridge Energy, Limited Partnership that
runs just south of Marshall, Michigan
MDEQ
Michigan Department of Environmental Quality
MP
Mile Post
OSCAR
Outstanding Sites Characterization and Reconciliation
SO
Submerged Oil
SOP
Standard Operating Procedure
U.S. EPA
United States Environmental Protection Agency
-------
Approved
1.0 SCOPE AND APPLSCATSON
The purpose of the Submerged Oil Poling Ring Test Standard Operating Procedure (SOP) is
to document a method to conduct poling activities at dry submerged and overbank sites.
The SOP is a method to determine the relative amount of Submerged Oil (SO) remaining at
SO sites that have undergone recovery activities and subsequently dried. The test is
designed to simulate poling activities conducted in river conditions following recovery
activities to assess recovery effectiveness. This SOP supplements the post-poling
verification end points as described in the 2011 Summer Strategic Work Plan submitted on
August 18, 2011. The presence of SO is a result of the Enbridge Energy, Limited
Partnership (Enbridge) Line 6B pipeline release in Marshall, Michigan.
2.0 SITES APPLICABLE FOR SUBMERGED OIL POLING RING TEST
The sites selected for the SO poling ring test are a subset of the sites characterized during
the reassessment poling phase. The subset sites include overbank and SO sites that are
currently dry or partially dry. The Kalamazoo River is a shallow river with fluctuating water
levels. The fluctuating water levels cause river sites adjacent to the shoreline to dry. The
river water level decrease creates mud flats and dry areas in the overbank that require
poling evaluation.
3.0 SITE PREPARATION
The SO poling ring site preparation activities include:
• Identify the sites applicable for the SO poling ring test.
• Clear sites of surface debris and survey the site for roots and other obstacles.
• Determine the type of ring best suited for the specific site.
• Determine equipment requirements to transport water to the site.
• Prepare the equipment needed to conduct the SO poling ring test.
Adverse weather or river conditions may delay or impact the efficiency of the poling ring test.
1
-------
Approved
4.0 EQUIPMENT AND PERSONNEL
The SO poling ring test crews will consist of five to seven personnel. On larger focus areas,
crews will be merged together to form a team consisting of 10 to14 personnel.
The teams will be directed by a poling leader who is responsible for the team's location, test
execution, written and photo documentation, and post poling activities. Each poling ring test
will determine if that area passes (light to no SO sheen) or fails (heavy to moderate SO
sheen). The remainder of the team will consist of a Global Positioning System (GPS)
operator, a boat operator who will manage the water pump, an oversight person, and SO
recovery technicians responsible for the use of the recovery tools and collection of the
recovered SO.
The equipment list includes:
• GPS unit with poling point coordinates stored in memory,
• two airboats to transport equipment and personnel,
• Water pump with a 2-inch (hose and nozzle assembly),
• Galvanized or poly rings (4-5 feet in diameter),
• 4x4 post longer than 5 feet,
• Sledge hammer weighing more than 2 pounds,
• Straight pole and pole with a disk marked in tenths of feet,
• Personnel protective equipment,
• Camera, and
• Tracking Flashlight.
Additional supporting equipment and personnel will be available as needed.
5.0 METHODS
The methods to conduct the SO poling ring test are based on the September 14, 2011
Submerged Oil Pilot Studies for the poling ring. A sequential list of procedures is provided to
implement the SO poling ring test.
• GPS and stake the poling sites located on the mud flat or dry overbank area. See
Attachment A, Photos 1, 2, and 3 for reference.
2
-------
Approved
• Select the appropriate ring type for the area to be poled. Poly rings are best suited
for soft mudflat areas. The galvanized rings are best suited for areas with roots or
other shallow debris or underlying sand or gravel.
• Install the ring at the poling location. Place the flat 4" x 4" post across the top of the
ring and drive two sides of the ring simultaneously, using the sledge hammer. See
Attachment A, Photo 4 for reference.
• Set up water pump with a 2-inch hose. The river is used as a water source to fill the
ring. See Attachment A, Photos 5 and 6.
• Begin filling the ring with water. Aim the nozzle along the side of the ring to dissipate
the energy of the water stream from the hose. Limit disturbance of the sediment
surface while filling. See Attachment A, Photos 7-10 for reference.
• Fill the ring to a minimum depth of 6-inches. See Attachment A, Photo 11.
• Check the ring for water leaks. Re-install the ring if significant leaking occurs. Re-fill
the ring with water. See Attachment A, Photo 11 for reference.
• Allow the water to sit in the ring for 10 minutes prior to poling. Note any oil sheen
present on the water surface prior to poling. If sheen is noted, the sheen should be
recovered before poling begins.
• Pole inside the ring to determine the relative amount of SO. See Attachment A,
Photos 12 and 13 for reference.
• Determine if the poling location passes (light or none) or fails (heavy or moderate)
using the SO Field Observation Flow Chart.
• If the poling ring test passes, the field activity log can be signed by the Enbridge and
United States Environmental Protection Agency (U.S. EPA) personnel that the work
has been completed.
• If the poling ring test fails at a poling location, the data will be presented to and
reviewed by the Outstanding Sites Characterization and Reconciliation (OSCAR)
group.
• Any deviations from the method due to site-specific conditions will be recorded
following documentation procedures.
• The data obtained from the poling ring tests and other submerged oil poling
conducted at the recovery area will be reviewed by the OSCAR group.
3
-------
Approved
6.0 PILOT STUDY
A pilot study was conducted at location Mile Post (MP) 31.25 North. This area consists of a
mud flat and open water area. The mud flat had a heavy and a moderate poling point
identified during the Spring 2011 reassessment. The mud flat has not been addressed with
the Submerged Oil Toolbox. This location was selected to verify if SO can be found using
the SO poling ring test.
A total of five rings, two poly and three galvanized, were placed in the dry area to test the
proposed poling method at the mud flat. The poly ring sealed and held water in a mud flat
area with no underground obstructions. The poly ring did not seal well in an area of the mud
flat with tree roots. One of the galvanized rings was placed in the root area. This ring
sealed and held water. The galvanized rings were sealed and filled with water at each
location. The galvanized ring was easily driven, so it is more versatile across various mud
flat conditions including tree roots and other obstruction areas. The test is most applicable
on relatively flat areas.
Moderate SO was identified in the galvanized ring located between the Spring 2011
reassessment heavy and moderate poling locations. The moderate result included greater
than (>) 30% sheen with common globules. Key elements of the pilot study included adding
the water slowly to the ring to not disturb the sediment surface; allowing the water to sit in
the ring for a minimum of 10 minutes prior to poling; and looking at the water surface after
poling from a number of different angles to offset poor lighting conditions due to the tree
cover. A tracking flashlight will be provided to each team to illuminate sheen and globules.
7.0 DECONTAMINATION OF EQUIPMENT
Oiled debris including the sorbent booms, pads, and other material used to collect the
recovered oil identified by this poling procedure will be disposed in accordance with the
Enbridge Waste Treatment, Transportation, and Disposal Plan dated May 20, 2011.
All equipment impacted as a result of SO poling ring testing will be decontaminated using
approved decontamination procedures. Approved decontamination methods include dry
decontamination on site or a full decontamination at Frac Tank City.
4
-------
Approved
8.0 OSCAR REVIEW
Following the SO poling ring test activities for the dry portion of the SO recovery sites, the
water portion of the SO recovery site will be poled per the Submerged Oil Recovery SOP. If
the entire site passes post recovery poling, U.S. EPA oversight and the Enbridge poling
leader will sign and date the Completeness Check Form stating the site met the objective of
reducing the SO to a light or none category. The Completeness Check Form and the site
specific poling data for the recovery area will be reviewed by the OSCAR group. The
OSCAR group participates in data review, quality control, and site closure process to ensure
that all pending issues are addressed.
9.0 SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS
All activities will adhere to Incident Action Plan and the Enbridge Health and Safety Plan
procedures and policy. All operations and targets described in this SOP are based on the
observations and judgment of Enbridge field supervisors.
5
-------
Attachment A
Submerged Oil Poling Ring Test- Photo log
-------
Submerged Oil Poling Ring Test Standard Operating Procedure - Field Photographs
Photo #1
1
-------
Submerged Oil Poling Ring Test Standard Operating Procedure - Field Photographs
Photo #3
2
-------
Submerged Oil Poling Ring Test Standard Operating Procedure - Field Photographs
Photo #5
Photo #6
3
-------
Submerged Oil Poling Ring Test Standard Operating Procedure - Field Photographs
Photo #7
Photo #8
4
-------
Submerged Oil Poling Ring Test Standard Operating Procedure - Field Photographs
Photo #9
5
-------
Submerged Oil Poling Ring Test Standard Operating Procedure - Field Photographs
Photo #11
6
-------
Submerged Oil Poling Ring Test Standard Operating Procedure - Field Photographs
Photo #13
7
-------
Approved
Enbridge Line 6B MP 608
Marshall, Ml Pipeline Release
Water and Sediment Temperature Collection
Standard Operating Procedure
Prepared for United States Environmental Protection Agency
Enbridge Energy, Limited Partnership
Originally Submitted: May 11, 2012
Approved: September 13, 2012
-------
Approved
1.0 SCOPE AND METHOD SUMMARY 1
2.0 PERSONNEL QUALIFICATIONS 1
3.0 HEALTH AND SAFETY 2
4.0 EQUIPMENT AND SUPPLIES 2
4.1 HH41 Thermistor Thermometer with Thermistor Sensor (Primary) 2
4.2 HH12B Digital Thermometer with Thermocouple Probe 2
4.3 Additional Field Equipment 3
5.0 METHODS 3
5.1 Temperature Probe Construction 3
5.1.1 HH41 Digital Thermistor Thermometer with Thermistor Sensor
(Primary) 3
5.1.2 HH12B Digital Thermometer with Thermocouple Probe 3
5.2 Temperature Probe Calibration 4
5.2.1 HH41 Digital Thermistor Thermometer with Thermistor Sensor
(Primary) 4
5.2.2 HH12B Digital Thermometer with Thermocouple Probe 4
5.3 Temperature Collection 5
5.4 Troubleshooting and Operator Maintenance 5
5.4.1 HH41 Digital Thermistor Thermometer with Thermistor Sensor
(Primary) 5
5.4.2 HH12B Digital Thermometer with Thermocouple Probe 6
5.5 Equipment Decontamination 6
6.0 DATA AND RECORDS MANAGEMENT 6
7.0 REFERENCES 7
-------
Approved
LIST OF ACRONYMS
HASP
Health and Safety Plan
MDEQ
Michigan Department of Environmental Quality
PFA
Poly-fluoroacetate
PVC
polyvinyl chloride
SOP
Standard Operating Procedure
U.S. EPA
United States Environmental Protection Agency
-------
Approved
1.0 SCOPE AND METHOD SUMMARY
This Standard Operating Procedure (SOP) describes the basic techniques and general
considerations to be followed for the collection of water and sediment temperatures. The
specific details of actual temperature collection are dependent upon local conditions as well as
the purpose of the intended sampling. For the purposes of this SOP, sediment is defined as
soil, sand, silt, clay, organic matter, or other materials that accumulate on the bottom of a water
body (U.S. EPA, 1998).
Water and sediment temperature collection generally involves collecting multiple water column
temperatures and a single sediment temperature at specific locations on a water body (e.g.,
river, stream, wetland, pond, or lake). Water and sediment temperatures collected during
sampling events (e.g., poling or sediment coring) are critical components ensuring quality data
is collected.
It is expected that the procedures outlined in this SOP will be followed. Procedural
modifications may be warranted depending on field conditions, equipment limitations, or
limitations imposed by the procedure. Substantive modification to this SOP will be noted in
task-specific work plans or on Field Modification Forms as appropriate and will be approved in
advance by the Task Manager (or other appropriate personnel). Deviations and the reason for
deviations from the SOP will be documented in the project records and in subsequent reports.
2.0 PERSONNEL QUALIFICATIONS
Water and sediment temperature collection is a relatively involved procedure requiring general
training on different thermometer models and types (e.g., thermocouple and thermistor). It is
recommended that initial temperature collection procedures be supervised by experienced field
personnel. Field personnel must be health and safety certified as specified by the Occupational
Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) (29 CFR 1910.120(e)(3)(i)) to work on sites where
hazardous materials may be present.
Task managers (or other appropriate personnel) will be notified of any adverse field condition or
problems with field equipment during temperature collection.
1
-------
Approved
It is the responsibility of the field personnel to be familiar with the temperature collection
procedures outlined within this SOP, with specific collection procedures, quality assurance, and
health and safety requirements under which temperature collection will be conducted. Field
personnel are responsible for calibration, maintenance, temperature collection, decontamination
of equipment, and proper documentation in the field logbook, field forms, or electronic data
collector such as the Trimble Yuma® or Leica®.
3.0 HEALTH AND SAFETY
The health and safety considerations for the work associated with this SOP, including both
potential physical and chemical hazards, is addressed in the site specific Health and Safety
Plan (HASP) (Enbridge, 2012) (HASP). All work will be conducted in accordance with the
HASP.
4.0 EQUIPMENT AND SUPPLIES
The following equipment list contains materials which may be needed in carrying out the
procedures contained in this SOP. Additional equipment may be required, pending field
conditions or as specified in a work plan. This SOP explains and requires two different models
and types of thermometers be present for temperature collection during sampling events. Not
all equipment listed below may be necessary for a specific activity, but is required present
during temperature collection to ensure consistency.
4.1 HH41 Thermistor Thermometer with Thermistor Sensor (Primary)
• Ultra-high accuracy and resolution handheld thermistor thermometer,
• Tubular thermistor sensor for immersion temperature measurements, and
• Precision thermistor sensor for air temperature measurements.
4.2 HH12B Digital Thermometer with Thermocouple Probe
• Portable 3 1/4 digit Omega® digital thermometer,
• Omega® rugged heavy duty transition-joint thermocouple probe (K-type or other-type),
and
• Poly-fluoroacetate (PFA) coated stranded lead wire.
2
-------
Approved
4.3 Additional Field Equipment
• Applicable manufacturers equipment manuals,
• Schedule 40 polyvinyl chloride (PVC) and/or fiberglass hollow rods, 6 or 8 foot length, 1-
inch in diameter,
• Decontamination supplies for reusable equipment,
• Waterproof marker pens (Sharpie® or Write in the Rain®),
• Tools to make fine adjustments to the thermocouple in the HH12B digital thermometer
probe (i.e., bucket or cooler, ice, and a flathead screwdriver),
• Water and sediment temperature collection field sheets or electronic data collector,
• Field logbook, and
• Health and safety supplies (personal flotation devices, etc., as required by the HASP).
5.0 METHODS
5.1 Temperature Probe Construction
5.1.1 HH41 Digital Thermistor Thermometer with Thermistor Sensor (Primary)
The primary temperature instrument for sediment, water, and air temperatures will consist of an
Omega® tubular thermistor immersion sensor connected to the Omega® HH41 digital thermistor
thermometer. The tubular thermistor immersion sensor will be affixed to the end of a 6 or 8 foot
PVC schedule 40 or fiberglass hollow rod with a compression fitting to protect wiring from
moisture. The thermistor immersion sensor wiring leads are contained in a flexible polyvinyl
chloride cable which will be placed inside the hollow rod through a drilled hole or slot in the rod.
The sensor cable has a phone plug end connector that will be attached to the HH41 digital
thermistor thermometer. The HH41 digital thermistor thermometer has one input connection.
When connected to the tubular thermistor immersion sensor, the HH41 will be used to read
water and sediment temperatures. When an air temperature needs to be collected, the tubular
thermistor immersion sensor will be disconnected and a separate precision thermistor air
temperature sensor will be connected.
5.1.2 HH12B Digital Thermometer with Thermocouple Probe
The backup or secondary temperature instrument will consist of a thermocouple probe (K-type
or other-type) connected to the Omega® HH12B digital thermocouple thermometer. The
thermocouple probe will be affixed to the end of a 6 or 8 foot PVC schedule 40 or fiberglass
3
-------
Approved
hollow rod with a compression fitting to protect wiring from moisture. The thermocouple lead
wires (PFA coated) will be placed inside the hollow rod through a drilled hole or slot in the rod.
The thermocouple lead wires will include a standard mini-jack end plug for connection to the
HH12B digital thermocouple thermometer. The HH12B has two input connections (T1 and T2).
The T1 input connection will be used for ambient air temperature readings and T2 will be used
for water and sediment temperature readings.
5.2 Temperature Probe Calibration
5.2.1 HH41 Digital Thermistor Thermometer with Thermistor Sensor (Primary)
This particular model thermistor thermometer only needs to be calibrated annually to maintain
its accuracy as recommended by Omega®, the manufacturer. The annual calibration date
should be documented and verified before use. The calibration should only be performed by an
Omega® technician. When the thermistor thermometer requires calibration, contact Omega®
Customer Service Department for instructions on returning the unit. This thermistor
thermometer includes a National Institute of Standards and Technology traceable calibration
certificate. This specific instrument's manufacturer's stated accuracy is ±0.027 °F.
5.2.2 HH12B Digital Thermometer with Thermocouple Probe
The temperature sampling probe will be adjusted every day before sampling commences. Both
the T1 and T2 inputs will need to be adjusted. This specific instrument's accuracy is ±2 °F as
provided by Omega®. As described in the equipment manual, the following steps will be taken
during temperature probe fine adjustments:
1. Connect the thermocouple probe to the input (T1 or T2) that will be adjusted.
2. Place the thermocouple probe into a bucket or cooler of an ice-water mixture. Make
sure 75% or more of the surface area of the thermocouple probe is submerged into the
ice-water. Allow for the readings on the digital thermometer to stabilize for a 10 minute
time period.
3. Once the 10 minute time period has passed slowly adjust the OFFSET control dial for
the input being adjusted. The OFFSET control dial will need to be adjusted until the
thermometer reads 32 °F. Once this is completed for both inputs the temperature probe
is ready to be used.
4. Document all fine adjustment activities.
4
-------
Approved
If the instrument does not properly adjust or if any other operational issues are noted at
anytime, perform the troubleshooting tasks as described in Section 5.4. If operational
issues are not resolved, contact your Task Manager (and other appropriate personnel). Tag
the unit as not to be used, and use a properly adjusted probe that is in good working order.
5.3 Temperature Collection
Once the location has been established with a Trimble Yuma® or Leica®, and the boats are
positioned, water and sediment temperature collection will be conducted as follows:
1. The poling rod will be used in recording the depth of the water at the specific location.
The pole with the attached disk should be gently lowered to the water-sediment interface
being careful to limit sediment disturbance.
2. Once the depth has been recorded the primary temperature probe will be used to collect
the sediment temperature first. Place the probe end gently into the sediment and record
the temperature.
3. After the sediment temperature has been recorded, pull the probe to the water's surface
to visually check the probe end to ensure no sediment or aquatic vegetation remains
fixed to the probe end.
4. Once the probe end is clean the water temperature just above the sediment should be
recorded, as well as the surface water temperature..
5.4 Troubleshooting and Operator Maintenance
5.4.1 HH41 Digital Thermistor Thermometer with Thermistor Sensor (Primary)
If this particular model temperature sampling thermometer and sensor is yielding suspect or
inaccurate readings, an inspection of the phone plug connector, the exposed polyvinyl chloride
cable, the thermistor sensor, and a battery replacement is required. If during the inspection
anything is noticeably wrong (e.g., cuts in the cable sheathing, loose phone plug connection, or
a bent or dented thermistor sensor) the unit should be tagged for repair/replacement. The Task
Manager (and other appropriate personnel) should be notified and a calibrated replacement
probe in good working order should be used. Tag the unit as not to be used, and use a probe
that is in good working order. The thermistor thermometer sensor setup (i.e., hollow rod with
attached thermistor sensor) should not be disassembled at anytime during field activities. The
digital handheld thermistor thermometer is not waterproof but is water resistant. Care must be
5
-------
Approved
taken at all times to prevent the unit from being exposed to excessive amounts of water contact.
Do not store the probe in places with high humidity and excessively high temperatures.
5.4.2 HH12B Digital Thermometer with Thermocouple Probe
If this particular model temperature sampling probe is yielding suspect or inaccurate readings,
an inspection of both inputs (T1 and T2), the exposed PFA coated stranded lead wire, the
thermocouple probe, and battery replacement is required. If during the inspection anything is
noticeably wrong (e.g., cuts in the stranded lead wire sheathing, loose input connections, or a
bent or dented thermocouple probe) the unit should be tagged for repair/replacement. The Task
Manager (and other appropriate personnel) should be notified and a calibrated replacement
probe in good working order should be used. Tag the unit as not to be used, and use a probe
that is in good working order. This temperature sampling probe setup (i.e., hollow rod with
attached thermocouple probe) should not be disassembled at anytime during field activities.
The digital handheld thermometer is not waterproof but is water resistant. Care must be taken
at all times to prevent the unit from being exposed to excessive amounts of water contact. Do
not store the probe in places with high humidity and excessively high temperatures.
5.5 Equipment Decontamination
All reusable equipment will be decontaminated in accordance with SOP EN-105
Decontamination of Field Equipment. All investigation derived waste generated from the
sampling effort (gloves, disposable sampling equipment, decontamination water, etc.) will be
appropriately containerized and transported to the onsite collection area for appropriate disposal
per SOP EN-106 Investigation Derived Waste Management.
6.0 DATA AND RECORDS MANAGEMENT
The data associated with water and sediment temperature collection may be contained in the
following:
• Field logbook,
• Temperature collection field sheets,
• Electronic data collection (Trimble Yuma® or Leica®),
• Field Modification Forms (used prior to field work, when required), and
• Nonconformance Records (used after field work, when required).
6
-------
Approved
The following SOPs describe the data collection and record management procedures that
should be followed as part of the water and sediment temperature collection process:
• SOP EN-101 Field Records,
• SOP EN-104 Survey,
• SOPEN-105 Decontamination of Field Equipment, and
• SOPEN-106 Investigative Derived Waste Management.
See the referenced SOPs for additional details.
7.0 REFERENCES
Enbridge, 2011. Enbridge Line 6B MP 608 Pipeline Release; Marshall, Michigan; Sampling and
Analysis Plan (SAP); SOP EN-101 -Field Records; SOP EN-104- Survey; SOP EN-105-
Decontamination of Field Equipment; SOP EN-106 - Investigation Derived Waste Management.
August 30, 2011.
Enbridge, 2012. Enbridge Line 6B MP 608 Pipeline Release; Marshall, Michigan; Health and
Safety Plan (HASP). April 17, 2012.
U.S. EPA. 1998. EPA's Contaminated Sediment Management Strategy. U.S. Environmental
Protection Agency, Office of Water, Washington, DC. EPA 823/R-98/001.
7
------- |